Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
02-04-2013-Packet
Joe Lockwood, Mayor CITY COUNCIL Karen Thurman Matt Kunz Bill Lusk Burt Hewitt Joe Longoria Lance Large CITY COUNCIL CHAMBERS City Hall, Suite 107E Monday, February 4, 2013 Regular Council Meeting Agenda 6:00 PM INVOCATION - Pastor Jerry Dockery, Crabapple First Baptist Church, Milton CALL TO ORDER 1) ROLL CALL 2) PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE (Led by the Mayor) 3) APPROVAL OF MEETING AGENDA (Add or remove items from the agenda) (Agenda Item No. 13-027) 4) PUBLIC COMMENT 5) CONSENT AGENDA 1. Approval of the January 23, 2013 Regular City Council Meeting Minutes. (Agenda Item No. 13-028) (Sudie Gordon, City Clerk) 2. Approval of the January 28, 2013 Special Called Council Meeting Minutes. (Agenda Item No. 13-029) (Sudie Gordon, City Clerk) MILTON CITY COUNCIL REGULAR COUNCIL MEETING FEBRUARY 4, 2013 Page 2 of 3 Persons needing special accommodations in order to participate in any City meeting should call 678-242-2500. 3. Approval of an Intergovernmental Agreement Concerning the Processing, Storage, and Control of Evidence within the City of Alpharetta by the City of Milton Police Department. (Agenda Item No. 13-030) (Deborah Harrell, Chief of Police) 4. Approval of a Construction Services Agreement Between the City of Milton and Middle Georgia Paving, Inc. for the Application of Rejuvenating Fog Seal in the Richmond Glen and Country Ridge Subdivisions. (Agenda Item No. 13-031) (Carter Lucas, Public Works Director) 5. Approval of a Professional Services Agreement Between the City of Milton and S&ME, Inc. to Provide Asphalt Core Sampling and Pavement Design. (Agenda Item No. 13-032) (Carter Lucas, Public Works Director) 6. Approval of an Addendum to the Construction Services Agreement Between the City of Milton and Strickland Pipeline and Construction, Inc. for Demolition of Structures at 13690 State Highway 9. (Agenda Item No. 13-033) (Carter Lucas, Public Works Director) 7. Approval of a Professional Services Agreement Between the City of Milton and Emergency Care Medical Group, P.C. / Dr. Russell Mitchell for Medical Oversight for the City’s Fire-Rescue Department. (Agenda Item No. 13-034) (Robert Edgar, Fire Chief) 6) REPORTS AND PRESENTATIONS 1. A Proclamation Recognizing Georgia Day. (Presented by Mayor Joe Lockwood) 2. A Proclamation Recognizing Rural Metro Day. (Presented by Mayor Joe Lockwood) 7) FIRST PRESENTATION 1. Consideration of RZ12-15 - 15260 Hopewell Road by Reunion Park, LLC to Rezone from AG-1 (Agricultural) to H (Historic) District for the Existing Building to be Utilized as a Country Store on .5240 Acres. (Agenda Item No. 13-035) (Kathleen Field, Community Development Director) MILTON CITY COUNCIL REGULAR COUNCIL MEETING FEBRUARY 4, 2013 Page 3 of 3 Persons needing special accommodations in order to participate in any City meeting should call 678-242-2500. 8) PUBLIC HEARING (None) 9) ZONING AGENDA (None) 10) UNFINISHED BUSINESS (None) 11) NEW BUSINESS 1. Consideration of a Professional Services Agreement between the City of Milton and EMS Ventures, Inc. d/b/a Rural/Metro Ambulance to Provide Emergency Services for the City of Milton. (Agenda Item No. 12-340) (Deferred at December 17, 2012 Regular Council Meeting) (Robert Edgar, Fire Chief) 2. Consideration of an Agreement with Motorola Related to the Implementation of the Unified Radio System to Begin Phase I Which Sandy Springs Authorized on Behalf of the Cities of Alpharetta, Milton, Roswell and Sandy Springs on December 18, 2012; and Consideration to Amend the Contract with Motorola to Include Phase II of the Project. (Agenda Item No. 13-036) (Chris Lagerbloom, City Manager) 12) MAYOR AND COUNCIL REPORTS 13) STAFF REPORTS 14) EXECUTIVE SESSION (if needed) 15) ADJOURNMENT (Agenda Item No. 13-037) The minutes will be Provided electronically To: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members From: Deborah Harrell, Chief of Police Date: January 24, 2013 for the February 4, 2013 Regular Council Meeting Agenda Item: Consideration of the Approval of an Intergovernmental Agreement Concerning the Processing, Storage, and Control of Evidence within the City of Alpharetta by the City of Milton Police Department ______________________________________________________________________________ Department Recommendation: Approve the IGA with the City of Alpharetta in order for the Milton Police Department to continue to store evidence and property at Alpharetta’s facility. Executive Summary: Since its inception the Milton P.D. has relied on the Alpharetta D.P.S. for storage and processing of items of evidence and property. The original IGA was good for five years. This new IGA will also be good for five years. The City of Milton does not have facilities or capabilities to maintain its own property and evidence and wishes to maintain this service through Alpharetta. Funding and Fiscal Impact: The IGA mandates a $5,000 monthly fee to be paid to the City of Alpharetta by the City of Milton. Costs above $5,000 per month must be authorized by the Milton Police Chief. Alternatives: Enter into an IGA with another surrounding agency or begin maintaining and storing our own property and evidence which would require a new facility and additional personnel. These two alternatives are not feasible at this time. Legal Review: Paul Higbee – Jarrard & Davis, March 13, 2012 Page 2 of 2 Concurrent Review: Chris Lagerbloom Attachment: Intergovernmental Agreement Concerning the Processing, Storage and, Control of Evidence within the City of Alpharetta by the City of Milton Police Department INTERGOVERNMENTAL AGREEMENT CONCERNING THE PROCESSING, STORAGE, AND CONTROL OF EVIDENCE WITHIN THE CITY OF ALPHARETTA BY THE CITY OF MILTON POLICE DEPARTMENT THIS INTERGOVERNMENTAL AGREEMENT ("Agreement"), by and between the City of Alpharetta, Georgia ("Alpharetta") and the City of Milton, Georgia ("Milton") entered into this day of ,2013. WIT N E SSE T H: WHEREAS, since April 16, 2007 Alpharetta has provided evidence storage services to Milton pursuant to an Intergovernmental Agreement that will terminate on April 16, 2012; and WHEREAS, the parties desire for Alpharetta to continue to provide evidence storage services to Milton as described in this new Agreement; and WHEREAS, the Parties are authorized to enter into this Agreement pursuant to Article IX, Section III, Paragraph I of the Constitution of the State of Georgia of 1983 regarding intergovernmental contracts. NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed by and between the parties as follows: ARTICLE I GENERAL PURPOSE The general purpose of this Agreement is to provide an effective and efficient method for the processing, storage and control of evidence of Milton within the City of Alpharetta Public Safety Center located at 2565 Old Milton Parkway, Alpharetta, Georgia 30004 ("Center"), and to ensure an adequate chain of custody of all evidence and property seized and held by the above listed agencies. This Agreement is entered into by each party in the spirit of joint cooperation and mutual good will. ARTICLE II DEFINITION OF TERMS For the purpose of this Agreement, the terms defined in this Article shall have the meanings given them. "Party" means each of the two above named parties to this Agreement. "Milton" means the City of Milton Police Department. Page 1 of5 "Alpharetta" means the City of Alpharetta Public Safety Department. "Officer" means any employee of the responding party, whether full time sworn, part time sworn, reserve, or civilian. "Evidence Technician" means an employee of the City of Alpharetta who is responsible for evidence collection, processing and control in accordance with Alpharetta Police Department policies and state law. ARTICLE III PROCEDURE The Parties agree that the following procedures will govern the processing, storage and control of evidence by Alpharetta within the Center: Section 301. For security management purposes, the portion of the Center designated for evidence processing and storage shall be under the exclusive control of the City of Alpharetta and the Evidence Technician. Section 302. Each party agrees that the Evidence Technician is the designated evidence custodian for any evidence placed in the Center. Section 303. Each party agrees to follow any reasonable procedures established by the Evidence Technician for placing evidence into storage. Section 304. The Evidence Technician and the City of Alpharetta will maintain a record of all evidence placed into the Center, and when requested by any of the parties shall prepare reports concerning evidence submitted by their agency. Section 305. All parties agree to share the expense of supplies needed for packaging and submittal of evidence. This expense will be based on the percentage of use by each of the parties. Section 306. The Evidence Technician, at no additional cost to Milton, will be available to Milton and will provide sworn testimony for any party in regard to evidentiary chain of custody issues. Section 307. Each party agrees to appoint an independent staff level officer, on an annual basis, to complete an audit of the evidence storage facility(ies) at the Center. Section 308. The Alpharetta Director of Public Safety, or his designee, shall be responsible for the overall supervision of the Evidence Technician. Section 309. Any officer who collects evidence shall be the custodian of all evidence and/or property collected until such time as it is booked into evidence at the Center. Section 310. The collecting/submitting officer shall be the custodian of all evidence and/or property collected until such time as it is booked into evidence at the Center. Page 2 ofS Section 311. Only the Director of Public Safety of the collecting agency, or their designee, shall respond to media requests for information concerning any evidence placed into the Center. Section 312. The Evidence Technician shall be responsible for the transportation or shipping of any evidence that must be sent to the Georgia Bureau of Investigation, or any other agency/lab for testing. Section 313. The Alpharetta Police Department is a nationally accredited agency through the Commission on Accreditation for Law Enforcement Agencies, Inc.. The Alpharetta Police Department is also a certified agency through the State of Georgia Law Enforcement Certification program, which is administered by the Georgia Association of Chiefs of Police. Alpharetta agrees to maintain their compliance with the standards relating to the processing, storage and control of evidence within the Center of both of the programs listed above in this section, as well as all applicable requirements of state and federal law regarding evidentiary chain of custody matters. Any non-compliance issues shall promptly be reported to the City of Milton Police Chief. Section 314. Any complaints of officer misconduct arising out of the collection of evidence shall be investigated and addressed by the Director of Public Safety, or Police Chief, or their designee, of the party employing the officer complained of. Any complaints of misconduct arising out of the storage of evidence shall be investigated by the City of Alpharetta, which may request assistance from Milton. ARTICLE IV COMPENSATION AND CONSIDERATION For the processing, storage and control within the Center of evidence of the City of Milton Police Department rendered pursuant to this Agreement, Alpharetta employs one (1) additional investigative technician. All obligations of employment of such employee are the sole responsibility of the City of Alpharetta, and continuation of the terms of this Agreement is not dependant on the continued employment of such employee. Alpharetta will provide actual costs it incurs for the additional one (1) investigative technician, if applicable, and invoice Milton monthly those actual costs plus an amount equal to one-third of the cost of supplies and specific outside laboratory analysis for the City of Milton at a total cost not to exceed $5,000.00 per month. The Milton Chief of Police must authorize any total monthly cost (i.e. investigative technician costs plus cost of supplies and specific outside laboratory analysis) amount greater than $5000.00 per month. Documentation shall be provided by Alpharetta to Milton itemizing Alpharetta's expenses upon request by Milton. ARTICLE V DURATION AND TERMINATION This Agreement shall begin on April 17, 2012 and shall remain in place for a term of five (5) years, unless terminated earlier as provided for herein. Either party may terminate this Agreement for convenience by providing at least sixty (60) days prior written notice of such termination to the other party. Additionally, in the event of the breach of a material term of this Page 3 of5 Agreement by either party and the failure of the breaching party to remedy such breach within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice of the breach from the non-breaching party, this Agreement shall terminate. Milton shall take custody of and remove its stored evidence from the Center within ten (10) days of the termination of this Agreement. ARTICLE VI. MISCELLANEOUS Section 601. Assignment. Neither party shall, without written consent of the other party, assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder. Section 602. Amendment. The terms of this Agreement shall not be altered, amended, or modified except in writing signed by duly authorized officers or representatives of the parties. Section 603. Construction of Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed under the laws of the State of Georgia. Section 604. Severability. If any paragraph, subparagraph, sentence, clause, phrase, or any portion of this Intergovernmental Agreement shall be declared invalid or unconstitutional by any court of competent jurisdiction or if the provisions of any part of this Agreement as applied to any particular situation or set of circumstances shall be declared invalid or unconstitutional, such invalidity shall not be construed to affect the portions of this Agreement not held to be invalid. It is hereby declared to be the intent of the parties to provide for separable and divisible parts, and they do hereby adopt any and all parts hereof as may not be held invalid for any reason. Section 605. No Third Party Rights. This Agreement shall be exclusively for the benefit of Alpharetta and Milton and shall not provide any third parties with any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, cause of action, or other right. Section 606. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original. It shall not be necessary that each signatory sign the same counterpart as long as each has signed an identical counterpart. Section 607. Authority to Enter Agreement. Each of the individuals who executes this Agreement agrees and represents that he is authorized to execute this Agreement on behalf of the respective government and further agrees and represents that this Agreement has been duly passed upon by his respective government and spread upon the Minutes. Accordingly, Alpharetta and Milton both waive and release any right to contest the enforceability of this Agreement based upon the execution and/or approval thereof Section 608. Notice. Any notice of communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been delivered when deposited in the United States mail, registered or certified, addressed as follows: Page 4 of5 Notice to Alpharetta should be mailed to~ Public Safety Director City of Alpharetta Department of Public Safety 2565 Old Milton Parkway Alpharetta, GA 30004 Notice to Milton should be mailed to: Chief of Police . City of Milton Police Department 13000 Deerfield Parkway Milton, GA. 30004 Or to such other address as either party may designate for itself by written notice to the other party from time to time. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Cities of Milton and Alpharetta have executed this Agreement through their duly authorized officers on the day and year fIrst written above. David Belle Isle Mayor City of Alpharetta ~. Cit)'C1efk~W'- Approved as to form: for Alpharetta, Georgia 1265623 Joe Lockwood Mayor City of Milton City Clerk Approved as to form: Ken Jarrard, City Attorney for Milton, Georgia 50f5 To: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members From: Carter Lucas, PE – Public Works Director Date: Submitted on January 28, 2013 for the February 4, 2013 Regular Council Meeting Agenda Item: Approval of a Construction Services Agreement between the City of Milton and Middle Georgia Paving, Inc. for the Application of Rejuvenating Fog Seal ______________________________________________________________________________ Department Recommendation: Approval. Executive Summary: The project is to apply a rejuvenating fog seal in the Richmond Glen and Country Ridge subdivisions as part of our overall pavement management program. The roads in these subdivisions were patched last paving season and this fog seal application is to provide additional treatments to the remaining asphalt that did not warrant removal and patching. This process is part of an overall pavement management strategy design to extend the life of existing pavements and provide alternative treatments to traditional asphalt overlays. In accordance with the city procurement procedures 6 bids were solicited to secure a qualified contractor to complete this project. Middle Georgia Paving, Inc. was the only contractor to respond to the RFB. Staff has determined that the bid is in accordance with industry standard pricing for this application and is recommending approval of a Construction Services Agreement with Middle Georgia Paving, Inc. in an amount not to exceed $21,675.00. Firm Bid Middle Georgia Paving, Inc. $ 21,675.00 Epps Brothers Paving $ No Bid Pavement Tech Inc. $ No Bid Blount Construction $ No Bid Roadway Management $ No Bid Baldwin Paving $ No Bid Page 2 of 2 Funding and Fiscal Impact: Funding for this project is available in the capital Pavement Management fund. Alternatives: The addition of the rejuvenating fog seal is part of an overall pavement management program design to extend the life of existing pavements. The alternative would be to do nothing to the remaining pavement which would shorten the life of the pavement or mill and overlay the entire subdivisions at an approximate cost of $345,000. Legal Review: Paul Higbee – Jarrard & Davis (11-6-2012) Concurrent Review: Chris Lagerbloom, City Manager Attachment(s): Construction Services Agreement C City of Milton CONSTRUCTION SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR REJUVINATING FOG SEAL APPLICATION This Agreement (the "Agreement") to provide intersection pedestrian improvements is made and entered into this _ day of , 2012, by and between the CITY OF MILTON, a municipal corporation of the State of Georgia, acting by and through its governing authority, the Milton City Council (hereinafter referred to as the "City"), Middle Georgia ,Paving, Inc, a Georgia corporation with its principal place of business located at 120 Porter Road, Cochran, Georgia 31014 (hereinafter referred to as the "Contractor"). WITNESSETH: WHEREAS, the City issued a Request For Bid (Rejuvenating Fog Seal Application), to solicit bids for fog seal application at various locations within the City; and WHEREAS, based upon Contractor's bid to construct and to provide and apply the fog seal as required by the bid documents, the City has selected Contractor as the winning bidder; and WHEREAS, Contractor has agreed to perform such work as set forth in this Agreement, according to the terms and conditions provided in this Agreement; and WHEREAS, Contractor has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, the Project, and the Work, with all local conditions and federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations in any manner that may affect cost, progress or performance of work, and Contractor is aware that he must be licensed to do business in the State of Georgia. NOW THEREFORE, the City and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, agree as follows: Section 1 Contract Documents The following documents are incorporated herein by reference and constitute the Contract Documents: A. This Agreement ( 17 Pages); B. Request For Bid RFB (6 Pages), attached hereto as Exhibit "A"; C. Proposal and Sid from Contractor dated (1 Page), attached hereto as Exhibit "B"; D. Performance and Other Bonds, attached hereto collectively as Exhibit "C"; E. Plans and specifications, attached hereto collectively as Exhibit "D", F. Contractor Affidavit and Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit "E"; G. Subcontractor Affidavit, attached hereto as Exhibit "F"; H. Save Affidavit, attached hereto as Exhibit "G"; 1. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto: All Written Amendments and other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents if properly adopted in writing and executed by the Parties; and City of Milton Code of Ethics. In the event of any discrepancy among the Contract Documents, that provision that inures most to the benefit of the City, as determined by the City in its sole discretion, shall govern. Section 2 Pro'ect Description This project includes the application of a rejuvenating fog seal on residential streets as identified in Exhibit A. ■ Country Ridge Rd.4,500 SY ■ Richmond Glen Dr. -7,073 SY ■ Richmond Glen Cir. -9,400 SY ■ Wade Glen Ct.-526 SY ■ Terrace Glen Cir. -1,423 SY ■ Davis Glen Ct.-339 SY ■ Virginia Glen -1,356 SY Section 3 The Work The Work is specified and indicated in the Contract Documents (the "Work"). In the event of any discrepancy among the Contract Documents, the provision operating most to the benefit of the City, as determined by the City in its sole discretion, shall govern. The Work previously described includes all material, labor, insurance, tools, equipment, and any other miscellaneous items necessary to complete the Work as described. Contractor shall complete the Work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents. Section 4 Contract Time This Contract shall take effect on . Contractor agrees to complete the Project within 30 calendar days from the date of Notice to Proceed. Every effort will be made by Contractor to shorten this period. 2 Section 5 Contractor's Compensation: Time and Method of Payment Contractor shall be paid in one lump sum in an amount not to exceed a contract amount of $21,675. The City shall pay Contractor upon Final Completion of the Project as such is determined by the City, net thirty (30) days from the date of invoice. No payments will be made for unauthorized work. Upon the City's certification of Final Completion of the Project, an invoice should be submitted to Rick Pearce (Budget and Procurement Coordinator), for approval. Payment will be sent to the designated address by U. S. Mail only; payment will not be hand - delivered. Section 5 Work Changes A. The City reserves the right to order changes in the Work to be performed under this Agreement by altering, adding to, or deducting from the Work. All such changes shall be incorporated in written change orders executed by the Contractor and the City. Such change orders shall specify the changes ordered and any necessary adjustment of compensation and completion time. If the Parties cannot reach an agreement on the terms for performing the changed work within a reasonable time to avoid delay or other unfavorable impacts as determined by the City in its sole discretion, the City shall have the right to determine reasonable terms and the Contractor shall proceed with the changed work. B. Any work added to the scope of this Agreement by a change order shall be executed under all the applicable conditions of this Agreement. No claim for additional compensation or extension of time shall be recognized, unless contained in a written change order duly executed on behalf of the City and the Contractor. C. The City Manager has authority to execute without further action of the Milton City Council, any number of change orders so long as their total effect does not materially alter the terms of this Agreement or materially increase the total amount to be paid under this Agreement. Any such change orders materially altering the terms of this Agreement or increasing the total amount to be paid under this Agreement in excess of $10,000, must be approved by resolution of the Milton City Council. Section 7 Covenants of Contractor. A. Ethics Code Contractor agrees that it shall not engage in any activity or conduct that would be in violation of the City of Milton Code of Ethics. B. Time is of the Essence Contractor specifically acknowledges that TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE for completion of the Project. C. Expertise of Contractor Contractor accepts the relationship of trust and confidence established between it and the City, recognizing that the City's intention and purpose in entering into this Agreement is to engage an entity with the requisite capacity, experience, and professional skill and judgment to provide the services in pursuit of the timely and competent completion of the Work undertaken by Contractor under this Agreement. D. Budgetary Limitations Contractor agrees and acknowledges that budgetary limitations are not a justification for breach of sound principals of Contractor's profession and industry. Contractor shall take no calculated risk in the performance of the Work. Specifically, Contractor agrees that, in the event it cannot perform the Work within the budgetary limitations established without disregarding sound principals of Contractor's profession and industry, Contractor will give written notice immediately to the City. E. City's Reliance on the Work The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that the City does not undertake to approve or pass upon matters of expertise of the Contractor and that; therefore, the City bears no responsibility for Contractor's services performed under this Agreement. The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that the acceptance of Work by the City is limited to the function of determining whether there has been compliance with what is required to be produced under this Agreement. The City will not, and need not, inquire into adequacy, fitness, suitability or correctness of Contractor's performance. Contractor further agrees that no approval of designs, plans, specifications, or work by any person, body or agency shall relieve Contractor of the responsibility for adequacy, fitness, suitability, and correctness of Contractor's professional and industry standards or for performing services under this Agreement in accordance with sound and accepted professional and industry principals. F. Contractor's Reliance of Submissions by the Cit Contractor must have timely information and input from the City in order to perform the services required under this Agreement. Contractor is entitled to rely upon information provided by the City, but Contractor shall be required to provide immediate written notice to the City if Contractor knows or reasonably should know that any information provided by the City is erroneous, inconsistent, or otherwise problematic. 4 G. Contractor's%enresentative A�ia► • shall be authorized to act on Contractor' be alf with respect to the Work as Contractor's designated representative. H. Assignment of Agreement The Contractor covenants and agrees not to assign or transfer any interest in, nor delegate any duties of this Agreement, without the prior express written consent of the City. Res-Ponsibili!Y of Contractor and. Indemnification of Cit The Contractor covenants and agrees to take and assume all responsibility for the services rendered in connection with this Agreement. The Contractor shall bear all losses and damages directly or indirectly resulting to it on account of the performance or character of the services rendered pursuant to this Agreement. Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City, its officers, boards, commissions, elected and appointed officials, employees and agents from and against any and all claims, suits, actions, liability, judgments, damages, losses, and expenses, including but not limited to, attorney's fees, which may be the result of willful, negligent or tortuous conduct arising out of the Work, performance of contracted services, or operations by the Contractor, any subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Contractor or subcontractor or anyone for whose acts the Contractor or subcontractor may be liable, regardless of whether or not the negligent act is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or otherwise reduce any other right or obligation of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to any party or person described in this provision. In any and all claims against the City or any of its agents or employees, by any employee of the Contractor, any subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Contractor or subcontractor or anyone for whose acts the Contractor or subcontractor may be liable, the indemnification obligation set forth in this provision shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any subcontractor under workers' or workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. This obligation to indemnify and defend the City, its members, officers, agents, employees and volunteers shall survive termination of this Agreement. Contractor shall not be required to indemnify the City or its officers, boards, commissions, elected or appointed officials, employees or agents against liability or claims for damages, losses, or expenses, including attorney fees, arising out of bodily injury to persons, death, or damage 5 to property caused by or resulting from the sole negligence of the City or its officers, boards, commissions, elected or appointed officials, employees or agents. J. Independent Contractor Contractor hereby covenants and declares that it is engaged in an independent business and agrees to perform the services as an independent contractor and not as the agent or employee of the City. The Contractor agrees to be solely responsible for its own matters relating to the time and place the services are performed; the instrumentalities, tools, supplies and/or materials necessary to complete the services; hiring of Contractors, agents or employees to complete the services; and the payment of employees, including compliance with Social Security, withholding and all other regulations governing such matters. The Contractor agrees to be solely responsible for its own acts and those of its subordinates, employees, and subcontractors during the life of this Agreement. Any provisions of this Agreement that may appear to give the City the right to direct Contractor as to the details of the services to be performed by Contractor or to exercise a measure of control over such services will be deemed to mean that Contractor shall follow the directions of the City with regard to the results of such services only. The Contractor shall obtain and maintain, at the Contractor's expense, all permits, licenses, or approvals that may be necessary for the performance of the services. The Contractor shall furnish copies of all such permits, licenses, or approvals to the City of Milton Representative within ten (10) days after issuance. Inasmuch as the City of Milton and the Contractor are contractors independent of one another neither has the authority to bind the other to any third person or otherwise to act in any way as the representative of the other, unless otherwise expressly agreed to in writing signed by both parties hereto. The Contractor agrees not to represent itself as the City's agent for any purpose to any party or to allow any employee of the Contractor to do so, unless specifically authorized, in advance and in writing, to do so, and then only for the limited purpose stated in such authorization. The Contractor shall assume full liability for any contracts or agreements the Contract enters into on behalf of the City of Milton without the express knowledge and prior written consent of the City. K. Insurance (1) Requirements: The Contractor shall have and maintain in full force and effect for the duration of this Agreement, insurance insuring against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the Work by the Contractor, its agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. All policies shall be subject to approval by the City Attorney to form and content. These requirements are subject to amendment or waiver if so 6 approved in writing by the City Manager. (2) Minimum Limits of Insurance: Contractor shall maintain limits no less than: (a) Comprehensive General Liability of $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily and personal injury, sickness, disease or death, injury to or destruction of property, including loss of use resulting there from, (b) Comprehensive Automobile Liability (owned, non -owned, hired) of $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily and personal injury, sickness, disease or death, injury to or destruction of property, including loss of use resulting there from. (c) Professional Liability of $1,000,000 limit for claims arising out of professional services caused by the Contractor's errors, omissions, or negligent acts. (d) Workers' Compensation limits as required by the State of Georgia and employers Liability limits of $1,000,000 per accident. (3) Deductibles and Self -Insured Retentions: Any deductibles or self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the City. (4) Other Insurance Provisions: The policy is to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions: (a) General Liability and Automobile Liability Coverage. (i) The City, its officials, employees, agents and volunteers are to be covered as insured as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; products and completed operations of the Contractor; premises owned, leased, or used by the Contractor; automobiles owned, leased, hired, or borrowed by the Contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the City, its officials, employees, agents or volunteers. (ii) The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary noncontributing insurance as respects to any other insurance or self-insurance available to the City, its officials, employees, agents or volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its officials, employees or volunteers shalt be excess of the Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. 7 (iii) Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to the City, its officials, employees, agents or volunteers. (iv) Coverage shall state that the Contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whorn claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. (v) Coverage shall be provided on a "pay on behalf' basis, with defense costs payable in addition to policy limits. There shall be no cross liability exclusion. (vi) The insurer agrees to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officials, employees, agents and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by the Contractor for the City. (vii) All endorsements to policies shall be executed by an authorized representative of the insurer. (b) Workers' Compensation Coverage; The insurer will agree to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officials, employees, agents and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by the Contractor for the City. (c) All Coverages: (i) Each insurance policy required by this clause shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be suspended, voided, canceled, reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (34) days prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to the City. (ii) Policies shall have concurrent starting and ending dates. (iii) Policies shall include an endorsement incorporating the Indemnification obligations assumed by the Contractor under the terms of this Agreement, including but not limited to Section 7(I) of this Agreement. (iv) Policies shall include an endorsement incorporating the Indemnification obligations assumed by the Contractor under the terms of this Agreement, including but not limited to Section 7(I) of this Agreement. 9 (5) Acceptability of Insurers: Insurance is to be placed with insurers with an A.M. Bests' rating of no less than A: Vll. (b) Verification of Coverage: Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance and endorsements to the policies evidencing coverage required by this clause prior to the start of work. The certificates of insurance and endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificate of insurance and endorsements shall be on a form utilized by Contractor's insurer in its normal course of business and shall be received and approved by the City prior to execution of this Agreement by the City. The City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time. The Contractor shall provide proof that any expiring coverage has been renewed or replaced at least two (2) weeks prior to the expiration of the coverage. (7) Subcontractors: Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insured under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. All coverage for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated in this Agreement, including but not limited to naming the parties as additional insured. (8) Claims -Made Policies: Contractor shall extend any claims -made insurance policy for at least six (b) years after termination or final payment under the Agreement, whichever is later. (9) City as Additional Insured and Loss Payee. The City shall be named as an additional insured and loss payee on all policies required by this Agreement. L. Em to ent of Unauthorized Aliens Prohibited (1) E -Verify Affidavits It is the policy of the City of Milton that unauthorized aliens shall not be employed to perform work on City contracts involving the physical performance of services. Therefore, the City shall not enter into a contract for the physical performance of services within the State of Georgia, unless the Contractor shall provide evidence on City -provided forms, attached hereto as Exhibits "E" and "F" that it and Contractor's subcontractors have within the previous twelve (12) month period conducted a verification of the social security numbers of all employees who will perforin work on the City contract to ensure that no unauthorized aliens will be employed. The City Manager or his/her designee shall be authorized to conduct an inspection of the Contractor's and Contractor's subcontractors' verification process to detennine that the verification was correct and complete. The Contractor and Contractor's subcontractors shall retain all 9 documents and records of its verification process for a period of three (3) years following completion of the contract. This requirement shall apply to all contracts for the physical performance of services where more than three (3) persons are employed on the City contract_ The City Manager or his/her designee shall further be authorized to conduct periodic inspections to ensure that no City Contractor or Contractor's subcontractors employ unauthorized aliens on City contracts. By entering into a contract with the City, the Contractor and Contractor's subcontractors agree to cooperate with any such investigation by making its records and personnel available upon reasonable notice for inspection and questioning. Where a Contractor or Contractor's subcontractors are found to have employed an unauthorized alien, the City Manager or his/her designee may order the Contractor to terminate or require its subcontractor to terminate that person's employment immediately and to report same to the Department of Homeland Security. The Contractor's failure to terminate the employee, or otherwise cooperate with the investigation may be sanctioned by termination of the contract, and the Contractor shall be liable for all damages and delays occasioned by the City thereby. Compliance with the requirements ofO.C.G.A. § 13-1091 and Rule 300-10-1-.02 is mandatory. Contractor agrees that, in the event the Contractor employs or contracts with any subcontractor(s) in connection with this Agreement, the Contractor will secure from the subcontractor(s) such subcontractor(s) indication of the above employee -number category that is applicable to the subcontractor. Contractor's compliance with the requirements of G.C.G.A. § 13-10-91 and Rule 300-10-1-.02 shall be attested by the execution of the contractor's affidavit attached as Exhibit "E." The above requirements shall be in addition to the requirements of State and federal law, and shall be construed to be in conformity with those laws. (2) SAVE Affidavit and Secure Verifiable Document Pursuant to Q.C.G.A. § 50-36-1, the City must obtain a SAVE Affidavit and a secure and verifiable document evidencing the Contractor's legal status in the Country each time that Contractor obtains a public benefit, including any contract, from the City. Contractor hereby verifies that it has, prior to executing this Agreement, executed a SAVE Affidavit (to be sworn under oath under criminal penalty of false swearing pursuant to a.C.G.A. § 16-10-71), a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit "G", and submitted such affidavit to the City in person, electronically, or by mail. Further, Contractor verifies that it has, prior to executing this Agreement, submitted a secure and verifiable document, evidencing the Contractor's legal status, to the City either in person or 10 electronically (in compliance with the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act). Contractor verifies that it is in compliance with the Residency Status of an Applicant for Public Benefit, as required by the Georgia Security and Immigration Compliance Act (O.C.G.A. § 50-36-1). M. Records, Reports and Audits (1) Records: (a) Records shall be established and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with requirements prescribed by the City with respect to all matters covered by this Agreement. Except as otherwise authorized, such records shall be maintained for a period of three years from the date that final payment is made under this Agreement. Furthermore, records that are the subject of audit findings shall be retained for three years or until such audit findings have been resolved, whichever is later. (b) All costs shall be supported by properly executed payrolls, time records, invoices, contracts, or vouchers, or other official documentation evidencing in proper detail the nature and propriety of the charges. All checks, payrolls, invoices, contracts, vouchers, orders or other accounting documents pertaining in whole or in part to this Agreement shall be clearly identified and readily accessible. (2) Reports and Information: Upon request, the Contractor shall furnish to the City any and all statements, records, reports, data and information related to matters covered by this Agreement in the form requested by the City. (3) Audits and Inspections: At any time during nonnal business hours and as often as the City may deem necessary, there shall be made available to the City for examination all records with respect to all matters covered by this Agreement. The Contractor will permit the City to audit, examine, and make excerpts or transcripts from such records, and to audit all contracts, invoices, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, conditions of employment and or data relating to all matters covered by this Agreement. N. Conflicts of Interest Contractor agrees that it shall not engage in any activity or conduct that would result in a violation of the City of Milton Code of Ethics. 0. Confidentiality Contractor acknowledges that it may receive confidential information of the City and that it will protect the confidentiality of any such confidential information and 11 will require any of its subcontractors, consultants, and/or staff to likewise protect such confidential information. The Contractor agrees that confidential information it receives or such reports, information, opinions or conclusions that Contractor creates under this Agreement shall not be made available to, or discussed with, any individual or organization, including the news media, without prior written approval of the City. The Contractor shall exercise reasonable precautions to prevent the unauthorized disclosure and use of City information whether specifically deemed confidential or not. P. Licenses Certifications and Pen -nits The Contractor covenants and declares that it has obtained all diplomas, certificates, licenses, permits or the like required of the Contractor by any and all national, state, regional, county, local boards, agencies, commissions, committees or other regulatory bodies in order to perform the services contracted for under this Agreement. All work perforined by Contractor under this Agreement shall be in accordance with applicable legal requirements and shall meet the standard of quality ordinarily expected of competent professionals. Q. Key Personnel All of the individuals identified in Exhibit "G" are necessary for the successful prosecution of the Work due to their unique expertise and depth and breadth of experience. There shall be no change in Contractor's Project Manager or members of the project team, as listed in Exhibit "G", without written approval of the City. Contractor recognizes that the composition of this team was instrumental in the City's decision to award the work to Contractor and that compelling reasons for substituting these individuals must be demonstrated for the City's consent to be granted. Any substitutes shall be persons of comparable or superior expertise and experience. Failure to comply with the provisions of this section shall constitute a material breach of Contractor's obligations under this Agreement and shall be grounds for termination. Contractor shall not subcontract with any third parry for the performance of any portion of the Work without the prior written consent of the City. Contractor shall be solely responsible for any such subcontractors in terms of performance and compensation. R. Authority to Contract The Contractor covenants and declares that it has obtained all necessary approvals of its board of directors, stockholders, general partners, limited partners or similar authorities to simultaneously execute and bind Contractor to the terms of this Agreement, if applicable. S. Ownership of Work All reports, designs, drawings, plans, specifications, schedules, work product and other materials prepared or in the process of being prepared for the services to be 12 performed by the Contractor ("materials") shall be the property of the City and the City shall be entitled to full access and copies of all such materials. Any such materials remaining in the hands of the Contractor or subcontractor upon completion or termination of the work shall be delivered immediately to the City. The Contractor assumes all risk of loss, damage or destruction of or to such materials. if any materials are lost, damaged or destroyed before final delivery to the City, the Contractor shall replace therm at its own expense. Any and all copyrightable subject matter in all materials is hereby assigned to the City and the Contractor agrees to execute any additional documents that may be necessary to evidence such assignment. T. Meetings The Contractor is required to meet with the City's personnel, or designated representatives, to resolve technical or contractual problems that may occur during the term of the contract, at no additional cost to the City. Meetings will occur as problems arise and will be coordinated by the City. The Contractor will be given a minimum of three full working days notice of meeting date, time, and location. Face-to-face meetings are desired. However, at the Contractor's option and expense, a conference call meeting may be substituted. Consistent failure to participate in problem resolution meetings, two consecutive missed or rescheduled meetings, or to snake a good faith effort to resolve problems, may result in termination of the contract. Section S Covenants of the City A. Right of Entry The City shall provide for right of entry for Contractor and all necessary equipment along the Bethany Bend Road right-of-way, in order for Contractor to complete the Work. B. City's Representative Matt Fallstrom shall be authorized to act on the City's behalf with respect to the Work as the City's designated representative Section 9 Warran Except as may be otherwise specified or agreed, the Contractor shall repair all defects in materials, equipment, or workmanship appearing within one year from the date of Final Completion of the Project at no additional cost to the City. An inspection shall be conducted by the City or its representative(s) near the completion of the one-year general warranty period to identify any issues that must be resolved by the Contractor. 13 Section 10 Termination A. The City may terminate this Agreement for convenience at any time upon written notice to Contractor. In the event of a termination for convenience, Contractor shall take immediate steps to terminate work as quickly and effectively as possible and shall terminate all commitments to third -parties unless otherwise instructed by the City. Provided that no damages are due to the City for Contractor's failure to perform in accordance with this Agreement, the City shall pay Contractor for work performed to date in accordance with Section 5 herein. The City shall have no further liability to Contractor for such termination. B. The City may terminate this Agreement for cause if Contractor breaches any material provision of this Agreement. The City shall give Contractor seven (7) days written notice of its intent to terminate the Agreement and the reasons therefore, and, if Contractor, or its Surety, fails to cure the default within that period, the termination shall take place without fiu'ther notice. The City shall then make alternative arrangements for completion of the Project and deduct the cost of completion from the unpaid Contract Price. The City will make no payment to the Contractor or its Surety until all costs of completing the Project are paid. If the unpaid balance of the amount due the Contractor, according to this agreement, exceeds the cost of finishing the Project, the Contractor or its Surety will receive the applicable funds due. If the costs of completing the Project exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor or its Surety will pay the difference to the City. C. If the City terminates this Agreement for cause, and it is later determined that the City did not have grounds to do so, the termination will be treated as a termination for convenience under the terms of this Section (A) above. D. Upon termination, the Contractor shall: (1) promptly discontinue all services affected, unless the notice directs otherwise; and (2) promptly deliver to the City all data, drawings, reports, summaries, and such other information and materials as may have been generated or used by the Contractor in performing this Agreement, whether completed or in process, in the form specified by the City. E. The rights and remedies of the City and the Contractor provided in this Section are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided under this Agreement or at law or in equity. Section 11 Miscellaneous A. Complete Agreement. This Agreement contains all of the understandings and agreements of whatsoever kind and nature existing between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein. B. Governing law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Georgia. 14 C. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. D. Invalidity of Provisions. Should any part of this Agreement for any reason be declared by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, such decision shall not affect the validity of any remaining portion, which remaining portion shall continue in full force and effect as if this Agreement had been executed with the invalid portion hereof eliminated, it being the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining portion of this Agreement without including any such part, parts or portions which may for any reason be hereafter declared invalid. E. Notice. All notices requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed received, and shall be effective when personally delivered or on the third day after the postmark date when nailed by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested or upon actual delivery when sent via national overnight commercial carrier to the parties at the addresses given below, unless a substitute address shall first be furnished to the other parties by written notice in accordance herewith: NOTICE TO CITY shall be sent to: City of Milton Attn: City Manager 13000 Deerfield Parkway, Suite 107F Milton, Georgia 30004 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR shall be sent to: Middle Georgia Paving, Inc, 120 Porter Road Cochran, Georgia 31014 F. Sovereign Immunity. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to be a waiver of the City's sovereign immunity or any individual's qualified good faith or official immunities. G. Force Majeure. Neither the City nor Contractor shall be liable for their respective non -negligent or non -willful failure to perform or shall be deemed in default with respect to the failure to perform (or cure a failure to perform) any of their respective duties or obligations under this Agreement or for any delay in such performance due to: (i) any cause beyond their respective reasonable control; (ii) any act of God; (iii) any change in applicable governmental rules or regulations rendering the performance of any portion of this Agreement legally impossible; (iv) earthquake, fire, explosion or flood; (v) strike or labor dispute, excluding 15 strikes or labor disputes by employees and/or agents of Contractor; {vi} delay or failure to act by any govermnental or military authority; or {vii} any war, hostility, embargo, sabotage, civil disturbance, riot, insurrection or invasion. In such event, the time for perfonnance shall be extended by an amount of time equal to the period of delay caused by such acts and all other obligations shall remain intact. H. Headings. All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed under seal as of the date first above written. [SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE] 16 M 11 i�dleqVgi Pain e. Pn-ntjNaame 1/ 7 Title JAFFIX CORPORATE SEAL] SIGNED, SEALED, AND DELIVERED In the presence of: Witness (Corporate Secretary should attest) Name C,�� Notary Public [NOTARY SEAL] My Commission Exgires: MILTON CITY COUNCIL: Joe Lockwood, Mayor [CITY SEAL] SIGNED, SEALED, AND DELIVERED In the presence of: Witness Notary Public [NOTARY SEAL] My Cominission Expires: 17 EXHIBIT "A" REQUEST FOR BID City of Milton City of Milton, GA Rejuvenating Fog Seal Application for Country Ridge Road Richmond Glen Drive Richmond Glen Circle Wade Glen Ct Terrace Glen Cir Davis Glen Ct Virginia Glen BIDS DUE OCTOBER 23, 2012 BY 3:OOPM SCOPE OF WORK The undersigned, as bidder, declares and represents that it has examined the site of the work and informed himself/herself fully in regard to all conditions pertaining to the place where the work is to be performed, including those conditions affecting the cost of the work and the delivery, handling and storage of materials and equipment. The bidder has examined and read the "Bidding Document" and has satisfied himself/herself that the "Bidding Document" is an adequate and acceptable reflection of the work which is required to be performed and that the bidder is willing and able to perform all the work necessary. The bidder further certifies that no additional information is required to complete the work encompassed by this bid within the cost and schedule established and agreed upon within this bidding document. The bidder proposes and agrees that if this bid is accepted to contract with the City of Milton to provide all construction labor, material, traffic control, equipment, products, transportation and other facilities and services as necessary and/or required to execute and complete the work in full in accordance with the scope of work provided to the full satisfaction of the city. Bids over $5,000.00 will require PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE BONDS on the form provided by the City of Milton. THE BASE BID IS THE AMOUNT UPON WHICH THE BIDDER WILL BE FORMALLY EVALUATED AND WHICH WILL BE USED TO DETERMINE THE LOWEST RESPONSIBLE BIDDER. The base bid may not be withdrawn or modified, except at the request of the city, for a period of sixty (60) days following receipt of the bids. This is a lump sum payment project_ Rim% nils+'. nr9PnRP12 71 ?nf'7 uv I-AADA4 Polymer Asphalt Surface Sealer (Rejuvenating Fog Seal) (Diluted 1:1) Description: The rejuvenation seal is an acceptable means of applying emulsion to asphalt surfacing not only adding oils that soften the existing asphalt binders but also add additional asphalt binders but also add additional asphalt binder that is intended to seal and improve the flexibility of the binder and reduce the likelihood of future cohesive failure. A representative of the approved product shall be on the job site to insure quality control and determine the proper material and application rate is being applied per manufacturer's specifications, and in accordance with these Special Provisions. The application of the rejuvenating seal shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, traffic control and incidentals on the predetermined streets in this project. Preparation: Immediately prior to the application of the rejuvenating seal operations, the Contractor shall sweep the entire surface with a vacuum assisted power brooms. FIushing with water and/or fog seal may be required in some areas. Prior to scrub sealing application, pavement surfaces shall be cleaned of all oil, debris, grease spots and weeds. Drain inlets shall be protected and no means which could allow materials into the storm drain or rock walls will be permitted. The curing of the rejuvenation seal shall be as recommended by the manufacturer and/or the Engineer such that a street may be open to traffic without damage to the surfacing (Contractor shall provide delineators for traffic safety until sealing at each respective location is complete). The rejuvenating seal shall be applied to all asphalt surfaces unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall protect all striping, crossing bars, traffic markings, reflective and non - reflective traffic buttons and markers prior to applying the rejuvenator. Masking or other approved methods of protection may be used. The Contractor may elect to replace the traffic striping, markers, and markings at no additional cost to the city. Concrete curbing and gutter pans must be shielded from the application of the rejuvenation seal. The Contractor must preserve all surfaces not intended sealing, and must be responsible for the removal of seal material that has been applied to any unintended surface. Clean-up will be the responsibility of the contractor at no additional cost to the city. Before the rejuvenator is applied in an area all manhole covers, flushing inlet covers, monument covers, and all other utility covers to remain shall be protected from the Contractor's sealing operations by applying a sheet of plastic, cut to fit, or placing a plastic bag over the exposed facilities or other methods approved by the Engineer. All traces of plastic shall be removed from all covers of facilities and other utility covers as nuickly as possible after the application of the seal and definitely prior to final acceptance. Contractor shall replace or clean at his/her own expense. Any damaged or oils stained items within the construction limits. Application: Rejuvenation Fog Seal shall be applied at a rate ranging from 0.07 gal/S.Y. -0.14 gal/S.Y. (0.316 Urn —0.452 LIm2). The final rate of application will be jointly determined by the engineer, contractor and the vendor. The rejuvenator shall be applied when ambient temperature is above forty (40) degrees Fahrenheit and no rain forecast for the next twenty-four 24 hours after the seal has been applied. The seal shall not be placed if the ambient temperature during the curing period twenty-four (24) hours is expected to be below twenty-five (25) degrees Fahrenheit. Polymer Modified Rejuvenating Seal shall not be placed on the surface of a street after 4:00 p.m. of the work day unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. The rejuvenator shall be heated at a temperature above one hundred (100) degrees but not to exceed one hundred fifty (150) degrees at application. For smaller areas the emulsion may be applied with a wand. The surface temperature of the existing pavement shall be less than one hundred and fifty (150) degrees Fahrenheit during the application and the two (2) hour curing period of the rejuvenating seal. To conform to the surface temperature requirements during the summer months, the application of the rejuvenating seal surface treatment shall be applied at selective hours of the day. These hours may range from early morning to evening work. The Contractor must use all means available, such as the weather service and constant surface monitoring to develop his/her daily work schedule. CMS -IP (QB) for Rejuvenating Fog Seal or Equivalent Section I. Product Specill cation: (Concentrate) The asphalt emulsion shall be polymer modified rejuvenation emulsion with a latex polymer, rejuvenation agent and asphalt shall meet the following specifications. Test on Emulsion Method Specification Viscosity 77 SFS ASTM D244 20-100 Residue, w%, minimum ASTM D244 65 H ASTM E70 2.0-5.0 Sieve, w%, max. pst on Residue ) Viscosit 140 P, maxinnum. ASTM D2170 3000 Penetration @ 39.2"F, minimum ASTM D5 40 Elastic Recovery on residue by distillation, °/o, minimum AASHTO T59 T30I (1,2) 50 'At on Latex Tensile Strength, Die C Dumbbell, PSI, minimum ASTM D412 500 Swelling in rejuvenating agent, % maximum, 48hr exposure @ 1040F ASTM 1]47114) modified 40% intact film Test on Reiuveriating Agent Flash Point, COC, F ASTM D92 X380 Hot Mix Recycling Agent Classification ASTM D4552 See Section II 111 Exception to AASHTO T59: Bring the temperature on the lower thermometer slowly to 350°F plus or minus 16°F. Maintain at this temperature for 20 minutes. Complete total distillation in 60 plus or minus 5 minutes from first application of heat. �) Elastic recovery @ to°C (500F): Hour glass sides, pull 20 cm, hold 5 minutes then cut, let sit 1 hour. X31 Tensile Strength Determination: Samples for testing for tensile strength in accordance with ASTM D412 shall be cut using a die dumbbell at a crosshead speed of 20 in/min. t4� latex Testing: Suitable substrate for film formation shall be polyethylene boards, silicone rubber sheeting, glass, or any substrate which produced a cured film of uniform cross section. Polymer film shall be prepared from latex as follows: Resistance to swelling: Polymer fiitris shall be formed by using a 50 mil drawdown bar and drawing down 50 mils of the latex on polyethylene boards. Films shall be cured for 14 days at 760F and 50% humidity. Samples for resistance to swelling in rejuvenation agent shall be l" by 2" rectangles cut from cured film. Cut at least three specimens for each sample tested for swelling. Fill 3-8 oz ointment tins with at least a''/a" deep of rejuvenating agent. Swelling samples shall be weighed and then placed in the ointment tins on top of the rejuvenating agent. Then, add at least another 1/2" deep of rejuvenating agent over each latex samples. The ointment tins shall be covered and placed in and oven at 1040F for the specified 48 hours tl- 15 minutes. The ointment tins are allowed to cool to 750F and then the latex films are removed from the tins. Unabsorbed rejuvenating agent is removed from the intact latex film by scraping with a rubber policemen and blotting with paper towels. if the latex film does not remain intact during removal firm the tins or while removing the unabsorbed rejuvenating agent the sample shall be rejected. After the rejuvenating agent is removed from the samples they are then weighed. Percent swelling is reported at weight increase of the polymer film; report mass increase as a percent by weight of the original latex film mass upon exposure of films to the recycling agent. Section II- Recycling Agent The recycling agent shall meet the following specifications- Test - - --- specifications Viscosit , 140 F, CST Flash Point, F, CCC Saturate, % by wt. As haltenes 50-175 380 Min 30 Max 1.0 Max Tcst on Residue Weight Change % 6.5 Max Viscosit Ratio 3 Max Section III- Material Certifications and Testing The emulsion manufacturer shall submit to the agency certifications that the emulsion meets the specification. The Latex manufacturer, through the emulsion supplier, shall submit to the agency test results from an approved laboratory and certification that the latex is cationic and meets the required specifications. The agency will not accept test results dated more than 90 days from the date of bid opening. The manufacturer of the recycling agent, through emulsion supplier shall submit to the agency test results on the recycling agent and certifications that the recycling agent meets the required specifications. Polymer films required for testing must be prepared by the same laboratory testing the latex performance requirements at outlined in the specification. The manufacturer of the recycling agent shall submit to the laboratory testing the latex a one quart sample of the recycling agent for use in the swell test. For the latex, certification must be from a laboratory with an ISO 17025 certification and accredited by, IAS. Laboratories must be accredited in the test procedures specified above for the latex and the rejuvenating agent. Certifications and test results on the emulsion must be submitted to the agency and approved by the agency 5 days prior to supplying material. Prior to and during the project the agency may require on quart samples of both the finished emulsion and the latex used in the emulsion to be submitted to the agency designated laboratory for testing. All Testing shall be at the Agency's expense. Payment: Payment for the rejuvenating seal shall include full compensation for furnishing labor, materials, equipment, traffic control and incidentals, notifying property owners and for doing all the work involved in the application of the rejuvenating seal, applying asphaltic emulsion on the pavement and protecting the seal until it has set, as shown on the Plans and Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer. Payment for the rejuvenating Seal shall be paid for by the actual square yard sealed. Locations as Follows: • Country Ridge Rd- Application shall start at the asphalt seam on Thompson Rd and extend to the end of the cul de sac, 4,500 SY. ■ Richmond Glen Dr- Application shall start at the asphalt seam. of HWY 372 and continue to Richmond Glen Circle, 7,073 SY. • Richmond Glen Circle- Start at the Richmond Glen Dr and continue around the circle ending at your starting point, 9,400 SY. • Country Ridge Rd- Application shall start at the asphalt seam on Thompson Rd and extend to the end of the cul de sac, 4,500 SY. • Richmond Glen Dr- Application shall start at the asphalt seam of HWY 372 and continue to Richmond Glen Circle, 7,073 SY. • Richmond Glen Circle- Start at the Richmond Glen Dr and continue around the circle ending at your starting point, 9,400 SY. • Wade Glen Ct- Entire length, 526 SY. ■ Terrace Glen Cir- Entire length, 1,423 SY. • Davis Glen Ct- Entire Length, 339 SY. • Virginia Glen- Entire Length, 1,355 SY. EXHIBIT "B" BID FROM CONTRACTOR �. E .... .1.' . - .. !�. ... .. � s .. EXHIBIT "C" BONDS Bond No. GAC58104 PAYMENT BOND CITY OF MILTON, GEORGIA KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS THAT Middle Georgia Paving, Inc (as CONTRACTOR, hereinafter referred to as the "Principal"), and MgrQhajat,5 Bonding Company tual (as SURETY COMPANY, hereinafter referred to as the "CONTRACTOR'S SURETY'), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Milton, Georgia (as OWNER, hereinafter referred to as the "City"), for the use and benefit of any "Claimant," as hereinafter defined, in the sum of twenty one thousand six hundred seventy five dollars and zero cents ($21,675), lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which the Principal and the Contractor's Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered, or is about to enter, into a certain written agreement with the City, dated , which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety (hereinafter referred to as the "CONTRACT"), for the construction of a project known as Rejuvenating Fog Seal Application (hereinafter referred to as "the PROJECT"). NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the Principal shall promptly make payment to any Claimant, as hereinafter defined, for all labor, services and materials used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. A "Claimant" shall be defined herein as any Subcontractor, person, Party, partnership, corporation or other entity furnishing labor, services or materials used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract, without regard to whether such labor, services or materials were sold, leased or rented, and without regard to whether such Claimant is or is not in privity of the Contract with the Principal or any Subcontractor performing Work on the Project. In the event of any claim made by the Claimant against the City, or the fling of a Lien against the property of the City affected by the Contract, the Contractor's Surety shall either settle or resolve the Claim and shall remove any such Lien by bond or otherwise as provided in the Contract. The Parties further expressly agree that any action on this Bond may be brought within the time allowed by Georgia law for suit on contracts under seal. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Contractor's Surety have hereunto affixed their corporate seals and caused this obligation to be signed by their duly authorized officers on this day of , 2012. Middle Georgia Paving, Inc. _ By:Zi .ten Title: L/ . 1, (SEAL) I Title: Date: f 11-41� ,2 (Signatures Continued on Next Page) Merchants Banding Company (Mutual) (Name of Contractor's Surety) c By: Holli Orr Title: Attorney -In -Fact (SEAT.) Attest: ya- "4�T� ILkk Sandra F. Black, Attorney -In -Fact Date: 12 J 12 j 20 l 2 (ATTACH SURETY'S POWER OF ATTORNEY) '41 MERCHANTSI + BONDING COMPANY.. POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By -these Presents, that MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDtNG, INC., both being corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint, individually, David C Eades; Holli Orr; Sandra F Black; W Parker Hix Of Atlanta and State of GA their true and lawful Attorney -in -Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in their name, place and stead, to sign, execute, acknowledge and deliver in their behalf as surety any and all bonds, undertakings, recognizances or other written obligations in the nature thereof, subject to the limitation that any such instrument shall not exceed the amount of. SIX MILLION ($6,000,000.00) DOLLARS and to bind the Companies thereby as Pully and to the same extent as if such bond or undertaking was signed by the duly authorized officers of the Companies, and all the acts of said Attorney -in -Fact, pursuant to the authority herein given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power -of -Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By -Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of the Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) on Aprit 23, 2011 and adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants National Bonding, Inc., on October 24, 2011. "The President, Secretary, Treasurer, or any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President shall have power and authority to appoint Attomeys-in-Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, reoog n izances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof. The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or electronic transmission to any Power of Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company, and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed." In Witness Whereof, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this 2nd day of March , 2012 ,....0004..,,,^•' • . • - - - 0'����� 1t..... C •� = � • t�Q�HPx ' !�,o MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) Fq oRqq�PQA�' MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC. 01 '.C> - Q 1933 : c• .yam. may. sy� ,,�.. � ' STATE OF IOWA ��`'� -. � ••:r,��ti •,'' •••d • •,..0•• COUNTY OF POLK ss. ,,�• ......0"`'��•••• • 0 • • • • President On this 2nd day of March , 2012, before me appeared Larry Taylor, to me personally known, who being by me duly swom did say that he is President of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument is the Corporate Seals of the Companies; and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors. In Testimony Whereof, f have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal at the City of Des Moines, Iowa, the day and year first above written. <, MARANDA GREENWALT , _ T Commission Number 770312 Qr0 My Commission Expires October 28, 2014 Notary Public, Polk County, Iowa STATE OF IOWA COUNTY OF POLK ss. I, William Warner. Jr., Secretary of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER-OF-ATTORNEY executed by said Companies, which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended or revoked. In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of the Companies on this day of POA 0014 (11111) RPOAq.09• • y C C3 y.r 1933 c; 1 . Secretary Bond No. GAC58104 PERFORMANCE BOND CITY OF MILTON, GEORGIA KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS THAT Middle Georgia Paving, Inc. (as Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) CONTRACTOR, hereinafter referred to as the "Principal"), and (as SURETY COMPANY, hereinafter referred to as the "CONTRACTOR'S SURETY"), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Milton, Georgia (as OWNER, hereinafter referred to as the "City"), for the use and benefit of any "Claimant," as hereinafter defined, in the sum of twenty one thousand six hundred seventy five dollars and zero cents ($21,675), lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which the Principal and the Contractor's Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered, or is about to enter, into a certain written agreement with the City, dated the of , 2012 which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety (hereinafter referred to as the "CONTRACT"), for the construction of a project known as Rejuvenating Fog Seal Application, (hereinafter referred to as "the PROJECT"). NOW THEREFORE, the conditions of this obligation are as follows: That if the Principal shall fully and completely perform each and all of the terms, provisions and requirements of the Contract, including and during the period of any warranties or guarantees required thereunder, and all modifications, amendments, changes, deletions, additions, and alterations thereto that may hereafter be made, and if the Principal and the Contractor's Surety shall indemnify and hold harmless the City from any and all losses, liability and damages, claims, judgments, liens, costs and fees of every description, including but not limited to, any damages for delay, which the City may incur, sustain or suffer by reason of the failure or default on the part of the Principal in the performance of any and all of the terms, provisions and requirements of the Contract, including all modifications, amendments, changes, deletions, additions, and alterations thereto and any warranties or guarantees required thereunder, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; 2. In the event of a failure of performance of the Contract by the Principal, which shall include, but not be limited to, any breach of default of the Contract: a. The Contractor's Surety shall commence performance of its obligations and undertakings under this Bond no later than thirty (30) days after written notice from the City to the Contractor's Surety; and b. The means, method or procedure by which the Contractor's Surety undertakes to perform its obligations under this Bond shall be subject to the advance written approval of the City. The Contractor's Surety hereby waives notice of any and all modifications, omissions, additions, changes and advance payments or deferred payments in or about the Contract, and agrees that the obligations undertaken by this Bond shall not be impaired in any manner by reason of any such modifications, omissions, additions, changes, and advance payments or deferred payments. The Parties further expressly agree that any action on this Bond may be brought within the time allowed by Georgia law for suit on contracts under seal. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the principal and Contractor's Surety have hereunto affixed their corporate seals and caused this obligation to be signed by their duly authorized officers or attorneys -in -fact, this day of Attest: Title. Date: �] Attest: A -aacp Sandra F. Black, Attorney -In -Fact Date:_ 12/12/2012 2012, Middle Georgia Paving, Inc. By: Title: I.� 1 ` (SEAL) Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) (Name of Contractor's Surety) By: Holli Orr Title: Attorney—In—Fact (SEAL) (ATTACH SURETY'S POWER. OF ATTORNEY) MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY. POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents, that MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., both being corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa (herein collectively called the "Companies'), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint, individually, David C Eades; Holli Orr; Sandra F Black; W Parker Hix of Atlanta and State of GA their true and lawful Attorney -in -Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in their name, place and stead, to sign, execute, acknowledge and deliver in their behalf as surety any and all bonds, undertakings, recognizances or other written obligations in the nature thereof, subject to the limitation that any such instrument shail not exceed the amount of: SIX MILLION ($6,000,000.00) DOLLARS and to bind the Companies thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bond or undertaking was signed by the duly authorized officers of the Companies, and a the acts of said Attorney -in -Fact, pursuant to the authority herein given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power -of -Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By -Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of the Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) on April 23, 2011 and adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants National Bonding, Inc., on October 24, 2011. 'The President, Secretary, Treasurer, or any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President shall have power and authority to appoint Attorneys -in -Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obiigatory in the nature thereof. The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or electronic transmission to any Power of Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company, and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed." In Witness Whereof, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this 2nd day of March , 2012 STATE OF IOWA COUNTY OF POLK ss. �4'•aRP0,y9.y�•• rte—: •x: Q' 1933 MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC. By 7 President On this 2nd day of March , 2012, before me appeared Larry Taylor, to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn did say that he is President of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument is the Corporate Seals of the Companies; and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors. In Testimony Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal at the City of Des Moines, Iowa, the day and year first above written. { s. MARANDA GREENWALT *F Commission Number 770312 wwr My Commission Expires October 28, 2014 (Votary Public, Polk County, Iowa STATE OF IOWA COUNTY OF POLK ss. I, William Wamer, Jr., Secretary of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER-OF-ATTORNEY executed by said Companies, which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended or revoked. In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of the Companies on this day of POA 0014 (11/11) Secretary EXHIBIT "D" PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS All that work required by and included in Exhibit A EXHIBIT "E" STATE OF GEORGIA CITY OF MILTON CONTRACTOR AFFIDAVIT AND AGREEMENT By executing this affidavit, the undersigned contractor verifies its compliance with O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm, or corporation which is contracting with the City of Milton has registered with and is participating in a federal work authorization program, in accordance with the applicability provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91. The undersigned further agrees that, should it employ or contract with any subcontractor(s) in connection with the physical performance of services pursuant to this contract with the City of Milton, contractor will secure from such subcontractor(s) similar verification of compliance with O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91 on the Subcontractor Affidavit provided in Rule 300-10-01-.08 in the form attached hereto as Exhibit "F" Contractor further agrees to maintain records of such compliance and provide a copy of each such verification to the City of Milton at the time the subcontractor(s) is retained to perform such service. ' -� IN/ EEV 1 Basicit PrograrVUpqr1dentification Number BY Authoriz Officer or Agent Date Middle Georgia Paving, Inc. i" P, Title of Authorized Ofiic or Agent of Contractor y cc1CI , tc ens J� , Printed Nade, of Authorized Officer or Agent SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN BEFORE ME ON THIS THE DAY OF -4 v- , 2012 Notary Public My Commission Expires: o STATE OF GEORGIA CITY OF MILTON EXHIBIT "F" SUBCONTRACTOR AFFIDAVIT By executing this affidavit, the undersigned subcontractor verifies its compliance with O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm or corporation which is engaged in the physical performance of services under a contract with Middle Georgia Paving, Inc. on behalf of the City of Milton has registered with and is participating in a federal work authorization program, in accordance with the applicability provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A. § 13-14-91. aS / 7/'� EEV l Basic Pil t PAgram UserAdcOOcation Number BY. Autho ' ed/Uffice� or Agent Date Subcontractor Name ,P. Title of Au prized Office or Agent of Subcontractor C 7e t5 11'. Printed N e of Authorized Officer or Agent SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN BEFORE ME OIN THIS THE w qq L DAY OF 1✓ ,2012 ��"•' .. �. �-:, • yea Fy otary Public My Commission Expires: a�] EXHIBIT "G" STATE OF GEORGIA CITY OF MILTON SAVE Affidavit By executing this affidavit under oath, and as an applicant for a public benefit, as referenced in O.C.G.A. § 50-36-1, from the City of Milton, the undersigned applicant verifies one of the following with respect to my application for a public benefit: 1) V I am a United States citizen. 2) I am a legal permanent resident of the United States. 3) I am a qualified alien or non-immigrant under the Federal Immigration and Nationality Act with an alien number issued by the Department of Homeland Security or other federal immigration agency. My alien number issued by the Department of Homeland 'Security or other federal immigration agency is: The undersigned applicant also hereby verifies that he or she is 18 years of age or older and has provided at least one secure and verifiable document, as required by O.C.G.A. § 50-36-1(e)(1), with this affidavit. The secure and verifiable document provided with this affidavit can best be classified as: In malting the above representation under oath, I understand that any person who knowingly and willfully makes a false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or representation in an affidavit shall be guilty of a violation of O.C.G.A. § 16-10-20, and face criminal penalties as allowed by such criminal statute. Executed in SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN BEFOREN THIS THE DAY OF , 20k�, NOTAkY PUBLIC My Commission Expires: t �U� (city), Printed N e of Applicant To: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members From: Carter Lucas, PE – Public Works Director Date: Submitted on January 25, 2013 for the February 4, 2013 Regular Council Meeting Agenda Item: Approval of a Professional Services Agreement between the City of Milton and S&ME, Inc. to Provide Asphalt Core Sampling and Pavement Design Recommendations. ______________________________________________________________________________ Department Recommendation: Approval Executive Summary: As part of the approved Pavement Management Plan the city performs a number of full depth reclamation projects each year on roads that have deteriorated to the point where less costly pavement management techniques are no longer an option. Staff has proposed a program to do a number of coring samples of each road prior to construction to determine the optimal depth and method of full depth reclamation. The roads being tested this year are Dinsmore Road, Hamby Road, Bethany Road, Hopewell Road and Birmingham Road. Staff is recommending approval of the Professional Services Agreement with S&ME, Inc. in an amount not to exceed $24,370. Funding and Fiscal Impact: Funding for this project is available in the Pavement Management budget. Alternatives: None Legal Review: Paul Higbee – Jarrard & Davis (1/16/2013) Concurrent Review: Chris Lagerbloom, City Manager Attachment(s): Professional Services Agreement ESfAd.L75F1ETS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT FULL DEPTH RECLAMATION PAVEMENT DESIGN This Agreement made and entered into this day of , in the year 2013, by and between The City of Milton, Georgia (sometimes referred to herein as the "City'), having; its principle place of business at 13000 Deerfield Parkway Suite 107G, Milton GA 30004, and S&ME, Inc. ("Consultant") having its principle place of business at 11420 Johns Creek Parkway, Duluth, Georgia 30097. WHEREAS, the City of Milton will require certain professional public works services for the evaluation of full depth reclamation pavement designs using either foamed asphalt or concrete as the additive ; and WHEREAS, the City's Purchasing Policy authorizes the procurement of professional services contracts of $34,000.00 or less; and WHEREAS, the City has determined that this Agreement constitutes such professional services; NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenant and promises contained herein, the parties agree as follows: 1.0 Scope of Work; Compensation The Consultant agrees to provide all Services specified in Exhibit "A," attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, for the compensation described therein and below. No payments will be made for unauthorized work. Invoices should be submitted to Rick Pearce, 13000 Deerfield Parkway, Milton 6A 30004, for approval. Payment will be sent to the designated address by U. S. Mail only; payment will not be hand -delivered. City agrees to pay Consultant for the services performed and costs incurred by Consultant upon the City's certification that the services were actually performed and costs actually incurred in accordance with this Agreement. Compensation for services performed and, if applicable, reimbursement for costs incurred shall be paid to Consultant upon the City's receipt and approval of an invoice, submitted upon completion of the Work, setting forth in detail the services performed and casts incurred. Invoices shall reflect charges incurred versus charges budgeted. The total amuum pain under this Agreement for the Work shall not, in. any case, exceed a total fee of $24,370 (the "Contract Price") without prior written approval from the City. A. Corings (per Exhibit A) $9,170 B. Traffic Control for S days $4,000 C. CSRBC Mix Design 3 @ $1,250 ea. D. Fuajucd Asphalt Mix Design 3@ $1,754 cu. E. Report Preparation $2,200 Consultant sha11 take no calculated risk in the performance of the Fork. Specifically, Consultant agrees that in. the event it cannot perform the Work within the budgetary limitations established without disregarding sound principles of Consultant's industry, Consultant will give written notice thereof immediately to the City. 2.0 Independent Contractor 2.1. The Consultant is an independent contractor. The Consultant is not an employee, agent or representative of the City of Milton. The Consultant shall obtain and maintain, at the Consultant's expense, all permits, license or approvals that may be necessary for the performance of the services. 2.2 Inasmuch as the City of Milton and the Consultant are entities independent of one another, neither has the authority to bind the other to any third person or otherwise to act in any way as the representative of the other, unless otherwise expressly agreed to in writing signed by both parities hereto. The Consultant agrees not to represent itself as the City's agent for any purpose to any party or to allow any employee of the Consultant to do so, unless specifically authorized, in advance and in writing, to do so, and then only for the limited purpose stated in such authorization. The Consultant shall assume Rill liability for any contracts or agreements the Consultant enters into on behalf of the City of Milton without the express knowledge and prior written consent of the City. 3-0 Indemnification The Consultant covenants and agrees to take and assume all responsibility for the services rendered in connection with this Agreement. The Consultant shall bear all losses and damages directly or indirectly resulting to it on account of the performance or character of the services rendered pursuant to this Agreement. Consultant shall indemnify and hold harmless the City, its officers. boards, commissions. elected and appointed officials, employees and agents from and against any and all claims, suits, actions, liability, judgments, damages, tosses, and expenses, including but not limited to, attorney's fees, which may be the result of uUful, negligent or tortuous conduct arising out of the Work performance of contracted services, or operations by the Consultant, any sub-consu Cant, anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Consultant or sub -consultant or anyone for whose acts the Consultant or sub -consultant may be liable, regardless of whether or not the offending act is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or otherwise reduce any other right or obligation of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to any party or person described in this provision. In any and all claims against the City or any of its agents or employees, by any employee of the Consultant, any sub -consultant, anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Consultant or sub -consultant or anyone for whose acts the Consultant or sub -consultant may be liable, the indemnification obligation set forth in this provision shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Consultant or any sub -consultant under workers' or workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. This obligation to indemnify and defend the City, its members, officers, agents, employees and volunteers shall survive termination of this Agreement. 4.4 Insurance (1) Requirements: The Consultant shall have and maintain in full force and effect for the duration of this Agreement, insurance insuring against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the Work by the Consultant, its agents, representatives, employees or sub -consultants. All policies shall be 2 subject to approval by the City Attorney to form and content. These requirements are subject to amendment or waiver if so approved in writing by the City Manager. (2) Minimum Limits of Insurance: Consultant shall maintain limits no less than: (a) Commercial General Liability of $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily and personal injury, sickness, disease or death, injury to or destruction of property, including lass of use resulting there from. (b) Commercial Automobile Liability (owned, non -owned, hired) of $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily and personal injury, sickness, disease or death, injury to or destruction of property, including loss of use resulting there from - (c) Professional Liability of $1,000„000 limit for claims arising out of professional services caused by the Consultants errOrs., omissions, nr negligent acts_ (d) Workers' Compensation limits as required by the State of Georgia and employers Liability limits of $1,000,000 per accident. (3) Deductibles and Self -Insured Retentions: Any deductibles or self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the City. (4) Other Insurance Provisions. The policy is to contain., or be endorsed to contain, the follov ing provisions: (a) General Liability and Automobile Liability Coverage. (i) The City, its officials, employees, agents and volunteers are to be covered as additional insured under Consultant's General Liability and Automobile insurance policies as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Consultant; products and completed operations of the Consultant; premises owned, Ieased, or used by the Consultant; automobiles owned, leased, hired, or borrowed by the Consultant. (ii) The Consultant's General Liability and Automobile Liability insurance coverage shall be primary noncontributing insurance as respects to any other insurance or self-insurance available to the City, its officials, employees, agents or volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its officials, employees or volunteers shall be excess of the Consultant's insurance and shall not contribute with it. (iii) Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to the City, its officials, employees, agents or volunteers. (iv) Coverage shall state that the Consultant's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. (v) Coverage shall be provided on a "pay on behalf' basis, with defense costs payable in addition to policy limits. There shall be no cross liability exclusion. (vi) The insurer agrees to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officials, employees, agents and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by the Consultant for the City. (vii) All endorsements to policies shall be executed by an authorized representative of the insurer. (b) Workers' Compensation Coverage. The insurer will agree to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officials, employees, agents and volunteers for lasses arising from work performed by the Consultant for the City_ (c) All Coverage . (i) Each insurance policy required by this clause shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be, canceled, reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days prior written notice has been given to the City. (ii) Policies shalt have concurrent starting and ending dates. (5) Acceptability_ of lnsurers: Insurance is to be placed with insurers with. an A.M. bests' rating of no less than ANIL (6) Verification of Coverage: Consultant shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance and endorsements to the policies evidencing coverage required by this clause prior to the start of work. The certificates of insurance and endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificate of insurance and endorsements shall be on a form utilized by Consultant's insurer in its normal course of business and shall be received and approved by theCityprior to execution of this Agreement by the City. The City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time. The Consultant shall provide proof that any expiring coverage has been renewed or replaced at least two (2) weeks prior to the expiration of the coverage. (7) Sub -consultants: Consultant's sub -consultants shall maintain the same types and amounts of coverage as is required of the Consultant. (8) Claims -Made Policies: Consultant shall extend any claims -made insurance policy for at least six (6) years after termination or final payment under the Agreemem, whichever is later. (9) Q4 as Additional Insured and Less Payee: The City shall be named as an additional insured on all policies required by this Agreement, except Workers Compensation and Professional Liability Insurance. 5.0 Term; Termination The term of this Agreement shall be from the date of the issuance of a written Notice to Proceed to the completion of the work or December 31, 2013, whichever comes first. The work described herein shall he completed within 45 calendar days from the Notice to Proceed. The City may terminate this Agreement upon a breach of any provision of this Agreement by Consultant and Consultant's subsequent failure to cure such breach within fifteen (15) days of receipt from the City of a written notice of the breach. The City may terminate this Agreement for convenience by providing at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of such termination to Consultant. 6.0 Compliance with All Laws and Licenses The Consultant must obtain all necessary licenses and comply with local. state and federal requirements. The Consultant shall comply with all laws, rules and regulations of any govexmnental entity pertaining to its performance under this Agreement. 7.0 Assignment The Consultant shall not assign or subcontract the whole or any part of this Agreement without the City of Milton's prior written consent. 8.0 Amendments in Writing No amendments to this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties. 9.0 Expertise of Consultant Consultant accepts the relationship of trust and confidence established between it and the City, recognizing that the City's intention and purpose in entering into this Agreement is to engage an entity with the requisite capacity, experience, and professional skill and judgment to provide the services in pursuit of the timely and competent completion of the Work undertaken by Consultant under this Agreement. 10.0 Governing Law This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Georgia. R 11.0 Interpretation of Documents In the event of a conflict in language between this Agreement and any exhibit to this Agreement, the provisions most favorable to the City, as determined by the City in its sole discretion, shall govern. 12.0 Entire Agreement This ALreernent constitutes the entire Agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter contained herein; all prior agreements, representations, statements, negotiations, and undertakings are suspended hereby. Neither party has relied on any representation, promise, nor inducement not contained herein. 13.0 Waiver of Agreement The City's failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement or the waiver in a particular instance shall not be construed as a general waiver of any future breach or default. 14.0 Sovereign Immunity Nothing contained in this Agreementshall be construed to be a waiver of the City's sovereign immunity or any individual's qualified good faith or official immunities. 15.0 Notices All other notices, writings or correspondence as required by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed received, and shall be effective, when: (1) personally delivered, or (2) on the third day after the postmark date when mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or {3} upon actual delivery when sent via national overnight commercial carrier to the Parties at the addresses given below, unless a substitute address shall first be furnished to the other Parties by wwitten notice in accordance herewith: NOTICE TO THE CM shall be sent to: City Manager City of Milton 13000 Deerfield Parkway, Shite 107F Milton, Georgia 34004 NOTICE TO THE CONSULTANT shall be sent to: Kenneth Sall, PE S&ME, Inc. 11424 Johns Creek Parkway Duluth, Georgia 30097 16.0 No Personal Liability No member, official or employee of the City shall be personally liable to the Consultant or any successor in interest in the event of any default or breach by the City or for any amount which may become due to the Consultant or successor or on any obligation tinder the terms of this Agreement. Likewise, Consultant's performance of services under this Agreement shall not subject Consultant's individual employees, officers or directors to any personal liability. The Parties agree that their- sole and exclusive remedy, claim,, demand or suit shall be directed and/or asserted only against Consultant or the City, respectively, and not against any employee, officer, director, or elected or appointed official. 17.0 Employment of Unauthorized Aliens Prohibited (1) E -Verify Affidavit It is the policy of City that unauthorized aliens shall not be employed to perform work on City contracts involving the physical performance of services. Therefore, the City shall not enter into a contract for the physical performance of services within the State of Georgia unless the Contractor shall provide evidence on City -provided forms, attached hereto as Exhibits "B" (affidavits regarding compliance with the E -Verify program to be sworn under oath under criminal penalty of false swearing; pursuant to O.C.G.A. § 15-10-71), that it and Contractor's subcontractors have within the previous twelve (12) month period conducted a verification, under the federal Employment Eligibility Verification (`'EEV" or "E -Verify") program, of the social security numbers, or other identifying information now or hereafter accepted by the. E -Verify program, of all employees who will perform work on the City contract to ensure that no unauthorized aliens will be employed. The Contractor hereby verifies that it has, prior to executing this Agreement, executed a notarized affidavit, the form of which is provided in Exhibit "B", and submitted such affidavit to City. In the event the Contractor employs or contracts with any subcontractor(s) in connection with the covered contract, the Contractor agrees to secure from such subcontractor(s) attestation of the subcontractor's compliance with Q.C.G.A. § 13-10-91 and Rule 300-10-1-.02 by the subcontractor's execution of the subcontractor affidavit, the forum of which to be provided by the City, and such subcontractor affidavit shall become part of the contractor/subcontractor agreement. Further, Contractor agrees to provide completed copies of the Subs-ontractor Affidavit to the City within five (5) business days of receipt from any subcontractor. The City Manager or his/her designee shall be authorized to conduct an inspection of the Contractor's and Contractor's subcontractors' verification process at any time to determine that the verification was correct and complete. The Contractor and Contractor's subcontractors shall retain all documents and records of their respective verification process for a period of three (3) years following completion of the contract. The City Manager or his./her designee shall further be authorized to conduct periodic inspections to ensure that no City Contractor or Contractor's subcontractors employ unauthorized aliens on City contracts. By entering into a contract with the City, the Contractor and Contractor's subcontractors agree to cooperate with any such investigation by malting their records and personnel available upon reasonable notice for inspection and questioning, Where a Contractor or Contractor's subcontractors are found to have employed an unauthorized alien, the City Manager or his/her designee may report same to the Department of Hotneland Security. The Contractor's failure to cooperate with the investigation may be sanctioned by termination of the contract, and the Contractor shall be liable for a{1 damages and delays occasioned by the City thereby. Contractor hereby agrees to comply with the requirements of the federal trnmigration Reform and Control Act of 19861 (IRCA), P.L. 99-503, O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91 and Rule 300-10-1-.02. Contractor's compliance with the requirements of O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91 and Rule 300-10-1-.42 shall be attested by the execution of the contractor's affidavit, attached hereto as Exhibit "B" and incorporated herein by this reference. The above requirements shall be in addition to the requirements of State and federal law, and shall be cQnsttued to be in conformity with those laws. (2) SAVE Affidavit and Secure Verifiable Document Pursuant to C. C. G.A. § 50-3)6-1, the City must obtain a SAVE Affidavit and a secure and verifiable document evidencing the Contractor's legal status in the Country each lime that Contractor obtains a public benefit. including any contract, from the City. Contractor hereby verifies that it has, prior to executing this Agreement, executed a SAVE Affidavit (to be sworn under oatla under criminal penalty of false swearing pursuant to Q.C.G.A_ § 16-10-71), a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit "D", and submitted such affidavit to the City in person, electronically, or by mail. Further, Contractor veri.fics that it has, prior to executing this Agreement, submitted a secure and verifiable document, evidencing the Contractor's legal status, to the City either in person or electronically (in compliance with the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act). Contractor verifies that it is in compliance Mth the Residency Status of an Applicant for Public Benefit, as required by the Gcorgia Security and Immigration Compliance Act (O.C.G.A. § 50-36-1). IN WITNESS WHEREOF. the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year set forth next to each signature. [SIGNATURES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE] S&ME, Inc. Signature Print Name Title [AFFIX CORPORATE SEAL] SIGNED, SEALED, AND DELIVERED in the presen f: Corporate Se etary 614W,�� � - Notary Public [NOTARY SEAT..] My Commission Expires: 111�•,a'�� CITY OF MILTON: By: Joe Lockwood Its: muyur [CITE' SEAL] SIGNED, SEALED, AND DELIVERED in the presence of: Witness Notary Public [NOTARY SEAL] My Commission Expires: EXHIBIT "A" SCOPE OF WORK 10 lms an 46 January 3, 2013 City oFMilton Public Works Department 13000 Deerfield Parkway Suite 107A Milton, Georgia 30004 Matthew Fallstrom, Public Works Superintendent Subject: Assessment of Full -Depth Reclamation and/or Overlay Options Poi tions cif Diresmvre Road, Hamby Road, Bethany Road, Hopewell Road, and Birmingham Read Milton, Georgia Sc&IvfE Proposal No. A.G1-12- 267 Dear Mr, Fallstrom; t+i'i'RCillwiUCTION S&NIE, Inc. is pleased to provide this proposal to perform the requested evaluation of pavement components and shallow subsurface sail conditions at selected Milton County Roads relative to pavement rehabilitation by full -depth reclamation (FDR) or placement of an asphalt overlay. This proposal presents our understanding of the project, the requested and proposed scope of services, and our estimated tee. Our Agreement for Services (AS -071) is attached and is an integral part of this proposal. PROJECT DESCRIPTION Out understauding of the project is based upon e-mails among Mr. Carter Lucas and Mr_ Matthew Fallstrom of the City of N ilton and Mr. Chris Arnold of our ffrtrt. The five sections of roads that are currently programmed for reconstruction in 2413 are as follows: Dinsmore Road from Thompson Road to Freemanville Road, approximately 8,500 feet.; Hamby road from Hopewell Road to the City Limits, approximately 6,000 feet, Bethanv Road froth Providence Road to the City Limits, approximately 7,000 feet; Hopewell Road from Birmingham Road to Hamby Road, approximately 4,000 feet; and Birminarham Road from Freemanville Road to Hopewell Road, approximately 10,000 feet, All of'these are two lane roads and based on this FDR evaluation request Nve anticipate their condition to be consistently poor. We have been asked to obtain information about the existing pavement sections and shallow underlying conditions in order to provide recommendations for FDR of the roads, with a possible asphalt overlay option. For the overlay option, a pavement section would also be recommended for the expected shoulder widening area. Either cement or foamed asphalt will be recommended for the FDR process, depending upon existing material types. Traffic control is to be inciuded in tate work scope. 9:i;:. �:C, 1 1420 ,1ohn C,eak F.arS may 173s1p3iii, CA =-)7 7PTA-76-1553 r77�2_476'7213 ' Asaeasrnent cf Full -Depth Reclamation options OWE Proposal No. A01-12-2,57 Various Roads I Milton, Georgia January 3, 2013 PROPOSE© SCOPE OF SERVICES Coring and Collecting Design Materials While the five sections of road are in fairly close proximity to cacti ether, it is possible that subsurface soil conditions, base course thicknesses and types, anchor pavement thicknesses and types (including original pavement materials, overlays, chip seals, etc.) may vary from road to road or within each section of road. Although variability is expected, there is a reasonable cliance that there will be duplications or simi€crit"res in material types which will allow less FDR mixes to be performed than the total number of kcoads. We have assutned three secs Qf overall c ortdiTjom to represent the five road sections in our fee estimate (three FDR, laboratory evaluations, expected to be comprised ofC5RBC mixes as discussed below). However, %ve advise that you include a contingency for two additional testsilaboratory evaluations in your budget, overlay recommendations will be provided, if deemed appropriate, for existing pavement conditions. Recommendations for an overlay, as well as recommendations for a pavement section at road widenings where FDR is not implemented will be derived from common CBR values for the project area and traffic data you provide (or a "typical" Milton road section can be Ll sed for the shoulder widening). We will care the pavement at a frequency of alaout I core per 1,0U0 linear feet per lane as specified in GDQT's Standard Specil1ca6U1ss, except for Hopewell and Birmingham Roads, For these two road sections you have requested testing frequencies to be reduced by one half We pian to use a 4 -inch dialtleter :ore barrel. The pavement and any underlying base course, along with a representative sample of the subgrade soils (or other materials) at each cored location will be collected and stored in containers for transportation to our laboratory. The collected materials will be used to perform: FDR designs. If sufficient quantity of material is not obtained using the 4 -inch diameter coring, approach, it will be necessary for us to remobilize to selected locations and use a large core barrel to obtain additional materials for laboratory testing. We expect this process will require an additional half day for our field personnel along with associated traffic control. In addition to measuring pavement component thicknesses and collecting samples, our engineer will advance hand auger borings coupled with portable dynamic cone penetrometer tests to a depth of 3 to 4 feet beneath the surface. These borings are planned to generally evaluate subsurface soil types and consistencies relative to support of the design traffic. The Suhgra.de soil will also 6c probed at regular intervals to help estimate consistency. Following completion of the hand auger borings, the boreholes will be backfilled using= a granular material to near the elevation: of the bottom of the existing pavement. The core holes wall be patched using a cold mix asphalt patching material. We will provide traffic control in accordance with Manual of Uniform Traffic Control. Devices (.N1UTCD) using signage and two patrol cars. Laboratory Design Testing, ,Analysis, and Report As noted above, we are assuming that a total of three FDR .mix designs will be requ ired for the five road& It will be necessary for the City oflvUlton to provide us with accurate Assessment of Full -Depth Rerlamalion Options SWE Proposal No. AG1-12-257 Various Roads) Milton. Georgia January 3. 2013 detailed anticipated vehicle types, loads, and traffic volilrrtes in order for us to provide appropriatedesign thickness recommendations. If this information is not provided, we can provide a design FDR section with a calculated equivalent strength to City of Milton standard pavement sections appropriate for these roads. We will observe the obtained material Types to assess whether or not foamed asphalt will be a good FDR alternative, or if the more commonly used cement -based .FDR approach (CSRDC) should be used. 'We currently plan to perform laboratory tests using either cement or foamed asphalt, not both. if we assess that foamed asphalt is not a good approach, we will conduct a CSR -BC unix design muter€al preparation in accordance with GDT -55 for each design section- if an FDR contractor and cement source are selected prior to our design, we can utilize the type of ccnrent that is to be used dUl it1sg construction. Otherwise, conventional Type Ull cement will be used. If we assess that foamed asphalt is a Friable approach that may be less expensive than CSR.RC, we will perform a mix design in general accordance with the latest edition of the "Wirtgen Cold Recycling Manual". We will discuss our assessment with you before proceeding with the laboratory testing. Followigcompletion of laboratory testing, we will prepare an engineering report providing recommended FDR component thicknesses and applicable material spread rates. The report will also include recommendations for patchingloverlay placement, if deerned appropriate_ ESTIMATED FEE Basic: Estimate For the above-described work scope, we estimate the following fees: Coring, hand .auger borings, patching — S days .for an engineer and a technician and caring equipment bstirmate.................................................................................... S 9,170.00 Traffic Contrail — 5 days Estimate ........................ ......... .......... ... S 4,000.00 CSRBC Mix Design (Including Material Preparation) Estimate 3 at S1,250.00 each.......... _.......................................... S 3,750.00* Report Preparation and Administration Estimate..... ............... .................... Total estimated fee.............. ,.............S 19.120.009 *Fee Estimates are in accordance with attached itmit rate Fee Schedule XXL Total fees invoice=d will be based on actual time and materials required_ The laboratory f" for each fnamod asphalt design would be 51,750.00 more than each CSP BC design. increasing the fee accordingly, Assessment of Full -Depth Reclamation Options Various Roads I Miltan. Georgia 3&ME Proposal No. ,AG1-12-267 January 3. 2013 Contingencies Contingency for up to two additional 'FDR laboratory evaluations (09RBQ S 2, Soo, Do Contingency for remobilizing to obtain additional materials, including associated traffic contra[ -.--.--....--•--------------- ...................$ 1,50-07'04 AUTHORIZATION Our Agreement for Services (Form AS -071) is attached and is incorporated as a part of this proposal- To authorize the work, please sign and return two copies to our office. Upon receipt of the signed agreement, we will execute both copies, return one to you, and proceed with the performance of our services. Any changes or modifications to AS -071 or the proposal are required to be acknowledged by both parties initialing acceptance next to the changc or modification. If you elect to accept our proposal by issuing a purchase order, please specifically reference Proposal No. AGI -12-267 dated January 3, 2413, Your purchase order will be an acceptance of our Agreement for Services and an authorisation to proceed with the performance of our services. The terms and conditions included in any purchase order shall not apply, and are hereby specifically rejected, as our agreement is for services which are .not compatible with purchase order agreements. If this proposal is transmitted to you viae -mail, and if you accept this proposal by e-mail, your reply e-mail acceptance will serve as your representation to S&N E that you have reviewed the proposal and the associated Agreement for Services (AS -071) and hereby accept both as written. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT S&ME, Inc. appreciates the opportunity to submii this proposal to provide the requested services for the above referenced project. If you have any questions concerning this proposal, or if any additional information is required, please contact us. Respectfully Submitted, S&NM, Inc. Chris Arnold, CET enneet 1 Roadway Services Manager Principal Geotechnical/Materials Engineer Enclosure EEE SCHEDULE XXI (Modified 818112) PAVEMENT EVALUATION Held Testing Services - observation of HMA Asphalt 1 Foamed Asphalt 1 CSRBC /Soil Cement Stone Base placement and compaction, measurement of thickness, temperature (HMA Asphalt), compaction roller patterns, in-place density testing, sampling of mix for physical testing, C:0611y and hand auger and penetrometer testing. Materials Testing Technician - per hour HMA As haltfStabilized Base Coring Bit Wear Charges $ 55.00 Asphalt/Concrete Caring Technician, per hour $ 65.00 4 -inch diameter per inch depth $ &00 6 -inch diameter per inch depth $ 9.(i0 10 -inch diameter per inch depth $ 15.00 Minimum coring charge $ 19.5.00 Cores less than 2112 inches thick, 4-inctt cares, per care S 15.00 Cores lass than 2112 inches thick, 6 -inch cores, per core S 20 00 Large diameter cores, per inch diameter, per inch depth: $ 1.50 Laboratory Services Standard Proctor Determination (ASTM D-698), each $ 120.00 Modified Proctor Determination (ASTM D-1557), each $ 180.00 Extraction and Gradation (ODT-125), each $ 150.030 Theoretical Voidless Density (AASHTO T-209), each S 150.00 Asphalt Care Density (GDT -39), each $ 25,00 Marshall Density Pill (50 or 75 Blow), each S 50,00 CSRBC Mix Design material preparation ((3 D 1-4S), each S 250.00 Soil Cement/CSRSC Mix Design (GDT -85), each $ 1000.00 Soil Cement!CSRE3C compressive strength (GDT -86), set $ 100.00 Sail Cement/CSREG proctor an field blended sample (GDT -19 or 24A), each $ 175.00 Foamed Asphalt Mix Design (Composition Spec. by Client or Project), each $ 30O0,00 Foamed Asphalt Tensile Strength Lab or Field sample (ASTM D4887), set of 6 $ 600.00 Foamed Asphalt proctor on field blended sample (ASTM D1557), each $ 975.00 En ineen Services Chief Engineering Technician, per hour 95.00 Project Professional Staff, per (tour $ 9.5,00 Senior Professional Staff, per (tour S 160.04 Principal Professional Staff, per hour S 200.00 Mileage, per mile $ 0.05 Hourly personnel rates apply to job activities such as review of drawings, speeitications and test results; consultation with project personnel; mobilization: travel time portal to portal; demobilization; and report preparation. An overtime multiplier of 1.5 will be applied to all work outside the hours of 7:04 AM to 6:00 PM, more than S hours iri one day, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays. A minimum charrgo of 4 hours will apply to all field services except sample pickup. Small projects may incur an initial set-up fee of $100 STATE OF GEORGIA CITY OF MI LTON EXHIBIT "B" CONTRACTOR AFFIDAVIT AND AGREEMENT By executing this affidavit, the undersigned contractor verifies its Compliance with O.C.G.A. y 13-10-91, slating aliirmatively that the imlividual, firm, or corporation which is contracting with the C ity of Milton has registered with and is participating_ in a federal work authorization program. in accordance with the applicability provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A. y 13-10-91. The undersigned further agrees that. should it employ or contract with any subcontractor(s) in connection with the physical performance of services pursuant to this contract with the City of Milton, contractor ,.vill secure from such subcontractor(s) similar verification of compliance with O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91 on the Subcontractor Affidavit provided in Rule 300.10-01-.08 in the form attached hereto as Exhibit "C" Contractor further agrees to maintain records of such compliance and provide a copy of each such verification to the City of Milton at the tinge the subcontractors) is retained to perform such service. 53 ZR z EEV 1 Basic Pilot Program Oser Identification Number 13Y: ithorized Officer or Agent Date SM&E, Inc. ek r Title of Authorized Offic or Agent of Contractor AC -6M r,>. mot( - - Printed Name of Authorized Officer or Agent SUBSCRIBI 1) AND SWORN BEFORE ME ON THIS THE 2-I DAY OF -1000Lti , 2013 Notary Public U �%v�►0�D4 V � Mi d ort �tgi� 5241 spires: !`+`[3\��-'ss1ay s ,e'.� '00"fAigy w - a 7 �"1$L�G y� � ►' c❑UN�{'�x�• STATE OF GEORGIA CITY OF MILTON EXHIBIT "C" 0/14 SUBCONTRACTOR AFFIDAVIT By executing this affidavit, the undersigned subcontractor verifies its cornplimice with O_C.G.A_ § 13-10-91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm or corporation which is engaged in the physical performance of services under a contract with SM&E, Inc. on behalf of the City of Milton has registered with and is participating in a federal work authorization program, in accordance with the applicability provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91. EEV I Basic Pilot Program User Identification Number BY: Authorized Officer or Agent Date Print Sub Contractor Narne Title of Authorized Officer or Agent of Subcontractor Printed Name of Authorized Officer or Agent SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN BEFORE ME ON THIS THE DAY OF , 201 Notary Public My Commission Expires: 12 STATE OF GEORGIA CITY OF MILTON EXHIBIT "D" SAVE AFFIDAVIT By executing this affidavit tinder oath. and as an applicant for a public benefit, as referenced in O.C.G.A. § 50-36- 1, from the City of Milton. the undersigned applicant verifies onr of the fulluwittg with rCspw to my application for a public benefit: 0— `_ f am a United States citizen. 2) 1 am a legal pernianent resident of the United States. 3) 1 ant a qualified alien or non-immigrant under the Federal Immigration and Nationality Act with an alien number issue(! by the Department of Homeland Security or other federal imrnigration agency. My alien number issued by the Department of Homeland Security or other federal immigration agency is: The undersigned applicant also hereby verifies that he or she is 18 years of age or older and has provided at least one secttre and verifiable document. as required by D-C.G.A. § 50-36-1 (cX 1), with this affidavit. The secure and ,crrfiable document provided with this affidavit can best be classified as: GGac `--F1.vef +fi r CBr4s - - In makinu the above representation under oath. I understand that any person who knowingly and willfully makes a false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or representation in an affidavit shall be guilty- of a violation of O.C.[i.A- § 16-14-24, and face criminal penalties as allowed by such criminal statutr Executed in D a Iai AI (city), SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN BEFORE MF. ON THIS THE DAY OF J'0XV0.1 , 2013 G c or`x J[( (slate). Sinature of Applicant . ata m pr- Printed Name of Applicant NOTARY P 13LIC �•�*G�a�gsro�iy� yds My Commission Expires: i � _... �� jOt►BL.�G ., f d � U� �0 %,t IN Client#: 292136 80SMEINC ACORD. CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE lMMID DIYYYY} 2MMIQ 3 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. It SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER B8&T Insurance Services, Inc. 3318 West Friendly Ave., Ste. 400 Greensboro, NC 27410 CONTACT Cyndy Cagle PX No, EXt: 336 547-2^137 _AX , N.J: 8888318409 E-MAIL 9 ADDRESS: cca le bbandt.com INSURERS} AFFORDING COVERAGE MAIC # INSURER A: XL Specialty Insurance Company 37885 INSURED S&ME Inc. INSURER B: 11420 Johns Creek Parkway Duluth, GA 30097 INSURER C : INSURER D INSURER E INSURER F COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY RECQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACTOR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE SR NSR SUER WVO POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF NiMJQ90yYY �II EXP MMIADDL LIMITS G E NERA L LIA 91 U TY EACH OCCURRENCE $ PREMISESOEa occurr.. $ COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS -MADE F7 OCCUR MED EXP (Any oneperson) S PERSONAL &ADV INJURY S GENERAL AGGREGATE $ GENL AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COM PIOPAGG S S 17 POLICY PRO- LOC AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT Ea accident S BODILY INJURY (Per parson) S ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per accident) S ALL OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS AUTOS NON -OWNED HIRED AUTOS AUTOS PROPERTY DAMAGE $ Per aoddent S UMBRELLA LIAB OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ AGGREGATE 5 EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS -MADE DED I I RETENTIONS S WORKERS COMPENSATIONWC STAFU- OTH- FR AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY YIN ANY PROPRiETORIPARTNERIEXECUTIVE OFFICERIMEMBER EXCLUDED? ❑ N I A E.L. EACH ACCIDENT S (Mandatary in NH) E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE S E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT S If yes. describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below A Professional DPR9702221 7/09/2012 07101/2013 $ 6,000,060 Per Claim Liability $10,000,000 Aggregate DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS 1 VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, it more space is required) Assessment of Full -Depth Reclamation and/or Overlay Options Portions of Dinsmore Road, Hamby Road, Bethany Road, Hopewell Road and Birmingham Road Milton, Georgia Proposal No: AGI -12-267 l"a:ifl il911 Ve i Lei 01■j�l P City of Milton Attn: Mr. Matthew Fallstrom, Public Works Superintendent 13000 Deerfield Parkway Suite 107A SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE © 1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2010105) 1 Of 1 The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD #S98465551M8869664 JCD -1 * A� n CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (tf WDONYYY) 1/22/2013 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the Certificate holder Is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(les) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certlficate holder In Lieu of such endorsemen s . PRODUCER N R CT INS71F PHONE , (919) 781-1115 FAY , (919)703-6427 =SSM 2607 GLENWOOD AVENUE IN SUR ER(SI AFFORDING COVERAGE NAICS PO BOX. 31508 INSURER A:CHARTER OAF{ FIRE INS CO 25615 RALEIGH NC 27622 INSURED INS RERB;TRAVELERS PROPERTY CASUALTY CO 25674 NsuRERc:THE PHOENIX INSURANCE CO 25623 S&ME INC INSURER 0; 11420 JOHNS CREEK PARKWAY INSURER E: DULUTH GA 30097 1 INSURER F: A 0AVE RAG FC CERTIFICATE N(IMRER-DULUTH-12/13 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTA TYPE OF INSURANCE Y N MBR POLICY EFP POLICY Y LIw.M73 GEN£RALLABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 PREWSES ME, 2MMOT $ 11000,000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY MED EXP JAny ane S 10,000 A CLAIMS -!WADE 7 OCCUR 0-530-8277s705-12-COF 7/01/2012 7/01/2013 PERSONAL & AOV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 GENLAGGREGATE LWITAPPLIES PER; PRODUCTS - COMPIOPAGG S 2,000,000 $ X POLICY1-1 PRO LOC AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY OMBiNED L LI IT 11000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per Person} S 1B ANY AUTO ALL OMEO SCHEDULEDEJ-CAP-62773717-12-TIL AUTOS AUTOS NON -OWNED HIRED AUTOS AUTOS 7/01/2012 7/01/2013 BODILY INJURY (Peraccident) S PROPERTY DAMAGE S Undadneurad motcrist $ X UMBRELLA LIAB X OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 B EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS -MADE SMJ-CUP-8277B729-12-TIL 7/01/2012 7/01/2013 DED R T NTI NS $ C WORKERS COMPENSATION X 5 STATU- OTH- FR AND EMPLOYER$ UAINUTY ANY PROPRIETORrPARTNERrSXECUTIVE YIN OFFICERMEMBER EXCLUDED? ® fMandatory In NH) N I A C2NUE-3980M65A-12-PH]L 7/01/2012 7/01/2013 E. I. EACH ACCIDENT S 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYE E S 1,000,000 E. 1. 01SEAS E - POLICY LIMIT S 11000,000 IF yes, describe udder DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS belDw DESCRIPTON OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedula, 7 more space is required) RE: ASSESSMENT OP FULL -DEPTH RECLAMINTION AND/OR OVERLAY OPTIONS, PORTIONS OF DINSMORE ROAD, HAMBY ROAD, BExTiiANY ROAD, HOPEWELL ROAD, AND BIRMINGHAM ROAD, MILTON, GA CERTIFICATE HOLDER, ITS OrF3:CIALS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS & VOLUNTEERS ARE NAMED AS ADDITIONAL INSUREDS FOR GENERAL AND AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COVERAGES PER FORMS CGD414 (04/08) AND CAT442 (04/09) ATTACHED. WAXWR OF SUBROGATION IS APPLICABLE TO ALL POLICIES PER FORM W31205 (07/09) ATTACHED. THIRTY (30) DAYS NOTICE OF CANCELLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. Ls: CITY OF MILTON ATTENTION 14ATTHEW FAALLSTROM SUITE 107A 13000 DEERFIELD PARKWAY MILTON, GA 30004 ACORD 25 (2010105) tNS025 (zoioos)-ot SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTMORIiED REPRESENTATIVE MEADOWS/TRACY ®1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED - WRITTEN CONTRACTS (ARCHITECTS, ENGINEERS AND SURVEYORS) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART 1. The following is added to SECTION 11 — WHO IS AN INSURED: Any person or organizatlon that you agree in a "written contract requiring insurance" to include as an additional insured on this Coverage Part, but: a. Only with respect to liability for "bodily Injury" "property damage" or "personal Injury"; and b. If, and only to the extent that, the injury or damage is caused by acts or omissions of you or your subcontractor in the performance of "your work" to winch the "written contract requiring insurance" applies. The person of organization does not qualify as an additional insured with respect to the Independeni acts or omissions of such person or organization. The insurance provided to such additional Insured is limited as follows: c. In the event that the Limits of Insurance of this Coverage Part shown in the Declarations exceed the limits of liability required by the "written contract requiring insurance", the in- surance provided to the additional Insured shall be limited to the limits of lability required by that "written contract requiring insurance". This endorsement shall not increase the limits of insurance described fn Section III — Limits Oflnsurance. d, This insurance does not apply to the render- ing of or failure to render any "professional services" or construction management errors or omissions. e. This Insurance does not apply to "bodily in- jury" or "property damage" caused by "your work" and included in the "products - completed operations hazard" unless the "written contract requiring Insurance" specifi- cally requires you to provide such coverage for that additional insured, and then the insur- ance provided to the additional Insured ap- plies only to such "bodily Injury" or "property damage" that occurs before the end of the pe- riod of time for which the "written contract re- quiring insurance" requires you to provide such coverage or the end of the policy period, whichever is earlier. Z. The following is added to Paragraph 4.a. of SEC- TION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: The insurance provided to the additional insured is excess over any valid and collectible "other in- surance", whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, that is available to the addi- tional insured for a loss we cover. However, if you specifically agree in the "written contract requiring insurance" that this Insurance provided to the ad- ditional Insured under this Coverage Part must apply on a primary basis or a primary and non- contributory basis, this Insurance Is primary to "other insurance" available to the additional In- sured which covers that person or organization as a named Insured for such loss, and we will not share with that "other insurance", But this insur- ance provided to the additional insured still is ex- cess over any valid and collectible "other insur- ance", whether primary, excess, contingent or on any ocher basis, that is available to the additional insured when that person or organization Is an additional insured under any "other insurance". 3. The following is added to SECTION IV — COM- MERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: Duties Of An Additional Insured As a condition of coverage provided to the addi- tional insured: a. The additional insured must give us written notice as soon as practicable of an 'occur- rence" occurrence" or an offense which may result in a claim. To the extent possible, such notice should Include: CG D414 04 48 02008 The Travelers Companies. Inc, Page 1 of 2 002817 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY €. How, when and where the "occurrence" or offense tools place; if. The names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses; and Iii. The nature and location of any injury or damage arising out of the "occurrence" or offense. b. If a claim Is made or "suit" is brought against the additional insured, the additional Insured must: i. Immediately record the specifics of the claim or "suit" and the date received; and ii. Notify us as soon as practicable. The additional insured must see to it that we receive written notice of the claim or "suit" as soots as practicable. c. The additional Insured must immediately send us Caples of all legal papers received in con- nection with the claim or "suit", cooperate with us in the investigation or settlement of the claim or defense against the "suff". and oth- erMse comply with all policy conditions. d. The additional insured must tender the de- fense and Indemnity of any claim or "suit" to any provider of other insurance which would cover the additional insured for a loss we cover. However, this condition does not affect whether this Insurance provided to the addi- tional Insured Is primary to that other insur- ance available to the additional insured which covers that person or organization as a named insured. 4. The following is added to the DEFINITIONS Sec- tion: eo-tion: "Written contract requiring insurance" means that part of any written contract or agreement under Mich you are required to include a person or or- ganization as an additional Insured on this Cover- age Part. provided that the "bodily injury" and "property damage" occurs and the "personal In- jury" Is caused by an offense committed; a. After the signing and execution of the contract or agreement by you; b. While that part of the contract or agreement is In effect; and c. Before the end of the policy period. Page 2 of 2 ® 2008 The Travelers Companies, Ino. CG D414 04 08 POLICY NUMBER: COMMERCIAL AUTO ISSUE DATE: - - THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED --- PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY WITH OTHER INSURANCE This endorsement modifies insurance provided by the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modi- fied by this endorsement. SCHEDULED PERSONS OR ORGANIZATIONS ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITH WHOM YOU HAVE AGREED IN A WRITTEN CONTRACT EXECUTED PRIOR TO LOSS TO NAME AS AN ADDITIONAL, INSURED. PROVISIONS A. The following is added to Paragraph c. in A. I., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION 11 -LIABILITY COVERAGE: Any person or organization shown above who is required under a written contract or agreement between you and that person or organization, that is signed and executed by you before the 'bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs and that is in effect during the policy period, to be named as an additional insured is an "insured" for Liability Cov- erage, but only for damages to which this insur- ance applies and only to the extent that person or organization qualifies as an "insured" under the Who Is An Insured provision contained in Section I1. S. The following is added to Paragraph 5., Other Insurance, in B. General Conditions of SEC- TION IV— BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS; Regardless of the provisions of paragraph a. and paragraph d. of this part 5. Other Insurance, if the scheduled person or organization shown above has other insurance under which it is the first named insured and that insurance also ap- plies, then this insurance is primary to and non- contributory with that other insurance when the written contract or agreement between you and that scheduled person or organization, that is signed and executed by you before the "bodily in- jury" or "property damage" occurs and that is in effect during the policy period, requires this insur once to be primary and non-contributory. CA T4 42 04 09 0 20 08 The Travelers Companies, frit. Page 1 of 1 COMMERCIAL LINES WS 1205 (47/09) TRAVELERS INSURANCE GROUP "WAIVER OF SUBROGATION" ENDORSEMENTS WORKERS COMPENSATION ENDORSEMENT WAIVER OF OUR RIGHTS TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS WC 04 03 13 (00) 01 We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against any person or organization for which the insured has completed a written agreement to provide this waiver. COMMERCIAL GENERAL. LIABILITY ENDORSEMENT AMENDMENT OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY CG T8 07 09 If the insured has agreed in a contract or agreement to waive that insured's right of recovery against any person or organization, we waive our right of recovery against such person or organization, but only for payments we make because of: (a) "Bodily Injury" or "property damage" caused by an "occurrence' that takes place; or (b) "Personal Injury" or "advertising injury" caused by an offense that is committed; subsequent to the execution of the contract or agreement. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ENDORSEMENT BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION CA T3 53 0104 We waive any right of recovery we may have against any person or organization to the extent required of you by a written contract executed prior to any "accident" or "loss", provided that the "accident" or "foss" arises out of operations contemplated by such contract. The waiver applies only to the person or organization designated in such contract. WS 1205 (07109) To: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members From: Carter Lucas, PE – Public Works Director Date: Submitted on January 29, 2013 for the February 4, 2013 Regular Council Meeting Agenda Item: Approval of an Addendum to the Construction Services Agreement between the City of Milton and Strickland Pipeline and Construction, Inc. for Demolition of Structures at 13690 State Highway 9. ______________________________________________________________________________ Department Recommendation: Approval. Executive Summary: Strickland Pipeline and Construction, Inc. was awarded a contract for the demolition of the structures located on the city property at 13690 State Highway 9. When the existing metal roof was removed it was found that the original shingle roof was still in place. These shingles were tested and found to contain asbestos that was not identified in the original asbestos inspection because they were not visible at the time of the inspection. This addendum is to include the removal of these asbestos shingles in the overall demolition project. Funding and Fiscal Impact: Funding for this project is available in the capital Building/Future City Facilities fund. Alternatives: None. Legal Review: Paul Higbee – Jarrard & Davis (1-24-2013) Concurrent Review: Chris Lagerbloom, City Manager Attachment(s): Construction Services Agreement – Addendum #1 1 City of Milton ADDENDUM #1 FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES AGREEMENT Building Demolition at 13690 State Highway 9 WHEREAS, the City of Milton, Georgia and Strickland Pipeline and Construction, Inc. have entered into a Construction Services Agreement (the "Agreement") dated December 19, 2012, incorporated herein by reference, for the demolition of three (3) structures at 13690 State Highway 9; and WHEREAS, the parties desire to issue an addendum pursuant to Section 4 of the Agreement, it being to the mutual benefit of all parties to do so, as set forth herein for the reasons and consideration set forth herein. NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree to amend the Agreement as follows: 1. Exhibit A to the Agreement is amended by adding the following additional items to the scope of services: a. Asbestos removal is amended to include all asbestos roof shingles. 2. Section 5.0 Compensation and Method of Payment; Compensation of the Agreement is amended by replacing "...$9,000... " with "...$11,200...,' 3. It is agreed by the parties hereto that all of the other terms and conditions of the Agreement, including all unamended portions, shall remain in full force and effect other than as modified herein. Upon execution by all parties, this Addendum shall be attached to and form a part of said Agreement. Ilii WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Addendum to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year set forth next to each signature. [SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE] Strickland Pipeline and Construction. Inc. Signature: Printed Name:`�cs Title: [CORPORATE SEAL] SIGNED, SEALED, AND DELIVERED in the presence of: Witness — Corporate Secretary do ! ! $ ,,'+ N -y PIC lie t► •.-:.:'( �'� [NOTARY SEAL) My Commission Expires:,: •,pgtL 14, 2014 _ 11 � 6 CITY OF MILTON: By: Its: [CITY SEAL] SIGNED, SEALED, AND DELIVERED in the presence of: Witness Notary Public [NOTARY SEAL] My Commission Expires: Cily d Miilan 2 To: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members From: Robert Edgar, Fire Chief Date: Submitted on January 28, 2013 for the February 4, 2013 Regular Council Meeting Agenda Item: Approval of a Professional Services Agreement between the City of Milton and Emergency Care Medical Group, P.C. / Dr. Russell Mitchell for Medical Oversight for the City’s Fire-Rescue Department. ____________________________________________________________________________ Department Recommendation: Approve the Professional Services Agreement for medical oversight for EMT & Paramedics pre- hospital care to the sick and injured in our community. Executive Summary: The State of Georgia requires all EMS First Responder systems to have a medical director. The medical director shall be a physician licensed to practice medicine in the State of Georgia. The medical director shall serve as medical authority for the EMS system and serve as a liaison between the EMS system, medical community, medical facilities and government entities. Russell Mitchell, MD provides medical direction services to our neighbors and automatic aid partners Alpharetta Emergency Services. Dr. Mitchell is also an emergency room doctor at one of our local hospitals, Northside Forsyth. Having a local medical director, shared protocols and training with our neighbors will provide uniformity resulting in good patient care and outcomes. Staff is recommending approval of the Professional Services Agreement with Emergency Care Medical Group PC in the amount of $20,000.00. Funding and Fiscal Impact: The proposal from Emergency Care Medical Group PC, Russell Mitchell, MD is $20,000.00 for a period of twelve months. Funding for medical direction is budgeted in the FY13 budget. Alternatives: The City may opt to seek medical direction services from another physician, possibly at a higher cost to the City who is not familiar with our protocols or our automatic aid partners. Page 2 of 2 Legal Review: Paul Higbee – Jarrard & Davis 1/24/13 Concurrent Review: Chris Lagerbloom, City Manager Attachment(s): 1. Professional Services Agreement O City of Milton PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT MEDICAL DIRECTION This Agreement made and entered into this day of , in the year 2013, by and between The City of Milton, Georgia (sometimes referred to herein as the "City"), having its principle place of business at 13000 Deerfield Parkway Suite 107G, Milton GA 30004 and Emergency Care Medical Group, P.C. ("Consultant") having its principle place of business at 1051 Windermere Crossing, Cumming, GA. 30041. WHEREAS, the City of Milton requires certain professional medical direction services; and WHEREAS, the City's Purchasing Policy authorizes the procurement of professional services contracts of $30,000.00 or less; and WHEREAS, the City has determined that this Agreement involves such professional services; NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenant and promises contained herein, the parties agree as follows: 1.0 Scope of Work; Compensation The Consultant agrees to provide all Services specified in Exhibit "A," attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, for the compensation described therein; such Services shall be provided by Dr. Russell Mitchell ("Medical Director"). No payments will be made for unauthorized work. Invoices should be submitted to Rick Pearce, 13000 Deerfield Parkway, Milton GA 30004, for approval. Payment will be sent to the designated address by U. S. Mail only; payment will not be hand -delivered. City agrees to pay Consultant for the services performed and costs incurred by Consultant upon the City's certification that the services were actually performed and costs actually incurred in accordance with this Agreement. Compensation for services performed and, if applicable, reimbursement for costs incurred shall be paid to Consultant upon the City's receipt and approval of an invoice, submitted upon completion of the Work, setting forth in detail the services performed and costs incurred. Invoices shall reflect charges incurred versus charges budgeted. The total amount paid under this Agreement for the Work shall not, in any case, exceed a $5,000.00 quarterly fee not to exceed $20,000.00 annually (the "Contract Price") without prior written approval from the City. Consultant shall take no calculated risk in the performance of the Work. Specifically, Consultant agrees that in the event it cannot perform the Work within the budgetary limitations established without disregarding sound principles of Consultant's industry, Consultant will give written notice thereof immediately to the City. 2.0 Independent Contractor 2.1. The Consultant is an independent contractor. The Consultant is not an employee, agent or representative of the City of Milton. The Consultant shall obtain and maintain, at the Consultant's expense, all permits, license or approvals that may be necessary for the performance of the services. 2.2 Inasmuch as the City of Milton and the Consultant are entities independent of one another, neither has the authority to bind the other to any third person or otherwise to act in any way as the representative of the other, unless otherwise expressly agreed to in writing signed by both parities hereto. The Consultant agrees not to represent itself as the City's agent for any purpose to any party or to allow any employee of the Consultant to do so, unless specifically authorized, in advance and in writing, to do so, and then only for the limited purpose stated in such authorization. The Consultant shall assume full liability for any contracts or agreements the Consultant enters into on behalf of the City of Milton without the express knowledge and prior written consent of the City. 3.0 Indemnification The Consultant covenants and agrees to take and assume all responsibility for the services rendered in connection with this Agreement. The Consultant shall bear all losses and damages directly or indirectly resulting to it on account of the performance or character of the services rendered pursuant to this Agreement. Consultant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City, its officers, boards, commissions, elected and appointed officials, employees and agents from and against any and all claims, suits, actions, liability, judgments, damages, losses, and expenses, including but not limited to, attorney's fees, which may be the result of willful, negligent or tortuous conduct arising out of the Work, performance of contracted services, or operations by the Consultant, any sub -consultant, anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Consultant or sub -consultant or anyone for whose acts the Consultant or sub -consultant may be liable, regardless of whether or not the offending act is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or otherwise reduce any other right or obligation of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to any party or person described in this provision. In any and all claims against the City or any of its agents or employees, by any employee of the Consultant, any sub -consultant, anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Consultant or sub -consultant or anyone for whose acts the Consultant or sub - consultant may be liable, the indemnification obligation set forth in this provision shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Consultant or any sub -consultant under workers' or workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. This obligation to indemnify and defend the City, its members, officers, agents, employees and volunteers shall survive termination of this Agreement. 4.0 Insurance The Consultant shall have and maintain in full force and effect, for the duration of this Agreement, insurance as shown on Exhibit "B," attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. 5.0 Term; Termination The term of this Agreement shall begin on the date of execution and shall terminate without any additional automatic renewal on December 31, 2017, provided that, as required by O.C.G.A. § 36-60-13, this Agreement shall terminate absolutely and without further obligation on the part of the City on December 31 of each calendar year of the term, and further, that this Agreement shall automatically renew on January 1 of each subsequent calendar year absent the City's provision of written notice of non -renewal to Consultant at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the then current calendar year. Title to any supplies, materials, equipment, or other personal property shall remain in Consultant until fully paid for by the City. The City may terminate this Agreement upon a breach of any provision of this Agreement by Consultant and Consultant's subsequent failure to cure such breach within fifteen (15) days of receipt from the City of a written notice of the breach. This Agreement may be terminated for convenience upon at least ninety (90) days advance written notice of termination provided by Consultant to the City or at least thirty (30) days advance written notice of termination provided by the City to Consultant. 6.0 Compliance with All Laws and Licenses The Consultant must obtain all necessary licenses and comply with all applicable local, state and federal requirements. The Consultant shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of any governmental entity pertaining to its performance under this Agreement. The parties agree to comply with the applicable provisions of the Administrative Simplification section of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as codified at 42 U.S.C. § 1320d through d-8 ("HIPAA"), and the requirements of any regulations promulgated there under including without limitation the federal privacy regulations as contained in 45 CFR Part 164 (the "Federal Privacy Regulations"), the federal security standards as contained in 45 CFR Part 142 (the "Federal Security Regulations"), and any other applicable federal or state laws and regulations. Consultant adheres to the privacy and security rules outlined in the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) Act of 1996. 7.0 Assignment The Consultant shall not assign or subcontract the whole or any part of this Agreement without the City of Milton's prior written consent. 8.0 Amendments in Writing No amendments to this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties. 9.0 Expertise of Consultant Consultant accepts the relationship of trust and confidence established between it and the City, recognizing that the City's intention and purpose in entering into this Agreement is to engage an entity with the requisite capacity, experience, and professional skill and judgment to provide the services in pursuit of the timely and competent completion of the Work undertaken by Consultant under this Agreement. 10.0 Governing Law This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Georgia. 11.0 Interpretation of Documents In the event of a conflict in language between this Agreement and any exhibit to this Agreement, the provisions most favorable to the City shall govern. 12.0 Entire Agreement This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter contained herein; all prior agreements, representations, statements, negotiations, and undertakings are suspended hereby. Neither party has relied on any representation, promise, nor inducement not contained herein. 13.0 Waiver of Agreement The City's failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement or the waiver in a particular instance shall not be construed as a general waiver of any future breach or default. 14.0 Sovereign Immunity Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to be a waiver of the City's sovereign immunity or any individual's qualified good faith or official immunities. 15.0 Notices All other notices, writings or correspondence as required by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed received, and shall be effective, when: (1) personally delivered, or (2) on the third day after the postmark date when mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (3) upon actual delivery when sent via national overnight commercial carrier to the Parties at the addresses given below, unless a substitute address shall first be furnished to the other Parties by written notice in accordance herewith: NOTICE TO THE CITY shall be sent to: City Manager City of Milton 13000 Deerfield Parkway, Suite 107F Milton, Georgia 30004 NOTICE TO THE CONSULTANT shall be sent to: Russell Mitchell, MD 1051 Windermere Crossing Cumming, GA. 30041 16.0 No Personal Liability No member, official or employee of the City shall be personally liable to the Consultant or any successor in interest in the event of any default or breach by the City or for any amount which may become due to the Consultant or successor or on any obligation under the terms of this Agreement. Likewise, Consultant's performance of services under this Agreement shall not subject Consultant's individual employees, officers or directors to any personal liability. The Parties agree that their sole and exclusive remedy, claim, demand or suit shall be directed and/or asserted only against Consultant or the City, respectively, and not against any employee, officer, director, or elected or appointed official. 17.0 SAVE Pursuant to O.C.G.A. § 50-36-1, the City must obtain a SAVE Affidavit and a secure and verifiable document evidencing the Consultant's legal status in the Country each time that Consultant obtains a public benefit, including any contract, from the City. Consultant hereby verifies that it has, prior to executing this Agreement, executed a SAVE Affidavit (to be sworn under oath under criminal penalty of false swearing pursuant to O.C.G.A. § 16-10-71), a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit "C", and submitted such affidavit to the City in person, electronically, or by mail. Further, Consultant verifies that it has, prior to executing this Agreement, submitted a secure and verifiable document, evidencing the Consultant's legal status, to the City either in person or electronically (in compliance with the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act). Consultant verifies that it is in compliance with the Residency Status of an Applicant for Public Benefit, as required by the Georgia Security and Immigration Compliance Act (O.C.G.A. § 50-36-1). IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year set forth next to each signature. EMERGENCY C MEDICAL GROUP, P.C.: Signature: Russell Mitche , President SIGNED, SEALED, AND DELIVERED [AFFIX CORPORATE SEAL] in the presence of: Attest: W14,PUJ� _ Donna arie T. Mitchell, Secretary Notary Public `l ga� WAN MELISA SATTERFIELD [NOTARY SEAL] Notary Public Forsyth County My Commission Expires • state of Gaorp My Commission Expires J an 3, 2018 CITY OF MILTON: By: Its: SIGNED, SEALED, AND DELIVERED in the presence of: Witness Notary Public [NOTARY SEAL] My Commission Expires: [CITY SEAL] SCOPE OF WORK The Consultant shall implement and provide the following services, and the City shall comply with the applicable requirements set forth below: Substitute Medical Director. If the Medical Director performing services hereunder is unable to provide the services described herein (whether due to loss of his/her license to practice medicine in the State of Georgia or loss of his/her DEA license or for any other reason and whether for an interim or extended period of time) then the Consultant in order to provide continuous service under this Agreement shall provide a substitute Medical Director, who shall be a physician licensed in the State of Georgia to practice medicine and board certified or board eligible in Emergency Medicine and who shall be acceptable to the City. The Consultant shall provide the City a minimum of 30 days notice of such a contemplated replacement and of the identity and credentials of any proposed substitute Medical Director. If any such replacement Medical Director is not acceptable to the City, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the City may automatically terminate this Agreement. The City shall supply and maintain at no cost to the Consultant equipment essential for the performance of emergency medical dispatch sufficient to enable the Medical Director to perform services hereunder at the level consistent with the national standards established in the emergency medical dispatch community. Recommendations of the Medical Director for purchase other acquisition of such equipment will be given reasonable consideration by the City. The City with provide the Consultant all needed expendable supplies, small tools and accessories required in the provisions of services; however, the final decision on any request to purchase such supplies, small tools and accessories with be that of the City. The City agrees to pay expenses related to costs incurred by Consultant for providing DEA services. This expense would be cost of obtaining an additional DEA certificate if required. Services. The Consultant shall implement and provide the following services: a) establish and monitor compliance and field performance guidelines for EMS personnel; b) establish and monitor compliance with training guidelines which meet or exceed the minimum standards set forth in the state of Georgia; c) develop, implement, and revise protocols and/or standing orders, if appropriate, governing pre -hospital care and medical aspects of patient triage, transport, transfer, dispatch, extrication, rescue, and radio -telephone -telemetry communication by EMS; d) direct an effective system audit and quality assurance program; e) participate in monthly meeting reviewing summarized statistics of EMS runs to guide changes in EMS protocols, hiring standards, orientation, and further training; f) monthly review of all audited PCR's resulting from review of all PCR's g) make formal recommendations on medically related aspects of the operation of the EMS; h) function as the primary liaison between the EMS administration and the local medical community, ascertaining and being responsive to the needs of each; i) take or recommend appropriate remedial or corrective measures for EMS personnel, in conjunction with local EMS administration, which may include but are not limited to counseling, retraining, testing, probation, and/or field preceptorship; j) establish criteria for selection of a patient's destination; k) develop and implement a mechanism for management of patient care incidents, including patient complaints, allegations of substandard care, deviations from established protocols and patient care standards; 1) may respond on scene to observe and assist direct patient care delivered by EMS; m) give on line medical direction when requested and as indicated; n) provide timely review and consultation with regard to medical records; and o) maintain all medical licensure and certifications in good order. EXHIBIT - R CTRTMC ATE OF n- TSL R.,V CE Certificate issued to, Mame and mailing address of insured. usst i i K. Witchell, MD P.O. Box =21309 A IU* I ani Lam GA 3-0342 ��;W; Mutual Insurance Company This is tQ zcrt:n- that -TNIAG -Nir.tttad h sur nce Company Ila s issued a cites Ulade P. hysic..ans and 5tlY"Coras Pr01€;ssian471 Liabilily Nhck to thQ insured lislcd abovc.. sul j •ct to tttc tl inions of (ltc= ctarrcn! pant., carttract ind ane endorsemunt5. Policy Num r: 'Lffeed e Date. Expir ldo Wte. 06356421 =5 1111112013 1t2014' Lir*ttis RiXtroactive Date: Each loss Agn_regate tiinit 1000,000/ 3,000.000 6/01.12008 TOTAL LIMITS 1,0€70,000/ 3,000,000 This dOCUrnent is issued a,=, a matter of iitfo tali on onl • and confers no ritztts apon the dc -u cent holder. This docuincla docs not ainond cmend_ or t;.ltcr the coverage, joins_ c_acllsions, conditions.. or other pro, icons affirctcd by the Ali=cies referenced herein. PIE:ase inquire din cdv 1 itit the irtsur-ed for individual ros+i-no—i� ndorsczncnts (11_;71 it xhppl}'. JJ171hc eVcnt of canoellation of the described poliev_':fAG ntai,e ivasomfil le ril71lrt to noti f. the ptt-tv at ti1ih,-)se rieluest this certificate was issued- but \°LAG Nf-utual sIrJ1 not b4 liable in an-. Lav for failure to "I've s.tc- aoiic e. Atilhorizcd R presejitativ December 21, 2012 NIAG 4taMal Insu.Yathcct`ompanj- PO Box 529 7-9 Atlanta-f%A 3t1:���1y79 LPA'& Ed. EXHIBIT "C" SAVE AFFIDAVIT O.C.G.A. § 50-36-1(e)(2) Affidavit By executing this affidavit under oath, as an applicant for a public benefit, as referenced in O.C.G.A. § 50-36-1, from the City of Milton, Georgia, the undersigned applicant verifies one of the following with respect to my application for a public benefit: 1) \/ I am a United States citizen. 2) I am a legal permanent resident of the United States. 3) I am a qualified alien or non-immigrant under the Federal Immigration and Nationality Act with an alien number issued by the Department of Homeland Security or other federal immigration agency. My alien number issued by the Department of Homeland Security or other federal immigration agency is: The undersigned applicant also hereby verifies that he or she is 18 years of age or older and has provided at least one secure and verifiable document, as required by O.C.G.A. § 50-36-1(e)(1), with this affidavit. The secure and verifiable document provided with this affidavit can best be classified as: In making the above representation under oath, I understand that any person who knowingly and willfully makes a false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or representation in an affidavit shall be guilty of a violation of O.C.G.A. § 16-10-20, and face criminal penalties as allowed by such criminal statute. F�—i (state). Executed in i1'lM r (city), Signature of Applicant 7� rl ,A�t , �c, �, t 1 ,-'7 Printed Name of Applicant 02,1, L\ Subscribed and sworn before me on this the day of 20 13 -ed A9 N TARY PUBLIC [NOTARY STAMP] My Commission Expires: VIELISA SATTERFIELD Notary Public Forsyth County State of Georgia My Commission Expires Jen 3, 2016 Georgia Day 2013 WHEREAS, the State of Georgia was founded by General James Edward Oglethorpe, who received a Royal Charter for establishing a colony in honor of King George II and led 116 people from England on the HMS Anne, landing near present-day Savannah on February 12, 1733; and WHEREAS, George Walton, Button Gwinnett, and Lymon Hall each signed the Declaration of Independence on behalf of Georgia, which later became the fourth state to ratify the U.S. Constitution, on January 2, 1788; and WHEREAS, since its founding 280 years ago, Georgia has grown to over 9 million people and has progressed from a rural state to a commercial, financial, and cultural center for the Southeast and nation; and WHEREAS, all Georgians are invited to rediscover our natural, cultural and historic wonders and sites, and to encourage people throughout the nation and the world to recognize the people, institutions, and historic events that have shaped Georgia’s significant place in our country’s history and global commerce. NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Mayor and City Council of the City of Milton, do hereby proclaim February 12, 2013, as GEORGIA DAY in honor of our state’s 280th anniversary and call upon all Georgians and the residents of the City of Milton to celebrate our proud and rich heritage. Further, I urge all citizens to recognize Georgia Day 2013 by proudly supporting our state and continuing to hold it in the highest regard. Given under our hand and seal of the City of Milton, Georgia on this 4th day of February, 2013. _____________________________ Joe Lockwood, Mayor Rural Metro Day 2013 WHEREAS, emergency medical services are vital to community health and safety; and WHEREAS, the highly skilled and talented employees of Rural/Metro are ready to provide lifesaving care to those in need 24 hours a day, seven days a week; and WHEREAS, access to quality emergency care and clinical excellence dramatically improves the survival and recovery rate of those who experience sudden illness or injury; and WHEREAS, Rural/Metro has established a trusted and successful partnership with area public safety agencies and healthcare providers; and WHEREAS, Rural/Metro has been capably serving the residents and visitors of Milton since 2006; and WHEREAS, Rural/Metro was founded February 2, 1948 at 8:00 A.M and has since expanded to more than 700 communities in 21 states; and WHEREAS, Rural/Metro is now a leading national provider of ambulance and private fire protection services in the United States; and WHEREAS, it is appropriate to recognize the value and the accomplishments of EMS providers by recognizing the anniversary of the company’s founding. NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Mayor and City Council of the City of Milton, do hereby proclaim February 2, 2013, as RURAL METRO DAY in recognition of this event. Further, I encourage residents and visitors of this community to recognize this day in appreciation to the men and women of Rural/Metro who help make our community a better and safer place to live and work. Given under our hand and seal of the City of Milton, Georgia on this 4 th day of February, 2013. ________________________________ Joe Lockwood, Mayor Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on February 4, 2013 (First Presentation) *Based on a revised site plan and revised letter of intent received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. RZ12-15 1/30/2013 Page 1 of 23 PETITION - RZ12-15 Milton Country Store PROPERTY INFORMATION ADDRESS 15260 Hopewell Road DISTRICT, LAND LOT 2/2 534 OVERLAY DISTRICT Northwest Fulton EXISTING ZONING AG-1(Agricultural) PROPOSED ZONING H (Historic) ACRES 0.5240 EXISTING USE 1,179 sq.ft. building PROPOSED USE General retail in 1,179 sq.ft. PETITIONER/OWNER Reunion Park, LLC ADDRESS 5780 Windward Parkway Alpharetta, GA 30004 678-624-2900 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT RECOMMENDATION – JANUARY 22, 2013 RZ12-15 – APPROVAL CONDITIONAL INTENT To rezone from AG-1 (Agricultural) to H (Historic) district to allow the existing 1,179 square foot building for a general store as described in the applicant’s revised letter of intent dated January 9, 2013. Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on February 4, 2013 (First Presentation) *Based on a revised site plan and revised letter of intent received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. RZ12-15 1/30/2013 Page 2 of 23 PLANNING COMMISSION RECOMMENDATION – JANUARY 22, 2012 RZ12-15 – APPROVAL CONDITIONAL (5-2) Commissioners Moore and Edwards voted in the negative. There were four citizens who spoke in opposition to the request stating the following: 1) Inconsistent with the Future Land Use Plan and AG-1 uses surrounding the site; 2) Hours of operation not addressed, proof of fuel tanks removed, site distance issues, traffic study not conducted on a good date, parking issues, not allow catering, delicatessen, and carry-out. The Planning Commission recommended Approval Conditional based on the following additional Recommended Conditions: 1) Satisfy the site distance for 45 mph; 2) Uses be the same as the prior use but does not include “delicatessen”, “catering”, “carry-out”, and “no food preparation on premises”; 3) The proposed signage proposed by the applicant not be approved but shall be consistent with the requirements of the sign ordinance. Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on February 4, 2013 (First Presentation) *Based on a revised site plan and revised letter of intent received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. RZ12-15 1/30/2013 Page 3 of 23 LOCATION MAP Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on February 4, 2013 (First Presentation) *Based on a revised site plan and revised letter of intent received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. RZ12-15 1/30/2013 Page 4 of 23 2030 FUTURE LAND USE PLAN MAP Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on February 4, 2013 (First Presentation) *Based on a revised site plan and revised letter of intent received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. RZ12-15 1/30/2013 Page 5 of 23 SITE PLAN SUBMITTED SEPTEMBER 4, 2012 Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on February 4, 2013 (First Presentation) *Based on a revised site plan and revised letter of intent received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. RZ12-15 1/30/2013 Page 6 of 23 REVISED SITE PLAN SUBMITTED JANUARY 9, 2013 Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on February 4, 2013 (First Presentation) *Based on a revised site plan and revised letter of intent received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. RZ12-15 1/30/2013 Page 7 of 23 SUBJECT BUILDING LOOKING NORTH SUBJECT BUILDING LOOKING WEST ALONG THOMPSON ROAD Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on February 4, 2013 (First Presentation) *Based on a revised site plan and revised letter of intent received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. RZ12-15 1/30/2013 Page 8 of 23 LOOKING NORTH AT THE INTERSECTION Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on February 4, 2013 (First Presentation) *Based on a revised site plan and revised letter of intent received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. RZ12-15 1/30/2013 Page 9 of 23 Existing uses and zoning of nearby property Location Zoning/ Petition Zoning / Name Approved Density/Min. Heated Floor Area North (AG-1) AG-1 (Agricultural) Various Single-Family Residential 1 unit/acre (Various sq.ft.) Northeast (AG-1) AG-1 (Agricultural) Various Single-Family Residential 1 unit/acre (Various sq.ft.) East (AG-1) AG-1 (Agricultural) Bell Memorial Park & Various Single-Family Residential 1 unit/acre (Various sq.ft.) Southeast (AG-1) AG-1 (Agricultural) Champions Overlook Subdivision 1 unit/acre (Est. 3,000 sq.ft.) South (AG-1) AG-1 (Agricultural) Various Single-Family Residential 1 unit/acre (Various sq.ft.) Northwest (AG-1) AG-1 (Agricultural) Various Single-Family Residential 1 unit/acre (Various sq.ft.) Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on February 4, 2013 (First Presentation) *Based on a revised site plan and revised letter of intent received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. RZ12-15 1/30/2013 Page 10 of 23 SUBJECT SITE: The subject site contains .5240 acre and the applicant is requesting to rezone to the H (Historic) district for the existing 1,179 square foot building, previously used as a country store. Specifically, the applicant has stated the following in his revised letter of intent* regarding the previous use of the structure. “Beginning in the late 1940’s to the early 1950’s, the store building at the northeast corner of the property was used as a general store and small town gathering place, while maintaining the rural atmosphere and charm of the area….Patrons came to the Hardeman Store to obtain grocery staples such as bread, eggs, flour and milk. The store carried items obtained locally, including fresh meat and vegetables, jellies and jams, cheese and baked goods. Reflecting the community it served, the store carried hardware, seed and feed and sundry items. The store also carried homemade sandwiches, hot coffee, and lunch items, and provided grocery delivery in the immediate area. Seasonal items, such as pumpkins, hay bales and pine straw, wreaths and Christmas trees were offered, and artfully displayed to draw in customers.” The revised letter of intent* further states, “ In keeping with these traditions, the following conditions of use of the store are requested: retail service commercial and accessory uses permitted in C-1 (Community Business) District, and consistent with historic use as a country store including catering, carryout and delivery; delicatessen; retail store or shop selling groceries, hardware, seed and feed, sundry items, homemade food, beverages, etc; but specifically excluding (a) those uses prohibited under Article VI, Section 64-395. (Uses prohibited in all zoning districts); (b) garage, automobile repair or automotive specialty shop; (c) convenience stores, and gas stations; (d) landscaping business or garden center; (e) financial establishment and (f) roadside vending.” BACKGROUND: Staff notes that on August 20, 2012, the Mayor and City Council designated the subject building as historic. This requirement must be met before request to rezone a building to the H (Historic) district can be submitted. Additionally, Section 64-953 (c) states: “The proposed historic use shall be limited to those historic structures identified on the subject property and may not be expanded.” Therefore, if this request is approved, a condition will be provided listing uses to be excluded based on the previous historic use of the structure. Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on February 4, 2013 (First Presentation) *Based on a revised site plan and revised letter of intent received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. RZ12-15 1/30/2013 Page 11 of 23 SITE PLAN ANALYSIS Based on the applicant’s revised site plan and revised letter of intent submitted to the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013, Staff offers the following considerations: Pursuant to Section 64-954, Development Standards for the H (Historic) District, the following is stated: “In order to allow for the unique nature of the properties receiving the H district classification, there are no district-specific-development standards. However, all other requirements of the subject property’s overlay district and the City of Milton Zoning Ordinance, including, but not limited to those identified in Section 64-955, shall be maintained. In addition, the Milton City Council shall consider the subject property’s overlay district and City of Milton Zoning Ordinance as it pertains to the proposed historic use, and may adopt reasonable conditions of zoning with respect to the following, without the need for a variance.” Per the following sections, the applicant and Staff are requesting the following conditions for the subject site as requested per a revised letter of intent received by the Community Development on January 9, 2013: 1. Section 64-1141 (3)(a): Reduce the 50 foot buffer and 10 foot improvement setback to a 10 foot landscape strip along the south property line of the property intersecting with Hopewell Road and running North 68 degrees 21 minutes 12 seconds West a distance of 89.69 feet. (Staff notes that this already mentioned in #3 below. Therefore this condition is not required.) 2. Sec. 64-1141(3)(a): Reduce the 50-foot buffer and 10-foot improvement setback to a 10-foot landscape strip along Thompson Road and a minimum 40-foot buffer at the easterly end to a 36-foot buffer on the westerly end along the south line of the Property (parallel to Thompson Road), running from the corner of an existing driveway North 80 degrees 44 minutes 27 seconds West 190.43 feet to the westerly property line.* (Shown on the site plan below as orange.) 3. Section 64-1141(3)(a): To delete the 50 foot buffer and 10 foot improvement setback along the southwest property line of property running from Hopewell Road North 68 degrees 10 minutes 12 seconds West 89.69 feet and North 21 degrees 34 minutes 48 seconds West 35.46 feet to the northerly line of an existing driveway for Outparcel 2 and North 60 degrees 44 minutes 57 seconds West 29.57 feet. (Shown on the site plan below as green.) 4. Section 64-1433(f))(1): To reduce the 25 foot setback for parking adjacent to residentially used property to 10 feet along the south property line. Staff notes Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on February 4, 2013 (First Presentation) *Based on a revised site plan and revised letter of intent received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. RZ12-15 1/30/2013 Page 12 of 23 that this zoning reference is taken from the C-1 (Community Business) district requirements. There currently is not a similar requirement for the H (Historic) district, but this will be included in the Conditions of Zoning. (Shown on the site plan below as green.) 5. Section 64-1145 (6)(c): To allow onsite parking located to the front of a building or between a building and the public right-of-way (Hopewell Road). 6. Section 64-1141 (1)(a): Provide a minimum 10 foot wide landscape strip along all public streets. (Shown on the site plan below as blue.) 7. The revised site plan received on January 9, 2013 still depicts a proposed porch on the south side of the building. Any additions from the original building that was approved as a historic structure are prohibited. Therefore, Staff will include a condition reflecting this prohibition. All the items listed above will be included in the Recommended Conditions. Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on February 4, 2013 (First Presentation) *Based on a revised site plan and revised letter of intent received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. RZ12-15 1/30/2013 Page 13 of 23 CONDITIONS EXHIBIT Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on February 4, 2013 (First Presentation) *Based on a revised site plan and revised letter of intent received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. RZ12-15 1/30/2013 Page 14 of 23 Signage The applicant has also requested to permit signage in keeping with the historical designation of the store building. These include projecting signage and wall sign logos, as seen in the photographs within the Letter of Intent dated September 4, 2012. Before installation of any signage, the owner must first obtain a Certificate of Appropriateness under Article XVIII of the Milton Zoning Ordinance. A Condition of Zoning will be included to reflect this request. Parking Requirements The site plan submitted indicates a total of 5 parking spaces of which one is handicap accessible located in front of the building.* The existing structure proposed for retail use is 1,179 square feet. Pursuant to Sec. 64-1410, Calculations, 4 spaces per 1,000 square feet are required. Based on this calculation, a total of 5 spaces are required. Traffic Study The applicant has supplied a traffic count that was conducted on December 17, 2012 which was a date approved by the Public Works Department. A copy of it is provided at the end of this report. Based on this count, the maximum number of cars that stacked on Thompson Road was six cars. This is an acceptable number of cars to meet the 300 feet or 95% queue distance as required by the Public Works Department. In addition, the revised site plan indicates a right in/right out only on Hopewell Road as well as the widening of the entrance/driveway for the full access on Thompson Road. The Public Works Department has included a condition for the driveways’ site distance shall be certified by a professional engineer. This condition, as well all of the Recommended Conditions must be met prior to the approval of a Certificate of Occupancy and Business License. ENVIRONMENTAL SITE ANALYSIS The Environmental Site Analysis (ESA) report is sufficient and satisfies the requirement of Section 64.2126. A field survey of the site was conducted by Staff to verify areas addressed in the ESA report. The proposed site does not contain wetlands, floodplains, streams, steep slopes, historical sites or sensitive plant and animal species. As mentioned above, the building was designated historic on August 20, 2012. Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on February 4, 2013 (First Presentation) *Based on a revised site plan and revised letter of intent received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. RZ12-15 1/30/2013 Page 15 of 23 Staff also notes that in the past the building has operated as a general store with gas pumps. According to the applicant, the tanks were removed prior to the purchase of the property. ARBORIST COMMENTS Based on the site plan and the tree survey provided, none of the trees will be impacted by the proposed uses. CITY OF MILTON FIRE MARSHAL There are no outstanding fire code issues associated with the proposed rezoning as they are now presented. DESIGN REVIEW BOARD MEETING COURTESY REVIEW – October 1, 2012 Concern for parking in front of the building. Check site distance. Signage should be historic in nature. All for making the building look historic in nature. PUBLIC INVOLVEMENT On September 25, 2012 the applicant was present at the Community Zoning Information Meeting (CZIM) held at the Milton City Hall. There were five members of the community in attendance. All the community members lived close to the property, and had concerns regarding traffic, more intensive commercial use of the property over time, and commercial spot zoning. Public Comments – Staff has not received any correspondence regarding this development. PUBLIC PARTICIPATION REPORT The applicant hosted a Public Participation Meeting on Wednesday, October 25, 2012 at the applicant’s office on Windward Parkway. The applicant has submitted a Public Participation Report on November 19, 2012 that currently includes the CZIM meeting. Standards of Review Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on February 4, 2013 (First Presentation) *Based on a revised site plan and revised letter of intent received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. RZ12-15 1/30/2013 Page 16 of 23 (Section 64-2104) Planning Staff shall, with respect to each zoning application, investigate and make a recommendation with respect to factors 1 through 7, below, as well as any other factors it may find relevant. 1. Whether or not the proposal will permit a use that is suitable in view of the use and development of adjacent and nearby Property? It is Staff’s opinion that the proposed general store will be suitable in view of the use and development of adjacent and nearby property. The site fronts on two roads to the North and East. To the South, a single family residence is located on the same parcel. The residentially used property to the West is located approximately 300 feet from the subject building with a 50 foot undisturbed buffer adjacent to it. 2. Whether or not the proposal will adversely affect the existing use or usability of adjacent or nearby property? It is Staff’s opinion that the proposal will not adversely affect existing use or usability of the adjacent properties as described above if approved with the Recommended Conditions. 3. Whether the property to be affected by the proposal has a reasonable economic use as currently zoned? The subject site may not have a reasonable use as currently zoned AG-1 (Agricultural) based on the small size of the building and its location at the intersection of two streets. 4. Whether the proposal will result in a use which will or could cause an excessive or burdensome use of existing streets, transportation facilities, utilities or schools? Based on the traffic counts provided by the applicant and review by the transportation department, Staff does not anticipate a significant impact on existing streets, transportation facilities, utilities, or schools as proposed if the required site improvements listed in the Recommended Conditions are made to the site. 5. Whether the proposal is in conformity with the policies and intent of the land use plan? Future Land Use Plan Map: Agricultural, Equestrian, Estate Residential Proposed use/density: Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on February 4, 2013 (First Presentation) *Based on a revised site plan and revised letter of intent received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. RZ12-15 1/30/2013 Page 17 of 23 General store / 2,250 square feet per acre The 2030 Future Land Use Plan Map suggests Agricultural, Equestrian, Estate Residential for the subject site and for properties surrounding the subject site, except for Bell Memorial Park to the southeast and the City of Milton Fire Station to the west. The proposed rezoning is consistent with the following Plan Policy if developed with the recommended conditions: “We will expand the identification, documentation, and protection of historic, cultural, and archaeological resources in the city, and when possible encourage access by the public.” 6. Whether there are other existing or changed conditions affecting the use and development of the property which gives supporting grounds for either approval or disapproval of the proposal? The proposed H (Historic) district structure will be utilized as a country store, and that type of use is not consistent with Agricultural, Equestrian, and Estate Residential. But the purpose of the H (Historic) district is intended to allow for a historic structure to be used, protected, renovated and preserved on its historic value to the community. It may allow a specific, previous use to continue in a structure where that use would be considered nonconforming as defined in the current City of Milton Zoning Ordinance. This designation will help preserve the rich traditions of history and culture evident in Milton’s original settlement. Therefore, Staff supports the approval of this request to rezone from AG-1 (Agricultural) to the H (Historic) district. 7. Whether the zoning proposal will permit a use which can be considered environmentally adverse to the natural resources, environment and citizens of the City of Milton? The proposed use will not be environmentally adverse to the natural resources, environment and citizens of the City due to the required development regulations. CONCLUSION Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on February 4, 2013 (First Presentation) *Based on a revised site plan and revised letter of intent received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. RZ12-15 1/30/2013 Page 18 of 23 Although the proposed rezoning is inconsistent with the Future Land Use Plan’s recommendation of Agricultural, Equestrian, and Estate Residential, it is Staff’s opinion that by rezoning it to H (Historic) it is consistent with the intent of the H (Historic) district to preserve the rich traditions of history and culture in Milton. In addition, Staff has included a set of Recommended Conditions that will ensure that the proposed general store will not have a negative impact on the surrounding community. Therefore, Staff recommends APPROVAL CONDITIONAL of RZ12-15 to rezone from AG-1 (Agricultural) to H (Historic) district. Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on February 4, 2013 (First Presentation) *Based on a revised site plan and revised letter of intent received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. RZ12-15 1/30/2013 Page 19 of 23 RECOMMENDED CONDITIONS If this petition is approved by the Mayor and City Council, it should be H (Historic) District CONDITIONAL subject to the owner’s agreement to the following enumerated conditions. Where these conditions conflict with the stipulations and offerings contained in the Letter of Intent, these conditions shall supersede unless specifically stipulated by the Mayor and City Council. 1) To the owner’s agreement to restrict the use of the subject property as follows: a) Country store and associated accessory uses on a .5240 acre including the existing 1,179 square foot structure and allowing only those uses that are specific to the previous historic use: retail store or shop selling groceries, hardware, seed and feed, sundry items, homemade food, beverages. Also permitted are seasonal items such as pumpkins, hay bales, pine straw, wreaths and Christmas trees so long as they are sold and displayed within the building or on the covered porch. The following uses shall be excluded; food preparation, garage, automobile repair or automotive specialty shop, gas station, landscaping business or garden center, financial establishment, drive through, commercial amusements, liquor sales and package stores, motels, hotels, adult oriented entertainment businesses including adult bookstores, adult entertainment or adult entertainment establishments as defined in Article 3.3.3., check cashing stores, coin operated laundries, video arcades, pool halls, nail salons, beauty salons, barber shops, flea markets, second hand surplus retail shops, roadside vending, roadside produce stands or seasonal business, precious metal sales, and billboards. 2) To the owner’s agreement to abide by the following: a) To the revised site plan received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. Said site plan is site specific and must meet or exceed the requirements of the Zoning Ordinance, all other applicable city ordinances and these conditions prior to the approval of a Land Disturbance Permit or Certificate of Occupancy. Unless otherwise noted herein, compliance with all conditions shall be in place prior to the issuance of the Certificate of Occupancy. Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on February 4, 2013 (First Presentation) *Based on a revised site plan and revised letter of intent received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. RZ12-15 1/30/2013 Page 20 of 23 3) To the owner’s agreement to the following site development considerations: a) Provide a 10-foot landscape strip along Thompson Road and a minimum 40-foot buffer at the easterly end to a 36-foot buffer on the westerly end along the south line of the Property (parallel to Thompson Road), running from the corner of an existing driveway North 80 degrees 44 minutes 27 seconds West 190.43 feet to the westerly property line. b) Provide a 10 foot landscape strip along the following property lines as described as North 68 degrees 10 minutes 12 seconds West 89.69 feet and North 21 degrees 34 minutes 48 seconds West 35.46 feet to the northerly line of an existing driveway for Outparcel 2 and North 60 degrees 44 minutes 57 seconds 29.57 feet. c) Provide a 10 foot setback for parking adjacent to residentially used property along the south property line. d) To allow onsite parking located to the front of a building or between a building and the public right-of-way (Hopewell Road). e) Provide a 10 foot landscape strip along the frontages of Hopewell Road and Thompson Road. f) Shall be in compliance with the City of Milton Sign Ordinance (Chapter 64 of the City Ordinance) for all future signage. g) All improvements to the site, structure and signs shall be reviewed and granted a Certificate of Appropriateness by the City of Milton Historic Preservation Commission. h) The proposed porch on the south side of the building as depicted on the revised site plan dated January 9, 2013 shall not be constructed. 4) To the owner’s agreement to abide by the following requirements, dedication, and improvements: a) Access to the site shall be subject to the approval of City of Milton Department of Public Works, prior to the issuance of a Business License, Land Disturbance Permit, Subdivision Plat or Certificate of Occupancy (whichever comes first). Entrance(s) shall conform to Chapter 48 Streets, Sidewalks and Other Public Places of the City of Milton Code of Ordinances, or be reconstructed to meet such Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on February 4, 2013 (First Presentation) *Based on a revised site plan and revised letter of intent received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. RZ12-15 1/30/2013 Page 21 of 23 criteria as required by the Department of Public Works. At a minimum the following shall apply: i. Driveway(s) shall provide a minimum uninterrupted ingress/egress distance of 25 feet measured from the right-of-way line to the nearest edge of drive or parking space. ii. Driveway(s) site distance shall be certified by professional engineer. iii. If at such time the Director of Public Works determines that the traffic generated by the site exceeds the design criteria, he/she may require the owner to conduct a traffic study to determine if the development warrants any additional improvements at no cost to the city. If improvements are determined to be warranted, owner shall install those at no cost to the city. iv. Satisfy the site distance for the 45 mph speed limit. b) Dedicate at no cost to the City of Milton prior to the approval of a Business License, Land Disturbance Permit, Subdivision Plat or Certificate of Occupancy (whichever comes first), sufficient land as necessary to provide the following rights-of-way: i. Provide at least 10.5 feet of right-of-way from the back of curb of all abutting road improvements, and along the entire property frontage. ii. Provide right-of-way miter at intersection of Hopewell Road and Thompson Road. Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on February 4, 2013 (First Presentation) *Based on a revised site plan and revised letter of intent received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. RZ12-15 1/30/2013 Page 22 of 23 Exhibit “A” Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on February 4, 2013 (First Presentation) *Based on a revised site plan and revised letter of intent received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. RZ12-15 1/30/2013 Page 23 of 23 Page is too large to OCR. ORDINANCE NO._______ PETITION NO. RZ12-15 STATE OF GEORGIA COUNTY OF FULTON AN ORDINANCE TO REZONE FROM AG-1 (AGRICULTURAL) DISTRICT TO H (HISTORIC) DISTRICT FOR THE EXISTING STRUCTURE CONTAINING 1,179 SQUARE FEET ON A .5240 ACRE PARCEL OF LAND. BE IT ORDAINED by the City Council for the City of Milton, Georgia while in regular session on February 20, 2013 at 6:00 p.m. as follows: SECTION 1. That the Zoning Ordinance of the City of Milton be amended, and the official maps established in connection therewith be changed so that the following property located at the southwest corner of Hopewell and Thompson Roads, consisting of a total of approximately .5240 acre as described in the attached legal description, be rezoned to the H (Historic) District with conditions, attached hereto and made a part herein; ALL THAT TRACT or parcel of land lying and being Land Lot 534 of the 2nd District 2nd Section, City of Milton, Fulton County, Georgia; and SECTION 2. That the H (Historic) zoning listed in the attached conditions of approval, be approved under the provisions Chapter 64, Article VI, Division 26 of the Zoning Ordinance of the City of Milton; and SECTION 3. That the property shall be developed in compliance with the conditions of approval as attached to this ordinance. Any conditions hereby approved (including any site plan) do not authorize the violation of any district regulations; and SECTION 4. That the official maps referred to, on file in the Office of the City Clerk, be changed to conform with the terms of this ordinance; and SECTION 5. That all ordinances or part of ordinances in conflict with the terms of this ordinance are hereby repealed; and SECTION 6. This Ordinance shall become effective upon adoption by the Mayor and City Council and the signature of approval of the Mayor. ORDAINED this 20th day of February, 2013. _________________________________ Mayor Joe Lockwood Attest: ___________________________ Sudie AM Gordon, City Clerk (Seal) RECOMMENDED CONDITIONS RZ12-15 If this petition is approved by the Mayor and City Council, it should be H (Historic) District CONDITIONAL subject to the owner’s agreement to the following enumerated conditions. Where these conditions conflict with the stipulations and offerings contained in the Letter of Intent, these conditions shall supersede unless specifically stipulated by the Mayor and City Council. 1) To the owner’s agreement to restrict the use of the subject property as follows: a) Country store and associated accessory uses on a .5240 acre including the existing 1,179 square foot structure and allowing only those uses that are specific to the previous historic use: retail store or shop selling groceries, hardware, seed and feed, sundry items, homemade food, beverages. Also permitted are seasonal items such as pumpkins, hay bales, pine straw, wreaths and Christmas trees so long as they are sold and displayed within the building or on the covered porch. The following uses shall be excluded; food preparation, garage, automobile repair or automotive specialty shop, gas station, landscaping business or garden center, financial establishment, drive through, commercial amusements, liquor sales and package stores, motels, hotels, adult oriented entertainment businesses including adult bookstores, adult entertainment or adult entertainment establishments as defined in Article 3.3.3., check cashing stores, coin operated laundries, video arcades, pool halls, nail salons, beauty salons, barber shops, flea markets, second hand surplus retail shops, roadside vending, roadside produce stands or seasonal business, precious metal sales, and billboards. 2) To the owner’s agreement to abide by the following: a) To the revised site plan received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. Said site plan is site specific and must meet or exceed the requirements of the Zoning Ordinance, all other applicable city ordinances and these conditions prior to the approval of a Land Disturbance Permit or Certificate of Occupancy. Unless otherwise noted herein, compliance with all conditions shall be in place prior to the issuance of the Certificate of Occupancy. 3) To the owner’s agreement to the following site development considerations: a) Provide a 10-foot landscape strip along Thompson Road and a minimum 40-foot buffer at the easterly end to a 36-foot buffer on the westerly end along the south line of the Property (parallel to Thompson Road), running from the corner of an existing driveway North 80 degrees 44 minutes 27 seconds West 190.43 feet to the westerly property line. b) Provide a 10 foot landscape strip along the following property lines as described as North 68 degrees 10 minutes 12 seconds West 89.69 feet and North 21 degrees 34 minutes 48 seconds West 35.46 feet to the northerly line of an existing driveway for Outparcel 2 and North 60 degrees 44 minutes 57 seconds 29.57 feet. c) Provide a 10 foot setback for parking adjacent to residentially used property along the south property line. d) To allow onsite parking located to the front of a building or between a building and the public right-of-way (Hopewell Road). e) Provide a 10 foot landscape strip along the frontages of Hopewell Road and Thompson Road. f) Shall be in compliance with the City of Milton Sign Ordinance (Chapter 64 of the City Ordinance) for all future signage. g) All improvements to the site, structure and signs shall be reviewed and granted a Certificate of Appropriateness by the City of Milton Historic Preservation Commission. h) The proposed porch on the south side of the building as depicted on the revised site plan dated January 9, 2013 shall not be constructed. 4) To the owner’s agreement to abide by the following requirements, dedication, and improvements: a) Access to the site shall be subject to the approval of City of Milton Department of Public Works, prior to the issuance of a Business License, Land Disturbance Permit, Subdivision Plat or Certificate of Occupancy (whichever comes first). Entrance(s) shall conform to Chapter 48 Streets, Sidewalks and Other Public Places of the City of Milton Code of Ordinances, or be reconstructed to meet such criteria as required by the Department of Public Works. At a minimum the following shall apply: i. Driveway(s) shall provide a minimum uninterrupted ingress/egress distance of 25 feet measured from the right-of-way line to the nearest edge of drive or parking space. ii. Driveway(s) site distance shall be certified by professional engineer. iii. If at such time the Director of Public Works determines that the traffic generated by the site exceeds the design criteria, he/she may require the owner to conduct a traffic study to determine if the development warrants any additional improvements at no cost to the city. If improvements are determined to be warranted, owner shall install those at no cost to the city. iv. Satisfy the site distance for the 45 mph speed limit. b) Dedicate at no cost to the City of Milton prior to the approval of a Business License, Land Disturbance Permit, Subdivision Plat or Certificate of Occupancy (whichever comes first), sufficient land as necessary to provide the following rights-of-way: i. Provide at least 10.5 feet of right-of-way from the back of curb of all abutting road improvements, and along the entire property frontage. ii. Provide right-of-way miter at intersection of Hopewell Road and Thompson Road. REVISED SITE PLAN SUBMITTED JANUARY 9, 2013 ORDINANCE NO._______ PETITION NO. RZ12-15 STATE OF GEORGIA COUNTY OF FULTON AN ORDINANCE TO REZONE FROM AG-1 (AGRICULTURAL) DISTRICT TO H (HISTORIC) DISTRICT FOR THE EXISTING STRUCTURE CONTAINING 1,179 SQUARE FEET ON A .5240 ACRE PARCEL OF LAND. BE IT ORDAINED by the City Council for the City of Milton, Georgia while in regular session on February 20, 2013 at 6:00 p.m. as follows: SECTION 1. That the Zoning Ordinance of the City of Milton be amended, and the official maps established in connection therewith be changed so that the following property located at the southwest corner of Hopewell and Thompson Roads, consisting of a total of approximately .5240 acre as described in the attached legal description, be rezoned to the H (Historic) District with conditions, attached hereto and made a part herein; ALL THAT TRACT or parcel of land lying and being Land Lot 534 of the 2nd District 2nd Section, City of Milton, Fulton County, Georgia; and SECTION 2. That the H (Historic) zoning listed in the attached conditions of approval, be approved under the provisions Chapter 64, Article VI, Division 26 of the Zoning Ordinance of the City of Milton; and SECTION 3. That the property shall be developed in compliance with the conditions of approval as attached to this ordinance. Any conditions hereby approved (including any site plan) do not authorize the violation of any district regulations; and SECTION 4. That the official maps referred to, on file in the Office of the City Clerk, be changed to conform with the terms of this ordinance; and SECTION 5. That all ordinances or part of ordinances in conflict with the terms of this ordinance are hereby repealed; and SECTION 6. This Ordinance shall become effective upon adoption by the Mayor and City Council and the signature of approval of the Mayor. ORDAINED this 20th day of February, 2013. _________________________________ Mayor Joe Lockwood Attest: ___________________________ Sudie AM Gordon, City Clerk (Seal) RECOMMENDED CONDITIONS RZ12-15 If this petition is approved by the Mayor and City Council, it should be H (Historic) District CONDITIONAL subject to the owner’s agreement to the following enumerated conditions. Where these conditions conflict with the stipulations and offerings contained in the Letter of Intent, these conditions shall supersede unless specifically stipulated by the Mayor and City Council. 1) To the owner’s agreement to restrict the use of the subject property as follows: a) Country store and associated accessory uses on a .5240 acre including the existing 1,179 square foot structure and allowing only those uses that are specific to the previous historic use: retail store or shop selling groceries, hardware, seed and feed, sundry items, homemade food, beverages. Also permitted are seasonal items such as pumpkins, hay bales, pine straw, wreaths and Christmas trees so long as they are sold and displayed within the building or on the covered porch. The following uses shall be excluded; food preparation, garage, automobile repair or automotive specialty shop, gas station, landscaping business or garden center, financial establishment, drive through, commercial amusements, liquor sales and package stores, motels, hotels, adult oriented entertainment businesses including adult bookstores, adult entertainment or adult entertainment establishments as defined in Article 3.3.3., check cashing stores, coin operated laundries, video arcades, pool halls, nail salons, beauty salons, barber shops, flea markets, second hand surplus retail shops, roadside vending, roadside produce stands or seasonal business, precious metal sales, and billboards. 2) To the owner’s agreement to abide by the following: a) To the revised site plan received by the Community Development Department on January 9, 2013. Said site plan is site specific and must meet or exceed the requirements of the Zoning Ordinance, all other applicable city ordinances and these conditions prior to the approval of a Land Disturbance Permit or Certificate of Occupancy. Unless otherwise noted herein, compliance with all conditions shall be in place prior to the issuance of the Certificate of Occupancy. 3) To the owner’s agreement to the following site development considerations: a) Provide a 10-foot landscape strip along Thompson Road and a minimum 40-foot buffer at the easterly end to a 36-foot buffer on the westerly end along the south line of the Property (parallel to Thompson Road), running from the corner of an existing driveway North 80 degrees 44 minutes 27 seconds West 190.43 feet to the westerly property line. b) Provide a 10 foot landscape strip along the following property lines as described as North 68 degrees 10 minutes 12 seconds West 89.69 feet and North 21 degrees 34 minutes 48 seconds West 35.46 feet to the northerly line of an existing driveway for Outparcel 2 and North 60 degrees 44 minutes 57 seconds 29.57 feet. c) Provide a 10 foot setback for parking adjacent to residentially used property along the south property line. d) To allow onsite parking located to the front of a building or between a building and the public right-of-way (Hopewell Road). e) Provide a 10 foot landscape strip along the frontages of Hopewell Road and Thompson Road. f) Shall be in compliance with the City of Milton Sign Ordinance (Chapter 64 of the City Ordinance) for all future signage. g) All improvements to the site, structure and signs shall be reviewed and granted a Certificate of Appropriateness by the City of Milton Historic Preservation Commission. h) The proposed porch on the south side of the building as depicted on the revised site plan dated January 9, 2013 shall not be constructed. 4) To the owner’s agreement to abide by the following requirements, dedication, and improvements: a) Access to the site shall be subject to the approval of City of Milton Department of Public Works, prior to the issuance of a Business License, Land Disturbance Permit, Subdivision Plat or Certificate of Occupancy (whichever comes first). Entrance(s) shall conform to Chapter 48 Streets, Sidewalks and Other Public Places of the City of Milton Code of Ordinances, or be reconstructed to meet such criteria as required by the Department of Public Works. At a minimum the following shall apply: i. Driveway(s) shall provide a minimum uninterrupted ingress/egress distance of 25 feet measured from the right-of-way line to the nearest edge of drive or parking space. ii. Driveway(s) site distance shall be certified by professional engineer. iii. If at such time the Director of Public Works determines that the traffic generated by the site exceeds the design criteria, he/she may require the owner to conduct a traffic study to determine if the development warrants any additional improvements at no cost to the city. If improvements are determined to be warranted, owner shall install those at no cost to the city. iv. Satisfy the site distance for the 45 mph speed limit. b) Dedicate at no cost to the City of Milton prior to the approval of a Business License, Land Disturbance Permit, Subdivision Plat or Certificate of Occupancy (whichever comes first), sufficient land as necessary to provide the following rights-of-way: i. Provide at least 10.5 feet of right-of-way from the back of curb of all abutting road improvements, and along the entire property frontage. ii. Provide right-of-way miter at intersection of Hopewell Road and Thompson Road. REVISED SITE PLAN SUBMITTED JANUARY 9, 2013 To: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members From: Robert Edgar, Fire Chief Date: Submitted on December 6, 2012 for the February 4, 2013 Regular Council Meeting Agenda Item: Consideration of the approval of a Professional Services Agreement between the City of Milton and EMS Ventures, Inc. d/b/a Rural/Metro Ambulance to Provide Emergency Medical Services for the City of Milton. ____________________________________________________________________________ Department Recommendation: Approve the attached Professional Services Agreement for emergency medical services in the City of Milton for the provision of pre-hospital care to the sick and injured in our community. Executive Summary: The Georgia Department of Human Resources, through the EMS Region III Council, has the ultimate authority and responsibility for providing emergency medical services in Fulton County, Georgia. The State of Georgia Department of Human Resources has approved a Regional Ambulance Zoning Plan which designates Rural/Metro as the 911 EMS providers for North Fulton County (which includes Milton, Alpharetta, Johns Creek, Mountain Park, Roswell and Sandy Springs). Rural/Metro shall respond to requests for service and provide emergency medical care and transportation to local hospitals. Currently, the City is under contract with Rural/Metro for emergency medical services. This new agreement, if approved will replace that agreement effective January 1, 2013. This new agreement includes the elimination of the monthly subsidy ($11,020.83) no later than June 30, 2013. Response times for (B)ravo – (E)cho calls will go from 8 minutes to 12 minutes and (A)lpha level calls will go from 12 minutes to 15 minutes. The letter denotes the degree of seriousness to the incident, A being least and E being the most life threatening. System-wide compliance will be measured at the 90th percentile threshold. Page 2 of 2 Rural/Metro currently provides six ambulances during peak hours and four ambulances during non-peak hours. This new agreement integrates General Transport (GT) units into the 911 system, adding a maximum of nine ambulances during peak hours and a minimum of four ambulances during non-peak hours. This change allows Rural/Metro to utilize 911 ambulances and GT units to conduct inter-facility transport; all inter-facility transports will be suspended once the number of available ambulances goes down to four. Rural/Metro shall install Mobile Data Terminals (MDTs) in all ambulances, which will identify closer unit response by GPS, resulting in improved response times. Rural/Metro will also develop a mutual aid plan with other private ambulance services and local county fire based EMS systems. After careful consideration and agreement with the leadership of the six North Fulton Fire Departments, Milton Fire-Rescue Department recommends the approval of this agreement. The addition of the GT units into the 911 system and the improvements noted, are all attempts to improve response times and perhaps patient outcomes. Funding and Fiscal Impact: Staff is recommending approval of the new Professional Services Agreement with EMS Ventures, INC. d/b/a Rural/Metro Ambulance at an annual savings of $132,250. Alternatives: The City may opt to continue with the current agreement, which will continue to lead to extended response times and an additional annual cost of $132,250 per year. Legal Review: Ken Jarrard – Jarrard & Davis (January 14, 2013) Concurrent Review: Chris Lagerbloom, City Manager Attachment(s): 1. Professional Services Agreement CONTRACT BETWEEN CITIES OF ALPHARETTA, JOHNS CREEK, MILTON, MOUNTAIN PARK AND ROSWELL AND EMS VENTURES, INC. d/b/a RURAL/METRO AMBULANCE This Agreement is made and entered into by and between EMS Ventures, Inc., a Georgia corporation d/b/a Rural/Metro Ambulance (“Rural/Metro”) and the Cities of Alpharetta, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park and Roswell (“Cities”), each a political subdivision of the State of Georgia, acting by and through its duly elected City Council Members, effective January 1, 2013 (the “Effective Date”). RECITALS: WHEREAS, the Georgia Department of Human Resources has approved a Regional Ambulance Zoning Plan which designates Rural/Metro as the 911 EMS Provider for North Fulton County (which includes Alpharetta, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Roswell, and Sandy Springs); WHEREAS, Rural/Metro is the owner and operator of certain emergency medical care vehicles and equipment designed to respond to requests for and provide emergency medical care and transportation and has in its employ trained personnel whose duties are related to the use of such vehicles and equipment and to the provision of emergency medical services; WHEREAS, the Cities and Rural/Metro desire to enter into an agreement for the provision of such services within the City limits of each City at an enhanced level of performance (the “Agreement”); NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows: 1. Provision of Services. Rural/Metro agrees to provide the Cities with services in accordance with the description and definitions the parties have mutually agreed upon and detailed in Exhibit A and in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. 2. Certifications and Licenses. Each party shall maintain all certifications and licenses as required by all Applicable Law to perform its obligations hereunder. 3. Qualifications to Participate in Federal and State Healthcare Programs. The parties represent and warrant that (i) neither it nor any employee, agent, or independent contractor provided under this Agreement is excluded from participation under any Federal Health Care Program for the provision of items or services for which payment may be made under a Federal Health Care Program; (ii) neither it nor any employee, agent or independent contractor provided under this Agreement has been convicted of a felony relating to health care fraud as defined under 42 U.S.C. §1320a-7(a)(3); and (iii) no final adverse action, as such term is defined under 42 U.S.C. §1320(a)-7(c) has occurred or is pending or threatened against either party or to its ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ North Fulton Cities 911 Agreement 1-13-2014 Page 2 of 21 knowledge against any employee, agent or independent contractor engaged to provide items or services under this Agreement (collectively “Exclusions/Adverse Actions”). During the term of this Agreement, each party agrees to notify the other party in writing of any Exclusions/Adverse Actions within ten (10) days of learning of any such Exclusions/Adverse Actions and provide the basis of the Exclusions/Adverse Actions. Each party acknowledges that the exclusion of any employee, agent or independent contractor from participation in the Federal Health Care Programs shall result in his or her immediate removal from the performance of duties and responsibilities for the other party under the terms of this Agreement without penalty. Each party acknowledges and agrees that any Exclusions/Adverse Actions of or against it or any employee, agent or independent contractor utilized, directly or indirectly, in the performance of this Agreement may serve as the basis of an immediate termination of this Agreement by the other party without penalty. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Federal Health Care Program” shall mean any plan or program providing health care benefits, whether directly through insurance or otherwise, that is funded directly, in whole or part, by the United States Government (other than the Federal Employees Health Benefits Program), or any State health care program and shall include, by way of example, the Medicare and Medicaid programs. 4. Insurance. Rural/Metro shall maintain at all applicable times, at its own expense, the insurance coverage set forth in Exhibit B. 5. Ownership of Records and Confidential Information. In addition to protected health information, as defined in 45 CFR § 164.504, or individually identifiable health information, as defined in 42 U.S.C. § 1320d (“Protected Health Information”), during the course of performing this Agreement, each party may from time to time receive confidential information about the other including but not limited to information about the party’s customers, patients, practices, procedures, strategies, organization, financial and other related information. No party shall use or disclose any such confidential information for any purpose other than the limited purpose of performing its obligations under this Agreement, without the prior express written permission of the supplying party. All documents and records prepared, maintained, handled or otherwise related to Rural/Metro’s performance of services hereunder are and shall be the property of Rural/Metro. Rural/Metro’s copyrighted materials and procedures shall be and remain the sole property of Rural/Metro. If a party is served with a subpoena or ot her legal process concerning confidential information of the other party, that party shall immediately (not more than 48 hours after the receipt) notify the supplying party and shall cooperate with it in any lawful effort to contest the legal validity of such process the supplying party may wish to pursue. Notwithstanding anything set forth in paragraph 5, the parties acknowledge and agree that the terms and provisions of O.C.G.A. 50-18-70, et.seq., generally, control public access to documents under this Agreement, and that O.C.G.A. 50-18-72(a)(34), specifically, controls access to documents containing alleged trade secret information. 6. Availability of Information. During the term of this Agreement and pursuant to any record retention law or regulation the parties are subject to, each party shall make available upon written request of the other, to the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services, or to the Comptroller General of the United States, or of any duly authorized representatives of any government agency, this Agreement and the books, documents and records of the party that are necessary to certify the nature and extent of the costs of this Agreement and/or compliance with the law. ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ North Fulton Cities 911 Agreement 1-13-2014 Page 3 of 21 7. Warranties and Representations. a) Rural/Metro warrants and represents (i) that it shall perform its services in accordance with industry standards; (ii) that to the best of its knowledge all goods and services reflected in its billing have been furnished to Customer; and, (iii) it shall perform all its obligations and maintain all records and patient information used for the performance of services under this Agreement in compliance with all applicable law including but not limited to the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, 15 U.S.C. §§ 1601 et seq., as amended, any applicable state Consumer Protection laws, as amended, the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101 et. seq., as amended, and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1320d through d-8, as amended (“HIPAA”) and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, 45 CFR Parts 142, 160, 162 and 164 (the “HITECH Act”).. b) Each party represents and warrants to the other that (i) it has the right to enter into this Agreement, to grant the rights granted in this Agreement and to perform fully all of the services and obligations contemplated by this Agreement; (ii) all necessary laws, consents, resolutions, and corporate/political actions have duly authorized the execution and performance of this Agreement, and this Agreement constitutes a valid and enforceable obligation of each of the parties; (iii) the person entering into this Agreement is authorized to sign this Agreement on behalf of the party; and (iv) the parties have reviewed this Agreement with their respective legal counsel to the party’s satisfaction or voluntarily waived their right to do so. The parties acknowledge that HIPAA and the HITECH Act, and the regulations promulgated thereunder apply to the activities described in this Agreement, and that both parties are "covered entities" as that term is used in HIPAA and the HITECH Act. In that regard, the parties acknowledge and warrant to each other that their respective activities undertaken pursuant to this Agreement shall conform to HIPAA and the HITECH Act no later than the effective date of each such requirement. c) The Cities warrant and represent that (i) all information supplied to and all representations made to Rural/Metro shall be true, accurate and complete and in the event such information or representation(s) made herein become inaccurate ; incomplete, the Cities will promptly notify Rural/Metro in writing of such occurrence; (ii) the Cities shall perform all its obligations and maintain all records and patient information used for the performance of services under this Agreement in compliance with all applicable law. including but not limited to the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, 15 U.S.C. §§ 1601 et seq., as amended, any applicable state Consumer Protection laws, as amended, the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101 et. seq., as amended, and HIPAA and the HITECH Act. The Cities acknowledge that they have received copies of Rural/Metro’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and Rural/Metro’s Anti-Kickback Policy. 8. Data Collection and Reporting Required. Rural/Metro’s data collection and reporting systems shall meet mutually agreed upon reasonable standards, which reports shall be furnished to the Cities upon written request. Rural/Metro agrees to meet with representative of the Cities on a regular basis, at mutually acceptable times, to review policies, procedures, and quality issues. ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ North Fulton Cities 911 Agreement 1-13-2014 Page 4 of 21 9. Rate Adjustments. Rural/Metro may adjust its rates and charges for services from time to time at its sole discretion, but shall not amend the terms of this Agreement without consent of all parties. Rural/Metro agrees to provide the Cities with a notice of its intent to adjust its rates, to include details of such rate adjustment, at least forty five (45) days prior to implementing the new rates. Upon receipt of such notice, any City shall have the right to unilaterally terminate this Agreement for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt of same. 10. Fair Market Value. This Agreement has been negotiated at arm’s length and in good faith by the parties. Nothing contained in this Agreement, including any compensation paid or payable, is intended or shall be construed: (i) to require, influence or otherwise induce or sol icit either party regarding referrals of business or patients, or the recommending the ordering of any items or services of any kind whatsoever to the other party or any of its affiliates, or to any other person, or otherwise generate business between the parties to be reimbursed in whole or in part by any Federal Health Care Program; or (ii) to interfere with a patient’s right to choose his or her own health care provider. 11. Indemnification. Each party, its officers, directors, and employees (“Indemnitor”) shall to the extent allowed by law indemnify and hold harmless the other, its officers, directors, and employees, (“Indemnitee”) for, from and against all costs, claims, losses, liabilities, penalties, fines, citations, expenses, forfeitures or other dam ages, including but not limited to settlements, defense costs, judgments, court costs, expert(s) fees and reasonable fees of attorneys, incident to, and which it may incur, become responsible for, or pay out as a result of death or bodily injury to any person, destruction or damage to any property, contamination of or adverse effects on the environment, or any violation of Applicable Law, to the extent that such damage was caused by, in whole or in part, incident to or arose out of this Agreement and the In demnitor’s: (i) breach of this Agreement; or (ii) negligent or willful act(s) or omission(s); or (iii) violation of Applicable Law; or (iv) any employment, workers’ compensation or other related claim by Indemnitor's employees, agents or subcontractors. Nothing in this section shall limit any right to contribution or other allocation of fault between the parties as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction and as permitted by all Applicable Law. 12. Term of Agreement and Renewal Provisions. The term of this Agreement shall commence on January 1, 2013, and shall, unless sooner terminated as provided in paragraphs 3 and 13, terminate absolutely and without further obligation on the part of the municipal parties on December 31 each calendar year of the Term, and further, that this Agreement shall automatically renew on January 1 of each subsequent calendar year, without lapse, absent a municipal party taking positive action to terminate this Agreement. Rates, as applicable, for the initial term and any renewal term shall be as set forth in Exhibit A and those attachments thereto. Title to any supplies, materials, equipment, or other personal property shall remain in Rural/Metro until fully paid for by the municipal parties. 13. Termination for Default. The Cities may terminate this Agreement upon a default of Rural/Metro. A “default” is a situation or occurrence by Rural/Metro constituting an urgent public necessity, to include: (i) Rural/Metro materially breaching the Agreement in a manner that results in a complete system failure, and/or an actual, continuing material adverse impact and endangerment to the health and welfare, safety and quality of care to the citizens of the Cities, or (ii) in a manner that otherwise constitutes a material and substantive deviation from the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Prior to termination for default, a City, individually, or Cities, collectively, must provide Rural/Metro thirty (30) days written notice of ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ North Fulton Cities 911 Agreement 1-13-2014 Page 5 of 21 such default and Rural/Metro will have taken no steps to cure such default. Likewise, Rural/Metro shall have the right to terminate or cancel this Agreement or to pursue any appropriate legal remedy in the event the Cities materially breach the Agreement and fail· to correct or cure such default within thirty (30) days following the written notice by Rural/Metro specifying the default or defaults complained of and the date of intended termination. If the Agreement is terminated pursuant to this paragraph, Rural/Metro shall be entitled to compensation for services provided up to and including the date of termination stated in the termination notice. 14. Regulatory Changes. Rural/Metro reserves the right to modify this Agreement with consent of all parties, upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Cities in the event any Applicable Law, government policy or program change is passed or adopted effecting Rural/Metro’s rates, provisions of services and/or obligations. 15. Compliance with Anti-Kickback Statute. Each party shall comply with the Federal Health Care Programs’ Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b) and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder. The parties further recognize that this Agreement shall be subject to the amendments of the Anti-Kickback Statute or any of its applicable regulations. In the event any applicable provisions of the Anti-Kickback Statute or its regulations invalidate, or are otherwise inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, or would cause one or both of the parties to be in violation of the law, the parties shall exercise their best efforts to accommodate the terms and intent of this Agreement to the greatest extent possible consistent with the requirements of the Statute and its applicable regulations. 16. Compliance with Applicable Law. The parties agree to be in full compliance with all Applicable Law and shall immediately notify the non-breaching party in the event it has failed to comply with this Section. In such an event, the non-breaching party may immediately terminate this Agreement. 17. EXCLUSION OF CERTAIN DAMAGES. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISION IN THIS AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY AND ITS AFFILIATES OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, MEMBERS, SHAREHOLDERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR LOST PROFITS, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, REGARDLESS OF THE BASIS OF THE CLAIM, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY, WHETHER OR NOT THE PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. 18. Independent Contractor. Rural/Metro is an independent contractor and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as creating an employment relationship, agency, partnership, or joint venture between the parties. Each party shall control and direct the methods by which it performs its responsibilities hereunder. Except as provided herein, neither party is authorized to act on behalf of the other in any other matter whatsoever. In the event of medical necessity, the Cities’ personnel may be requested to assist Rural/Metro in the continued medical care of the patient by accompanying the patient during Rural/Metro transportation. Under no circumstances shall the Cities’ employee be considered an employee of Rural/Metro. ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ North Fulton Cities 911 Agreement 1-13-2014 Page 6 of 21 19 Waivers. The failure by either party to insist on strict performance by the other party of any provision of this Agreement shall not be a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of any provision of this Agreement. 20 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be subject to and governed according to the laws of the State of Georgia, regardless of whether either party is or may become a resident of another state. The parties agree that the venue and jurisdiction shall be exclusively in the state and federal courts located in the County of Fulton in the State of Georgia. 21 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns or other legal representatives. 22 Assignment. Neither party may assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement to a third party without the prior written consent of the other party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be null and void. Notwithstanding the above, Rural/Metro may assign or subcontract its obligations under this Agreement with approval of all parties. This Agreement shall be binding upon and for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. 23 Severability. If any portion or portions of this Agreement shall be for any reason invalid or unenforceable, the remaining portion(s) shall be valid and enforceable and carried into effect unless to do so would clearly violate the present legal and valid intention of the parties hereto. 24 Headings. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and do not limit the contents of this Agreement. 25 Variations of Pronouns. All pronouns and variations thereof will be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of a person, persons, or entity may require. 26 Survival. Any provisions of this Agreement creating obligations extending beyond the term of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement, regardless of the reason for such termination. 27 Authorization for Agreement. All necessary laws, resolutions, and corporate actions have duly authorized the execution and performance of this Agreement and this Agreement constitutes the valid and enforceable obligations of the parties in accordance with its terms. 28 Force Majeure. Either party shall be excused for failures and delays in performance of its respective obligations under this Agreement due to any cause beyond its control and without fault, including without limitation, any act of God, war, riot or insurrection, law or regulation, strike, flood, fire, terrorism, explosion or inability due to any of the aforementioned causes to obtain labor, materials, roadways or facilities. In addition to the above, Rural/Metro shall be excused for failures and delays in performance of its obligations under this Agreement due to adverse weather conditions, natural physical barriers, such as mountains, hills or washes, traffic conditions, natural disasters and/or other limitations of access to the person requiring Services. Such conditions may impede or effect or block Rural/Metro’s efforts to provide Services and/or ability to utilize some or all of its Services’ equipment. Nevertheless, each party shall use its ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ North Fulton Cities 911 Agreement 1-13-2014 Page 7 of 21 best efforts to avoid or remove such causes and to continue performance whenever such causes are removed, and shall notify the other party of the problem. 29 Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be given pursuant to any provisions of this Agreement shall be given in writing, and deposited with the United States Postal Service, postage pre-paid, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, addressed as follows: To Rural/Metro: To Cities: Rural/Metro Corporation See signature page 9221 E. Via de Ventura Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Attn: General Counsel With a copy to: Rural/Metro Ambulance 250 Hembree Park Drive, Suite 112 Roswell, Georgia 30076 Attn: Division General Manager Either party may change the notification addresses listed above with proper written notice. 30 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any previous agreements or understandings, whether oral or written. 31 Amendments. Any amendments to this Agreement shall be effective only if in writing and signed by authorized representatives of the parties. 32 Execution by Facsimile; Delivery of Original Signed Agreement. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile, and shall be deemed effectively executed upon the receipt by the parties of the last page of this Agreement duly executed by the all other parties. Each party to this Agreement agrees to deliver two original, inked and signed Agreements within two days of faxing the executed last page hereof. 33 Legal Fees. In the event a party brings any action for any relief, declaratory or otherwise, arising out of this Agreement, or on account of any breach or default hereof, or to enforce the Dispute Resolution section, the prevailing party shall be entitled to receive from the adverse party reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs, and expenses. 34 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. 35 No Third Party Beneficiary. No party hereto intends in any manner whatsoever to create an interest or beneficiary in a third party. ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ North Fulton Cities 911 Agreement 1-13-2014 Page 8 of 21 36 Exhibits. All Exhibits referenced herein are incorporated into this Agreement in their entirety. Agreement when used throughout this Agreement shall include all referenced Exhibits. 37 Publicity Provision. No party hereto shall use any trademarks, service marks, visual product representations, trade names, logos or other commercial or product designations of the other party, or disclose such without said party’s express prior written consent. In particular, no party shall identify or make reference to the other party in any advertising or other promotional modality regardless of its form without explicit prior written consent from said party. 38 IP Provision. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to grant a license or any rights of any nature whatsoever to Rural/Metro’s intellectual property which may include but is not limited to its any of its patents, mask work rights, trademarks, trade names, service marks, logos, copyrights, derivatives, software or any other intellectual property rights of Rural/Metro. 39 FCC Compliance. Rural/Metro acknowledges that the FCC license is held by the Cities and that any shared transmitter use under this Agreement and pursuant to Section 90.179 of the FCC’s Rules shall be subject to the Cities control. 40 Dispute Resolution. In the event of a dispute, the parties will consider the use of mediation and/or arbitration to resolve the dispute instead of litigation except for actions involving equity or injunctive relief and/or the Cities failure to pay Rural/Metro any amounts due. 41 Continuing Participation of Cities. In the event that any City terminates its participation under this Agreement, Rural/Metro and the remaining Cities shall continue to be bound by this Agreement and may adjust the Priority Posting Plan to the extent necessary to account for the termination of the participation of the City. 42. Rural/Metro shall comply with all State and Federal laws regarding immigration including E - Verify and SAVE. Separate Execution by Cities: This Contract may be executed in counterparts by each City. (SIGNATURES FOR EACH CITY ON NEXT PAGES) ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ North Fulton Cities 911 Agreement 1-13-2014 Page 9 of 21 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their authorized representatives on the day and year first above written. ATTEST: EMS Ventures, Inc. d/b/a Rural/Metro Ambulance By: _______________________________ Michael P. DiMino, President ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ North Fulton Cities 911 Agreement 1-13-2014 Page 10 of 21 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their authorized representatives on the day and year first above written. ATTEST: EMS Ventures, Inc. d/b/a Rural/Metro Ambulance By: _______________________________ Michael P. DiMino, President ATTEST: City of Alpharetta, Georgia _____________________________ By: _______________________________ City Clerk Mayor City of Alpharetta City of Alpharetta APPROVED AS TO FORM: _____________________________ City Attorney Notice to City shall be sent to: Mayor City of Alpharetta Two South Main Street Alpharetta, GA 30004 ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ North Fulton Cities 911 Agreement 1-13-2014 Page 11 of 21 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their authorized representatives on the day and year first above written. ATTEST: EMS Ventures, Inc. d/b/a Rural/Metro Ambulance BY: ______________________________ Michael P. DiMino, President ATTEST: City of Johns Creek, Georgia _____________________________ By: _______________________________ City Clerk Mayor City of Johns Creek City of Johns Creek APPROVED AS TO FORM: _____________________________ City Attorney Notice to City shall be sent to: Mayor City of Johns Creek 12000 Findley Road, Suite 400 Johns Creek, GA 30097 ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ North Fulton Cities 911 Agreement 1-13-2014 Page 12 of 21 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their authorized representatives on the day and year first above written. ATTEST: EMS Ventures, Inc. d/b/a Rural/Metro Ambulance BY: ______________________________ Michael P. DiMino, President ATTEST: City of Milton, Georgia _____________________________ By: _______________________________ City Clerk Mayor City of Milton City of Milton APPROVED AS TO FORM: _____________________________ City Attorney Notice to City shall be sent to: Mayor City of Milton 13000 Deerfield Parkway, Suite 107 Milton, GA 30004 ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ North Fulton Cities 911 Agreement 1-13-2014 Page 13 of 21 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their authorized representatives on the day and year first above written. ATTEST: EMS Ventures, Inc. d/b/a Rural/Metro Ambulance BY: ______________________________ Michael P. DiMino, President ATTEST: City of Mountain Park, Georgia _____________________________ By: _______________________________ City Clerk Mayor City of Mountain Park City of Mountain Park APPROVED AS TO FORM: _____________________________ City Attorney Notice to City shall be sent to: Mayor City of Mountain Park 118 Lakeshore Drive Mountain Park, GA 30075 ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ North Fulton Cities 911 Agreement 1-13-2014 Page 14 of 21 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their authorized representatives on the day and year first above written. ATTEST: EMS Ventures, Inc. d/b/a Rural/Metro Ambulance BY: ______________________________ Michael P. DiMino, President ATTEST: City of Roswell, Georgia _____________________________ By: _______________________________ City Clerk Mayor City of Roswell City of Roswell APPROVED AS TO FORM: _____________________________ City Attorney Notice to City shall be sent to: Mayor City of Roswell 38 Hill Street Roswell, GA 30075 ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ North Fulton Cities 911 Agreement 1-13-2014 Page 15 of 21 EXHIBIT A Description of Services: Response Time Standards: Implement a system-wide twelve (12) minute response time for Emergency Medical Responses (Bravo - Echo), and a system-wide fifteen (15) minute response time for Emergency Alpha-Level Responses. System-wide compliance will be measured at the 90th percentile threshold. Response time starts when Rural Metro is notified of the call for service. Priority Posting Plan: Implement the Priority Posting Plan Model, attached hereto and incorporated herein to this Exhibit A as Attachment 1. The Priority Posting Plan incorporates the integration of two separate Emergency Medical Response systems - General Transport (“GT”) and 911. The Priority Posting Plan will safeguard the 911 Emergency Medical Response System while allowing each ambulance to respond to either 911 or GT requests, thus providing an increase in the number of available ambulances and maximizing efficiencies. Minimum/Maximum Deployment Level: Implement the maximum deployment of nine (9) Advanced Life Support (“ALS”) ambulances during peak hours and a minimum deployment of four (4) ALS ambulances during non-peak hours. Additional units will be added to the system as the demand for 911 and/or GT services increases. Peak and non-peak hours will be determined monthly by comparing the demand for services of the previous twenty (20) weeks on an hour by hour basis. Rural/Metro agrees to notify the Cities of any changes to its deployment model. GT Threshold Level: GT transports will be suspended when the available North Fulton ambulances reach Level 4. No GT transports will be performed with the North Fulton ambulances unless at least five (5) ambulances are available in the system. Common Radio Frequency: Rural/Metro shall maintain voice and data communications on the Cities’ public safety radio system. MDT Installation: Rural/Metro shall install MDT’s in its North Fulton ambulances at its own expense to allow for direct communications between the EMS vehicles and the Rural/Metro Communication Center/Public Safety Answering Point for 911 calls (“PSAP’s”). Such installation shall be phased in on an incremental basis; however, all installations shall be completed within six (6) months of the execution of this Agreement. Estimated Cost: $300,000 Dispatch Consolidation/CAD Interface: Rural/Metro will consolidate the North Fulton Dispatch Operations currently based in the ChatCom, Rowell and Alpharetta PSAP’s and will base the operations at the Rural/Metro Roswell Headquarters Facility. Rural/Metro shall fund the cost of the CAD interfaces necessary to accommodate this consolidation. Estimated Cost: $100,000 Funding is for the necessary CAD interfaces between the ChatCom, Roswell and Alpharetta PSAP’s and the Rural/Metro Communications Center. ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ North Fulton Cities 911 Agreement 1-13-2014 Page 16 of 21 Subsidy Considerations: The subsidy requirements in place prior to the execution of this Agreement will remain in effect; however, the parties agree to eliminate the subsidy requirement s within six (6) months of the execution of this Agreement to allow for the following: 1. Evaluation period for the new response plan; and 2. Capitalization of the CAD interface and MDT projects. The subsidy requirements for each City are listed in Exhibit A, Attachment 2, attached hereto and incorporated herein. The current subsidy payments will end on June 30, 2013 or before. PSAP Records: The Cities shall provide Rural/Metro reasonable access to computer records, audiotapes, document/tape retention and destruction policies, and any other documents pertaining to the PSAP’s dispatching of Rural/Metro. The Cities shall designate a representative to facilitate Rural/Metro’s request for access and information. Rural/Metro shall also provide the Cities with the same information as listed above. Response Time Measurement: For purposes of measuring response time performance, response time shall be measured as the elapsed time between the time the PSAP notifies Rural/Metro of an incident and the time a Rural/Metro ambulance arrives on the scene. Compliance shall be measured as a system as opposed to measuring compliance within the boundaries of the individual Cities. Response time calculations will be based upon whole minutes. (a) In case of a multiple response incident, (i.e., where more than one (1) ambulance is sent to the same incident), only the response time of the first arriving ambulance shall be counted. (b) In situations when the ambulance has responded to a location other than the scene (i.e., staging area), the on scene time shall be the time when the ambulance arrives at the designated staging location. (c) If a run priority is upgraded to a higher response while the ambulance is enroute, the applicable priority for compliance purposes shall be the upgraded priority. However, the response time shall be measured from the moment of the upgrade. (d) If a run priority is downgraded to a lower priorit y while the ambulance is enroute, the applicable priority for compliance purposes shall be the downgraded priority. However, the response time shall be measured from the original dispatch time, not the time of the downgraded response. Calls Exempted from Response Time Compliance Calculation: For purposes of measuring response time compliance, a response time for a 911 call may be excluded upon mutual agreement from an official from the City where the delay occurred when good cause is shown to grant such exclusion. Response Time Exception Requests: Rural/Metro shall provide the Cities with a list of all calls it believes should be exempted from calculation of response time compliance on a monthly basis. Participation in EMROC: Rural/Metro and the Cities agree to actively participate in all meetings as established by EMROC. Response Area Exclusivity: So long as this Agreement remains in full force and effect, no City shall provide ambulance services themselves, nor shall any City enter into an agreement with any other ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ North Fulton Cities 911 Agreement 1-13-2014 Page 17 of 21 provider for ground ambulance response to 911 requests for ambulance and emergency medical services within the City’s jurisdiction. Mutual-Aid Plan: Rural/Metro will maintain a Mutual-Aid plan with local area State Certified Ambulance Services to handle overload EMS Calls. The list of Mutual-Aid providers will be available to the Cities and updated as needed to ensure response times are maintained per this agreement. Equipment Exchange and Replacement: Rural/Metro shall participate in a program for timely exchange of expendable equipment and/or supplies with licensed first responders in the Cities. Staffing Requirements: Each Advanced Life Support ambulance used for response to 911 requests shall be staffed by at least one (1) Georgia certified paramedic. Medical Supervision: Rural/Metro will have a locally based Medical Director who shall comply with all Georgia Department of Human Resources (DHR) requirements for Medical Directors of ambulance services. External Communications: The Cities and Rural/Metro agree to reasonably notify and coordinate with each other regarding public statements, press releases, and press inquiries regarding matters covered by this Agreement. Applicable Law: This phrase hall include all federal, state and local laws, statutes, regulations, codes, ordinances, rules and/or Executive Orders, as amended, applicable to the services and/or obligations of the parties hereunder. Fire Station House Dues: During that period when the Agreement is in full force and effect, Rural/Metro does hereby have permission to utilize the fire stations of the Cities. Housing of the personnel and apparatus will be at the discretion of the Fire Chief for the city assigned and Rural/Metro will compensate the fund considered “House Dues” in the amount of $1,800.00 annually, payable to the fund assigned by each fire station in the month of January of each calendar year in full. Transporting Public Safety Personnel: Rural/Metro will transport sick and injured, on duty Public Safety personnel to the nearest Medical Care Facility as a professional courtesy. All Cities with transporting capabilities will be allowed to transport employees when the need arises and Rural/Metro is at low levels. ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ North Fulton Cities 911 Agreement 1-13-2014 Page 18 of 21 EXHIBIT A Attachment 1 Priority Posting Plan ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ North Fulton Cities 911 Agreement 1-13-2014 Page 19 of 21 EXHIBIT A Attachment 2 Current EMS Subsidy Rates ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ North Fulton Cities 911 Agreement 1-13-2014 Page 20 of 21 EXHIBIT B Insurance 1. Insurance. Prior to the commencement of services performed hereunder and during the term of this Agreement, including any extension(s) thereof, Rural/Metro shall obtain and provide the following insurance: a. Automobile Liability. Automobile Liability Insurance with a combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage of not less than $2,000,000 for each occurrence with respect to Rural/Metro’s owned, hired and non-owned vehicles utilized in the performance of its services. Uninsured motorist coverage, underinsured motorist coverage and personal injury protection or “no fault” insurance coverage shall not be required under this Agreement, except where required by specific state law and, then, only at the statutory minimum required. Note: Rural/Metro does not purchase underinsured/uninsured motorist coverage as allowed by law. Any requirement to provide such coverage, which is not otherwise required by law, is an uninsured liability to Rural/Metro and must be rejected. b. Commercial General Liability. Commercial General Liability Insurance covering bodily injury and property damage, with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 for each occurrence and a $5,000,000 aggregate limit. c. Professional Liability. Rural/Metro shall maintain Professional Liability Insurance covering bodily injury, with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 for each occurrence and a $5,000,000 aggregate limit. d. Worker’s Compensation. Rural/Metro shall carry Workers’ Compensation Insurance to cover obligations imposed by federal and state statutes; and Employer’s Liability Insurance with a limit of not less than $1,000,000. 2. Primary Insurance. Rural/Metro’s insurance shall be primary as it relates to bodily injury or property damage caused by Rural/Metro in the performance of its services hereunder. 3. Certificates of Insurance. Upon request, Rural/Metro shall furnish to Customer Certificate(s) of Insurance issued by Rural/Metro’s insurer as evidence that the coverage: (1) is placed with a company meeting the requirements of paragraph 4 of Exhibit B; (2) is detailed on the Certificate(s) as specified in this Agreement; (3) is in full force and effect on the commencement date of services; (4) names the Cities as additional insured; and (5) contains language that the Cities shall be provided notice of any event/omission that may result in a lapse or discontinuation of coverage. Upon request, or as required by this Agreement, Rural/Metro shall furnish to Customer updated Certificate(s) as policies are renewed. Note: Rural/Metro will not provide copies of insurance policies and/or endorsements as these documents are drafted specifically to Rural/Metro’s business and contain confidential and proprietary business information which might not otherwise be available to the general public. ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ North Fulton Cities 911 Agreement 1-13-2014 Page 21 of 21 4. Insurance Company Rating. Insurance policies required under this Agreement shall have been issued by an insurance company having a financial rating of A:VII or better according to the A.M. Best Rating Guide as of the commencement of this Agreement. 5. Notice of Cancellation. Rural/Metro shall not allow the Insurance coverage contemplated by this Agreement and accompanying Exhibit to lapse during the term of this Agreement, and any such lapse shall constitute a material breach authorizing immediate termination if not cured as required in paragraph 13 of the Agreement. 6. Supplemental Insurance. During the term of this Agreement, Customer, in its reasonable discretion, may require Rural/Metro to obtain additional coverage or increase the amount of any insurance Rural/Metro carries to the extent the coverage is reasonably and commercially available to Rural/Metro (“Supplemental Coverage”). In such event, Customer shall pay to Rural/Metro the extra cost of the Supplemental Coverage. Such appropriation and payment of funds shall be a condition precedent to Rural/Metro’s duty to obtain such Supplemental Coverage. Customer shall allow reasonable time for Rural/Metro’s broker to research the market availability of such required Supplemental Coverage. 7. Claims Made. In the event Rural/Metro elects to obtain insurance required under this Agreement on a “claims made” basis, then such coverage shall extend for two (2) years past the completion of the services rendered by Rural/Metro to Customer and Rural/Metro shall, upon request, provide Customer a Certificate of Insurance evidencing such extended coverage. 8. Market Fluctuations. The Customer acknowledges that, from time to time, insurance market fluctuations may increase the premiums Rural/Metro must pay in order to secure the coverage required under this Agreement. In the event that the premiums increase during the term of this Agreement, the Customer agrees to consider in good faith Rural/Metro’s request for an equitable adjustment in Rural/Metro rates to cover the increased cost. To: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members From: Chris Lagerbloom, City Manager Date: Submitted on January 30, 2013 for the February 4, 2012 Regular Council Meeting Agenda Item: Consideration of an Agreement with Motorola Related to the Implementation of the Unified Radio System to Begin Phase I which Sandy Springs Authorized on Behalf of the Cities of Alpharetta, Milton, Roswell and Sandy Springs on December 18, 2012; and Consideration to Amend the Contract with Motorola to Include Phase II of the Project. ______________________________________________________________________________ Department Recommendation: Approval. Executive Summary: The cities of Alpharetta, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Milton (“Participating Cities”) are currently using the Fulton County radio system by agreement. The Fulton County System has become outdated and partially technologically obsolete for the needs of the Cities and has failed on several occasions. Failure of a radio communications system could result in significant liability; therefore, the Participating Cities desire jointly to develop and operate the System to insure continuity in radio communications capabilities throughout North Fulton County to mitigate the risk of system failure. Development of the System would include, but not be limited to, erection of a radio tower or towers, implementation of equipment in existing locations, and maintenance and upgrade of radio equipment and facilities for use by the Participating Cities to meet their respective needs. The Participating Cities desire to create an authority to operate the System; however, there is not yet the appropriate vehicle under Georgia law to do so. It is anticipated that the Georgia General Assembly will consider and pass legislation to create an authority during its current session. Until an authority is created, however, Participating Cities have entered into an intergovernmental agreement to move forward with this radio communications system project which is critical to the public safety of all North Fulton cities. After it is created, title to the System will be transferred to the authority. The total estimated cost of the NF radio system is approximately $16 million. The City of Milton’s share is approximately $2.4 million or 15.21% based on a weighted average of population, land mass, and number of radios. The total project cost will be finalized as the design is finalized and tower sites and licenses are secured. Per the IGA which was approved by Council on January 28, 2013, Sandy Springs will take the lead to procure the equipment from a State Contract and will be reimbursed by each City based on the cost sharing percentage. The project management and construction/installation services will be procured via an RFP process and that estimated cost is included in the total system cost. Sandy Springs signed a contract with Motorola in December 2012 for $4,907,747 on behalf of all NF cities to begin Phase I. Phase II will be executed by all cities through an approved change order that was contemplated in the original Agreement. This action seeks approval to move forward with Phase 1 with the funding impact listed below and acknowledgement Phase 2 will be presented in the near future. Milton will need to be involved in both phases for this project to be successful. Funding and Fiscal Impact: The initial total price for Phase 1 is $4,907,747. Milton’s weighted share is 15.21% of the total, or $746,469. This funding is available in the capital project fund. The total project cost when Phase 2 is added in with Phase 1 (according to the IGA in place) is a cost not to exceed $16,000,000. Milton’s weighted share is 15.21% of the total or $2,433,600. This funding is available in part in the capital project fund and Council has expressed their initial desire to allow the needed funding to come from future allocations to the capital project fund or appropriated from the unassigned fund balance. Alternatives: Do not approve the agreement or potentially solve this communications need individually without the collaboration of the other cities. Neither of these alternatives are favorable. Legal Review: Ken Jarrard, City Attorney Wendell Willard, City Attorney for Sandy Springs Concurrent Review: Chief Deborah Harrell, Milton Police Chief Robert Edgar, Milton Fire Attachment(s): Motorola Proposal and agreement signed by Sandy Springs Proposal for City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Project 25 Public Safety Radio System Data Restrictions This proposal is considered Motorola Solutions confidential and restricted. The proposal is submitted with the restriction that it is to be used for evaluation purposes only, and is not to be disclosed publicly or in any manner to anyone other than those required to evaluate this proposal without the express permission of Motorola Solutions, Inc. MOTOROLA and the Stylized M Logo are registered in the U.S. Patent & Trademark Office. All other product or service names are the property of their respective owners. © Motorola Solutions, Inc. 2012. 1700 Belle Meade Ct., Lawrenceville, Georgia 30043 City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Project 25 Public Safety Radio System Table of Contents - 1 - Table of Contents Section 1 ........... Cover Letter Section 2 ........... System Description Section 3 ........... Acceptance Test Plan A. Functional ATP B. Coverage ATP Section 4 ........... System Coverage/Maps Section 5 ........... Statement of Work Section 6 ........... Warranty and Services Section 7 ........... Training Section 8 ........... Pricing Section 9 ........... Contractual Documentation Section 10 ......... Product Literature Motorola Solutions, {nc. 1700 Belle Meade Coin Lawrenceville, GA 30043 June 15, 2012 Chief Terry Sult City of Sandy Springs Police Department 7840 Roswell Road, Suite Sandy Springs, GA 30350 Re: Sandy Springs P25 Public Safety Radio System Dear Chief Sult: Motorola Solutions, Inc. ("Motorola") is pleased to provide the following proposal for a public safety trunked radio system to the City of Sandy Springs. After working with members of the combined public safety committee and CommDex Consulting, Motorola is confident our proposed solution will meet the needs of the City and the North Fulton cities for many years to come. As proposed, this system is designed with the capacity to expand and incorporate the cities of Alpharetta, Johns Creek, Milton, Roswell, and the remainder of Fulton County, as needed. Additionally, Sandy Springs and associated cities will have the ability interoperate with UASI/Cobb County, City of Atlanta, DeKalb and Gwinnett Counties. Enclosed you will find comprehensive information for the mission critical needs of the North Fulton cities and Motorola's ASTRO°25 Phase 2 TDMA Network solution. For over 80 years, Motorola has been the premiere provider of two-way radio and integrated wireless communications solutions to public safety customers around the world. We are honored by this opportunity to continue serving your mission critical communications needs. Thus far, nine Georgia counties have chosen Motorola to upgrade their analog trunked radio systems to digital, and a total of 27 counties rely on our ASTRO025 networks for public safety communications. Motorola's proposal is conditioned upon your acceptance of the terms and conditions contained in the Communications System Agreement (CSA) included in. this proposal, or a negotiated version thereof. Our Motorola team is eager for this opportunity to implement the first accepted and fully operational Project 25 Phase 2 TDMA radio network in the Metropolitan Atlanta Area. If you have any questions concerning our response, please contact John Byrd, your local Motorola Senior Account Manager, at (770) 823-2288. Sincerely, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC. /&//// 9� Marshall Wright MSSSI Vice President& Director, Sales North American Government Markets — East Region Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-1 Section 2. System Description 2.1 ASTRO 25 Solution Overview This document provides a general overview of the mission critical ASTRO® 25 IV&D simulcast trunked radio system proposed by Motorola for The City of Sandy Springs, Georgia. Our primary offering is an ASTRO 25 version 7.13 system with a M Core. This proposed system will utilize five (5) 700 MHz channels provided by The City of Sandy Springs, Georgia, and will provide coverage to users via three (3) remote Radio Frequency (RF) sites that will simulcast these five frequencies throughout the Sandy Spring service area. All voice channels utilized by the system will be Project 25 Phase 2 TDMA equipped (TIA-102) at the time the system ships, without requiring a future upgrade from Phase 1 FDMA to Phase 2 TDMA. To provide The City of Sandy Springs with the ability for interoperation between FDMA and TDMA system users, Motorola has included its unique Dynamic Dual Mode operation, consisting of Dynamic Talkgroup at the system level and Dynamic Channel on all voice channels. The proposed offering also includes two network management terminals (1 x ChatCOM, 1 x Pitts Road Master site), and one MOSCAD virtural server – located at the Pitts Road Master site, and one MOASCAD workstation located at the ChatCOM dispatch center. Each RF site consists of Base Radios, IP networking, antenna networks, and is controlled/linked to the Simulcast Prime and Master sites. The sites are synchronized by a Global Positioning System (GPS) time and frequency Rubidium reference in order to keep the network timing synchronized. MOSCAD Network Fault Management (NFM) equipment has been included at each site to provide The City of Sandy Springs the ability to monitor site alarms. Also included in this offering are one (1) buildings and one (1) 400 foot tower for the Pitts Road site. Site connectivity is accomplished thru the use of a two (2)-hop microwave system. Motorola also included the microwave equipment that is necessary for connecting the proposed P25 CORE site to the ChatCOM center. However, Motorola has not included the cost for any ChatCOM building modification that maybe required for the installation of the proposed microwave hop. After The City of Sandy Spri ngs determines whether they will utilize either the proposed microwave hop or commercial T1 or Ethernet for connectivity between the ChatCOM dispatch center Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-2 and the P25 site, Motorola will determine the cost of install one end of a microwave hop onto the ChatCOM building and presented this cost to The City of Sandy Springs. (See System Topology drawing at the end of this section) To provide The City of Sandy Springs with the ability to record Radio audio, Motorola has included its latest NICE IP radio logger, and a NICE logger for conventional audio and telephony audio. As an option, Motorola has included: 1. The cost associated with connecting into Cobb County as a simulcast sub-site consisting of three-site five-channel 700 MHz simulcast sub-site. This option will utilizes the same transmitter sites (FS 21 tower site, Riverwood building, Pitts Road tower site) as Motorola’s main offering. This option adds another PTP800 microwave hop from Pitts Rd tower site to Morgan Falls. Connectivity from Morgan Falls to Cobb Counties Master will be via UASI exist microwave system. Please note its Sandy Spring responsibility to secure usage permission from both UASI and Cobb County. 2. The cost for eleven (11) dispatch positions of MCC7500 dispatch console system, Motorola’s IP high-tier radio dispatch console. Motorola highly recommend this option to the City of Sandy Springs. 3. The cost for Motorola ISSI 8000 Interoperability Solution that enables an ASTRO 25 system release 7.13 or higher to connect to other properly equipped P25 systems regardless of their RF bands, manufacturer type and release versions. THIS PROPOSAL DOES NOT CONTAIN THE NECESSARY EQUIPMENT TO SUPPORT DIRECT CONNECTION TO A MOTOROLA CENTRACOM GOLD ELITE DISPATCH SYSTEM. IF THIS IS A REQUIREMENT, MOTOROLA WILL PROVIDE THE ADD-ON COST UPON REQUEST. 2.2 Detailed System Components The following paragraphs provide a list of the detailed equipment included in our proposed solution. 2.2.1 Zone Core Equipment at Pitts Road The ASTRO 25 7.13 Zone Core, which will be located at Pitts Road site, will be the main control point for the operation of the radio communication system. The Zone Core contains the computing backbone for the system and all the components necessary for controlling voice calls within the proposed system. In addition, the Zone Core provides the hardware and software components used for network management and system configuration. The following lists the major Zone-level components at East Roswell Park: Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-3 Zone Controllers and Network Management Servers Virtual Servers / Domain Controllers Redundant Core Local Area Network (LAN) Switches Redundant GGM8000 Transport Gateway Routers Redundant Ethernet Backhaul Switches GPS sourced NTP for syncing all Ethernet-based computer systems MOSCAD Network Fault Management (NFM) Server (Virtual) Terminal server for Out of Band Management IV&D Hardware including Packet Data Gateway GGSN Router DMZ LAN Switch Peripheral Network Router Firewall 2.2.2 Zone Controllers The Zone Controller is a computer platform with dual processors that provide trunking call processing for ASTRO 25 wide area radio communication systems. The Zone Controller is responsible for processing calls, managing audio paths, controlling zone infrastructure, and providing services to subscribers and console operators. The Zone Controller directs and controls most of the components in the zone. The critical components of a zone are: Zone Controller, Ethernet switch, WAN switch, console subsystem, Network Transport servers, and various routers used for control and audio information. Motorola provides two Zone Controllers for redundancy. The redundant Zone Controller is designed to detect failures by automatically switching operation to the standby controller, minimizing interruption of call processing functionality. 2.2.3 Packet Data Gateway The IV&D subsystem provides wireless packet data. IV&D service utilizes an integrated air interface and subscriber unit over trunked channels. IV&D services are limited to 9.6 kbps. IV&D uses a Packet Data Gateway (PDG) designed to link a customer’s data network to the Motorola ASTRO 25 trunked IV&D network. The PDG is made up of two separate functional elements. It is comprised of the following physical devices at the CORE Site: Packet Data Gateway – To interface into the customer’s data network and into the radio system network. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-4 Gateway GPRS Support Node (GGSN) – The point of connection to the Customer Enterprise Network (CEN). The GGSN router also handles the IP routing services in support of End-to-End IP data messaging. 2.2.4 GCP 8000 Site Controller The GCP 8000 Site Controller is the control interface between the transmitter/receiver subsystem and the Zone Controller. The GCP 8000 comprises redundant site controller modules: one site controller module acts as the active module, and the second module as standby. The redundancy minimizes the possibility of a single point of failure at the site. The GCP 8000 provides the following functions: Manages the channels to maximize throughput and channel availability. Administers registration and context activation requests. Monitors base stations and RF distribution equipment and interacts with the MOSCAD site device manager to facilitate centralized alarm and control monitoring. Provides redundant site control. Enables redundant site link routing for patch redundancy Additionally, the GCP 8000 provides the following functions at the simulcast site: Time and frequency reference signal to the base stations maximizing frequency stability and allowing for further site separation in a simulcast configuration. IP simulcast capability, enabling true end-to-end IP connectivity in a simulcast configuration. 2.2.5 Simulcast Subsystem Equipment The Simulcast subsystem proposed to Sandy Springs will consist of a single Simulcast “cell” configured as a three (3) site, five (5) channel simulcast system. The term “Simulcast” is used to describe the SIMULtaneous broadCAST of identical information on the same carrier frequency from multiple, geographically separated sites. With Motorola's Simulcast technology, the critical phase and amplitude of these signals will be held to strict tolerances for optimal performance. One of the important benefits of a simulcast solution is extended RF coverage. Simulcast is also beneficial in areas where available frequencies are scarce, and in areas where physical barriers (for example, mountains and buildings) can cause deficiencies in signal coverage. Simulcast is bandwidth efficient and enhances coverage. The Sandy Springs Simulcast system will have a central prime site and three (3) simulcast remote RF sites. The prime site will be co-located with the Zone Core, at Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-5 the Pitts Road location, along with one of the RF remote sites. The remaining two (2) RF remote sites will be located at the City of Atlanta Fire Station (FS) 21, and the Riverwood building. Refer to table Table 2-1 for detailed site location information. 2.2.5.1 Simulcast Prime Equipment at Pittts Road The prime site is the heart of the Simulcast/Voting system. The prime site acts as a control and digitized audio center for the simulcast subsystem. The simulcast prime site communicates with the simulcast remote sites over an IP network. Each comparator at a prime site collects the data for a single channel from all of the simulcast remote sites. It then selects the best received frames from all of its inputs and routes a single data stream. The voted audio from the comparator is forwarded as IP packets that are routed to all of the required sites. The Prime Site contains redundant prime site simulcast controllers, comparators, and networking equipment to interface with the Zone Core and the remote simulcast RF sites. The following lists the major Simulcast Prime site components at County Camp Road: Redundant GCP 8000 Prime Site Controllers 5 x GCM8000 ASTRO 25 IP Comparators 2 x GGM8000 Prime Site Routers 2 Prime Site LAN Switches TRAK 9100 GPS (Shared with Zone Core and Remote RF equipment) 1 MOSCAD NFM SDM 3000 Alarm and Monitoring RTU 2 x GGM8000 Sub-site Access Routers Redundant Sub-site Backhaul LAN Switches 2.2.5.2 GCM 8000 Comparator The GCM 8000 Comparator ensures the broadcast of the best possible voice signal by combining the best parts of a single signal that has been received by multiple sites in a multisite (simulcast) system. The comparator features a state-of-the-art digital voting methodology: Frame Diversity Reception. The comparator selects the data frame or signals with the lowest BER and forwards it. By using the best pieces of each input signal, the result is the best possible composite signal. Motorola has included five (5) GCM 8000 Comparators to support the City’s system today, and can be expanded as needs require. 2.2.5.3 Simulcast Remote Site Overview Motorola’s design includes three (3) simulcast remote RF Sites. These sites operate under the direction and control of the Zone Core/Prime Site. One RF site will be co- located with the Simulcast Prime Site and Zone Core at the Pitts Road site and all other remote sites will be located as shown in Table 2-1. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-6 Table 2-1: Simulcast Remote Sites SITE SITE NAME SITE TYPE LOCATION COORDINATES 1 COA Fire Station 21 Simulcast RF Site 33o 50' 33.0" N 84o 22' 42.0" W 2 Riverwood Bldg Simulcast RF Site 33o 52' 42.3" N 84o 27’ 29.70" W 3 Pitts Road Simulcast RF Site 33o 58’ 16.4" N 84o 21’ 4.8" W PITTS ROAD – P25 CORE SITE, Prime Site, and Co-located RF site The ASTRO 25 7.11 Zone Core, which will be located at Pitts Road site, will be the main control point for the operation of the radio communication system The prime site will be co-located with the Zone Core, at the East Roswell Park location, along with one of the RF remote sites Major Components of the Prime Site Redundant GCP 8000 Prime Site Controllers 5 GCM8000 ASTRO 25 IP Comparators 2 GGM8000 Prime Site Routers 4 Prime Site LAN Switches TRAK 9100 GPS (Shared with Zone Core and Remote RF equipment) 1 MOSCAD NFM SDM 3000 Alarm and Monitoring RTU 2 GGM8000 Sub-site Access Routers Redundant Sub-site Backhaul LAN Switches Major Components of the Co-located RF Site MOSCAD NFM SDM 3000 Alarm and Monitoring RTU Redundant GGM8000 Sub-site Gateways 1 x GTR 8000 Base Radio Racks Containing: 5 x GTR 8000 ASTRO 25 Base Stations 2 x Site Controllers (XHUB) Transmitter Combiner Receiver Multi-Coupler 1 x Diversity Receive TTA 2 x Receive Antenna and Distribution Network (Diversity Receive) 2 x GPS antenna system Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-7 Other Components 1 MSB 12’ x 32’With UPS and Generator 1 400’ Self-support Tower 4 Microwave Radios and Associated Antenna System CITY OF ATLANTA FIRE STATION 21 SITE, – Remote Simulcast Sites Major Components of the Remote RF Simulcast Site MOSCAD NFM SDM 3000 Alarm and Monitoring RTU Redundant GGM8000 Sub-site Gateways 2 x GTR 8000 Base Radio Racks Containing: 8 x GTR 8000 ASTRO 25 Base Stations 2 x Site Controllers (XHUB) Transmitter Combiner Receiver Multi-Coupler 1 x Diversity Receive TTA 2 x Receive Antenna and Distribution Network (Diversity Receive) 2 x GPS antenna system 2 Microwave Radio and Associated Antenna System RIVERWOOD BUILDING SITE, – Remote Simulcast Sites Major Components of the Remote RF Simulcast Site TRAK 9100 GPS MOSCAD NFM SDM 3000 Alarm and Monitoring RTU 2 Sub-site LAN Switches Redundant GGM8000 Sub-site Gateways 3 GTR 8000 Base Radio Racks Containing: 8 x GTR 8000 ASTRO 25 Base Stations 2 Site Controllers (XHUB) Transmitter Combiner Receiver Multi-Coupler 1 Diversity Receive TTA 2 Receive Antenna and Distribution Network (Diversity Receive) 1 Transmit Antenna Other Components 1 UPS 2 Microwave Radios and Associated Antenna System 2 Microwave Radio and Associated Antenna System Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-8 CHATCOM DISPATCH SITE Major Components 2 Microwave Radio and Associated Antenna System (COST ASSOCIATED WITH INSTALLATION OF MICROWAVE SYSTEM ONTO THE DISPATCH CENTER’S BUILDING IS NOT INCLUDED) 1 Network Management Terminal 1 MOSCAD workstation 1 IP Radio System Logging Recorder 11 MCC7500 console dispatch position (OPTIONAL) 2.2.6 GTR 8000 Expandable Site Subsystem Motorola is proposing the GTR 8000 ESS. The GTR ESS is the RF portion of the 700/800 MHz, digital-only, trunking infrastructure. This station provides the transmit/receive capabilities for the ASTRO 25 repeater subsystem and delivers an ASTRO 25-compliant digital solution. The unique value of the GTR 8000 is that it is one complete system that provides the GCP 8000 controller, GTR 8000 ASTRO 25 repeater, and Radio Frequency Distribution System (RFDS) in one complete package. The RFDS provides the interface between the base radios and the site antennas. This section discusses the various components that make up the proposed system configuration. The GTR 8000 base radio (Figure 2-1) is Motorola’s Next Generation platform, in which Motorola has incorporated benefits such as: Software-definable station allows for flexibility in implementation for multi-site configuration, simulcast configuration, or HPD configuration. A common hardware platform requires fewer Field Replaceable Units (FRU). Innovative design allows for upgrades within systems via hardware and/or software to avoid total infrastructure replacement. Figure 2-1: GTR 8000 base radio Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-9 2.2.7 Remote Site Router The Site Router provides an interface that handles all of the IP Network Management traffic between the Master Site and the Remote Site. The Site Router provides the following: Media conversion – The router converts Ethernet to the selected transport medium. Traffic prioritization – The router applies a prioritization marking to the packets leaving the site. Fragmentation – The router fragments large IP packets per industry standards. 2.2.8 Site LAN Switch- Riverwood Site Only The site LAN Switch provides a LAN interface for site equipment and a LAN port for the site router. Through the switch, the service technicians gain access to service the site, and also access the system's Graphical User Interface. 2.2.9 Radio Frequency Distribution System The Radio Frequency Distribution System (RFDS) provides interconnect between the base radios and antennas, allowing for a completely contained and more compact installation footprint. For the transmitters this can include isolators, combiners, TX filters, diplexers and power monitors. For the receivers this can include duplexers, site preselectors, and multicouplers. Various RFDS options exist for each of the GTR 8000 Base Radio, GTR 8000 Site Subsystem, and GTR 8000 ESS. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-10 2.2.10 Point-to-Point (PTP) Transport The Motorola’s microwave system design incorporates Motorola’s Point-to-Point (PTP) microwave as a low-cost solution to link all simulcast RF sites together. The microwave design consists of a 3-hops. loop protected core with one 2-hop spur. All radios are configured for “Hot Standby” mode of operation, in which the link will automatically switch to a redundant radio upon failure of the primary radio. Preliminary path design for this microwave system has been performed to insure that each of the links will meet the performance requirements necessary for proper operation of the offered simulcast system. Each of the links has been designed to meet or exceed annual two-way 99.999% reliability. A microwave connectivity diagram is included at the end of this section. 2.2.11 Dispatch Center Connectivity Motorola has included the microwave equipment that is necessary for connecting the proposed P25 CORE site to the ChatCOM dispatch center. However, Motorola has not included the cost for any ChatCOM building modification that maybe required for the installation of the proposed microwave hop. After The City of Sandy Springs determines whether they will utilize either the proposed microwave hop or commercial T1 or Ethernet for connectivity between the ChatCOM dispatch center and the P25 site, Motorola will determine the cost of install one end of a microwave hop onto the ChatCOM building and presented this cost to The City of Sandy Springs. (See System Topology drawing at the end of this section) 2.3 IP Radio Logging Recorder This proposal includes an IP radio logging recorder subsystem that enables the recording and replay of audio and other information associated with real-time conversations over the radio network infrastructure. These capabilities will provide Sandy Springs personnel with clear audio and enough information to understand easily the context and content of any radio-recorded transmission. Motorola included a telephony logging recorder for 911 calls; however, until additional information regarding current 911call usage and customer requirements are better understood, options associated with such a recorder cannot be finializied.. If the Sandy Springs decides to continue to use their existing telephone logging recorder it will operate as a separate logging system from the IP radio logging recorder included in this proposal. In addition to recording audio, the IP radio logging recorder captures the following information: Talkgroup and channel information. User identification such as unit ID and alias. Call type such as talkgroup call, emergency call, etc. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-11 This information is available for display to the user upon playback, and can be searched by the user in order to retrieve the desired call. The logging recorder’s capacity is based on the number of radio transmissions it needs to record simultaneously, not on the number of channels that it will record. A call can be saved either as a complete call (audio and any information associated with the call) or as a simple .wav file. Files saved as complete calls must be played using the Scenario Replay application included with the logging recorder. Files saved as .wav files can be played on any application that supports them. 2.3.1 Record and Replay of Archived Calls The logging recorder provided to the Cities is an IP-based recorder that will record all IP traffic sent to it. It will provide the Cities with the capability to record audio at the same level of quality as that heard at the console position. In addition, it will record information associated with the call beyond just the audio. 2.3.2 Archiving Interface Server The Archiving Interface Server (AIS) provides an interface between the radio system and the logging recorder. This allows calls on the radio system to be recorded together with information associated with the calls. An AIS is comprised of a personal computer with Voice Card(s) or Secure Card(s). Each Voice Card or Secure Card has a network connection to the trunking system transport network. The logging subsystem provides a user interface capable of allowing a user to identify actions/calls that occurred on the radio system, choose the desired call they wish to review, and play back the audio for that call through a logging playback station. The logging subsystem reconstructs the playback audio from the vocoded samples that had been sent to the logging subsystem when the call occurred. The Cities can configure the IP logging recorder to monitor and record a set of radio system resources (trunked or conventional). The AIS monitors the identified resources, passes call-control information to the logging subsystem and redirects audio for those monitored channels to the logging subsystem via the LAN. The logging recorder then records this information to some storage media. The recording and playback of system events is restricted to users who have been granted rights to access the information. The radio system’s network manager product defines the “agencies” in a given communication system (for example, Police, Fire, Public Works, etc.), and the logging subsystem follows the agency partitioning rules that are set up by the network manager. This restricts the logging recorders in one agency from recording information that pertains to another agency’s traffic (if so configured). Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-12 2.3.3 Critical System Spares Although many of the critical system components are being provided in a redundant configuration, additional system reliability could be provided by keeping a set of spares available to the system. Having spares on hand can provide quicker repair times for failed components and will reduce the amount of time that system components are operating in a non-redundant configuration after a failure. Motorola has included spare hardware for the critical system components of the Zone Core and the Simulcast Prime Site, and a single set of spares for a remote simulcast RF site. 2.3.4 ASTRO 25 System Features The proposed ASTRO 25 system features Project 25 compliant trunking, as described in the TIA-102 standard. In order to achieve this compliance, Motorola optimizes custom solutions for mission-critical voice communications performance, more efficiently than solutions that use commercial-off-the-shelf network components. When public safety life or death decisions depend upon clear uninterrupted voice, Motorola has the correct IP solution. Table 2-2 provides a list of P25 trunked system features and their applicable standards. Table 2-2: P25 Trunked System Feature Matrix P25 TRUNKED SYSTEM FEATURE MATRIX TIA-102 STANDARD PUBLISHED P25 TRUNKED FEATURES Release 7.11 TIA STANDARDS DOCUMENTS FDMA TDMA P25 CAI TRUNKING – PROJECT 25 COMMON AIR INTERFACE VOICE CALLS Group Voice Call Yes Yes TSB102-A/ TIA-102.AABD/ TIA-102.AABC-B / TIA-102.AABF-A Individual Voice Call Yes Yes TSB102-A/ TIA-102.AABD/ TIA-102.AABC-B / TIA-102.AABF-A Availability Check on Called Party Yes Yes TIA-102.AABD Broadcast Voice Call Yes Yes TSB102-A/ TIA-102.AABD Announcement Group Call Yes Yes TIA-102.AABD Emergency Group Voice Call Yes Yes TIA-102.AABD MOBILITY MANAGEMENT Roaming Yes Yes TSB102-A / TIA-102.AABD/ TIA-102.AABC-B Intra-System Roaming (Automatic) Yes Yes TSB102-A / TIA-102.AABD/ TIA-102.AABC-B Inter-System Roaming (Manual) Yes Yes TSB102-A / TIA-102.AABD/ TIA-102.AABC-B Registration Yes Yes TSB102-A / TIA-102.AABD / TIA-102.AABC-B Restricting service access only to valid SU Yes Yes TIA-102.AABD De-registration Yes Yes TIA-102.AABD / TIA- Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-13 P25 TRUNKED SYSTEM FEATURE MATRIX 102.AABC-B Group Affiliation Yes Yes TSB102-A / TIA-102.AABD / TIA-102.AABC-B Call Restriction Yes1 Yes1 TSB102-A / TIA-102.AABC-B Call Routing Yes Yes TSB102-A Wide Area Call Yes Yes TIA-102.AABD Location Registration Yes Yes TIA-102.AABD WUID Validity Timer Yes Yes TIA-102.AABD KEY MANAGEMENT KFD Based Key Management Manual Rekeying Features Yes Yes TIA-102.AACD Key Load Yes Yes TIA-102.AACD Key Erase Yes Yes TIA-102.AACD Erase all Keys Yes Yes TIA-102.AACD View Key Info Yes Yes TIA-102.AACD KMF Based Key Management Unique Key Encryption Key (UKEK) Yes N/A2 TIA-102.AACD, TIA-102.AACA Individual Radio Set Identifier (Ind RSI) Yes N/A2 TIA-102.AACD, TIA-102.AACA Key Management Facility Radio Set Identifier (KMF RSI) Yes N/A2 TIA-102.AACD, TIA-102.AACA Message Number Period (MNP) Yes N/A2 TIA-102.AACD, TIA-102.AACA Key Load Yes N/A2 TIA-102.AACD, TIA-102.AACA View Individual RSI Yes N/A2 TIA-102.AACD, TIA-102.AACA Load Individual RSI Yes N/A2 TIA-102.AACD, TIA-102.AACA View KMF RSI Yes N/A2 TIA-102.AACD, TIA-102.AACA Load KMF RSI Yes N/A2 TIA-102.AACD, TIA-102.AACA View MNP Yes N/A2 TIA-102.AACD, TIA-102.AACA Load MNP Yes N/A2 TIA-102.AACD, TIA-102.AACA View Keyset Info Yes N/A2 TIA-102.AACD, TIA-102.AACA Activate Keyset Yes N/A2 TIA-102.AACD, TIA-102.AACA SECURITY SERVICES Confidentiality Encryption Transformation Traffic Encryption Yes3 Yes3 TIA-102.AAAB-A, TIA- 102.AAAD/ TIA-102.AAAA-A/ TIA- 102.AAAC/ TIA-102.AAAD Integrity Chronological Integrity Yes4 Yes4 TIA-102.AAAB-A Message Integrity Yes5 Yes5 TIA-102.AAAB-A SU Authentication Yes Yes TIA-102.AACE / TIA-102.BBAC Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-14 P25 TRUNKED SYSTEM FEATURE MATRIX Key Management Yes N/A2 TIA-102.AAAB-A/ TIA-102.AACA Physical Key Distribution Yes N/A2 TIA-102.AAAB-A/ TIA-102.AACA Over-the-Air Key Distribution Yes N/A2 TIA-102.AAAB-A/ TIA-102.AACA Key Download Procedures Yes N/A2 TIA-102.AAAB-A/ TIA-102.AACA Key Activation Procedures Yes N/A2 TIA-102.AAAB-A/ TIA-102.AACA Destruction of Keys Yes N/A2 TIA-102.AAAB-A/ TIA-102.AACA Rekey Request Yes N/A2 TIA-102.AAAB-A/ TIA-102.AACA Provisioning of the MR Yes N/A2 TIA-102.AAAB-A/TIA-102.AACA Key Compromise Yes6 N/A2 TIA-102.AAAB-A/ TIA-102.AACA ENCRYPTION Encryption Yes Yes TSB102-A / TIA-102.AAAB-A / TIA-102.AAAD / TIA-102.AACD / TIA-102.AACA / TIA-102.AACB / TIA-102.BBAC DES-OFB Encryption of Voice Yes Yes TSB102-A / TIA-102.AAAD / TIA-102.BBAC AES Encryption of Voice Yes Yes TIA-102.AAAD / TIA-102.BBAC AES Encryption of Packet Data Yes Yes TIA-102.AAAD / TIA-102.BBAC Multiple Encryption Algorithms Yes Yes TIA-102.AACA / TIA-102.BBAC Multiple Encryption Keys Yes Yes TIA-102.AAAD / TIA-102.BBAC SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES Priority Call Yes Yes TSB102-A / TIA-102.AABD / TIA-102.BBAC Preemptive Priority Call Yes7 Yes7 TSB102-A / TIA-102.AABD-A / TIA-102.BACA / TIA-102.BACE / TIA-102.BBAC Dispatcher Audio Takeover Yes Yes TSB102-BAGA / TIA-102.BBAC Emergency Alarm Yes Yes TSB102-A / TIA-102.AABD / TIA-102.AABC-B / TIA- 102.BBAC Silent Emergency Yes Yes TSB102-A Radio Unit Monitoring Yes8 Yes8 TSB102-A / TIA-102.AABD / TIA-102.AABC-B / TIA- 102.BBAC Talking Party Identification Yes Yes TSB102-A Call Alerting Yes Yes TSB102-A / TIA-102.AABD / TIA-102.AABC-B / TIA- 102.BBAC Radio Check Yes Yes TIA-102.AABD / TIA-102.AABC- B / TIA-102.BBAC Radio Inhibit Yes Yes TIA-102.AABD / TIA-102.AABC- B / TIA-102.BBAC Radio Uninhibit Yes Yes TIA-102.AABD / TIA-102.AABC- B / TIA-102.BBAC Alert Tones Yes Yes TIA-102.AABD / TIA-102.BBAC Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-15 P25 TRUNKED SYSTEM FEATURE MATRIX Emergency Call Yes Yes TIA-102.AABD / TIA-102.BBAC Pre-Programmed Emergency Group Call Yes Yes TIA-102.AABD / TIA-102.BBAC SU Status Update Yes Yes TIA-102.AABC-B / TIA- 102.AABD-A / TIA-102.AABG / TIA-102.BACD / TIA-102.BBAC SYSTEM SERVICES Network Status Broadcast Message Yes Yes TIA-102.AABD / TIA-102.BBAC System Status Broadcast Message Yes Yes TIA-102.AABD / TIA-102.BBAC Channel Identifier Update Broadcast Message Yes Yes TIA-102.AABD / TIA-102.BBAC Adjacent Status Broadcast Message Yes Yes TIA-102.AABD / TIA-102.BBAC Backup Control Channel Broadcast Message Yes Yes TIA-102.AABD / TIA-102.BBAC MISCELLANEOUS Electronic Serial Number Yes Yes TSB102-A Queuing Yes Yes TIA-102.AABD / TIA-102.BBAC Message Trunking Yes Yes TIA-102.AABD / TIA-102.BBAC Transmission Trunking Yes Yes TIA-102.AABD / TIA-102.BBAC Network Access Code Yes Yes TIA-102.AABD / TIA-102.BBAC Extended hunt sequence Yes Yes TIA-102.AABD / TIA-102.BBAC PHYSICAL LAYER P25 Phase 1 FDMA P25 Phase 1 FDMA CAI Yes N/A TSB102-A / TIA-102.BAAA-A Enhanced Full Rate Vocoder Yes N/A TSB102-A / TIA-102.BABA 12.5 KHz Channel Bandwidth Yes N/A TIA-102.CAAA-B / TIA-102.CAAB-B Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA) Yes N/A TSB102-A / TIA-102.BAAA-A 9.6 kbps Gross Bit Rate Yes N/A TSB102-A / TIA-102.BAAA-A C4FM and CQPSK Modulation Yes N/A TSB102-A / TIA-102.BAAA-A / TIA-102.CAAA-C / TIA- 102.CAAB-B P25 Phase 2 TDMA P25 Phase 2 TDMA CAI N/A Yes TIA-102.BBAB Enhanced Half Rate Vocoder N/A Yes9 TIA-102.BBAB / TIA-102.BABA- 1 12.5 KHz Channel Bandwidth N/A Yes TIA-102.BBAB Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA) N/A Yes TIA-102.BBAB 9.6 kbps Gross Bit Rate N/A Yes TIA-102.BBAB HCPM and HDQPSK Modulation N/A Yes TIA-102.BBAB DATA SERVICES Packet Switched Confirmed Delivery Data Yes N/A10 TSB102-A / TIA-102.BAEB-A Packet Switched Unconfirmed Delivery Data Yes N/A10 TSB102-A / TIA-102.BAEB-A Packet Switched Data Network Access Yes N/A10 TSB102-A / TIA-102.BAEB-A Data Configuration - Radio to FNE Yes N/A10 TIA-102.BAEA-A / TIA- 102.BAEB-A / TIA-102.BAEE-A Packet Data Registration Yes N/A10 TIA-102.BAAD-1. / TIA- 102.BAEB-A SU Registration Yes N/A10 TIA-102.BAAD-1. / TIA- Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-16 P25 TRUNKED SYSTEM FEATURE MATRIX 102.BAEB-A SU Deregistration Yes N/A10 TIA-102.BAAD-1. / TIA- 102.BAEB-A SU Location Tracking Yes N/A10 TIA-102.BAAD-1. / TIA- 102.BAEB-A Mobile Data Interface (A) Yes N/A10 TSB102-A / TIA-102.BAEB-A Link Layer and Physical Layer Protocols Yes N/A10 TIA-102.BAEA-A / TIA- 102.BAEB-A SNDCP (Sub network Dependent Convergence Protocol) Yes N/A10 TIA-102.BAEB-A Fixed Host Data Interface (Ed) Yes N/A10 TSB102-A / TIA-102.BAEB-A Ethernet (802.3) Yes N/A10 TIA-102.BAEB-A Internet Protocol Suite Yes N/A10 TIA-102.BAEB-A Notes: 1 Motorola Network Management provides the capability to provision the services available to both subscriber radios and talkgroups. 2 The P25 KMF utilizes the Phase 1 FDMA data channel. There is no P25 Phase 2 TDMA data channel. 3 Traffic Encryption is made up of two parts; Voice Traffic Encryption and Encrypted Integrated Data. Voice Traffic Encryption is defined by the P25 standard and Motorola offers. Today there is no published P25 standard for Encrypted Integrated Data however Motorola started offering this feature in the 7.8 release 4 Today the Project 25 standard defines Chronological Integrity for OTAR, which Motorola offers 5 Today the Project 25 standard defines Message Integrity for OTAR, which Motorola offers. The Project 25 standard will also support Message Integrity in the future Packet Data Security standard. Currently, Motorola supports Message Integrity for Encrypted Integrated Data. 6 Zerorize and No Service procedures can be used in Key Compromise situation 7 Motorola understands this feature to mean Emergency Priority will Pre-empt a Non-Emergency Call 8 Motorola supports remotMotorola supports remote unit monitor for talkgroup calls however, it will not support the U2U version of remote unit monitor.e unit monitor for talkgroup calls however it will not support the U2U version of remote unit monitor. 9 The APX subscriber uses the P25 enhanced vocoder. The XTS/XTL subscriber product portfolio uses the P25 baseline vocoder with added background noise reduction capability. 10 The P25 Phase 1 FDMA data channel is used for P25 Packet Data Delivery. There is no P25 Phase 2 TDMA data channel.Overall Comment – This matrix comments on Motorola ASTRO 25 System Release 7.11 System Infrastructure Capabilities, this matrix does not comment on Motorola Subscriber Capabilities. Motorola offers a diverse portfolio of P25 solutions to address a wide variety of customer needs. Customers should work with Motorola representatives to ensure that their specific requirements are addressed. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-17 2.3.4.1 Centralized System Management Alerts, diagnostics, and faults in the system will be reported to supervisor/network management consoles. A Network Management terminal will be located at the Sandy Springs dispatch console site (ChatCOM). This terminal will allow centralized system monitoring and management to keep the system healthy. The network management subsystem is made up of Zone Servers, which host the necessary system-wide applications and databases required to maintain the ASTRO 25 system. The Zone Servers incorporate server virtualization technology, which maximizes the utilization of the servers, provides adaptability to technology enhancements, and better provides for future communication needs and migration. The Network Management system is comprised of the software and infrastructure required for user management, system management, fault management, and performance management, and is comprised of the following applications. Zone Database Server (ZDS) User Configuration Server (UCS) and Unified Network Configuration (UNC) User Configuration Manager (UCM) Unified Events Manager (UEM) Additional information on the Network Management and alerting can be found in the Network Management section of this proposal. 2.3.4.2 Vocoder-Based Encryption Digital operation in general offers some level of security to system users. The proposed ASTRO 25 simulcast system can support several standards-based algorithms such as DES-OFB, AES, Motorola ADP, etc. 2.3.4.3 ASTRO 25 Trunking Call Services Motorola’s ASTRO 25 trunking system offers a wide range of advanced call services to meet the demanding communications needs of a diverse, mission-critical workforce. Several key calling features and benefits are described in the following subsections. Call Categories Talkgroup Call is the primary communication level in an ASTRO 25 trunked system as the majority of conversations take place within a talkgroup. Talkgroup Call provides the effect of a “dedicated channel” for each talkgroup. Emergency Alarm/Call provides users the ability to inform personnel of a life- threatening situation by depressing the radio’s emergency alarm button. The emergency indication is also logged and cleared at the network management client terminal. If all voice channels are occupied, the system is capable of functioning in one of the following two modes. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-18 Emergency Top-of-Queue places the unit initiating the emergency at the top of the busy queue list and allows access to the next available voice channel. Emergency Ruthless Preemption allows the unit initiating the emergency access to the voice channel with the lowest priority user currently assigned. Once the non-emergency user de-keys, the channel belongs to the emergency user. Private Call allows selective call to another individual user in the system regardless of what talkgroup either unit has selected. Call Alert allows selective sending of a signal to another user to call back the alerting party. Call alert remains enabled until cleared by the alerted party. This feature helps ensure that important messages get through, even if the called party is away from the radio. Call alert signaling takes place over the system control channel, so it is no burden on the valuable voice channels. Busy Queuing and Callback Although ASTRO 25 trunking systems are considerably more frequency efficient than conventional radio systems, there may still be times when all of the voice channels are busy. If a radio user attempts to initiate a call while all the system channels are in use, the requesting user will be put into a busy queue and then automatically notified when a channel becomes available. This feature allows the radio user to place the microphone down during a busy situation instead of continually re-keying in an effort to gain channel access. Multiple Priority Levels ASTRO 25 IP provides multiple levels of priority allowing system access to the most critical users during busy periods. Individual users and talkgroups may be assigned specific priority level(s), with up to ten levels supported for each, which will allow higher priority users to be placed higher in the busy queue for quicker system access. The ASTRO 25 IP system allows for flexible assignment of priority levels to meet your organizational needs. Continuous Assignment Updating This feature is designed to assure that a radio just coming into service during an active talkgroup conversation will be immediately assigned to the appropriate voice channel. The user will be included in his or her active talkgroup call with no special action required. To achieve this, the ASTRO 25 IP system control channel continuously transmits the channel assignment for talkgroups involved in active calls. 2.3.4.4 Network Management System The Network Management System (NMS) can be viewed as a set of software applications or tools used to manage the ASTRO 25 wide area trunked radio system and its constituent components. The NMS supports the following services: Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-19 Network Monitoring – Applications are included for monitoring the status of the transport network and the individual infrastructure components; displaying status information; forwarding alert information; and performing diagnostic procedures. Configuration Management – Facilities are provided for entering and maintaining the operational parameters of the infrastructure components and user devices (i.e., the mobile and portable radios). Accounting Management – NMS supports the tracking of radio usage of the system by providing an optional interface to third party accounting and/or billing applications. Performance Management – Standard and optional applications are available for monitoring, reporting, controlling, and optimizing the use of system resources. Security Management – NMS includes features for setting user privileges and controlling their access to view and/or modify information contained in the configuration databases. The NMS subsystem includes the following virtual, zone-level servers within the zone core of the ASTRO 25 system. Zone Database Server (ZDS) Unified Event Manager (UEM) User Configuration Server (UCS) and Unified Network Configuration (UNC) Air Traffic Router (ATR) Zone Statistical Server (ZSS) 2.3.4.4.1 Zone Database Server The ZDS handles a variety of tasks; including hosting the zone configuration database, administering applications licenses, authenticating network manager users accessing the system, and performing back-end support for user applications. The ZDS performs the following database server functions: Maintains the infrastructure (zone configuration) database for the zone Exports the infrastructure information from its database to the Zone Controller where it is stored as the local infrastructure database Maintains a replica of the current User Configuration Server (UCS) database and home zone map Exports the radio information it receives from the UCS to the Zone Controller The ZDS also performs all network management and fault management polling of system devices to support the network management clients. The fault management information that the ZDS collects is passed on to the UEM server. The ZDS handles a variety of administrative tasks, including the following: Administering the standard and optional applications licenses Authenticating network manager users accessing the system Performing back-end support services for user applications Handling telephone interconnect (optional) record processing Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-20 2.3.4.4.2 User Configuration Server The UCS provides database storage and back-end processes required for most system-wide functions. The UCS makes it possible for management personnel to configure home zone maps, users, radios, talkgroups, critical sites, Adjacent Control Channels (ACC), security information at a system-level, and other system-level parameters. Group and Unit ID home zone assignments are also made at the UCS level. This information is configured using the UCM application and is saved in the UCS database. 2.3.4.4.3 Unified Event Manager The UEM provides a central location for managing all radio, transport, and environmental devices on the system. The application automatically discovers devices on the network to determine their real-time status. Color-coded symbols displayed on a topography map provide a geographical and hierarchical representation of the entire network. The UEM allows each user to filter out and customize the pertinent information important to their roles and responsibilities. Features and benefits of the UEM are outlined in Table 2-3. Table 2-3: Benefits of the UEM Feature Benefit Centralized View of Entire Communications Network Network Managers can view the entire ASTRO 25 system status and quickly isolate problems to the board level. Intuitive Graphical User Interface (GUI) Network Managers can be quickly notified of failures on the system and diagnose device problems, utilizing a display and an intuitive GUI. Auto Discovery of Devices Components are automatically discovered and map views are created to show the overall health of the network. Active Alarms View and Alarm Summary Persistent single view all failure conditions in the network and a quick reference summary of alarms by severity allows users to quickly pinpoint the highest priority failures. Secure Device Access (optional) SNMPv3 protocol with Triple DES and AES 256 bit encryption to prevent security breach attempts. Northbound Interface (optional) Real time event stream using a standard industry protocol that can be used to forward events to a higher- level management application for added flexibility. Email Notifications (optional) User specified event notifications sent via email – which can also be forwarded to a portable mobile device – allows System Managers to simultaneously address other tasks. Network Monitoring Capabilities Archive and export event history data for analysis. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-21 Feature Benefit Remote Command Operation Remote state change capability helps to avoid unnecessary sites trips. The UEM gives the Network Manager virtually instantaneous notification of any system deficiency or element failure. 2.3.4.4.4 UEM Event Browser Figure 2-2: UEM Event Browser sample screen All events (or a filtered subset of events) that are received by UEM is viewable via the UEM event browser. By default, when viewing an event, the event browser displays Severity, Date/Time, Managed Resource, Entity, and Message. Additional display properties are available. Up to 10,000 of the most recent events from any managed device within a zone can be displayed. 2.3.4.4.5 UEM Alarm Browser The UEM alarm browser (Figure 2-3) allows the user to view all alarms, or a filtered subset of alarms. By default, when viewing an alarm, the alarm browser displays Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-22 Severity, Date/Time, Managed Resource, Entity, Message, and Owner/Assignee information. Additional display properties are available. UEM supports exporting events and alarms for future analysis. Figure 2-3: UEM Alarm Browser sample screen 2.3.4.4.6 Network Management Terminals The NMS Windows-based client/server architecture distributes most of the user application processing to the client PC workstations. The following applications run on or may be accessed from the Network Management terminal: UCM UEM UNC ZoneWatch Zone Historical Reports RCM Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-23 2.3.4.4.7 User Configuration Manager The UCM provides data entry screens for the mobile and portable radio units authorized to use the system. The UCM is also used to set security information at a system level. The user interface is Java-based and has Explorer-like managed object navigation features. Configuration reports can be generated. A sample UCM screen is shown in Figure 2-4. The subscriber profiles feature allows the replication of parameters that are common to multiple radio units, thereby reducing the time and effort to load the user configuration database. Working in concert with the UCS, radio unit data is entered once only for each unit and automatically distributed to the user configuration database residing in the ZDS at its resident zone and all other zones in a multi-zone system. Figure 2-4: Sample UCM screen 2.3.4.4.8 Network Management Terminals and Licenses The system includes a single client, located at each of the three dispatch site, and is licensed for the following applications: 1 UNC 1 UCM 1 UEM 1 Zone Historical Reports 1 RCM 1 Zone Watch Network Fault Manager (NFM) Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-24 2.3.4.5 Radio Configuration/Radio User Report Basic Radio Control Manager The RCM application provides two types of functions: radio commands can be initiated (e.g., Dynamic Regrouping and Selective Inhibit) and radio events are displayed (e.g., Status and Emergency Alarm). Figure 2-5: RCM screen example The RCM has the following features: Dynamic Regrouping – Dynamic Regrouping allows a dispatcher or system manager to dynamically program an affiliated radio user to a particular talkgroup. The dynamic regrouping function is implemented within one second per regrouped radio. A companion function “Cancel Regroup” cancels the regrouping command and removes the radio from the regrouped talkgroup. When a radio is regrouped, the subscriber will acknowledge (ACK) the command, and the ACK is sent to the initiating terminal. The subscriber will generate an audible noise indicating to the user that the radio has been regrouped. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-25 Storm Plans – Storm Plans provide the system with a consistent procedure for special or emergency situations. A completed Storm Plan can have a maximum of four commands, each containing a maximum of 100 individual radio tasks. Selective Inhibit / Cancel Inhibit – Selective Radio Inhibit enables a user to functionally disable a subscriber unit that is currently affiliated to the system. This feature can be used to disable stolen radios or invalid users. If the initial inhibit command fails within 30 seconds, a notice is sent to the initiating terminal to select either “endless search” or “quit”. The companion feature “Cancel Inhibit” reactivates the radio in the same manner. Other features include: GUI for ease of use Status function Online Help 2.3.4.6 ZoneWatch Grid and Control A ZoneWatch Grid and Control sample screen is shown in Figure 2-6. ZoneWatch Grid and Control is a performance management tool with customizable displays and graphs to monitor real-time communications activity in a zone. The information displayed can help system managers be proactive in making better resource planning decisions, such as when additional channels need to be added to busier sites. ZoneWatch Grid Screen – Air traffic within a single zone is displayed on a Site/Channel grid. Real-time call activity for each channel is displayed in its respective cell. ZoneWatch Control Display – This display presents call activity messages. These can be used to isolate errors, trace the progress of a call and troubleshoot or analyze current system activity. It also provides information about activity occurring on the control channel, such as rejects, emergency alarms, and unit affiliations. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-26 Figure 2-6: ZoneWatch control display example 2.3.4.7 System Historical Reports This application produces reports on radio infrastructure and radio resource usage across multiple zones. A predefined set of reports, with field selection capability, is supplied to produce “standard” or tailored reports. This option is not necessary in systems of only one zone. Historical reports are generated automatically or on demand. Automatic reports are produced at a specific scheduled time and date or on a recurring time and date interval. Reports can be sent to the monitor screen, a printer, Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML), or CSV files. This display provides zone-level, real-time line charts or 3D bar graphs that illustrate channel utilization for all call types – group, private, control channel, and dynamically blocked calls. 2.3.4.7.1 MOSCAD™ Network Fault Management System The ASTRO 25 system management tools, along with Motorola’s MOSCAD NFM server, provide the ability to display and log detailed information on a variety of RF and non-RF site equipment. MOSCAD provides high-resolution graphics of the Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-27 devices connected to MOSCAD SDM3000 Remote Terminal Units (RTU) at sites within the system. Information presented allows system operators easy access to detailed equipment views. Motorola is proposing a MOSCAD (Motorola Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition) Fault Management for the monitoring and control of the County’s radio sites. The Motorola MOSCAD system will provide the County with the ability to continuously monitor non-SNMP devices and inputs for both normal and exceptional conditions from each on the radio sites. This task is made very easy through MOSCAD’s SDM3000 Node Translator (SNT), Graphic Master Central (GMC), and Graphical Workstation (GWS). Motorola’s MOSCAD provides real time monitoring and remote control for the various subsystems. It monitors equipment faults and diagnostic messages in the following: RS-232 Alarming of Third Party Equipment: TRAK GPS Discrete Alarms at Remote RF Sites, such as: Door entry Temperature limits Power failures The SDM3000 RTU forwards the faults to the MOSCAD GMC, where they are graphically displayed. The SDM3000 RTUs also forward the faults to Motorola’s UEM. 2.3.4.8 Integrated Voice and Data The P25-compliant IV&D operation allows data traffic to seamlessly utilize your existing ASTRO 25 stations, improving in-field efficiency. Voice is prioritized, allowing mission critical traffic to always take precedence over data transmissions. The infrastructure proposed as part of this offering fully supports IV&D functionality. The ability to utilize IV&D on the system requires that the necessary IV&D modems be purchased to operate on the Master Site and software options on the Motorola subscribers. The IV&D service creates a data transport layer capable of supporting both industry standard IP and customer-developed applications. 2.4 System Reliability ASTRO 25 systems are designed with several levels of built in reliability, which adds to the overall safety for users. System reliability may be achieved by having: Redundant zone controllers (Master site) – Motorola provides redundant controllers at the Master site. The zone controller is designed to detect failures by automatically switching operation to the fallback controller, minimizing interruption of the call processing functionality. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-28 Two core routers (Master site) – The core routers route all control, audio, data and network management traffic in and out of the zone. To increase system availability, two core routers are used. Multiple control channels – Motorola systems multiple control channels, thus in the event a control channel failure is detected it will rotate to the next control channel in the control channel list. Spare boards – Motorola has designed the system with spare boards. In the event a board failure is detected and requires replacement, spares are on hand. Site trunking – When site trunking occurs, voice communications to other subsystems/sites is not possible. A site in site trunking mode will continue site trunking operations, with reduced features. Communications are limited to subscribers affiliated on the site. The Zone Controller will detect the loss of a site link and remove that site from the wide area resources. In this way, a disconnected site will not interfere with wide area communications at other sites. Console operation to a site in site trunking mode is not supported. Site trunking can be triggered by loss of connectivity to the zone controller or zone controller malfunction. Motorola’s proposal includes Site Trunking Indication at the console.Failsoft – In failsoft mode, the repeaters operate in a conventional mode. Users at this site are able to communicate with other users on the assigned channel at that site. The radio will give an audible and/or a visual indication of failsoft. Failsoft may be triggered by loss of control channels, failure of site controller, and insufficient number of voice channels. Fault Management System – Applications are included for monitoring the status of the transport network and the individual infrastructure components; displaying fault information; forwarding alert information; and performing diagnostic procedures. The Cities can be confident that the ASTRO 25 system was designed as a mission critical solution with a high level of reliability and fall back mechanisms in order to keep the system operational. 2.5 MCC 7500 Dispatch Console System - Optional The MCC 7500 Dispatch Console is Motorola’s Mission Critical IP radio dispatch system. The MCC 7500 Dispatch Console features an intuitive, easy-to-use GUI that runs under a Microsoft Windows operating system, utilizing the industry standard PC platform. MCC 7500’s highly recognizable icons are designed to reduce user training time, and allow dispatchers to manage information more productively. Motorola recommends Sandy Springs purchase its new IP-based MCC 7500 console dispatch system. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-29 2.5.1 Features and Benefits Designed for effective, flexible dispatch communications, the MCC 7500 Dispatch Console provides a range of valuable features: Seamless integration with ASTRO 25 trunking systems. IP Network – The MCC 7500 supports the IP protocols of the ASTRO 25 system’s transport network. End-to-End Encryption – Encryption and decryption occurs in the dispatch consoles, allowing true end-to-end encryption in the radio system. Centralized System Management – The MCC 7500 console system is configured and managed by the ASTRO 25 system’s configuration manager, fault manager, and performance reporting applications. This provides users with a single point for configuring and managing the entire radio system, including the console portion. This information can also be accessed from multiple remote locations, giving convenient access while enjoying the benefits of centralized system management. User Friendly – MCC 7500’s environment features the familiar standards used by other Windows programs worldwide. Screen layout, menus, and icons are easy to understand and quickly recognizable by users. Each dispatcher’s configuration can be customized via the Admin application. Dispatch GUI uses a simple point-and-click response. The dispatcher has the choice of using a mouse, trackball, or optional touchscreen, and the keyboard is not required for day-to-day operations. Provided in this proposal is a mouse, keyboard and 22-inch flat screen monitor. No touch screen operation is included at this time and other monitor options are available. 2.5.2 Architecture There are three main components of a MCC 7500 system: A. Dispatch Console Hardware. B. Personal Computer (PC). C. Motorola Voice Processor Module (VPM). Various combinations of these components are connected together and to the rest of the ASTRO 25 system via console site routers and switches on an IP network (Figure 2-7). Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-30 Figure 2-7: MCC 7500 dispatch console hardware architecture Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-31 The various hardware elements which comprise the dispatch console are the personal computer, Voice Processor Module (VPM), desktop microphone, headset jack, desktop speaker, and footswitch. The dispatch console hardware is based on a commercially available personal computer with Motorola provided hardware and software. The dispatch console software consists of the Elite Dispatch GUI. The VPM performs the digital-to-analog and analog-to-digital conversions for all analog audio flowing into or out of the dispatch console. It also provides the connections for items such as the speakers, headset jacks, microphone, footswitch, local logging recorder, and instant recall recorder for radio. The VPM provides the vocoding and audio processing services for the dispatch console. It is capable of supporting IMBE vocoder algorithms for ASTRO 25 operation, as well as supporting audio level adjustments, summing, and filtering, and can support multiple simultaneous streams of audio. The VPM can also be equipped to provide the encryption and decryption services for the dispatch console. It is capable of supporting multiple, simultaneous encryption/decryption sessions using multiple algorithms and multiple secure keys. 2.5.3 Elite Dispatch GUI The MCC 7500 dispatch console uses the Elite Dispatch GUI for displaying information to and accepting commands from the dispatcher (Figure 2-8). The Elite Dispatch GUI is efficient, easy to use, and intuitive, having been refined and proven through years of use in public safety dispatch centers around the world. Figure 2-8: MCC 7500 Elite Dispatch GUI Tool Bars Resource Folders Patch & Multi-Select Folders Activity Log Window Status Bar Auxiliary Inputs/Outputs Radio Resource Radio Resource Radio Resources Radio Resources Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-32 The Elite Dispatch GUI is based on Microsoft Windows GUI programming standards and contains many controls, displays, and features which are familiar to anyone who has used Windows-based applications. The MCC 7500 Dispatch Console offers many enhancements along with flexibility to allow the dispatchers the ability to do their job in the most efficient way possible. Each dispatch position can be configured to reflect the exact needs of those dispatchers, while being able to be changed and modified when needed. In summary, the MCC 7500 Dispatch Console offers the Cities many enhancements along with flexibility to allow their dispatchers the ability to do their job in the most efficient way possible. A dispatch position can be configured to reflect the exact needs of its dispatcher, while being able to be changed and modified when needed. 2.6 ISSI 8000 with ISSI.1 Features - OPTIONAL Motorola has demonstrated its leadership in the P25 ISSI community by being the first manufacturer to announce a shipping product that supports the P25 ISSI. Motorola has also participated in multi-vendor ISSI demonstrations at IWCE (2007) and APCO (2008 and 2009), and hosted the first P25 ISSI Interoperability Event in February 2010. The ISSI.1 Network Gateway was Motorola’s first P25 ISSI solution and has been shipping since December 2009. Motorola’s has included its Next Generation Interoperability, ISSI 8000, with ISSI.1 features. Upgrading to full ISSI 8000 requires a server software application change. No new equipment is required. Should Sandy Spring upgrade to the full feature version of Motorola’s ISSI 8000 solution it will provide an Interoperability Solution that enables an ASTRO 25 system release 7.13 or higher to connect to other P25 systems regardless of their RF bands, manufacturer type and release versions. Motorola’s ISSI 8000 is built to the TIA-102 suite of standards used for the design of Project 25 interoperable communication products. The ISSI 8000 provides customers more interoperability choices and allows them more features (automatic seamless roaming, PTT ID, P25 TDMA support) than the existing ISSI.1 solution. Motorola has included a quote for ISSI 8000 configured for manual roaming between system’s equipped with ISSI.1 and this quote supports 20 simultaneous talkgroups. This quote provide Sandy Springs the ability to connect to other properly equipment surrounding P25 systems, today. Automatic roaming and additional capacity can be added later on, if desired, through software upgrades. Below is a list of features that define what Project 25 ISSI Trunking features Motorola supports in their ISSI.1 and ISSI 8000 product offerings. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page System Description 2-33 Table 2-4: PROJECT 25 ISSI TRUNKING FEATURES OFFERED BY MOTOROLA 2.7 Summary Motorola is pleased to offer Sandy Springs an ASTRO 25 solution. Motorola has carefully designed a system that will meet the needs of Sandy Springs today and in the near future. We hope that this proposal is the next step in the continuation of a Sandy springs/Motorola partnership. MOTOROLA CONFIDENTIAL RESTRICTED NOTES 1.) Motorola's ISSI 8000 and ISSI.1 does NOT support the following P25 ISSI Voice & Mobility features: Individual Voice Call 2.) Motorola's ISSI 8000 and ISSI.1 does NOT support the following P25 ISSI Supplementary Services features: Call Alert, Radio Check, Radio Detach, Radio Inhibit, Radio Uninhibit, Radio Unit Monitor, Short Message/ Pre-Programmed Data Messaging/ Message Update, Status Query, Status Update v.10.0 P25 ISSI Trunking Feature Name Offered by Motorola ISSI.1 Offered by Motorola ISSI 8000 TIA-102 Standards Document Broadcast Call No Yes TIA-102.BACA-A Announcement Group Call No Yes TIA-102.BACA-A Confirmed Group Voice Service No Yes TIA-102.BACA-A Unconfirmed Group Voice Service Yes Yes Note 1 TIA-102.BACA-A Emergency Group Call Yes Yes TIA-102.BACA-A Encrypted Voice (AES) Yes Yes TIA-102.BACA-A P25 Full-rate vocoder (FDMA) Yes Yes TIA-102.BACA-A P25 Half-rate vocoder (TDMA) No Yes Future SU Registration No Yes TIA-102.BACA-A Transport of Authentication Credential No Yes TIA-102.BACA-A Secure SU registration (SU authentication) No Yes TIA-102.BACA-A SU Deregistration No Yes TIA-102.BACA-A Group Affiliation Yes Yes TIA-102.BACA-A Call Restriction No Yes TIA-102.BACA-A Inter-WACN (manual) Yes Yes TIA-102.BACA-A Inter-WACN (automatic) No Yes TIA-102.BACA-A Inter-System (manual) Yes Yes TIA-102.BACA-A Inter-System (automatic) No Yes TIA-102.BACA-A Intra-System (automatic) No Yes TIA-102.BACA-A RFSS Service Capability Polling Yes Yes TIA-102.BACA-A-2 Transport of Talking Party Identity No Yes TIA-102.BACA-A Priority Call No Yes TIA-102.BACA-A Emergency Alarm No Yes TIA-102.BACD-B Emergency Alarm Cancellation No Yes TIA-102.BACD-B Group Emergency Cancellation No Yes TIA-102.BACD-B Supplementary Services Features NOTES Note 1: Motorola's ISSI 8000 support unconfirmed group call only as a serving system P25 ISSI Trunking Features Offered by Motorola Voice & Mobility Features Voice Featues SU and Group Mobility Management Roaming Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-1 Section 3A. Functional Acceptance Test Plan Sandy Springs Project 25 Public Safety Radio System Simulcast In-Plant Draft Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-2 Table of Contents 3A.1 Wide Area Trunking Features ......................................................................... 3 3A.1.1 Call Alert ................................................................................................................... 4 3A.1.2 Emergency Alarm and Call with Hot Mic ................................................................ 5 3A.1.3 Emergency Alarm and Call with Talkgroup Revert ................................................. 6 3A.1.4 Continuous Assignment Updating ............................................................................ 7 3A.1.5 Secure Operation ....................................................................................................... 8 3A.1.6 Talkgroup Call .......................................................................................................... 9 3A.2 Audio IP Logging........................................................................................... 10 3A.2.1 Logging Subsystem - Emergency Events and Calls-Emergency Alarm Acknowledge ........................................................................................................................ 11 3A.2.2 Logging Trunking Talkgroup Call .......................................................................... 12 3A.3 Fault Management Features ......................................................................... 13 3A.3.1 Console PC - VPM Link Failure Reports to the Unified Event Manager (UEM) .. 14 3A.3.2 Core Router Failure Reports to the Unified Event Manager (UEM) ...................... 15 3A.3.3 PTP Trap Processing ............................................................................................... 16 3A.3.4 Reset PTP of Point-to-Point Radios ........................................................................ 17 3A.3.5 Site Path Failure (Ethernet) Reports to the Unified Event Manager (UEM) .......... 18 3A.4 MOSCAD Fault Management System .......................................................... 19 3A.4.1 Alarm Processing - Acknowledged Alarm ............................................................. 20 3A.4.2 Physical Inputs/Outputs - Digital Inputs ................................................................. 21 3A.4.3 TRAK Communication Status Fault (UEM) .......................................................... 22 3A.5 Radio Control Manager (RCM) Features ...................................................... 23 3A.5.1 Emergency Alarm Display (Single Site)................................................................. 24 3A.5.2 Radio Check (Single Site) ....................................................................................... 25 3A.5.3 Selective Radio Inhibit ............................................................................................ 26 3A.6 System Management Tests .......................................................................... 27 3A.6.1 Affiliation Display (Single Site) ............................................................................. 28 3A.6.2 Configuration Management - Subscriber Capabilities ............................................ 29 3A.7 Punch-list ...................................................................................................... 30 3A.8 Signoff Certificate .......................................................................................... 31 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-3 3A.1 Wide Area Trunking Features Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-4 Wide Area Trunking Features 3A.1.1 Call Alert 1. DESCRIPTION Call Alert is a tone page that allows a user to selectively alert another radio unit. The initiating radio will receive notification from the trunked system as to whether or not the page was received by the target radio. Units receiving a Call Alert will sound an alert tone. As with other types of calls, Call Alerts can take place from anywhere in the system. SETUP RADIO-1 - TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-2 - TALKGROUP 2 RADIO-3 - TALKGROUP 3 VERSION #1.130 2. TEST Step 1. Using RADIO-1, press the page button. Step 2. Enter the unit ID of RADIO-2 with the keypad, or scroll to the location where this ID is stored Step 3. Press the PTT to initiate the call alert. Verify that the RADIO-1 user receives audible indication that the Call Alert was sent. Step 4. Verify that RADIO-2 user receives an audible indication of an incoming Call Alert was sent but RADIO-3 does not. Step 5. Verify RADIO-1 gets an audible indication that the Call Alert was successfully received at the target radio. Step 6. Turn off RADIO-2. Send a Call Alert from RADIO-1 to RADIO-2. Step 7. Verify that the RADIO-1 user receives audible indication that the Call Alert was sent. Step 8. Verify RADIO-1 receives a "No Acknowledgement" indication that the Call Alert was not received at the target radio. Pass____ Fail____ Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-5 Wide Area Trunking Features 3A.1.2 Emergency Alarm and Call with Hot Mic 1. DESCRIPTION Users in life threatening situations can use the Emergency button on the radio to immediately send a signal to the dispatcher and be assigned the next available voice channel. An Emergency Call can be set to either Top of Queue or Ruthless Preemption operation. During an emergency call the Emergency ID will appear on the display of the subscribers. To demonstrate this, an Emergency Alarm and Call will be initiated from a portable which will be received by a portable, on the same talkgroup, affiliated at any site of any zone in the system. This test will demonstrate when the Hot Mic option is configured, the subscriber will send an emergency and after a voice channel is assigned, the subscriber will automatically transmit for a programmable period of time. Em ergency Alarm with Voice to Follow (Hot Mic) is an option in the portable and must be enabled via software. This test case works for all portable radios. For mobile radios, specific mobile microphone models are required. NOTE: If the subscriber does not have a display, the Emergency ID will not be displayed. SETUP RADIO-1 - TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-2 - TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-3 - TALKGROUP 1 Emergency Alarm w/ Voice Following must be enabled in the subscriber. VERSION #1.180 2. TEST Step 1. Using RADIO-1 send an Emergency Alarm by pressing the emergency button. Step 2. Observe the display on RADIO-2 and RADIO-3 denotes an emergency and the unit ID or alias of RADIO-1. Step 3. Observe that RADIO-2 and RADIO-3 can hear any audio from RADIO-1 even though RADIO-1 does not have its PTT switch pressed. Step 4. Observe that RADIO-1 PTT times out and the radio dekeys. Step 5. End the Emergency Call by holding down the Emergency button. Pass____ Fail____ Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-6 Wide Area Trunking Features 3A.1.3 Emergency Alarm and Call with Talkgroup Revert 1. DESCRIPTION Users in life threatening situations can use the Emergency button on the radio to immediately send a signal to the dispatcher and be assigned the next available voice channel. An Emergency Call can be set to either Top of Queue or Ruthless Preemption operation. During an emergency call the Emergency ID will appear on the display of the subscribers. To demonstrate this, an Emergency Alarm and Call will be initiated from a subscriber which will be received by a subscriber affiliated at any site of any zone in the system. This test will demonstrate a subscriber has the ability to revert to a specific talkgroup when an emergency is initiated. This is useful when the users have a designated talkgroup for handling emergencies. The revert talkgroup must be set in the subscriber via software. NOTE: If the subscriber does not have the Display option, the Emergency ID will not be displayed. SETUP RADIO-1 - TALKGROUP 4 RADIO-2 - TALKGROUP 4 RADIO-3 - EMERGENCY TG * EMERGENCY TG is the talkgroup programmed for emergency reverts. VERSION #1.080 2. TEST Step 1. Initiate a call on TALKGROUP 4 from RADIO-1 and verify RADIO-2 can hear the audio. Verify RADIO-3 does not hear the audio. Step 2. Dekey RADIO-1. Step 3. Using RADIO-1, send an Emergency Call by depressing the emergency switch and then the PTT switch. Step 4. Observe the display on RADIO-3 denotes an emergency and the unit ID or alias of the unit sending the emergency and that RADIO-3 can hear RADIO-1's audio. Step 5. In addition observe that RADIO-2 cannot hear RADIO-1's audio. Step 6. Release the PTT switch on RADIO-1 and end the Emergency Call by holding down the Emergency button. Pass____ Fail____ Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-7 Wide Area Trunking Features 3A.1.4 Continuous Assignment Updating 1. DESCRIPTION When a talkgroup is assigned a voice channel, the site controller continues to transmit the channel assignment on the control channel for the duration of the talkgroup call. Radios coming into use on the system are automatically sent to voice channels with conversations in progress involving their selected talkgroups. SETUP RADIO-1 - TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-2 - TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-3 - TALKGROUP 1 VERSION #1.080 2. TEST Step 1. Turn OFF RADIO-1. Step 2. Initiate a Talkgroup Call using RADIO-2 and verify RADIO-3 hears the audio. Step 3. While the Talkgroup Call is in progress, turn ON RADIO-1. Step 4. Observe RADIO-1, which was just brought back into service, joins the Talkgroup Call already in progress. Step 5. End the talkgroup call. Step 6. Switch RADIO-1 to another talkgroup. Step 7. Initiate a Talkgroup Call from RADIO-2 to RADIO-3. Step 8. While the Talkgroup Call is in progress, set RADIO-1 back to TALKGROUP 1. Step 9. Observe that RADIO-1 joins the Talkgroup Call already in progress. Pass____ Fail____ Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-8 Wide Area Trunking Features 3A.1.5 Secure Operation 1. DESCRIPTION Digital encryption is used to scramble a transmission so only properly equipped and configured radios can monitor the conversation. A "Key" is used to encrypt the transmit audio. Only radios with the same "Key" can decrypt the audio and listen to it. SETUP RADIO-1 - TALKGROUP 1 (SECURE TX MODE) RADIO-2 - TALKGROUP 1 (SECURE TX MODE) RADIO-3 - TALKGROUP 1 (SECURE MODE and no, or incorrect key) RADIO-4 - TALKGROUP 1 (Clear TX Mode) Note: The identical secure mode must be programmed into RADIO-1, RADIO-2, RADIO-4 and that RADIO-3 has no secure code loaded or has a unique secure code from the other testing radios. VERSION #1.140 2. TEST Step 1. Initiate a secure wide area call with RADIO-1 on TALKGROUP 1. Keep this call in progress until instructed to end the call. Step 2. Observe that RADIO-2 will be able to monitor the call. Step 3. Observe that RADIO-3 does not receive the call. Step 4. Observe that RADIO-4 will also receive the call even with the secure switch set to the non-secure mode of operation. Step 5. End the call from RADIO-1. Step 6. Respond with RADIO-2 and verify that RADIO-1 receives the response audio but RADIO-3 cannot. Pass____ Fail____ Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-9 Wide Area Trunking Features 3A.1.6 Talkgroup Call 1. DESCRIPTION The Talkgroup is the primary level of organization for communications on a trunked radio system. Radios with Talkgroup call capability will be able to communicate with other members of the same Talkgroup. This provides the effect of a private channel down to the Talkgroup level. This test will demonstrate that a Talkgroup transmission initiated by a radio user will only be heard by system users, which have, the same Talkgroup selected. As with other types of calls, Talkgroup calls can take place from anywhere in the system. SETUP RADIO-1 - TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-2 - TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-3 - TALKGROUP 2 RADIO-4 - TALKGROUP 2 VERSION #1.150 2. TEST Step 1. Initiate a Wide Area Call with RADIO-1 in TALKGROUP 1. Step 2. Observe that only RADIO-2 will be able to monitor and respond to the call. Step 3. Initiate a Wide Area Call with RADIO-3 in TALKGROUP 2. Step 4. Observe that only RADIO-4 will be able to monitor and respond the call. Pass____ Fail____ Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-10 3A.2 Audio IP Logging Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-11 Audio IP Logging 3A.2.1 Logging Subsystem - Emergency Events and Calls-Emergency Alarm Acknowledge 1. DESCRIPTION This test will demonstrate that upon receiving notification from the Zone Controller of an Emergency Alarm issued for a resource that the AIS is monitoring, the AIS will report the event to the Logging System. SETUP RADIO-1 TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-2 TALKGROUP 1 CONSOLE-1 TALKGROUP 1 AIS, NICE play back station and record station connected to AIS via the site LAN switch. Configure an alias for RADIO-1 and RADIO-2 and allow adequate time for data propagation. VERSION #1.040 2. TEST Step 1. Start an emergency alarm from RADIO- 1 and De-key RADIO-1 Step 2. Acknowledge the emergency on CONSOLE-1 Step 3. Verify that the RADIO-1 emergency call is ended. Step 4. Playback recent TALKGROUP 1 event activities Step 5. Verify that the logging system has recorded the emergency acknowledge with correct TG ID, unit ID, user alias, signaling format, the zone and site number of the originator. Pass____ Fail____ Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-12 Audio IP Logging 3A.2.2 Logging Trunking Talkgroup Call 1. DESCRIPTION This test will demonstrate how the Archiving Interface Server (AIS) can be used to log trunking talkgroup call audio/events on a given talkgroup. The audio is archived in a vocoded format (IMBE for Trunking Talkgroup Calls). SETUP The AIS at MCC 7500 Console site affiliated to TALKGROUP 1. RADIO-1 - TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-1 - SITE 1 CONSOLE-1 - TALKGROUP 1 CONSOLE-1 - CONSOLE SITE 1 VERSION #1.040 2. TEST Step 1. Initiate a talkgroup call from RADIO-1 on TALKGROUP 1. Step 2. Observe that the call events/audio are being sent to the logging system by the AIS. Step 3. Using the playback station and logging recorder, verify the logged audio/events correspond to steps 1 and 2. Step 4. Initiate a talkgroup call from CONSOLE- 1 on TALKGROUP 1. Step 5. Observe that the call events/audio are being sent to the logging system by the AIS. Step 6. Using the playback station and logging recorder, verify the audio/events logged correspond to steps 4 and 5. Pass____ Fail____ Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-13 3A.3 Fault Management Features Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-14 Fault Management Features 3A.3.1 Console PC - VPM Link Failure Reports to the Unified Event Manager (UEM) 1. DESCRIPTION This test verifies that the Unified Event Manager (UEM) alarms view is able to capture information about various failures at the system and zone level. This test simulates a Console PC to Voice Processing Module (VPM) link failure. SETUP RADIO-1 - TALKGROUP 1 CONSOLE-1 - TALKGROUP 1 (VPM Based console) VERSION #1.030 2. TEST Step 1. Initiate a call from RADIO-1 to CONSOLE-1 to verify communication. Step 2. Remove the Ethernet cable from the VPM to the Console Site Ethernet Switch. Step 3. Observe the UEM reports CommFailure alarms for the VPM Step 4. In addition, observe that CONSOLE-1 reports the link to the VPM as Down. Step 5. Reconnect the VPM to the Console Site Ethernet Switch. Step 6. Observe that UEM regains communication with the VPM and the Console PC to VPM link recovers. Step 7. Initiate a call from RADIO-1 to CONSOLE-1 to verify communication. Pass____ Fail____ Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-15 Fault Management Features 3A.3.2 Core Router Failure Reports to the Unified Event Manager (UEM) 1. DESCRIPTION This test verifies that the Unified Event Manager (UEM) alarms view is able to capture information about various failures at the system and zone level. A Core Router will be powered off to simulate a failure. The system health will be monitored on UEM. SETUP NMclient01 - UEM session up and running. VERSION #1.060 2. TEST Step 1. Verify that the Core Router to be tested displays without failures (normal) on UEM. The core router is contained in the specific subnet that it is physically collocated with in the network. Step 2. Power down the Core Router. Step 3. Observe that an alarm indicating a Core Router failure appears on the UEM alarms view. Step 4. Restore power to the Core Router. Step 5. Observe the changes to the alarm in UEM, indicating the Core Router is Enabling. Step 6. Observe that alarm view updates in the UEM, indicating the Core Router is Enabled. Pass____ Fail____ Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-16 Fault Management Features 3A.3.3 PTP Trap Processing 1. DESCRIPTION This test verifies that UEM can process traps [linkDown/linkup] sent from each PTP radio. SETUP UEM has discovered this PTP radio. VERSION #1.000 2. TEST Step 1. User disconnected the Ethernet cable from far end PTP radio. Step 2. User verifies that UEM displays a critical event with description of “link down trap” from PTP radio. This event should be elevated as critical alarm in the alarm browser. Step 3. User verifies that a) a CommFailure event is displayed in the Event Browser indicating a loss of communication between the UEM and the PTP radio and b) A CommFailure alarm is displayed in the Alarm Browser indicating a loss of communication between the UEM and the PTP radio and c) the PTP radio has a status of CommFailure in the Network Database view. Step 4. User reconnected the Ethernet cable from far end PTP radio (far/near end distance is w.r.t. Zone Core. Distance is in terms of management link distance not the physical distance). Step 5. User verifies that UEM displays a clear event with description of “link up trap” from PTP radio. This event should be elevated as clear alarm in the alarm browser (i.e. alarm cleared). Pass____ Fail____ Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-17 Fault Management Features 3A.3.4 Reset PTP of Point-to- Point Radios 1. DESCRIPTION This test verifies that user can reset Point-to- Point (PTP) radio from NM client. SETUP UEM application is up and UEM has successfully discovered the PTP radio. VERSION #1.010 2. TEST Step 1. In UEM user navigates to the “Network Database” menu item, select this PTP radio and right click on “SNMP-Node- >Issue Command” to select “Reset” to execute “Reset” command for this PTP radio. Step 2. Verify that the PTP radio is reset once the command is executed. For example, user shall see traps (e.g. coldStart) coming in once PTP radio has reinitialized itself successfully. Pass____ Fail____ Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-18 Fault Management Features 3A.3.5 Site Path Failure (Ethernet) Reports to the Unified Event Manager (UEM) 1. DESCRIPTION This test verifies that the Unified Event Manager (UEM) alarms view is able to capture information about various failures at the system and zone level. This test simulates a microwave failure by removing a customer selected site data link and monitoring the alerts. Note: If using a Simulcast site, this test refers to the Prime Site links. While failures would be seen at the subsite level if a Subsite link were failed, the site would not drop into Site Trunking. SETUP RADIO-1 - TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-1 - SITE - SITE 1 NMclient01 - UEM session up and running. * RADIO-1 should be "Site Locked" VERSION #1.000 2. TEST Step 1. Remove the Ethernet cable(s) to the SITE 1 router(s) (If Simulcast, this refers to the Prime Site router(s)) at the site where RADIO-1 is affiliated. Be certain to remove the Ethernet cable from both routers if redundant site links are being utilized. Step 2. Observe the UEM reports CommFailure alarms for the devices at the affected site. Step 3. In addition, observe that the site is now in the Site Trunking mode. Step 4. Reconnect the Ethernet cable(s) disconnected in Step 1. Step 5. Observe the site returns to the Wide Area Trunking mode. Step 6. Observe the topology and alarms that appear on the UEM indicating the site has recovered. Pass____ Fail____ Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-19 3A.4 MOSCAD Fault Management System Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-20 MOSCAD Fault Management System 3A.4.1 Alarm Processing - Acknowledged Alarm 1. DESCRIPTION This segment of the test verifies that the bi-state site alarms are processed and communicated to the MOSCAD server. The alarms can originate from a device with "hard wired" physical dry contact interfacing or from a device connected to the MOSCAD CPU by means of an RS232 interface. SETUP VERSION #1.030 2. TEST Step 1. Create an alarm condition by simulating an alarm on a device in the system or shorting/opening a status input to any MOSCAD status input module in the system. Navigate to the lowest level screen that depicts the highest degree of alarm detail. Step 2. Verify that the colored status bullet for the associated alarm on the server is blinking red and that the "state" text is red and is displayed for the correct alarm point and site. Step 3. If speakers are present, verify that an audible indication is heard at the server. Step 4. Verify that the alarm displays in red text on the Alarm Summary window. Step 5. Click with the mouse on the "acknowledge" button. Verify that the audible indication is silenced. Step 6. Verify that the text on the alarm summary window of the server changes from red to black. Step 7. Verify that the colored status bullet for the associated alarm on the server remains red but stops blinking. Step 8. Return the alarm point to the normal condition. Verify that the colored status bullet for the associated alarm returns to green. Step 9. Verify that the text is removed from the alarm summary window. Pass____ Fail____ Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-21 MOSCAD Fault Management System 3A.4.2 Physical Inputs/Outputs - Digital Inputs 1. DESCRIPTION The purpose of this section is to verify that the physical inputs and outputs that interface to the MOSCAD I/O module(s) are properly processed by the MOSCAD system. All alarms demonstrated are to be made on the punch block. Proper processing can be verified by observing I/O module LED indications for DI's. DI - Digital Inputs UEM - Unified Event Manager SETUP NMclient01 - UEM session up and running. VERSION #1.040 2. TEST Step 1. Select a site at to perform the test. Step 2. Short/Open the input point and verify that an alarm indication is received at the InTouch Server and/or client(s). Step 3. Verify the active alarm is displayed in the UEM. (Make sure the show all button has been selected.) Step 4. Return the input to its normal condition. Verify that the alarm indication changes in the UEM active alarms view. Pass____ Fail____ Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-22 MOSCAD Fault Management System 3A.4.3 TRAK Communication Status Fault (UEM) 1. DESCRIPTION The MOSCAD system connects to a TRAK 9100 GPS Standard via the RS-232 port 9 pin D connector. This interface requires a dedicated MOSCAD SDM3000 RS-232 port. The MOSCAD will periodically solicit the TRAK for its status and response messages are sent back to the MOSCAD SDM3000. New alarm messages, with respect to the last received status held in the SDM3000, are then converted to native MOSCAD data format for transmission to the MOSCAD alarm Server. Alarm messages are also sent as SNMP traps from the SDM3000's IP Interface to the Unified Event Manager (UEM). SETUP No Setup Required. VERSION #1.010 2. TEST Step 1. Choose the site to perform the test. Step 2. Verify there are no current alarms for the chosen TRAK GPS on the InTouch and in the Unified Event Manager (UEM) Step 3. Disconnect the RJ45 communication cable (which ultimately connects to the TRAK 9100 RS232 port) from the rear of the GPS.. Step 4. Verify that the TRAK 9100 communication alarm is received at the MOSCAD server and at the UEM alarm manager. (This may take up to 5 minutes) Step 5. Acknowledge the alarm on either the MOSCAD server or client. Step 6. Reconnect the communication cable to the TRAK 9100 GPS.. Step 7. Verify that the GPS communication status returns to normal on the alarm managers. Pass____ Fail____ Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-23 3A.5 Radio Control Manager (RCM) Features Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-24 Radio Control Manager (RCM) Features 3A.5.1 Emergency Alarm Display (Single Site) 1. DESCRIPTION The emergency call information that is displayed on the Radio Control Manager (RCM) includes the radio alias of the radio that initiated the Emergency Alarm, the talkgroup that the radio was affiliated to at the time the alarm was sent, and the time the alarm was received. SETUP RADIO-1 - TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-1 - SITE - SITE 1 RADIO-2 - TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-2 - SITE - SITE 1 One RCM is required which has TALKGROUP 1 attached to it. VERSION #1.060 2. TEST Step 1. Open the Radio Control Manager (RCM) windows and verify that the Emergency Alarm window is visible. If it is not, go to the View menu and select it bringing it into the RCM viewable area. Step 2. Initiate an Emergency Alarm from RADIO-1. Step 3. Observe that the RCM receives the Emergency Alarm. Step 4. Acknowledge the Emergency by selecting the Emergency in the window and clicking on the Respond button. Step 5. Verify the window displays the radio alias, the talkgroup, and the time the alarm was received. Step 6. Again, select the displayed Emergency and click the Delete button to clear the emergency. Step 7. Reset the radio by holding the Emergency button until the radio clears. Step 8. Repeat Steps 1-7 using RADIO-2. Pass____ Fail____ Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-25 Radio Control Manager (RCM) Features 3A.5.2 Radio Check (Single Site) 1. DESCRIPTION Radio Check is a RCM command used to verify that a radio is active in the trunking system. The Radio Check command causes the Zone Controller to poll for the radio requesting that the radio re-affiliate. When the radio re-affiliates, the RCM then has the knowledge that the radio is powered on and within system range. If the radio is involved in a conversation, whether group or interconnect, the RCM application displays a message to that effect. The information displayed by the RCM in response to the Radio Check command is: current talkgroup affiliation, the multigroup that the talkgroup is attached to (assuming the talkgroup belongs to a multigroup), and the site where the radio is affiliated. If the radio does not respond to the Radio Check command, a message to that effect displays. SETUP RADIO-1 - TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-1 - SITE - SITE 1 RADIO-2 - TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-2 - SITE - SITE 1 VERSION #1.020 2. TEST Step 1. Select the Command menu and then select the Radio Check item to open the Radio Check window. Step 2. Enter the ID or alias of RADIO-2 into the entry box and click the Apply button. Step 3. Observe the radio is polled and the current radio information is displayed on the RCM. Step 4. Turn off RADIO-1. Step 5. Enter the ID or alias of the RADIO-1 into the entry box and click the Apply button. Step 6. Observe that the RCM displays "Radio Not Found." Step 7. Depress and hold the PTT button of RADIO-2 until instructed to release. Step 8. Enter the ID or alias of RADIO-2 into the entry box and click the Apply button. Observe that a busy for the radio is displayed on the RCM. Step 9. Release the PTT button on RADIO-2. Step 10. Observe the radio is polled and the current radio information is displayed on the RCM. Pass____ Fail____ Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-26 Radio Control Manager (RCM) Features 3A.5.3 Selective Radio Inhibit 1. DESCRIPTION The INHIBIT command issued by the Radio Control Manager (RCM) disables a radio, preventing it from transmitting or receiving any audio. All of the radio's functionality ceases while a radio is inhibited by the RCM. Once inhibited, the radio cannot be used to m onitor voice channels or for any other radio user initiated activity. Note that an inhibited radio still monitors the control channel so that it can be re- enabled with the Cancel Inhibit command. Upon receiving the Cancel Inhibit command from the RCM, the radio returns to its normal operation. SETUP RADIO-1 - TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-1 - SITE - SITE 1 VERSION #1.060 2. TEST Step 1. From the Radio Control Manager select the Commands menu and then select the Radio Commands item in the menu to open the Command Window. Step 2. Enter the IDs or aliases of RADIO-1. Step 3. Select "Selective Inhibit" from the command pull down menu. Step 4. Once all desired radio information is entered and appears in the command window click the submit button to initiate the command. Step 5. Observe RADIO-1 is inhibited and appears to be dead. Step 6. Observe that the Inhibit task appears in the Command Monitor window. Step 7. Cancel the Inhibit by selecting the task in the Command Monitor window and clicking the Revert button to submit the task. Step 8. Observe that the Cancel Inhibit task appears in the Command Monitor window and that RADIO-1 is returned to normal operation. Pass____ Fail____ Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-27 3A.6 System Management Tests Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-28 System Management Tests 3A.6.1 Affiliation Display (Single Site) 1. DESCRIPTION Affiliation Display is a Private Radio Network Management (PRNM)application that monitors the mobility of radios for a particular zone. Mobility describes how radio users travel between different sites in a zone and how they communicate with other members of their assigned talkgroup or even with members outside of their talkgroup. A radio can be viewed in more than one zone. As a radio roams from one site to another or changes talkgroups, Affiliation Display updates and displays the affiliation and de-affiliation information for a monitored radio. This information can be useful for the troubleshooting and tracking of radios in the system and for monitoring the movement of traffic within a zone. The Affiliation Display is divided into three sections: Site Viewer, Talkgroup Viewer, and Radio Viewer. - The Site Viewer displays the number of talkgroups and number of radios affiliated to that site. - The Talkgroup Viewer displays how many radios are affiliated to that talkgroup and the number of sites at which the talkgroup has radios affiliated. - The Radio Viewer window displays affiliation information for a custom list of radios. SETUP RADIO-1 - TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-1 - SITE - SITE 1 RADIO-2 - TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-2 - SITE - SITE 1 RADIO-3 - TALKGROUP 2 RADIO-3 - SITE - SITE 1 RADIO-4 - TALKGROUP 2 RADIO-4 - SITE - SITE 1 VERSION #1.040 2. TEST Step 1. Add RADIO-1,RADIO-2,RADIO-3, and RADIO-4 to the Affiliation Display. Step 2. Verify that RADIO-1 and RADIO-2 show they are affiliated to SITE 1 and TALKGROUP 1. Step 3. Verify that RADIO-3 and RADIO-4 show they are affiliated to SITE 1 and TALKGROUP 2. Step 4. Change the talkgroup of RADIO-1 and RADIO-2 to TALKGROUP 2. Step 5. Verify that RADIO-1 and RADIO-2's affiliated talkgroup changes to TALKGROUP 2 on the Affiliation Display. Pass____ Fail____ Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-29 System Management Tests 3A.6.2 Configuration Management - Subscriber Capabilities 1. DESCRIPTION The User Configuration Manager (UCM) controls the parameters for all radio users and dispatchers on the system. Within the Subscriber section, the Radio User Configuration Window enables the network manager to tailor SmartZone subscribers' capabilities. Multigroup, Secure, Call Alert, Private Call, and Telephone Interconnect are some of the features that can be enabled or disabled. The features that could be unique to the particular user are configured directly in the Radio User Configuration Window. The features that could be configured the same for a group of users are placed into records called profiles. The network manager references the profile which contains the desired setup for these features from the Radio User Configuration Window. Note - A profile must already exist to be referenced through the Radio Configuration Window but can be modified later if needed. SETUP RADIO-1 - TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-1 - SITE - SITE 1 RADIO-2 - TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-2 - SITE - SITE 2 * Flag both radios to be capable of Call Alert, Private Call, and Dispatch Calls. * Set the "User Enabled" flag to YES for both RADIO-1 and RADIO-2. VERSION #1.050 2. TEST Step 1. Initiate a Call Alert (PAGE) from RADIO- 1 to RADIO-2. Verify that RADIO-2 receives the Call Alert (PAGE). Step 2. Change the Call Alert Enabled flag to NO for RADIO-1 via the UCM. Step 3. Initiate a Call Alert (PAGE) from RADIO- 2 to RADIO-1. Verify that RADIO-2 receives a reject when attempting to Call Alert (PAGE) RADIO-1. Step 4. Change the Call Alert Enabled flag back to YES for RADIO-1 via the UCM. Step 5. Initiate a Call Alert (PAGE) from RADIO- 2 to RADIO-1. Verify that RADIO-1 now receives the Call Alert (PAGE). Step 6. Initiate a Private Call (CALL) from RADIO-1 to RADIO-2. Verify that RADIO-2 receives the Private Call (CALL). Step 7. Change the Private Call Enabled flag to NO for RADIO-1 via the UCM. Step 8. Initiate a Private Call (CALL) from RADIO-2 to RADIO-1. Verify that RADIO-2 receives a reject when attempting to Private Call (CALL) RADIO-1. Step 9. Change the Private Call Enabled flag back to YES for RADIO-1 via the UCM. Step 10. Initiate a Private Call (CALL) from RADIO-2 to RADIO-1. Verify that RADIO-1 now receives the Private Call (CALL). Pass____ Fail____ Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-30 3A.7 Punch-list Brief Description Owner (Required) Target Date ______ Check here if there are additional punch-list items attached. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Functional Acceptance Test Plan 3A-31 3A.8 Signoff Certificate By their signatures below, the following witnesses certify they have observed the In -Field System Acceptance Test Procedures. Signatures WITNESS: Please Print Name: ________________________________________ Initials: Please Print Title: ________________________________________ WITNESS: Please Print Name: ________________________________________ Initials: Please Print Title: ________________________________________ WITNESS: Please Print Name: ________________________________________ Initials: Please Print Title: ________________________________________ ___________________________________Date: _______ ________ ___________________________________Date: _______ ________ ___________________________________Date: _______ ________ Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Coverage Acceptance Test Procedure 3B-1 Section 3B. Coverage Acceptance Test Procedure 3B.1 Overview This Coverage Acceptance Test Plan (CATP) is designed to verify that the voice radio system implemented by Motorola meets or exceeds the required coverage reliability within the service area of the City of Sandy Springs as indicated on Motorola’s coverage maps. The CATP defines the coverage testing method and procedure, the coverage acceptance criterion, the test documentation, and the responsibilities of both Motorola and the City of Sandy Springs. Coverage Acceptance Testing is based upon a coverage prediction that accurately represents the implemented infrastructure and parameters that are consistent with the contract agreements. If the implemented system varies from the design parameters, then a revised coverage map will be prepared. New test maps will reflect the measured losses and gains associated with the implemented infrastructure and subscribers. These will be used to define the test configuration and potential areas from which test locations may be included in the evaluation process. To verify that the radio coverage reliability is met, the indicated coverage area within the operating area of Sandy Springs will be divided into equally sized test grids no larger than .5mi X .5mi (1/2 square miles). The minimum number of grids required to be tested will be calculated before the actual test for each configuration. In order for the tests to be statistically valid, the number of test grids may vary thus causing the size of each grid to be smaller. The following text provides a detailed description of the CATP: Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Coverage Acceptance Test Procedure 3B-2 3B.1.1 CATP Definitions Several definitions are needed to accurately describe the coverage test method. Where cited, these terms or methods are defined in TSB-88A-11. 3B.1.1.1 Coverage Area The coverage area is the geographical region in which communications will be provided that meets or exceeds the specified Channel Performance Criterion at the specified reliability for the specified equipment configuration(s). Radio systems are typically designed to maximize the coverage area within the customer’s service area (users’ operational area, jurisdictional boundaries, etc.) {TSB-88A, clause 4.1} The predicted coverage area for each system configuration for this system is indicated on Motorola’s coverage map(s) supplied with this proposal in the coverage section. 3B.1.1.2 Channel Performance Criterion (CPC) The CPC is the specified minimum design performance level in a faded channel. {TSB-88A, clause 4. For this system, the CPC is a Delivered Audio Quality of DAQ 3.0. Per the {TSB-88A, §4.5.1} the definition for DAQ – 3.0 is: “Speech understandable with slight effort. Occasional repetition required due to noise / distortion.” Given the static reference sensitivity of a receiver, the faded performance threshold for the specified CPC is determined by using the projected CPC requirements for different DAQs listed in TSB-88A, Annex A, Table A-1. For digital voice systems, the faded performance threshold is for a Bit Error Rate (BER) that provides the specified CPC. The CATP pass / fail criterion for each test location is the faded performance threshold, plus any adjustments for antenna performance and in- building or in-vehicle losses. {TSB-88A, subclause 4.5.1, Figure 2} 3B.1.1.3 Reliability The reliability is the percentage of locations within the coverage area that meet or exceed the specified CPC. Motorola’s coverage map(s) indicate the area within which this system is predicted to provide at least 95% reliability of meeting or exceeding the CPC of DAQ 3.0. This 95% coverage refers to the shaded area of the coverage map, not 95% of the service area. 3B.1.1.4 Equipment Configurations These are the types and configurations of radio network and field unit equipment upon which coverage acceptance is based. Motorola will perform coverage testing for the limiting contour. The limiting contour for this system design is the Portable 1 Wireless Communications Systems --- Performance in Noise- and Interference-Limited Situations --- Recommended Methods for Technology- Independent Modeling, Simulation, and Verification, Technical Service Bulletin TSB -88A-1, Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA), Arlington VA, 1999 & 2002. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Coverage Acceptance Test Procedure 3B-3 with a Speaker Microphone Antenna (SMA) in 4 dB building coverage. Please note that coverage testing will be done only in the talk out direction to the following configurations: Talk Out coverage to portables with Public Safety Microphone operating in 4 dB building. This coverage is indicated on coverage map labeled Run 6 (located in the Coverage Description section). 3B.1.2 CATP Method The method used to test coverage is statistical sampling of the predicted coverage area to verify that the CPC is met or exceeded at the required reliability for each of the defined equipment configurations. It is impossible to verify every point within a coverage area, because there are infinite points; therefore, coverage reliability will be verified by sampling a statistically significant number of randomly selected locations, quasi-uniformly distributed throughout predicted coverage area. This CATP provides an objective, quantitative method of measurement using Motorola’s Voyager hardware and software. The method follows TIA TSB-88A section 7.0, “Performance Confirmation”, and has direct correlation with Motorola’s coverage prediction methodology. 3B.1.2.1 Determine the required number of test tiles in the coverage area The predicted coverage area shown on Motorola’s coverage maps service area will be divided into a tile pattern to produce at least the number of uniformly sized test locations (or tiles) required by the Estimate of Proportions formula. The minimum number of test tiles required varies for different systems, from a hundred to many thousands, depending on the size of the coverage area, desired confidence in results, type of coverage test, and the predicted versus required reliability 3B.1.2.2 Constraints on test tile sizes The minimum tile size is 100 by 100 wavelengths; however, the minimum practical test tile size is typically about 400 by 400 meters (about 0.25 by 0.25 miles). The minimum practical tile size for any system is determined by the distance traveled at the speed of the test vehicle while sampling, GPS error margin, and availability of road access within very small test tiles. A related consideration is the time, resources, and cost involved in testing very large numbers of very small tiles. The maximum test tile size is 2 km by 2 km (1.25 miles by 1.25 miles). In some wide-area systems, this constraint on maximum tile size may dictate a greater number of test tiles than the minimum number required by the Estimate of Proportions formula. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Coverage Acceptance Test Procedure 3B-4 3B.1.2.3 Accessibility to test tiles Prior to testing (if possible) or during the test, Motorola and the City of Sandy Springs will determine whether any test tiles that are inaccessible for the coverage test (due to lack of roads, restricted land, etc.) will not be counted and will be removed from the test. 3B.1.2.4 Randomly Select A Test Location Within Each Tile Using Voyager, the actual test location within each test tile will be randomly selected by the test vehicle crossing into the tile at an arbitrary point, with an arbitrary speed and direction. 3B.1.2.5 Perform Measurements In Each Tile In each test tile, a series of sequential measurements (sub-samples) will be made. This test location measurement, containing a number of sub-samples, constitutes the test sample for this location. The test sample will establish the local mean BER within the test tile. The distance over which the sub-samples are measured will be approximately 40-60 wavelengths. A mean of multiple BER sub-samples is used rather than a single measurement to ensure that the measurement is not biased by taking a single sample that might be at a peak or null point on the radio wave. In order to provide an audio quality baseline or to validate a failed BER test for a particular test tile, a voice test exchange will be initiated using predetermined text typical of a common voice exchange between the fixed location and the mobile location. The person conducting the test at the portable will be moving at a typical speed for the surrounding conditions. 3B.1.2.6 Determine If Each Test Tile Passes Or Fails The CPC Requirement For Each Equipment Configuration For each test tile, the pass / fail criterion is the Bit Error Rate (BER) that provides the specified CPC for DAQ 3.0 which is a BER of 2.6% maximum. To measure BER, the coverage test will be performed with the appropriate attenuator value installed in the test receiver’s antenna line, to establish an equivalent signal level performance for each equipment configuration. Coverage acceptance testing will be performed in the talk-out direction, to a test receiver in a vehicle using the Voyager test set. Coverage for the portable with Public Safety Microphone (PSM) “In 4 dB building” configuration will be verified for acceptance by attenuation of the portable test receiver for BER tests. The attenuator value will be the difference between the portable test receiver’s antenna system and the additional loss used to account for portable antenna performance from the final system design. This provides an objective method of verifying that the radio system provides the faded performance Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Coverage Acceptance Test Procedure 3B-5 threshold (BER) for the specified CPC for each of the defined equipment configurations. Any tile that fails the objective Voyager BER test described above will be re- tested using a subjective Delivered Audio Quality (DAQ) test. Any tile that fails the objective test, but passes the subjective re-test will be declared passed. 3B.1.2.7 Determine the Coverage Area Reliability for Acceptance After all accessible tiles in the coverage area have been tested; the coverage area reliability (%) will be determined by dividing the number of tiles that pass by the total number of tiles tested. {TSB-88A, clause 7.1, equation 51} The coverage test acceptance criterion for each equipment configuration is that the tested coverage area reliability must be equal to or greater than the required reliability of 95%. 3B.1.3 Responsibilities and Preparation The City of Sandy Springs will provide the following for the duration of the coverage test: ♦ At least one test vehicle ♦ At least one representative(s), to drive each test vehicle and/or to be the customer representative(s) for the test team(s) Motorola will provide the following for the duration of the coverage test: ♦ At least one Motorola representative(s), to navigate and operate Voyager, ♦ At least one calibrated Motorola Voyager coverage testing package ♦ At least one laptop computer equipped with Voyager software Coverage acceptance testing will be performed in the portions of the operating service area of the City of sandy Springs that were predicted by Motorola to provide the required reliability of 95% of the shaded area as indicated on the coverage maps. Motorola will determine the minimum number of test tiles required, as described in the Method section of this CATP. No acceptance testing will be performed in locations on Motorola’s coverage map(s) predicted to be below the required reliability. Locations below the required reliability are indicated on the coverage maps as any non “Green Shaded” area. Motorola will conduct this test only once. If any portion of the test is determined to be unreliable because of proven equipment malfunctions or failures, Motorola will repeat the portion of the test affected by the equipment malfunction or failure. The City of Sandy Springs will have the option to accept the coverage at any time prior to completion of the coverage test. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Coverage Acceptance Test Procedure 3B-6 Before starting the test, the City of Sandy Springs and Motorola will agree upon the time frame for Motorola’s submission of a report containing the coverage test results. 3B.1.4 CATP Procedures A quantitative coverage acceptance test will be performed using Motorola’s Voyager package, to provide objective verification that the system provides the faded performance threshold for the specified CPC in each equipment configuration. Voyager consists of the following: ♦ A calibrated digital voice test receiver, connected to an antenna installed in a representative location on the test vehicle. The test receiver will monitor transmissions from the fixed network radio site(s). ♦ A Global Positioning System (GPS) receiver will provide the computer with the location and speed of the test vehicle. ♦ A laptop computer with Voyager software and a mapping database, which includes highways and local streets political boundaries, rivers, and railroads will be employed in the testing process. The procedure for the objective BER coverage test will be as follows: The Voyager package will be installed in a test vehicle. The cities of Sandy Springs personnel will drive the test vehicle over a route planned to cover the accessible tiles within the coverage test area. Motorola personnel will operate the Voyager package. During the coverage test, the laptop computer will display the vehicle’s location on a map of the coverage test area overlaid with the test grid. Voyager will automatically initiate signal level and BER measurements when the GPS receiver indicates that a test tile has been entered. The computer will provide a visual indication that a measurement has been completed in a tile. Voyager will manage the coverage test data collection, and will store for later analysis the mobile outbound reference signal level measured in each tested tile. Attenuation of the test receiver will be used to evaluate whether each tile passes or fails the required BER for the equipment configuration that is to be tested. The tile pass / fail evaluations will be used to determine the coverage area reliability. Coverage acceptance will be based on demonstrating that at least 95% of the tiles in the coverage test area for each equipment configuration are measured to provide a mean level of 2.6% BER or better at the test receiver input. The system coverage acceptance criterion will be the successful passing of each of the equipment configurations. Any tile that fails the objective Voyager BER test described above will be re-tested using a subjective Delivered Audio Quality (DAQ) test. Any tile that fails the objective test, but passes the subjective re-test will be declared passed. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Coverage Acceptance Test Procedure 3B-7 Motorola reserves the right to review any test tiles that fail both the objective BER and subjective DAQ tests, versus the signal strength samples taken for the same test tiles. If a coverage test, or a portion thereof, is suspected by Motorola to have failed due to external interference, those tiles suspected of being affected by an interferer may be re-tested. If the test tiles re-tested are confirmed to have failed due to interference, those test tiles will be excluded from all acceptance calculations and Motorola will work with the cities of North Fulton County to identify potential solutions to the interference issues. 3B.1.5 CATP Documentation and Coverage Acceptance During the coverage acceptance test, Voyager generates computer files that include the Reference Tile BER Levels for each test tile. If requested, a copy of this raw data will be provided to the City of Sandy Springs at the conclusion of the coverage test. Motorola will process this data to determine whether the coverage test was passed for each equipment configuration, and to produce a map detailing the coverage test results. Motorola will submit a report detailing the coverage test results. This report will include a document, which is to be signed by both the City of Sandy Springs representative and Motorola, indicating the test was performed in accordance with this CATP and the results of the test indicate the acceptance or non-acceptance of the coverage portion of the system. The City of Sandy Springs will have the option to accept the coverage at any time prior to completion of the coverage test or documentation process. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Coverage Description 4-1 Section 4. Coverage Description The coverage design for Sandy Springs is based on the City’s need for portable in Light-building (4 dB) coverage with 95% (or better) coverage reliability for a P25 Phase 2 TDMA system for the following configurations: 1. Portable on Street with a Public Safety Microphone attached operating in the TDMA mode 2. Portable in a Light-building (4 dB) with a Public Safety Microphone attached operating in the TDMA mode. The design is based on the assumption that radio users, utilizing the portable radios with the Public Safety Microphone, will be using a ¼ wave stubby antenna attached to the microphone. Motorola has provided coverage maps for each of these configurations for a Delivered Audio Quality (DAQ) of 3.0. The predicted coverage is indicated in the green shaded areas on the attached maps. The design consists of three (3) trunked simulcast RF sites. The locations of these sites were chosen by Sandy springs. If the coverage provided by these sites does not sufficiently meet the City’s needs, Motorola will work with Sandy Springs to identify alternate site locations to optimize the coverage. Associated antenna networking hardware including feedline, connectors, surge protection, Tx combiner, Rx multicoupler, etc. all have losses/gains that have been factored into the coverage shown on the maps attached in this section. The base stations will be Motorola GTR 8000 repeaters with 100 Watt RF output transmitters. System coverage prediction is based on the knowledge of the propagation of radio signals and the ways in which they are attenuated as they travel through the atmosphere, over terrain, through trees, around buildings, and around various obstacles. Predicted coverage is dependent on parameters of both the system and the environment. The major factors are listed in Table 4-1. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Coverage Description 4-2 Table 4-1: Prediction Factors SYSTEM FACTORS ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS Transmitter Power Noise Receiver Sensitivity Tree / Foliage Density Antenna Gains and Patterns Buildings Transmission Line and Connector Losses Terrain Variations Antenna Height Atmospheric Conditions These parameters are included in the system gains and losses that yield the signal strength (and coverage) at the desired locations. To accomplish the task of coverage prediction, theoretical and empirical coverage models have been computerized to provide more accurate predictions. Several models have been tested by Motorola and have been found to be useful in predicting coverage. To arrive at the predicted coverage, the system and environmental parameters are determined for your system by a Motorola engineer familiar with your terrain and environmental conditions. The engineer then uses the Motorola propagation program HYDRASM to calculate the propagation. The HYDRA program has the ability to compute coverage on separate tiles rather than along a finite number of radials. Propagation "layers" can also be computed and observed separately. HYDRA utilizes a topographical database that has been generated by the U. S. Geological Survey. The HYDRA program has the ability to use the full NAD 3 arc second database resolution on a tile basis when required. The increased resolution and the method of tiling provide an extremely accurate and timesaving computer coverage model. The tile method is of significant importance in the calculation of simulcast performance, co-channel interference and adjacent channel interference. The radial method is dependent on the calculation of simulcast and interference performance at locations that the model can find locations where radials from all sites cross. This can leave many areas where coverage performance is not calculated. The advantage of the tile method is that information from every site is available for simulcast or interference calculations in every tile. The engineer examines the results of HYDRA to verify the accuracy of the computer output based on knowledge of the application and the environmental conditions. The industry guidelines for modeling Project 25 coverage are established in Technical Services Bulletin TSB-88. Please note that these guidelines for P25 Phase 2 TDMA, which take into consideration the new over-the-air bit rate and modulation parameters introduced in the P25 Phase 2 standard, have not been finalized. Motorola’s coverage predictions were created using the best available parameters. While a substantial change in parameters is not expected, if the final parameters from TSB-88 are substantially different, Motorola Phase 2 TDMA coverage designs will have to be re-evaluated. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Coverage Description 4-3 4.5.1 Coverage Reliability Since no system coverage can be 100% reliable, there will always be particular times and locations where signal strength is below that needed for satisfactory performance. These locations of unsatisfactory performance are often predicted in a coverage study. However, there are also areas that cannot be predicted due to unknown circumstances such as shadowing of buildings, greater than average tree density, noise, atmospheric conditions, or terrain variations not accounted for in the range prediction. Since these conditions exist and signals fade due to these environmental and terrain factors, coverage must be described statistically in the terms of a percentage of locations that exhibit reliable communications. Reliability of the signal strength is given in percentage within the coverage area predicted. A system predicted to have 95% area coverage reliability is 95% reliable within the area bounded by the coverage contour. For example, if the painted area is divided uniformly into 100 locations then 95 of these locations will provide satisfactory coverage and 5 of these locations will provide unsatisfactory coverage reliability. It should be clarified here that an actual verification of satisfactory coverage performance must be based on a larger number of locations consistent with good statistical practice. 4.5.2 Channel Performance Criterion (CPC) In a moving condition, this CPC level of received signal translates to a Delivered Audio Quality 3.0 (DAQ-3.0) audio performance. Per the {TSB-88A, subclause 4.5.1} the definition of DAQ-3.0 is: “Speech understandable with slight effort. Occasional repetition required due to Noise/Distortion.” DAQ definitions are provided in Table 4-2. Table 4-2: DAQ definitions DAQ Faded Subjective Performance Description 1 Unusable, speech present but unreadable. 2 Understandable with considerable effort. Frequent repetition due to noise/distortion. 3 Speech understandable with slight effort. Occasional repetition required due to noise/distortion. 3.4 Speech understandable with repetition only rarely required. Some noise/distortion. 4 Speech easily understood. Occasional noise/distortion. 4.5 Speech easily understood. Infrequent noise/distortion. 5 Speech easily understood. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Coverage Description 4-4 4.5.3 Simulcast Voice Coverage Performance As stated earlier, Motorola predicts simulcast performance analysis using the HYDRA program that aggregates signal strength (signal to noise) and audio phase angle (delay) throughout the complete predicted coverage area. All areas within the predicted coverage contour are analyzed for the combined effect of, signal strength and phase angle from all simulcast transmitters in the system. Any area that exhibits an aggregate of, signal strength and phase angle that falls below reliability design goals is either kept outside the predicted coverage area or noted as a separate area of less than acceptable performance. Merely providing coverage maps of individual sites (separately or on the same map) for a simulcast system does not show the total system performance, which depends on aggregate bit error rates, signal levels and RF phase delays. With audio phasing playing such a vital role in simulcast quality, site separation must be taken into consideration in the design of systems. With ASTRO 25 technology, different modulation techniques are used than in Analog FM technology because of the narrower bandwidth utilized. The limits of site separation in ASTRO 25 Linear Simulcast systems are reduced in order to achieve the same audio quality results and predicted coverage areas. 4.5.4 FDMA versus TDMA Coverage The P25 Phase 2 TDMA coverage standards, as defined by TIA-102, require the use of a different vocoder, transmit modulation type and over the air bit rate than the previous P25 Phase 1 coverage standards. Table 4-3 shows the pertinent changes between the Phase 1 and Phase 2 coverage standards. Table 4-3: P25 Phase 1 and Phase 2 Coverage Standards Standard Specification P25 PH1 P25 PH2 Vocoder Enhanced IMBE Full-Rate Vocoder Enhanced Half-Rate Vocoder Modulation Type C4FM H-CPM or H-DQPSK Over the Air Bit Rate 9600 bps 12000 bps The combination of the increased over the air bit rate and alternate modulation type of the Phase 2 standard combine to present some degradation to both the Talk-In and Talk-Out coverage reliabilities. The P25 half-rate vocoder, implemented by Motorola in software using a Digital Signal Processor (DSP), uses newer advanced vocoder algorithms to process the voice signal as well as an alternate forward error correction method. This provides for voice performance improvements under degraded signal conditions and makes it possible to overcome the signal degradation in the Talk-Out direction. The result is equivalent or better Talk-Out coverage provided in the Phase 2 TDMA mode of operation versus the Phase 1 FDMA mode of operation. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Coverage Description 4-5 The faster data rate and the new modulation type also tend to degrade the base receiver sensitivity when compared to the Phase 1 data rate and modulation type. Although the P25 Phase 2 enhanced half-rate vocoder appears to recover some of the degradation, it is not able to completely compensate for the Talk-In signal degradation presented by the new standards. To further compensate for the Talk-In signal degradations inherent in Phase 2 TDMA operation and to improve the Talk-In coverage to be equivalent to or better than the Phase 1 FDMA Talk-In coverage, Motorola has employed a base receiver diversity design. This has been found to improve the inbound sensitivity on average by 3 dB and further enhances the coverage performance. Motorola is the only vendor employing this method to overcome the Talk-In signal degradations inherent in Phase 2 TDMA operation. The basic methodology of receive diversity is to provide two separate identical receive antenna inputs to the base station. This increases the aperture gain of the receive path and thereby increases the receive sensitivity. Motorola has developed base stations capable of accepting dual receive inputs and has worked with its partners to develop RF conditioning equipment best suited for diversity receive operation. The proper balance of receive signal levels is key to the proper implementation of base station receive diversity, as any differences will reduce the aperture gain and receive sensitivity, and Motorola has achieved this through careful balance of the dual receive lines. Identical antennas properly installed on the tower insure that identical receive signal levels will be seen by the antennas. In addition, the use of a Tower Top Amplifier (TTA) specifically designed for dual diversity provides a method for maintaining identical signal levels and gain throughout the receive path from antenna to base station. The industry guidelines for modeling Project 25 coverage are established in Technical Services Bulletin TSB-88. Please note that these guidelines for P25 Phase 2 TDMA, which take into consideration the new over-the-air bit rate and modulation parameters introduced in the P25 Phase 2 standard, have not been finalized. Motorola’s coverage predictions were created using the best available parameters. While a substantial change in parameters is not expected, if the final parameters from TSB-88 are substantially different, Motorola Phase 2 TDMA coverage designs will have to be re-evaluated. 4.5.5 System Configuration and Antenna Sites Two towers and one building locations are being utilized for Sandy Springs ASTRO 25 simulcast trunked system. All repeaters for all maps are 100 watt GTR 8000. The antennas used are high-gain omni-directional antennas with no downtilt. Transmitter site locations are listed in Table 4-4. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Coverage Description 4-6 Table 4-4: ANTENNA SITE LOCATIONS SITE SITE NAME LOCATION COORDINATES 1 COA Fire Station 21 33o 50' 33.0" N 84o 22' 42.0" W 2 Riverwood Bldg 33o 52' 42.3" N 84o 27’ 29.70" W 3 Pitts Road 33o 58’ 16.4" N 84o 21’ 4.8" W 4.5.6 Portable Radio Configuration Portable antenna performance can vary widely depending on the type of antenna used and the location of the portable antenna on the user's body. When considering the RF coverage predictions provided by different vendors, it is important to note that different vendors utilize different parameters, with regard to portable antenna gains. Motorola research has concluded that portable antennas typically display negative gain (loss) characteristics, and these effects are more pronounced depending upon the antenna’s location relative to the user’s body (this is evident in the “real” world). There are four separate coverage maps included for portable radios. These coverage maps show the coverage predicted for portable operation with the configurations shown below. Portable on street utilizing Public Safety Microphone - The portable used in this coverage model, utilizes a Public Safety Microphone with a ¼ wave stubby antenna attached to the microphone. In this configuration, the radio transmits and receives from the head level. Portable in Light (4 dB) Building utilizing Public Safety Microphone – The portable used in this coverage model also utilizes a Public Safety Microphone with a ¼ wave stubby antenna attached to the microphone. In this configuration, a portable radio transmits and receives from inside a “Light (4 dB) Building” is simulated and a map is generated to reflect expected coverage. 4.5.7 Coverage Maps The painted area shown on the coverage maps encloses the predicted coverage area provided by the transmitter sites to the City of Sandy springs. The coverage shown in the maps has been limited to show coverage within North Fulton County and does not include any coverage within the surrounding areas. Motorola will utilize these maps for its Coverage Acceptance Test Plan (CATP). It’s important to note that these maps were created based upon sites listed above. Coverage reliability maps for the two configurations are subject to change should any parameters change. Should any parameters change, Motorola will reserve the right to reproduce any and all coverage maps based on the actual configuration. FS 21PittsR Wood06123Miles1 inch = 4.72 milesMay 16, 2012Projection: World_MercatorHydra 4.4.2223.0Sandy Springs GA - DAQ 3.0; 95% ReliabilityPortable with SMA On-Street - 3 SitesRay MalonePortion(s) of GIS Source Data Copyright:© 2009 ESRI, AND, TANA, ESRI Japan, UNEP-WCMC. 624430197.3.000.1.8Run_8 PittsFS 21R Wood06123Miles1 inch = 4.72 milesMay 15, 2012Projection: World_MercatorHydra 4.4.2223.0Sandy Springs GA - DAQ 3.0; 95% ReliabilityPortable with SMA In 4 dB Bldg - 3 SitesRay MalonePortion(s) of GIS Source Data Copyright:© 2009 ESRI, AND, TANA, ESRI Japan, UNEP-WCMC. 722931521.3.000.1.6Run_6 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-1 Section 5. Statement of Work 5.1 Introduction This Statement of Work (SOW) describes the deliverables to be furnished to the City of Sandy Springs (the City) and the tasks to be performed by Motorola, its subcontractors, and by the City in order to implement the Project 25 Public Safety Radio System as detailed in this proposal. This SOW provides the most current understanding of the work required by both parties to ensure a successful project implementation. It is understood that this SOW may be revised during contract negotiations or during the Contract Design Review (CDR), and through any other Change Orders that may occur during the execution of the project. If there are changes to the Scope of Work, those changes must be reflected in this SOW before becoming binding on either party. This SOW will be an Exhibit to the Contract negotiated between Motorola and the City. After contract execution, changes to the SOW must be made through the formal contract Change Order process as set forth in the Contract. 5.2 Contract 5.2.1 Contract Award (Milestone) The City and Motorola execute the contract; both parties receive all the necessary documentation. 5.2.2 Contract Administration Motorola Responsibilities Assign a Project Manager as the single point of contact with authority to make project decisions. Assign resources necessary for project implementation. Set up the project in the Motorola information system. Schedule the project kickoff meeting with the City. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-2 City Responsibilities Assign a Project Manager as the single point of contact responsible for City- signed approvals. Assign other resources necessary to ensure completion of project tasks for which the City is responsible. Ensure the appropriate agreements are in place with the City of Atlanta to co- locate at the Fire Station 21 site and use of Riverwood Building. Arrange for Motorola and its subcontractors to access all proposed equipment sites as required according to the Project Schedule and agreed upon milestones. Completion Criteria Motorola internal processes are set up for project management. Both Motorola and the City assign all required resources. Project kickoff meeting is scheduled. 5.2.3 Project Kickoff Motorola Responsibilities Conduct a project kickoff meeting during the Contract Design Review (CDR) phase of the project. Ensure key project team participants attend the meeting. Introduce all project participants attending the meeting. Review the roles of the project participants to identify communication flows and decision-making authority between project participants. Review the overall project scope and objectives with the City. Review the resource and scheduling requirements with the City. Review the Project Schedule with the City to address upcoming milestones and/or events. Review the teams‟ interactions (Motorola and the City), meetings, reports, milestone acceptance, and the City‟s participation in particular phases. City Responsibilities Ensure the City‟s key project team participants attend the meeting. Completion Criteria Project kickoff meeting is completed. Meeting notes identify the next action items. 5.3 Contract Design Review (CDR) 5.3.1 Review Contract Design Motorola Responsibilities Meet with the City project team. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-3 Review the operational requirements and the impact of those requirements on various equipment configurations. Establish a defined baseline for the system design and identify any special product requirements and their impact on implementation. Review the System Design, Statement of Work, Project Schedule, and Acceptance Test Plans, and update the contract documents accordingly. Discuss the proposed Cutover Plan and methods to document a detailed procedure. Submit design documents to the City for approval. These documents form the basis of the system which Motorola will manufacture, assemble, stage, and install. Prepare equipment layout plans for staging. Establish demarcation point to define the connection point between Motorola- supplied equipment and City-supplied link(s) and external interfaces. Finalize site acquisition and development plan. Conduct site evaluations to capture site details of the system design and to determine each site‟s ability to accommodate the proposed equipment based upon physical capacity. Prepare Site Evaluation Report that summarizes findings of above-described site evaluations and provide to the City. If applicable, test existing equipment with which Motorola equipment will interface. Work with the City to identify radio interference between the new communication sites and other existing radio systems. Limitations: Motorola assumes no liability or responsibility for inadequate frequency availability or frequency licensing issues. If the necessary number of channels for the RF or traffic plan cannot be licensed by the City, Motorola will work with the City to redesign the system. Should system redesign be required, the contract documents will be updated accordingly. Motorola is not responsible for issues outside of its immediate control. Such issues include, but are not restricted to, improper frequency coordination by others and non-compliant operation of other radios. Motorola is not responsible for co-channel interference due to errors in frequency coordination by APCO or any other unlisted frequencies, or the improper design, installation, or operation of systems installed or operated by others. If, for any reason, any of the proposed sites cannot be utilized due to reasons beyond Motorola‟s control, the costs associated with site changes or delays including, but not limited to, re-engineering, frequency re-licensing, site zoning, site permitting, schedule delays, site abnormalities, re-mobilization, etc., will be paid for by the City and documented through the change order process. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-4 City Responsibilities Ensure the City‟s key project team participants attend the meeting. Make timely decisions according to the Project Schedule. Ensure all frequency licensing is in place or planned for. As mandated by FCC, the City, as the licensee, has the ultimate responsibility for providing all required radio licensing or licensing modifications for the system prior to system staging. This responsibility includes paying for FCC licensing and frequency coordination fees. Provide the FCC “call sign” station identifier for each site prior to system staging. Completion Criteria Design documentation has been completed including updated System Description, Equipment List, system drawings, or other documents applicable to the project. Agreed upon deviations from the proposed system have been incorporated into the contract documents accordingly. System design is “frozen” in preparation for subsequent project phases such as Order Processing and Manufacturing. A Change Order is executed in accordance with all material changes resulting from the Design Review to the contract. 5.3.2 Design Approval (Milestone) The City executes a Design Approval milestone document. 5.4 Order Processing 5.4.1 Process Equipment List Motorola Responsibilities Validate Equipment List by checking for valid model numbers, versions, compatible options to main equipment, and delivery data. Enter order into Motorola‟s Customer Order Fulfillment (COF) system. Create Ship Views to confirm with the City the secure storage location(s) to which the equipment will ship. Ship Views are the mailing labels that carry complete equipment shipping information, which direct the timing, method of shipment, and ship path for ultimate destination receipt. Create equipment orders. Reconcile the equipment list(s) to the Contract. Procure third-party equipment if applicable. City Responsibilities Approve shipping location(s). Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-5 Complete and provide Tax Certificate information verifying tax status of shipping location. Completion Criteria Equipment list has been verified for correct model numbers, version, options, and delivery data. Trial validation is completed. Equipment order has bridged to the manufacturing facility. 5.5 Manufacturing and Staging 5.5.1 Manufacture Motorola Fixed Network Equipment Motorola Responsibilities Manufacture the Fixed Network Equipment (FNE) necessary for the system based on equipment order. City Responsibilities None. Completion Criteria FNE shipped to Motorola‟s staging facility. 5.5.2 Manufacture Non-Motorola Equipment Motorola Responsibilities Manufacture (third party equipment suppliers) non-Motorola equipment necessary for the system based on equipment order. City Responsibilities None. Completion Criteria Non-Motorola manufactured equipment is shipped to Motorola‟s staging facility. 5.5.3 Develop Fleetmap Motorola Responsibilities Schedule required meetings with the appropriate City representative(s)/agencies. Meet with the City‟s user groups. Provide details on the features and functionality of the Motorola equipment/system. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-6 Work with the City and participating agencies to develop and obtain approval of the fleetmap for the system. Program the infrastructure equipment, terminals, and any other radio system FNE, based on fleetmap.(limit 20 templates) Provide guidelines to the City for fleetmap development for subscriber units that are being purchased/ reprogrammed outside the scope of this project. City Responsibilities Designate a representative for the user groups, to make timely decisions on their behalf. Identify the City‟s System Manager who will set up a „steering‟ committee consisting of various members from user groups. Set standardized system management and operational policies (SOP) that will apply to all users. A sample of SOP committee decisions includes: User Access Management protocol. User Database Management protocol. System Security protocol. Subscriber Radio Standards. Configure, manage and control the Fleetmap Database. Review radio standard operational policies and then determines what modifications will be required, if any. Create a „Console Dispatch and Radio Programming Policy‟ to decide how each Subscriber group will operate on the system and what features will be activated. Make Fleetmap programming decisions. Complete the initial fleetmapping process prior to staging of the system. Limitations: Any changes requested by the City, after approval of fleetmap and template definitions, will require updating the contract documents accordingly. Completion Criteria Fleetmap requirements are completed and approved by the City. 5.5.4 Develop Templates Motorola Responsibilities Assist the City in defining each radio/console template. Participate in a meeting to finalize any changes among user groups. Program the approved templates into a radio-programming template tool. Program sample radios (provided by the City) with approved templates and deliver for the City‟s evaluation. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-7 City Responsibilities Create templates in a spreadsheet format. Forward electronic copies of the spreadsheets to the committee members for their review and comment. Evaluate sample radios and provide feedback. Approve templates. Limitations: Motorola has included twenty (20) templates in this proposal. Should the City require additional templates, Motorola can provide a separate price. Completion Criteria Templates are completed and approved by the City. 5.5.5 Ship to Staging (Milestone) All equipment needed for staging is shipped to Motorola‟s factory staging facility (CCSi). 5.5.6 Stage System Motorola Responsibilities Set up and rack the system equipment as it will be configured in the field. Cut and label cables according to the approved CDR documentation. Label the cables with to/from information to specify interconnection for field installation and future servicing needs. Complete the cabling/connecting of the subsystems to each other (“connectorization” of the subsystems). Assemble required subsystems to assure system functionality. Power up, program, and test all staged equipment. Confirm system configuration and software compatibility to the existing system. Load application parameters on all equipment according to input from Systems Engineering. Complete programming of the Fixed Network Equipment. Inventory the equipment with serial numbers and installation references. Complete system documentation. Third party subsystems may be staged at the manufacturer‟s facilities and integrated in the field. Provide a Factory Acceptance Test Plan. City Responsibilities Provide information on existing system interfaces as may be required. Provide information on room layouts or other information necessary for the assembly to meet field conditions. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-8 Review and approve proposed Factory Acceptance Test Plan. Completion Criteria System staging completed and ready for testing. 5.5.7 Perform Staging Acceptance Test Procedure Motorola Responsibilities Test and validate system software and features. Functional testing of standard system features. Power-up site equipment and perform standardized functionality tests. Perform system burn-in 24 hours a day during staging to isolate and capture any defects. Perform City-witnessed tests based upon Factory Acceptance Test Plan should the City choose to attend factory staging. City Responsibilities Attend Factory Acceptance Testing, if desired. Pay for travel, lodging, meals, and all incidental expenses for City personnel and representatives to witness the Factory Acceptance Testing. Completion Criteria Approve Factory Acceptance Testing. 5.5.8 Ship Equipment to Field Motorola Responsibilities Pack system for shipment to final destination. Arrange for shipment to the field. City Responsibilities None. Completion Criteria Equipment is ready for shipment to the field. 5.5.9 CCSi Ship Acceptance (Milestone) All equipment is shipped to the field. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-9 5.6 Civil Work 5.6.1 Site Development at Barnett Bank/Riverwood Site Site Scope Summary Engineering services for site drawings and regulatory approvals – Included. Site acquisition services – Not included. Zoning Services – Not included. Existing tower to be used for antennas – 400 ' Rooftop. Motorola Will: Site Engineering Prepare site construction drawings, showing the layout of various new and existing site components. Conduct site walks to collect pertinent information from the sites (e.g., location of Telco, power, existing facilities, etc.). Prepare a lease exhibit sketch of the site to communicate to the property owner the proposed lease space and planned development at the particular site location. Prepare record drawings of the site showing the as-built information. Perform National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Threshold Screening, including limited literature and records search and brief reporting, as necessary to identify sensitive natural and cultural features referenced in 47 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Chapter 1, subsection 1.1307 that may be potentially impacted by the proposed construction activity. This does not include the additional field investigations to document site conditions if it is determined that the proposed communication facility “may have a significant environmental impact” and thus require additional documentation, submittals, or work. Provide a structural engineering analysis for antenna support structure, if necessary, to support the proposed the proposed equipment loads. Design multi antenna support platform to support proposed antennas and dishes. Research permit requirements (building, utility, and construction permits) for the construction of the proposed site, and determine if the permits are required. If a permit is required, Motorola shall obtain the necessary permit forms and complete the necessary information on behalf of the Customer. Submit the completed application forms to the local jurisdiction and apply for applicable permits. Site Preparation Obtain the permits such as electrical, building, and construction permits, and any inspections that may need to be coordinated with the local authorities to complete site development work. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-10 Provide one-time mobilization costs for the construction crews. Any remobilization due to interruptions/delays that are out of Motorola's control will result in additional costs. Antenna and Transmission Line Installation Install 3 antenna(s) for the RF system. Supply and install 5 rooftop antenna mount(s) to support proposed antennas. Install 2 GPS antenna(s). Install 2 6-foot microwave dishes. Install up to 500 linear feet of 7/8-inch transmission line. Install up to 250 linear feet of 1-1/4-inch transmission line. Install up to 500 linear feet of EW63 waveguide for microwave dishes. Perform sweep tests on transmission lines. Provide and install 200 linear ft of PVC sleepers and attachment hardware for supporting transmission lines on on rooftop every three feet. Supply and install 1 ground buss bar at the bottom of the antenna support structure for grounding RF cables before they make horizontal transition. Supply and install #2/0 stranded copper ground (not to exceed600 linear feet) for grounding the antennas to the building ground. Existing Facility Improvement Work Coordinate the installation of electrical subfeed with disconnect into the equipment room. Supply and install 2 200-amp breaker panel with capacity for 30 circuits. Supply and install 25 20-amp breakers in the distribution panel and wire to outlets located on an average within 35 cable feet. Supply and install 3 20-amp dual pole breakers in the distribution panel and wire to outlets located on an average within 35 cable feet. Install 1 8' long outlet bars made from 2 channel wiremold panel (8 inches wide) supported on threaded bars of the cable tray using insulated standoffs and wire each outlet to individual breaker. Install 1 new single-phase UPS equipment and wire output to UPS distribution panel. Install 1 primary Type 1 surge protector on the room electrical feed to protect the equipment from surges. Supply and install 1 cable entry panel with 6 ports. Supply and install 2 copper ground buss bar(s). Customer Will: If required, prepare and submit EME plans for the site (as a licensee) to demonstrate compliance with FCC RF Exposure guidelines. [Note: Should the customer desire guidance with this task, Motorola is able to recommend resources. Additionally, Appendix A of Motorola‟s Standards and Guidelines for Communication Sites (R56) discusses Electromagnetic Energy and provides a Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-11 basic methodology for structuring an FCC compliant program. If the customer does not have a copy of Motorola's Standards and Guidelines for Communication Sites (R56) v 2005, one will be provided.] Assist Motorola with permitting for sites as owner/lessee. As applicable, coordinate, prepare, submit, and pay for all required permits and inspections for the work that is the Customer‟s responsibility. Pay for all utility connection, pole or line extensions, and any easement or usage fees. Review and approve site design drawings within 7 calendar days of submission by Motorola or its subcontractor(s). Should a re-submission be required, the Customer shall review and approve the re-submitted plans within 7 calendar days from the date of submittal. Pay for the usage costs of power, leased lines and generator fueling both during the construction/installation effort and on an ongoing basis. Pay for application fees, taxes and recurring payments for lease/ownership of the property. Provide personnel to observe construction progress and testing of site equipment according to the schedule provided by Motorola. Secure clear and unencumbered title, MOU, or Lease Agreement with the property owner. Provide approved, standardized lease language and negotiation guidelines to assist Motorola in site acquisition. Provide property deed or lease agreement, and boundary survey, along with existing as-built drawings of the site and site components to Motorola for conducting site engineering. Provide a right of entry letter from the site owner for Motorola to conduct field investigations. Provide clear and stable access road to the site for heavy-duty construction vehicles, cement trucks and cranes. Sufficient space must be available at the site for these vehicles to maneuver under their own power, without assistance from other equipment. Arrange for space on the structure for installation of new antennas at the proposed heights on designated existing antenna-mounting structures. Provide as-built structural and foundation drawings of the structure and site location(s) along with geotechnical report(s) for Motorola to conduct a structural analysis. If required, remove or relocate any existing facilities, equipment, and utilities to create space for new site facilities and equipment. Assumptions: No prevailing wage, certified payroll, mandatory union workers or mandatory minority workers are required for this work All work is assumed to be done during normal business hours as dictated by time zone (Monday thru Friday, 7:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.). Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-12 Temporary site trailers (tower, housing, COWS, and generator) have not been included for cutovers. Cutover logistics will be determined on a case-by-case basis; any additional costs will be negotiated prior to the execution of cutover tasks. All recurring and non-recurring utility costs [including, but not limited to, generator fuel (except first fill), electrical, Telco] will be borne by the Customer or site owner. All utility installations shall be coordinated and paid for by the site owner and located at jointly agreed to location within or around the new communications shelter or equipment room. Site has adequate electrical service for the new shelter and tower. Utility transformer, transformer upgrades, line, or pole extensions have not been included. Pricing has been based on National codes such IBC or BOCA. Local codes or jurisdictional requirements have not been considered in this proposal. Site is being constructed at a location where hazardous materials are not present. Testing and removal of hazardous materials encountered during site investigations or construction will be the responsibility of the Customer. A maximum of 30 days will be required for obtaining approved building permits from time of submission, and a maximum of 60 days will be required for zoning approvals from time of submittal. No improvements are required for concrete trucks, drill rigs, shelter delivery, and crane access. If extremely harsh or difficult weather conditions delay the site work for more than a week, Motorola will seek excusable delays rather than risk job site safety. Existing facility has an adequate ground system with a ground resistance of 10 ohms or less. Existing antenna support structures are structurally capable of supporting the new antenna, cables and ancillary equipment proposed and will not need to be removed or rebuilt at the existing site. The tower or supporting structure meets all applicable EIA/TIA-222 structural, foundation, ice, wind and twist and sway requirements. Motorola has not included any cost for structural or foundation upgrades to the antenna support structure. Existing cable support facilities from the antenna to the cable entry port can be used for supporting the new antenna cables Extensive documentation (balloon tests, photo simulations, expert testimony etc.) to support zoning effort for existing structures is not required. Alarming at existing sites will be limited to new component installations and will have to be discussed and agreed to on a site-by-site basis. The site will have adequate room for installation of proposed equipment, based on applicable codes and Motorola‟s R56 standards. The existing utility service and backup power facilities (UPS, generators) have sufficient extra capacity to support the proposed new equipment load. A clear obstruction-free access exists from the antenna location to the equipment room. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-13 The Customer does not desire upgrade of the existing site to meet Motorola‟s R56 standards. The floor can support the proposed new loading. Physical or structural improvements to the existing room will not be required. Completion Criteria Site development completed and approved by North Fulton County 5.6.2 Site Development at Pitts Road Site Site Scope Summary Engineering services for site drawings and regulatory approvals – Not included. Site acquisition services – Not included. Zoning Services – Not included. New fenced compound/expansion size – 60-foot x 60-foot. Clearing type – Light. New power run – 50 feet, Electrical service type – Underground, 400-amp - 120/240-volt, single-phase. New shelter size – 12-foot x 32-foot. New fuel tank size – 189 gallons- , Type – Diesel sub-base. New generator size – 100 kW, Type – Outdoor. New tower to be used for antennas – 400-foot self-supported tower. New tower foundation size – 121.8 cubic yard, Type – Drilled Pier. Motorola Will: Site Preparation Obtain the permits such as electrical, building, and construction permits, and any inspections that may need to be coordinated with the local authorities to complete site development work. Provide one-time mobilization costs for the construction crews. Any remobilization due to interruptions/delays that are out of Motorola's control will result in additional costs. Perform clear light brush, grub roots and dispose vegetation and shrub growth in the site compound area and a 20-foot path around it (not to exceed 10000 square feet). Grade the site compound and 10-foot path around it to provide a level, solid, undisturbed surface for installation of site components (not to exceed 6400 square feet). Supply and install gravel surfacing to a depth of 6 inches, underlain with geotextile fabric within the fenced in site compound area, and a 3-foot path around it (not to exceed 3796 square feet). Provide silt fence around the compound to control soil erosion (not to exceed 240 linear feet). Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-14 Supply and install 8-foot high chain-link fencing with a ten-foot wide gate around the shelter compound (not to exceed 240 linear feet). Perform site touchup (fertilize, seed and straw) disturbed areas not covered with gravel after completion of construction work. Landscaping, decorative fencing or any other aesthetic improvement that may be required by local jurisdictions has not been included and will be handled through a negotiated contract change notice. Site Components Installation Construct 1 reinforced concrete foundation necessary for a 12-foot x 32-foot shelter. Construct 1 foundation for the 100 kW generator with reinforcing steel necessary for foundations. Supply and install 1 prefabricated concrete shelter 12-foot x 32-foot. Supply and install 1 standby power generator (100 kW) located within 20 feet of the ATS, including interconnection wiring between the generator, transfer switch, and site electrical service mains. Supply and install 1 120/240-volt, 400-amp, single-phase meter pedestal and hookup for electrical service by the local utility. Provide all trenching, conduit, and cabling necessary for underground hookup of power to the shelter from nearby utility termination located within 50 cable feet of the shelter. Supply and install a perimeter grounding system around the compound and shelter. The ground system is to tie to the fence and all new metal structures within the compound to meet current Motorola‟s R56 standards. Supply and install a perimeter grounding system around the compound and shelter. The ground system is to tie to the fence and all new metal structures within the compound to meet current Motorola‟s R56 standards. Conduct 1 three-point ground resistance test of the site. Should any improvements to grounding system be necessary after ground testing, the cost of such improvements shall be the responsibility of North Fulton County. Supply and install 1 freestanding 24-inch-wide cable/ice bridge from the tower to the shelter (up to 30 linear feet). Tower Work Construct drilled pier type tower foundations including excavation, rebar and concrete (not to exceed 121.8 cubic yards). Erect new 400-foot self-supported tower with strobe lighting. Antenna and Transmission Line Installation Install 3 antenna(s) for the RF system. Install 2 GPS antenna(s). Install 1 tower top amplifier(s). Install 3 6-foot microwave dishes. Install up to 420 linear feet of 1/2-inch transmission line. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-15 Install up to 840 linear feet of 7/8-inch transmission line. Install up to 450 linear feet of 1-1/4-inch transmission line. Install up to 840 linear feet of EW63 waveguide for microwave dishes. Perform sweep tests on transmission lines. Supply and install 1 ground buss bar at the bottom of the antenna support structure for grounding RF cables before they make horizontal transition. Customer Will: If required, prepare and submit EME plans for the site (as a licensee) to demonstrate compliance with FCC RF Exposure guidelines. [Note: Should the customer desire guidance with this task, Motorola is able to recommend resources. Additionally, Appendix A of Motorola‟s Standards and Guidelines for Communication Sites (R56) discusses Electromagnetic Energy and provides a basic methodology for structuring an FCC compliant program. If the customer does not have a copy of Motorola's Standards and Guidelines for Communication Sites (R56) v 2005, one will be provided.] Assist Motorola with permitting for sites as owner/lessee. As applicable, coordinate, prepare, submit, and pay for all required permits and inspections for the work that is the Customer‟s responsibility. Pay for all utility connection, pole or line extensions, and any easement or usage fees. Review and approve site design drawings within 7 calendar days of submission by Motorola or its subcontractor(s). Should a re-submission be required, the Customer shall review and approve the re-submitted plans within 7 calendar days from the date of submittal. Pay for the usage costs of power, leased lines and generator fueling both during the construction/installation effort and on an ongoing basis. Pay for application fees, taxes and recurring payments for lease/ownership of the property. Provide personnel to observe construction progress and testing of site equipment according to the schedule provided by Motorola. Secure clear and unencumbered title, MOU, or Lease Agreement with the property owner. Provide approved, standardized lease language and negotiation guidelines to assist Motorola in site acquisition. Provide property deed or lease agreement, and boundary survey, along with existing as-built drawings of the site and site components to Motorola for conducting site engineering. Provide a right of entry letter from the site owner for Motorola to conduct field investigations. Provide clear and stable access road to the site for heavy-duty construction vehicles, cement trucks and cranes. Sufficient space must be available at the site for these vehicles to maneuver under their own power, without assistance from other equipment. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-16 Secure power connection to the site, associated permitting and installation of a meter and disconnect within 50 feet of the proposed shelter location. Provide additional temporary space for the staging the construction equipment during the construction of new site facilities (tower, shelter, generator, fuel tank etc.). Customer (City of Milton) to provide initial clearing of 40x40 compound space Assumptions: No prevailing wage, certified payroll, mandatory union workers or mandatory minority workers are required for this work All work is assumed to be done during normal business hours as dictated by time zone (Monday thru Friday, 7:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.). Temporary site trailers (tower, housing, COWS, and generator) have not been included for cutovers. Cutover logistics will be determined on a case-by-case basis; any additional costs will be negotiated prior to the execution of cutover tasks. All recurring and non-recurring utility costs [including, but not limited to, generator fuel (except first fill), electrical, Telco] will be borne by the Customer or site owner. All utility installations shall be coordinated and paid for by the site owner and located at jointly agreed to location within or around the new communications shelter or equipment room. Site has adequate electrical service for the new shelter and tower. Utility transformer, transformer upgrades, line, or pole extensions have not been included. Pricing has been based on National codes such IBC or BOCA. Local codes or jurisdictional requirements have not been considered in this proposal. Site is being constructed at a location where hazardous materials are not present. Testing and removal of hazardous materials encountered during site investigations or construction will be the responsibility of the Customer. A maximum of 30 days will be required for obtaining approved building permits from time of submission, and a maximum of 60 days will be required for zoning approvals from time of submittal. No improvements are required for concrete trucks, drill rigs, shelter delivery, and crane access. If extremely harsh or difficult weather conditions delay the site work for more than a week, Motorola will seek excusable delays rather than risk job site safety. In the absence of geotechnical test data at the sites, normal soil conditions have been assumed. Normal soil is defined as a cohesive soil with net vertical bearing capacity of 4000 pounds per square inch and an allowable net horizontal pressure of 400 pounds per lineal foot of depth to a maximum of 4000 pounds per square foot. Rock, non-cohesive soils or submerged soils are not considered normal soils For zoning approvals, a maximum of 60 days will be required from time of submittal with attendance at maximum of two (2) required planning meetings. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-17 The new tower location will pass the FAA hazard study, zoning, FCC and environmental permitting. The restoration of the site surroundings by fertilizing, seeding and strawing the disturbed areas will be adequate. Additional landscaping or aesthetic improvements (decorative fencing, tree plantings, stealth towers etc.) will not be required. Tower and foundation sizing is based on the tower loading requirements as a result of the RF Antenna System design and the Microwave Antenna System design (i.e. - dish sizes and locations obtained from paper path studies). If after physical path studies, the dish sizes and locations change, then Motorola will then review the impact to tower structure and foundations and revise applicable costs. If as a result of NEPA studies, any jurisdictional authority should determine that a proposed communications facility "may have a significant environmental impact", the environmental impact studies or field testing and evaluation related to such determination have not been included. For new towers greater than 200 feet in overall height, medium intensity strobe lighting has been included. Painting or dual lighting of any new towers has not been included. The site location can be finalized and lease agreement can be reached with the property owner within 60 calendar days after the start of the site acquisition effort. A waiver to zoning requirements like setbacks, tower height limitations, etc. can be obtained. The soil resistivity at the site is sufficient to achieve resistance of ten (10) ohms or less. Communications site grounding will be designed and installed per Motorola's Standards and Guidelines for Communications Sites (R56). Underground utilities are not present in the construction area, and as such no relocation will be required. Spoils from the tower foundations can be dispersed on the property and will not be required to be transported to a dump location. Foundations for the shelter, generator and fuel tank are based "normal soil" conditions as defined by TIA/EIA 222-F. Footings deeper than 30 inches, raised piers, rock coring, dewatering, or hazardous material removal have not been included. Completion Criteria Site development completed and approved by North Fulton County 5.6.3 Site Development at COA FS21 Site Site Scope Summary Engineering services for site drawings and regulatory approvals – Included. Site acquisition services – Not included. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-18 Zoning Services – Not included. Existing tower to be used for antennas – 300 ' Self supported Tower. Motorola Will: Site Engineering Prepare site construction drawings, showing the layout of various new and existing site components. Conduct site walks to collect pertinent information from the sites (e.g., location of Telco, power, existing facilities, etc.). Prepare a lease exhibit sketch of the site to communicate to the property owner the proposed lease space and planned development at the particular site location. Prepare record drawings of the site showing the as-built information. Perform a boundary and topographic survey for the property on which the communication site is located or will be located. Perform National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Threshold Screening, including limited literature and records search and brief reporting, as necessary to identify sensitive natural and cultural features referenced in 47 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Chapter 1, subsection 1.1307 that may be potentially impacted by the proposed construction activity. This does not include the additional field investigations to document site conditions if it is determined that the proposed communication facility “may have a significant environmental impact” and thus require additional documentation, submittals, or work. Perform four point soil resistivity testing at the time of site visit. Provide a structural engineering analysis for antenna support structure, if necessary, to support the proposed antenna system. The structural analysis does not include mapping, structural measurement survey, materials testing, geotechnical investigation, and/or other field investigation to acquire the data. If the tower structure fails the analysis, the cost of any site relocation or modifications to the tower required to support the antenna system will be the responsibility of North Fulton County. Research permit requirements (building, utility, and construction) for the construction of the proposed site, and determine if the permits are required. If a permit is required, Motorola shall obtain the necessary permit forms and complete the necessary information on behalf of the Customer. Submit the completed application forms to the local jurisdiction and apply for applicable permits. Site Preparation Provide one-time mobilization costs for the construction crews. Any remobilization due to interruptions/delays that are out of Motorola's control will result in additional costs. Antenna and Transmission Line Installation Install 3 antenna(s) for the RF system. Install 2 GPS antenna(s). Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-19 Install 1 tower top amplifier(s). Install 1 6-foot microwave dishes. Install up to 300 linear feet of 1/2-inch transmission line. Install up to 600 linear feet of 7/8-inch transmission line. Install up to 330 linear feet of 1-1/4-inch transmission line. Install up to 250 linear feet of EW63 waveguide for microwave dishes. Perform sweep tests on transmission lines. Supply and install 1 ground buss bar at the bottom of the antenna support structure for grounding RF cables before they make horizontal transition. Customer Will: If required, prepare and submit EME plans for the site (as a licensee) to demonstrate compliance with FCC RF Exposure guidelines. [Note: Should the customer desire guidance with this task, Motorola is able to recommend resources. Additionally, Appendix A of Motorola‟s Standards and Guidelines for Communication Sites (R56) discusses Electromagnetic Energy and provides a basic methodology for structuring an FCC compliant program. If the customer does not have a copy of Motorola's Standards and Guidelines for Communication Sites (R56) v 2005, one will be provided.] Assist Motorola with permitting for sites as owner/lessee. As applicable, coordinate, prepare, submit, and pay for all required permits and inspections for the work that is the Customer‟s responsibility. Pay for all utility connection, pole or line extensions, and any easement or usage fees. Review and approve site design drawings within 7 calendar days of submission by Motorola or its subcontractor(s). Should a re-submission be required, the Customer shall review and approve the re-submitted plans within 7 calendar days from the date of submittal. Pay for the usage costs of power, leased lines and generator fueling both during the construction/installation effort and on an ongoing basis. Pay for application fees, taxes and recurring payments for lease/ownership of the property. Provide personnel to observe construction progress and testing of site equipment according to the schedule provided by Motorola. Secure clear and unencumbered title, MOU, or Lease Agreement with the property owner. Provide approved, standardized lease language and negotiation guidelines to assist Motorola in site acquisition. Provide property deed or lease agreement, and boundary survey, along with existing as-built drawings of the site and site components to Motorola for conducting site engineering. Provide a right of entry letter from the site owner for Motorola to conduct field investigations. Provide clear and stable access road to the site for heavy-duty construction vehicles, cement trucks and cranes. Sufficient space must be available at the site Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-20 for these vehicles to maneuver under their own power, without assistance from other equipment. Arrange for space on the structure for installation of new antennas at the proposed heights on designated existing antenna-mounting structures. Provide as-built structural and foundation drawings of the structure and site location(s) along with geotechnical report(s) for Motorola to conduct a structural analysis. Pay for any upgrade of the antenna support structure necessary to accommodate the new antennas. Secure power connection to the site, associated permitting and installation of a meter, and disconnect within 50 feet of the proposed equipment room location. If required, remove or relocate any existing facilities, equipment, and utilities to create space for new site facilities and equipment. Secure power connection to the room, associated permitting, and installation of a meter and disconnect within 50 feet of the proposed shelter location. Assumptions: No prevailing wage, certified payroll, mandatory union workers or mandatory minority workers are required for this work All work is assumed to be done during normal business hours as dictated by time zone (Monday thru Friday, 7:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.). Temporary site trailers (tower, housing, COWS, and generator) have not been included for cutovers. Cutover logistics will be determined on a case-by-case basis; any additional costs will be negotiated prior to the execution of cutover tasks. All recurring and non-recurring utility costs [including, but not limited to, generator fuel (except first fill), electrical, Telco] will be borne by the Customer or site owner. All utility installations shall be coordinated and paid for by the site owner and located at jointly agreed to location within or around the new communications shelter or equipment room. Site has adequate electrical service for the new shelter and tower. Utility transformer, transformer upgrades, line, or pole extensions have not been included. Pricing has been based on National codes such IBC or BOCA. Local codes or jurisdictional requirements have not been considered in this proposal. Site is being constructed at a location where hazardous materials are not present. Testing and removal of hazardous materials encountered during site investigations or construction will be the responsibility of the Customer. A maximum of 30 days will be required for obtaining approved building permits from time of submission, and a maximum of 60 days will be required for zoning approvals from time of submittal. No improvements are required for concrete trucks, drill rigs, shelter delivery, and crane access. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-21 If extremely harsh or difficult weather conditions delay the site work for more than a week, Motorola will seek excusable delays rather than risk job site safety. The existing ground system and soil resistivity at the site is sufficient to achieve resistance of 10 ohms or less. Communication site grounding will be designed and installed per Motorola‟s R56 standards. The existing site has adequate room to expand and install the shelter, including lay-down and staging areas, without encroaching on wetlands, easements, setbacks, right-of-ways, or property lines. AM detuning or electromagnetic emission studies will not be required. Protective grating over microwave dishes or the communications shelter has not been included in this proposal. Structural and foundation drawings of the antenna support structure will be made available to preclude the need for ultrasonic testing or mapping of existing tower structural members. Lead paint testing of existing painted towers has not been included. On the existing tower, the antenna locations for the proposed antenna system design will be available at the time of installation. The new shelter can be located within 20 feet of the existing tower location and the generator/fuel tank can be located within 25 feet of the shelter. Restoration of the site surroundings by fertilizing, seeding, and strawing the disturbed areas will be adequate. Additional landscaping or aesthetic improvements (decorative fencing, stealth towers, etc.) have not been included in this proposal. The site has adequate utility service to support the proposed equipment loading. Utility transformer upgrades or step-up or down transformers will not be required. Underground utilities are not present in the construction area and as such no relocation will be required. The existing antenna support structure is structurally capable of supporting the new antenna, cables, and ancillary equipment proposed and will not need to be removed or rebuilt at the existing site. The tower or supporting structure meets all applicable EIA/TIA-222 structural, foundation, ice, wind, and twist and sway requirements. Motorola has not included any cost for structural or foundation upgrades to the antenna support structure. The existing cable support facilities from the antenna to the cable entry port can be used for supporting the new antenna cables. Structural analyses for towers or other structures that have not been performed by Motorola will relinquish Motorola from any responsibility for the analysis report contents and/or recommendation therein. Foundations for shelter, generator, and fuel tank are based on “normal soil” conditions as defined by TIA/EIA 222-F. Footings deeper than 30 inches, raised piers, rock coring, dewatering, or hazardous material removal have not been included. Alarming at existing sites will be limited to new component installations and will have to be discussed and agreed to on a site-by-site basis. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-22 The site will have adequate room for installation of proposed equipment, based on applicable codes and Motorola‟s R56 standards. The existing utility service and backup power facilities (UPS, generators) have sufficient extra capacity to support the proposed new equipment load. A clear obstruction-free access exists from the antenna location to the equipment room. The Customer does not desire upgrade of the existing site to meet Motorola‟s R56 standards. The floor can support the proposed new loading. Physical or structural improvements to the existing room will not be required. The use of existing comercail power, UPS and backup generator at this site will be availble from the COA Completion Criteria Site development completed and approved by North Fulton County approved by North Fulton County 5.6.4 Site Development Complete All site development is completed and approved by the City. 5.6.5 Site Development Acceptance (Milestone) All site developments are completed and accepted by the City. 5.7 System Installation 5.7.1 Install Fixed Network Equipment – Option 1 Motorola Responsibilities Receive and inventory all equipment. Install FNE site equipment as specified by the Equipment List, System Description, and system drawings. 5.7.1.1 Pitts Road – Project 25 Core and Prime Site ♦ Zone Controllers and Network Management Servers ♦ Virtual Servers / Domain Controllers ♦ Redundant Core Local Area Network (LAN) Switches ♦ Redundant GGM8000 Transport Gateway Routers ♦ Redundant Ethernet Backhaul Switches ♦ GPS sourced NTP for syncing all Ethernet-based computer systems ♦ MOSCAD Network Fault Management (NFM) Server (Virtual) ♦ Terminal server for Out of Band Management Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-23 ♦ IV&D Hardware including: Packet Data Gateway GGSN Router DMZ LAN Switch Peripheral Network Router Firewall Two (2) GCP Core Controllers Eight (8) Comparators One (1) Network Management Terminal Two (2) GCP Redundant Prime Controllers One (1) TRAK GPS One (1) Graphic Work Station (GWS) (MOSCAD) One (1) RTU (SDM3000) for the Prime/co-lo remote site Routers Switches 5.7.1.2 Remote Site: Pitts Road Redundant GCP 8000 Prime Site Controllers 5 x GCM8000 ASTRO 25 IP Comparators 2 x GGM8000 Prime Site Routers 2 Prime Site LAN Switches TRAK 9100 GPS (Shared with Zone Core and Remote RF equipment) 1 MOSCAD NFM SDM 3000 Alarm and Monitoring RTU 2 x GGM8000 Sub-site Access Routers Redundant Sub-site Backhaul LAN Switches One (1) Expandable Site Subsystem (ESS) cabinets with (5) 700/800 MHz GTR8000 base stations and (1) 6-port combiner One (1) Rack-mount receiver / multi-coupler One (1) GGM Gateway Site Router One (1) LAN Switch – Riverwood only One (1) TTA (tower top amplifier) w/ separate CMU (control module unit) and test line One (1) Transmit 10dB Antenna with transmission line Two (2) Receive 10dB Antennas with transmission line for Branch Diversity 5.7.1.3 Remote Sites: Fire Station 21, Riverwood One (1) Expandable Site Subsystem (ESS) cabinets with (5) 700/800 MHz GTR8000 base stations and (1) 6-port combiner One (1) Rack-mount receiver / multi-coupler One (1) GGM Gateway Site Router One (1) LAN Switch – Riverwood only One (1) TTA (tower top amplifier) w/ separate CMU (control module unit) and test line Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-24 One (1) Transmit 10dB Antenna with transmission line Two (2) Receive 10dB Antennas with transmission line for Branch Diversity 5.7.1.4 ChatCOM Dispatch Centers One (1) Network Management Terminal One (1) MOSCAD Workstation One (1) Router One (1) Switch One (1) 7 ½ ft rack City Responsibilities Provide secure storage for the Motorola-provided equipment, at a location central to the sites. Motorola will coordinate the receipt of the equipment with the City‟s designated contact and inventory all equipment. Provide access to the sites as necessary. Provide network connectivity (via T1 or other) between the following location: ChatCOM – Pitts Road Completion Criteria Fixed Network Equipment installation completed and ready for optimization. 5.7.2 Install Fixed Network Equipment – Option 2 If Sandy Springs chooses to connect to Cobb: 5.7.2.1 Remote Site: Pitts Road Redundant GCP 8000 Prime Site Controllers 5 x GCM8000 ASTRO 25 IP Comparators 2 x GGM8000 Prime Site Routers 2 Prime Site LAN Switches TRAK 9100 GPS (Shared with Zone Core and Remote RF equipment) 1 MOSCAD NFM SDM 3000 Alarm and Monitoring RTU 2 x GGM8000 Sub-site Access Routers Redundant Sub-site Backhaul LAN Switches One (1) Expandable Site Subsystem (ESS) cabinets with (5) 700/800 MHz GTR8000 base stations and (1) 6-port combiner One (1) Rack-mount receiver / multi-coupler One (1) GGM Gateway Site Router One (1) LAN Switch – Riverwood only One (1) TTA (tower top amplifier) w/ separate CMU (control module unit) and test line One (1) Transmit 10dB Antenna with transmission line Two (2) Receive 10dB Antennas with transmission line for Branch Diversity Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-25 5.7.2.2 Remote Sites: Fire Station 21, Riverwood One (1) Expandable Site Subsystem (ESS) cabinets with (5) 700/800 MHz GTR8000 base stations and (1) 6-port combiner One (1) Rack-mount receiver / multi-coupler One (1) GGM Gateway Site Router One (1) LAN Switch – Riverwood only One (1) TTA (tower top amplifier) w/ separate CMU (control module unit) and test line One (1) Transmit 10dB Antenna with transmission line Two (2) Receive 10dB Antennas with transmission line for Branch Diversity 5.7.2.3 ChatCOM Dispatch Centers One (1) Network Management Terminal One (1) MOSCAD Workstation One (1) Router One (1) Switch One (1) 7 ½ ft rack City Responsibilities Provide secure storage for the Motorola-provided equipment, at a location central to the sites. Motorola will coordinate the receipt of the equipment with the City‟s designated contact and inventory all equipment. Provide access to the sites as necessary. Provide network connectivity (via T1 or other) between the following location: ChatCOM – Pitts Road Completion Criteria Fixed Network Equipment installation completed and ready for optimization. 5.7.3 Consoles – (Optional) Motorola has included (11) MCC7500 consoles for Sandy Springs dispatch centers. Motorola Responsibilities Install and program (11) MCC7500 consoles based on customer provided console templates. City Responsibilities Provide updated console templates according to the Project Schedule. Completion Criteria Console installation complete. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-26 5.7.4 Motorola Point-to-Point (PTP) Microwave Installation Motorola is included a Motorola Point-to-Point (PTP) microwave system consisting of Motorola‟s Point-to-Point 6 and 11 GHz wireless radios and antenna systems to connect the following sites: Pitts Road – ChatCOM Building (11GHz) Pitts Road – Riverwood (6GHz) Riverwood – Fire Station 21 (11GHz) The path studies completed during the design phase of this project were calculated using the best tools and environmental data available. However, these path studies are limited by being only a mathematical prediction based on specific assumptions and cannot account for every environmental anomaly that may affect PTP path performance, such as unexpected tree growth and unaccounted terrain formations. To verify the suitability of the proposed microwave path, Motorola will conduct, with its microwave subcontractor, a path survey analysis and generate a Microwave Path Survey Report. Included in the report are path calculations and profiles, as well as recommendations for antenna type and placement on the towers. The path surveys determine the antenna height requirements by identifying obstructions and reflections as well as waveguide length requirements. Motorola and its microwave subcontractor will present the path survey report to the City for approval, and will support the City with frequency coordination, FCC licensing and FAA applications. After receiving approval from the City and the proper licensing authorities, Motorola will start the manufacturing cycle. Motorola will proceed with the new microwave installation and testing once the sites are ready for installation. Motorola Responsibilities Install microwave antennas at path-calculated centerlines. Install cable runs, hangers and ground kits per the manufacturer‟s specification. Perform antenna alignment. Install and configure microwave radio equipment. Connect power to installed microwave equipment from distribution panel. Connect equipment rack ground to internal grounding system. Connect radio antenna port to the installed cable. Once the microwave equipment is installed and operational, field-testing will commence to ensure that the performance of the microwave equipment meets the required specifications. Limitations: Motorola has not included costs for any potential building aesthetics requirements for antenna structure at the repeater site. Any such requirement will be handled via the change order process Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-27 Completion Criteria Microwave installation is completed and accepted by the City. 5.7.5 System Installation Acceptance (Milestone) All equipment installations are completed and accepted by the City. 5.8 System Optimization 5.8.1 Optimize System FNE Motorola Responsibilities Verify that all equipment is operating properly and that all electrical and signal levels are set accurately. Verify that all audio and data levels are at factory settings. Check forward and reflected power for all radio equipment after connection to the antenna systems to verify that power is within tolerances. Optimize each subsystem. Verify communication interfaces between devices for proper operation. Test features and functionality are in accordance with manufacturers‟ specifications and that they comply with the final configuration established during the CDR and system staging. Integrate the consoles and RF sites into the system to ensure proper operation. (note: consoles are optional) City Responsibilities Provide or arrange for access/escort to the sites. Define the logging recorder tracks by talkgroup. Instruct dispatchers to use the existing system icons for dispatching until cutover. Completion Criteria System FNE optimization is complete. 5.8.2 Link Verification Motorola Responsibilities Perform test to verify site link performance prior to the interconnection of the Motorola-supplied equipment to the link equipment. City Responsibilities None. Completion Criteria Link verification is successfully completed. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-28 5.8.3 Optimization Complete System optimization is completed. Motorola and the City agree that the equipment is ready for acceptance testing. 5.9 Training 5.9.1 Perform Training Motorola Responsibilities Finalize training schedules purchased as part of this project with the Customer Project Manager. Conduct the training classes outlined in the Training Plan. A preliminary plan has been included in Section 7 of this proposal. City Responsibilities Identify specific courses and number of participants to be trained. Schedule participants to attend training to comply with the project schedule. Provide training facilities as appropriate for the courses selected. Attend training classes. Comply with the pre-requisites in the Training Plan. Completion Criteria All training classes are completed. 5.9.2 Training Complete All training classes are completed. 5.10 Audit and Acceptance Testing 5.10.1 Perform R56 Audit Motorola Responsibilities Perform R56 site installation quality audits verifying proper physical installation and operational configurations. Create site evaluation report to verify site meets or exceeds requirements, as defined in Motorola‟s Standards and Guidelines for Communication Sites (R56). City Responsibilities Provide or arrange for access/escort to the sites. Witness tests. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-29 Completion Criteria All R56 audits completed successfully. 5.10.2 Perform Equipment and Functional Testing Motorola Responsibilities Test individual components of the system to verify compliance to the equipment specifications according to the agreed upon Acceptance Test Plan (ATP). If any major task as contractually described fails, repeat that particular task after Motorola determines that corrective action has been taken. Document all issues that arise during the acceptance tests. Resolve any minor task failures before Final System Acceptance. Document the results of the acceptance tests and present to the City for review. City Responsibilities Witness tests if desired. Completion Criteria Equipment testing has been successfully completed. 5.10.3 Perform Coverage Testing Motorola Responsibilities Determine (together with the City) the required number of test vehicles for simultaneous testing of multiple service areas. Perform coverage testing according to the Contract Coverage Acceptance Test Plan (CATP). Submit test reports within the agreed period. If any area fails, re-test that particular area when Motorola determines that corrective action has been taken. Document all issues that arise during the coverage testing. Submit final test reports within the agreed-upon time period. City Responsibilities Provide the required number of test vehicles, drivers, and resources to witness the coverage testing. Review the test results in a timely manner. Provide timely approval of the test results if the reports indicate compliance with the agreed-upon requirements. Completion Criteria Coverage testing has been successfully completed and approved by the City. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-30 5.10.4 System Acceptance Test Procedures (Milestone) City approves the completion of all the required tests. 5.11 Subscriber Radio Re-Programming No new subscriber radios have been included in this proposal. Motorola can provide a separate price for new subscriber radios and associated programming or installation efforts upon request. Motorola has include the reprogramming of up to 350 existing subscribers; one time to program the radio with the new system information and a second time to remove the old system information after cutover to the new radio system. Motorola Responsibilities Program test portables provided by the City with each template version and activate them on the new system. Once all templates are tested and approved by the City, Motorola will request written approval of template acceptance. Program the existing subscriber radios provided by the City, based upon the City- approved programming templates and fleetmap. Included in the project price is a “one-time only” initial re-programming and then a second re-programming to remove old system information. City Responsibilities Approve final templates and initiate portable programming. Arrange for all existing subscriber radios to be delivered to a mutually agreed- upon location for the re-programming effort according to the project schedule. Re-distribute the subscriber radios after re-programming to end users. Completion Criteria All portables are successfully programmed and approved by the City. 5.11.1 Subscribers Complete All subscriber radios are re-programmed and re-distributed successfully and approved by the City. 5.12 Finalize 5.12.1 Cutover Motorola Responsibilities Motorola and the City develop a mutually agreed upon cutover plan based upon discussions held during the CDR. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-31 During cutover, follow the written plan and implement the defined contingencies, as required. Conduct cutover meeting(s) with user group representatives to address both how to mitigate technical and communication problem impact to the users during cutover and during the general operation of the system. City Responsibilities Attend cutover meetings and approve the cutover plan. Notify the user group(s) affected by the cutover (date and time). Conduct a roll call of all users working during the cutover, in an organized and methodical manner. ♦ Ensure that all subscriber radios have been re-programmed with new system IDs and activated on the new system prior to cutover. Completion Criteria Successful migration has occurred to the new radio system. 5.12.2 Resolve Punchlist Motorola Responsibilities Work with the City to resolve punchlist items, documented during the Acceptance Testing phase in order to meet all the criteria for final system acceptance. City Responsibilities Assist Motorola with resolution of identified punchlist items by providing support, such as access to the sites, equipment and system, and approval of the resolved punchlist item(s). Completion Criteria All punchlist items have been resolved and approved by the City. 5.12.3 Finalize Documentation Motorola Responsibilities Provide an electronic as-built system manual on a Compact Disk (CD). The documentation will include the following: Site Block Diagrams Site Floor Plans Site Equipment Rack Configurations Antenna Network Drawings for RF Sites ATP Test Checklists Functional Acceptance Test Plan test sheets and results Equipment Inventory List Maintenance Manuals Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-32 Technical Service Manuals Drawings are created utilizing Microsoft Visio design software and will be delivered in Adobe PDF format. All other system manual documents converted from native format to Adobe PDF format will be included on the System Manual CD. City Responsibilities Receive and approve all documentation provided by Motorola. Completion Criteria All required documentation has been provided to and approved by the City. 5.12.4 Final Acceptance (Milestone) All deliverables are completed as contractually required. Final System Acceptance has been received from the City. 5.13 Project Administration 5.13.1 Project Status Meetings Motorola Responsibilities Attend all project status meetings with the City, as determined during the CDR. Record the meeting minutes and supply the report. The agenda will include the following: Overall project status compared to the Project Schedule. Product or service related issues that may affect the Project Schedule. Status of the action items and the responsibilities associated with them, in accordance with the Project Schedule. Any miscellaneous concerns of either the City or Motorola. City Responsibilities Attend meetings. Respond to issues in a timely manner. Ensure that all North Fulton Cities representatives attend meetings, as required, and facilitate decision-making. Completion Criteria Meetings and submission of meeting minutes have been completed. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Statement of Work 5-33 5.13.2 Progress Milestone Submittal Motorola Responsibilities Submit progress (non-payment) milestone completion certificate/documentation. City Responsibilities Approve milestone which will signify confirmation of completion of the work associated with the scheduled task. Completion Criteria City approves of the Milestone Completion document(s). 5.14 Change Order Process Either Party may request changes within the general scope of this Agreement. If a requested change causes an increase or decrease in the cost or time required to perform this Agreement, the Parties will agree to an equitable adjustment of the Contract Price, Performance Schedule, or both, and will reflect the adjustment in a change order. Neither Party is obligated to perform requested changes unless both Parties execute a written change order. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Warranty and Services 6-1 Section 6. Warranty and Maintenance 6.1 Introduction Motorola provides an integrated total support plan for service, support, and repair of your wireless communications network. Our comprehensive support services can help reduce your total cost of ownership and ensure service availability while helping you cost-effectively deliver new network capabilities. The services described in this section are designed to provide complete support of the network and ensure optimal efficiency, security, and reliability of your investment. Table 6-1: Warranty Services Overview Warranty Services Warranty Year Standard One-Year Warranty: ASTRO 25 Network and Security Monitoring Service Security Update Service Dispatch Service Technical Support OnSite Infrastructure Response Network Preventative Maintenance Infrastructure Repair Service with Advanced Replacement Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Warranty and Services 6-2 6.2 Warranty Services Motorola’s standard warranty program consist of a one-year parts and labor warranty from the date of system acceptance of the new equipment included in this proposal. 6.2.1 ASTRO 25 Network and Security Monitoring Service Network and Security Monitoring includes the remote monitoring of the radio network, as well monitoring Motorola security equipment. Security elements such as anti-virus, firewalls, and Intrusion Detection Systems (IDS) are a good first step, but they are not enough to secure your network. Radio network operators must take additional steps to reduce vulnerabilities to potential attack and protect critical radio network infrastructure. Motorola’s ASTRO 25 Security Monitoring is a complete solution that reduces the risk of network availability being impacted by a security threat. Specialized security analysts provide uninterrupted monitoring of the radio network security elements utilizing advanced correlation and visualization tools to detect, characterize, and respond to events that are specifically applicable to government and public safety radio networks. Our security analysts have direct and immediate access to Motorola engineers for rapid resolution. This level of service ensures the operational impact that security events may cause to your network are minimized or eliminated. Network and Security Monitoring works as a management partner providing end-to-end watch and restoration of your system. 6.2.2 Security Update Service The Security Update Service (SUS) provides the latest releases of software security updates. Commercial security software updates are often designed without RF systems in mind and could cause inadvertent harm to your radio network, disrupting mission-critical communications, and putting your first responders and citizens at risk. SUS assures that commercial anti-virus definitions, operating system software patches, and IDS signature files are compatible with your ASTRO 25 network and do not interfere with network functionality. After these patches have been pre-tested and certified by Motorola, an email notification is sent to customers upon availability of new updates with access to a Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Warranty and Services 6-3 Motorola secure extranet website that will enables customers to download the pre- tested, certified security updates when convenient. Deploying these pre-tested updates and patches as they become available assures preparedness against network performance interruptions due to security vulnerability, and electronic attack. Customers may also purchase the ability to have these pre-tested patches automatically deployed on their system. 6.2.3 Dispatch Service Motorola’s System Support Center (SSC) is the single point of contact for all service issues. With Dispatch Service, one phone call to the SSC and the system response and restoration process begins immediately. Dispatch ensures that local, trained and qualified technicians will arrive on location within hours to diagnose and restore the communications network. Once the issue has been addressed, the SSC verifies resolution and, with customer approval, closes the case. Activity records are also available to provide comprehensive history of site performance, issues, and resolutions. 6.2.4 Technical Support Motorola Technical Support service provides an additional layer of support through centralized, telephone consultation for issues that require a high level of communications network expertise and troubleshooting capabilities. Technical Support is delivered by the SSC and is staffed 24 hours per day, 365 days a year. The SSC is staffed with trained, skilled technologists specializing in the diagnosis and swift resolution of network performance issues. These technologists have access to a solutions database as well as in house test labs and development engineers. Technical Support cases are continuously monitored against stringent inbound call management and case management standards to ensure rapid and consistent issue resolution. Technical Support service translates into measurable, customer-specific metrics for assured network performance and system availability. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Warranty and Services 6-4 6.2.5 OnSite Infrastructure Response OnSite Infrastructure Response provides local, trained and qualified technicians who arrive on location to diagnose and restore the communications network. Motorola Dispatch contacts the local authorized service center in your area and dispatches a qualified technician to the site. An automated escalation and case management process ensures that the technician arrives and system restoration begins within the contracted response times. Figure 6-1: Increased system availability Trained and qualified technicians on-site within committed response times ensure maximum system availability The field technician performs first level trouble-shooting, provides information regarding the system condition, removes any failed components for repair, and reinstalls new or reconditioned components. If the technician is unable to resolve the issue, the case is escalated to the SSC or product engineering teams as needed. 6.2.6 Network Preventative Maintenance Motorola’s Network Preventative Maintenance minimizes premature repairs by providing operational test and alignment on the infrastructure or fixed network equipment to ensure all components are operating consistent to manufacturers’ specifications. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Warranty and Services 6-5 6.2.7 Infrastructure Repair Service with Advanced Replacement Infrastructure Repair with our Advanced Replacement upgrade supplements your spares inventory with Motorola’s centralized inventory of critical equipment. In advance of Motorola repairing the malfunctioning unit, a replacement unit is sent to you within 24 hours to ensure a spare unit is available. Upon receipt of the malfunctioning unit, Motorola repairs the unit and replace it in our centralized inventory. Figure 6-2: Reduced downtime With our Advanced Replacement service, we can send an exchange unit to replace a malfunctioning unit and keep the network running Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Warranty and Services 6-6 6.3 Summary Motorola’s Support Services ensure peak network and operational performance by offering a diverse portfolio of scalable support services. Motorola has an extensive service organization to provide local, trained, and qualified service personnel to manage your communications network. Motorola’s Support Services focuses on performance, both technological and operational, to maximize the efficiency and security of your communications network. These services can help increase both the availability and the operating efficiency of your network, while effectively managing costs and ensuring the safety of your employees and the citizens they protect. Figure 6-3: Excellence you can count on Motorola quality starts with product design and continues with total life cycle support Motorola’s in-depth and first-hand knowledge of mobility communications processes, technologies, and integrated solutions is invaluable. We have more than 80 years of experience in designing, building, maintaining and managing large, complex mobile networks. Our 6,500 Motorola Services professionals and over 8,000 world-class partners and certified subcontractors, have the support of a global network of R&D centers and test labs, as well as Motorola service and support centers at local, regional, and national levels. Few organizations claim to offer such a complete range of professional services within the communications industry. Even fewer are prepared to deliver. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training 7-1 Section 7. Training 7.1 Overview Motorola Solutions' Worldwide Learning Services (WLS) organization dedicates itself exclusively to offering the most comprehensive training available for Motorola Solutions' advanced equipment to fully realize the equipment's potential. From sophisticated training needs analysis to ongoing training throughout the life cycle of your product or system, WLS can help ensure that your investment in training today is an investment for your future. WLS's training methodology includes knowledgeable instructors, well-designed courseware, lab activities, and system hardware and software that closely parallels your operating environment and that is integrated with proper system documentation. This methodology is based upon several key criteria: Course design is driven by an analysis of learner needs and focuses on how-to rather than theory. Learning objectives are based upon what learners need to accomplish on the job and focus on specific applications. Hands-on lab opportunities using customer-specific job aids are incorporated into training to maximize the transfer of skills to the job and the retention/reuse of information. Motorola Solutions offers both train-the-trainer and end-user training. Students can attend training at one of WLS’s training centers or instructors can come to your site. In conjunction with or in addition to instructor-led training, WLS can provide self- study/e-learning programs in which students follow a computer-based training module on CD-ROM or other media. 7.2 Courses Proposed In the process of assessing your training needs, Motorola Solutions has identified the following course(s) that are necessary to achieve your training goals. While the standard courses are encouraged, the class outline may be tailored for your quotation. Thus, the outline(s) below may not exactly match your quoted class length and content. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training 7-2 System Administrator Course Target Audience No. of Sessions Duration (days) Location Date No. of Attendees ASTRO 25 IV&D System Networking Prerequisite (Instructor Led) System Managers and IT Technicians 1 5 Sandy Springs, GA Post Installation and Prior to Managing 6 Course Synopsis: This course provides the technician with the necessary networking information required for understanding the Network Transport subsystem components installed in an ASTRO 25 Release 6.x/7.x communications system. The course includes familiarization wit h basic networking concepts and the networking components deployed throughout the system. ASTRO 25 IV&D Trunking with M Core System Overview Part 1 of 3 (Self-Paced Online) System Managers and Technicians NA 6-10 Hours Online Prior to Part 2 6 Course Synopsis: The ASTRO 25 Integrated Voice and Data System Overview course is intended to provide an overview of the ASTRO 25 System in order to familiarize the various audiences with the overall system capabilities, components, features, and benefits. ASTRO 25 IV&D Introduction to Radio System Management Applications Part 2 of 3 (Self-Paced Online) System Managers and Technicians NA 6-10 Hours Online Prior to Part 3 6 Course Synopsis: This course provides an introduction to the Motorola Solutions Radio System Management Applications. This course is a Prerequisite to Radio System Administrator. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training 7-3 System Administrator (Con’t) Course Target Audience No. of Sessions Duration (days) Location Date No. of Attendees ASTRO 25 IV&D Radio System Administrator Workshop Part 3 of 3 (Instructor Led) System Managers 1 5 Sandy Springs, GA Post Installation and Prior to Managing 6 Course Synopsis: This workshop covers management functions for an ASTRO 25 Integrated Voice and Data (IV&D) System. Learning activities in this document-based training course focus on how to use the different ASTRO 25 IV&D System Management applications. Participants will be provided with an opportunity to discuss how to structure their organization and personnel for optimal ASTRO 25 IV&D system use.. MOSCAD Operator (Instructor Led) System Managers and Operators 1 1 (up to 6 hrs) Sandy Springs, GA Post Installation and Prior to Managing 6 Course Synopsis: This course provides System Designers, Technicians and System Managers focused skill and development and the practical experi ence to operate and navigate the GMC (Graphic Master Computer) used in MOSCAD systems. This class will be provided using the customers installed system and fully functional GMC computer(s). An operator manual is provided and will be supplied to each participant. ASTRO 25 IV&D Digital Mutual Aid (Self-Paced Online) System Managers and Technicians NA 4 hours Online Post Installation and Prior to Managing 6 Course Synopsis: This workshop describes the functionality of – and the hardware and software associated with – using Mutual Aid in the ASTRO 25 Integrated Voice & Data (IV&D) System. ASTRO 25 IV&D ISSI.1 Network Gateway Overview (Self-Paced Online) System Managers and Technicians NA 2-4 hours Online Post Installation and Prior to Managing 6 Course Synopsis: The ASTRO 25 IV&D ISSI.1 Network Gateway Overview is a self study course intended to provid e information related to the operation and functionality of, including the hardware and software associated with, the ISSI.1 Network Gateway. This course covers the ISSI.1 Network Gateway operation in detail, including tasks, operation, theory, and troubleshooting; while providing an overview of the installation and configuration of the ISSI Network Gateway components. Point to Point / Point to Multi Point Overview (On-line; Self-paced) Course #: WEE1604 System Managers and Technicians NA 4-6 Hours Online Post Installation and Prior to Managing 6 Course Synopsis: The Wireless Network Solutions Overview course teaches basic concepts, skills, and terminology surrounding Motorola Point -to-Point products. The course focuses on radio frequency basics, PTP technology, differentiators, licensed band applications, and case studies. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training 7-4 OPTIONAL - End User Training Course Target Audience No. of Sessions Duration (days) Location Date No. of Attendees MCC7500 Console Supervisors (ADMIN/Operators) (Instructor-led) 3 training consoles (2x1 Ratio) System Administrators and Dispatch Supervisors 1 (8 hr session) 1 Sandy Springs, GA Prior to Cut-over 6 Course Synopsis: This course provides participants with the knowledge and skills to manage and utilize the MCC 7500 console administrator functions. Through facilitation and hands-on activities, the participant learns how to customize the console screens. This session also includes the Operator course below. MCC7500 Console Operators (Instructor-led) 3 training consoles (2x1 Ratio) Console Operators 8 (4 hr sessions) 4 Sandy Springs, GA Prior to Cut-over Up to 42 (5-6 per session) Course Synopsis: This course provides participants with an introduction to the dispatch console, its basic operation and tailored job aids whi ch will be available for assistance in operation. Through facilitation and hands-on activities, the user learns how to perform common tasks associated with the console operation. APX Mobile and Portable Operator Training w/iEUTK Train-the-Trainer (Instructor-led) Radio Trainers 1 (1-day session) 1 Sandy Springs, GA Prior to Cut-over 15 Course Synopsis: These courses are designed to teach the customer how to operate the ASTRO 25 radios with the features programmed. In addition, the customer will be taught how to use Motorola Interactive End User Toolkits (iEUTK) to customize their end user training presen tations for individual agencies. Segmentation between user groups (i.e. Police, Fire/EMS, Public Service) is encouraged to help focus instruction on the specific operational issues of the individual user group. (Note: Similar course descriptions will be used for additional models.) It is recommended that the students bring their lap top computers for all System Manager and Technician classes. One set of hard copy manuals will be provided for the class. Students will receive their manuals in CD-ROM format and hard copy participant guides. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training 7-5 The Interactive End User Tool Kit (iEUTK) is a revolutionary knowledge transfer tool designed to accelerate learning. Using the iEUTK allows trainers to customize operator training to match unique button, feature programming, and displays provided in the system. Each iEUTK is user friendly and menu driven. The home page in every iEUTK provides excellent navigation to the multiple areas of interest for the specific communication device. Operators select “Getting Started” to view a highly informative video overview that helps build solid foundational knowledge and quickly brings users up to speed on the operational theory of their specific device. The tailored materials are developed on-site using tool kits that allow users to modify training materials when radio or console features change. Personnel are taught how to maneuver through and tailor the iEUTK screens. The tailored selections are saved to an electronic file that the Motorola Solutions training team sends to the printer to develop th e training materials. The trainers use the iEUTK to generate their instructor guides, incorporating standard operating procedures, notes, and reminders. This dynamic tool allows the customer to generate training materials on an as-needed basis depicting current features and functionality. 7.2.1 Course Outlines The following pages contain the training course outlines. We use our iEUTK to produce PowerPoint™ presentations so that students can have self-paced training on any PC with Microsoft Office™ . Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training Course Outlines 7-6 DDuurraattiioonn 5 Days Delivery Method Instructor-led TTaarrggeett AAuuddiieennccee Technical system managers, technicians, engineers CCoouurrssee SSyynnooppssiiss This course provides the technician with the necessary networking information required for understanding the Network Transport subsystem components installed in an ASTRO 25 IV&D communications system. The course includes familiarization with basic networking concepts and the networking components deployed throughout the system. RReeqquuiirreedd PPrree--WWoorrkk None RReeqquuiirreedd LLaabb EEqquuiippmmeenntt Items required for a single lab position with two participants: One Motorola router (model number GGM8000, S2500, S6000 or S4000) One Hewlett Packard Procurve switch (model number 2610-24, 2626 or 2524) Two RJ-45 network cables One DB9 to DB9 null modem cable (connects PC to console connector on switch and router) One DB9 to RJ-45 null modem cable (only applies to the 2610 switches) A sufficient number of power cords and power strips One PC or laptop with a login account that has the authority to change the IP address, add a TFTP file transfer program (3CDaemon) and execute a TFTP file transfer. NOTE: the total equipment required is dependant on the number of participants; i.e. twelve participants would require six sets of equipment. RReeccoommmmeennddeedd PPrreerreeqquuiissiitteess None ASTRO 25 IV&D System Networking (w/labs) Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training Course Outlines 7-7 CCoouurrssee OObbjjeeccttiivveess Upon Completion, the Participant Will Be Able To: Understand basic networking concepts Describe the various Transport network subsystem components Define the LAN topologies for each system Define the WAN topologies for each system Identify the expanse of Network Management across each system Discuss HP Switch, and Motorola Series Router configurations Describe and Perform the backup/restore procedures for the HP Switch and Motorola Series Routers in the ASTRO 25 system CCoouurrssee OOuuttlliinnee I. Basic Networking Concepts A. Terminology and Acronyms B. LANS and WANS C. Basic Protocols D. Network troubleshooting commands II. ASTRO 25 Network Transport Subsystem A. Call Processing 1. Block diagram description of how a call travels through the system 2. Identification and isolation of the network components B. Network Components 1. HP Switches—description and location in the network a) Menu-Driven Configuration b) Web-Based Configuration 2. Cooperative WAN Routing—description and location in the network 3. Motorola Series Routers—description and location in the network a) Command Line Interface Configuration b) Menu-Driven Configuration c) Web-Based Configuration 4. Router Manager -- location and application identification C. Network Concepts 1. Identify the LAN portion(s) of the network 2. Identify the LAN Protocols and describe where they are present in the network 3. Identify the WAN portion(s) of the network 4. Identify the WAN Protocols and describe where they are present in the network D. Hands-On Practice 1. Backup and Restore HP Switch Configurations 2. Backup and Restore Motorola Series Router Configurations 3. Create router boot configuration file 4. Flash routers with new operating system Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training Course Outlines 7-8 Duration 4 hours Delivery Method Online Self-paced Course Overview The ASTRO 25 with M Core Overview self-paced course is the starting point of all ASTRO 25 with M Core systems. In order to take other classes, students are required to complete this course and obtain a passing score in the corresponding test. It presents a high-level description of the system’s call flow capabilities, components, features and benefits. Audience System Managers, Technical System Managers, System Technicians and other Application Users Course Objectives List and describe the ASTRO 25 with M Core system features and capabilities. Describe the ASTRO 25 with M Core system sites and their components. Describe in detail the paths used for control, voice, and data in an ASTRO 25 with M Core. List the servers and databases used in an ASTRO 25 with M Core. Prerequisites Completion of the following courses or equivalent experience: Bridging the Knowledge Gap – Technicians (ACT100-E) Networking Essentials in Communication Equipment (NST762) Advanced Networking in Motorola Communications Equipment (NWT003) ASTRO 25 IV&D with M Core System Overview Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training Course Outlines 7-9 Course Outline I. Multiple Zone Trunking A. Definitions a. Master Site b. Zone Core c. Zone d. Site B. Site Statuses a. Wide Area Trunking: InterZone b. Wide Area Trunking: Intrazone c. Site Trunking d. Failsoft C. Information Types a. Control b. Voice c. 9600 bps Data d. High Performance Data e. Network Management D. GTR 8000 Expandable Site a. GTR 8000 Expandable Site Subsystem b. GTR 8000 Repeater Site c. HPD Overlay d. GTR 8000 Repeater Site Switch Redundancy e. GTR 8000 Repeater Site Gateway Redundancy E. IP Simulcast Subsystem a. Basic Simulcast Concepts b. Prime Site c. Information Paths d. Timing F. Console Site a. Dispatch Consoles b. Recording Equipment c. Console Site Configurations G. Conventional Channel Support a. Conventional in a Colocated Console Site b. Conventional in a GTR 8000 Repeater Site c. Conventional in an IP Simulcast Remote Site d. Coexistence with a 3.1 System e. Conventional Only Remote Site Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training Course Outlines 7-10 H. Zone Core a. LAN Switch b. Zone Controller c. Core Router d. Relay Panel e. Exit Router f. Subnets g. Subnets for Consoles h. Gateway Routers i. Scalability I. System Features a. Flexible Site and Interzone Links b. Channel Partitioning c. Other Band Trunking d. Dynamic Dual Mode e. Fire Station Alerting f. Telephone Interconnect g. Digital Mutual Aid h. SmartX Site Converter i. ISSI.1 Network Gateway j. Dynamic System Resilience k. Radio Authentication II. Voice Processing A. Turning on the Radio a. Finding the Control Channel b. Affiliation & Registration B. Making a Call a. Channel Request b. Authorizing the Call c. Assignment of Resources d. Busy Queue e. Call in Progress f. Finishing the Call C. Information Paths a. Control Path b. Voice Path c. Connectivity vs. Routing d. Routing Failure Scenarios Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training Course Outlines 7-11 III. Data Processing A. Common Uses of 9600 bps Data B. Elements of 9600 bps Data Path C. Signal Flow of 9600 bps Data D. Elements of HPD Data Path E. Signal Flow of HPD Data IV. Mobility Management A. Affiliation and Registration a. Valid Sites for an Individual b. Valid Sites for a Talkgroup c. Site Access Denial Type d. Dynamic Site Assignment e. Continuous Assignment Updating f. Deregistration B. Roaming a. Adjacent Sites b. RSSI Threshold c. Preferred Site d. Always Preferred Site e. Least Preferred Site C. Out of Range a. Inbound and Outbound Coverage b. Balanced Coverage c. Out of Range Indications D. Scan a. Priorities in Scan b. Requested Site V. Servers and Databases A. Servers B. System Level Servers C. Zone Level Servers D. Databases E. Zone Controller Databases F. Backup and Restore a. Description b. BAR Architecture c. BAR Clients Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training Course Outlines 7-12 Duration 10 hours Delivery Method Online; Recorded Course Synopsis: This virtual, interactive course provides a high-level preview of the Motorola Radio System Management applications. This course is a prerequisite to the Radio System Administration workshop. Audience System Managers, Technical System Managers, System Technicians, and other Application Users Course Objectives Become familiar with the following ASTRO 25 IV&D Radio System Management applications: System Profile Zone Profile ZoneWatch ATIA Log Viewer Unified Event Manager (UEM) Affiliation Display Radio Control Manager (RCM) RCM Reports Historical Reports Dynamic Reports User Configuration Manager (UCM) Zone Configuration Manager (ZCM) Unified Network Configurator (UNC) Configuration/Service Software (CSS) Acquire base knowledge of the overall System Management functions, their purposes, and an introduction to basic navigation and use of the Radio System Management applications Ability to see and ask questions about the common operations allowed by the Radio System Management applications Prerequisites Completion of ASTRO 25 IV&D Trunked System Overview with a passing score on the post test ASTRO 25 IV&D Introduction to Radio System Management Applications Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training Course Outlines 7-13 Completion of Bridging the Knowledge Gap for ASTRO® 25 OR Bridging the Knowledge Gap for ASTRO 25: System Administrators Computer Requirements Windows compatible workstation with XP or later operating system Course Outline I. Getting Ready A. WebEx Interface Familiarization B. Presentation of Objectives II. Introduction A. List of Applications III. Demonstration of Management Applications A. System Profile B. Zone Profile C. ZoneWatch D. ATIA Log Viewer E. Unified Event Manager (UEM) F. Affiliation Display G. Radio Control Manager (RCM) H. Reports a. RCM and Historical Reports b. Dynamic Reports c. UCM, ZCM, and UNC Reports I. User Configuration Manager (UCM) J. Zone Configuration Manager (ZCM) K. Unified Network Configurator (UNC) L. Configuration/Service Software (CSS) Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training Course Outlines 7-14 DDuurraattiioonn:: 5 Days Delivery Method Instructor-led Course Overview This workshop covers administrator functions for an ASTRO 25 Integrated Voice and Data (IV&D) System. Learning activities in this document-based training course focus on how to use the different ASTRO 25 IV&D System Management applications. Participants will be provided with an opportunity to discuss how to structure their organization and personnel for optimal ASTRO 25 IV&D system use. Audience System Administrators, Technical System Administrators, System Technicians, and other Application Users The applications covered in this course only apply to customers with releases 7.4 or newer. Objectives Describe the relationship between radio programming, console administration and system management, and the impact of this relationship on system planning List the network management tools applicable at each phase of the system life cycle Use the report and real-time data to monitor performance and make adjustments necessary to maintain acceptable system performance levels Identify the advantages and disadvantages of options available for the configuration of system infrastructure and user parameters Prerequisites For customers already at 7.4 and transitioning to an upgraded system. For prior releases additional training is recommended: - Completion of ASTRO 25 IV&D Trunked System Overview (ACS78200-E) with a passing score on the post test - Completion of ASTRO 25 IV&D Introduction to Radio System Administration (ACS78201- V) - Completion of the following courses or equivalent experience: - Bridging the Knowledge Gap for ASTRO 25 – System Administrators (ACT101-E) - Networking Essential in Communication Equipment (NST762) - Advanced Networking in Motorola Communications Equipment (NWT003) or 5 day field course ASTRO 25 IV&D Radio System Administration Workshop Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training Course Outlines 7-15 Computer Requirements N/A Course Outline I. Course Introduction II. Basic Concepts of Radio System Administration A. Why Did They Do it That Way? B. Radio Programming vs. System Management C. List of Management Applications III. Operation and Optimization A. License Sharing B. Live Monitoring of the System C. Report Generation D. Network Maintenance Tools IV. Configuration A. Configuration Process and Tools B. Adding Radios and Talkgroups to the System C. Editing Existing Records in UCM D. Setting System-Level Parameters E. Creating Managers and Controlling Access F. Managing Configurations with UNC G. Configuring Sites and Channels with ZCM** ** ZCM is used in ASTRO 7.7 and earlier V. Communications Planning A. Factors That Impact Communications System Planning B. Fleetmapping Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training Course Outlines 7-16 Duration 4-6 hours Delivery Method Instructor-led CCoouurrssee SSyynnooppssiiss This course provides System Designers, Technicians, System Managers and Dispatchers the focused skill and practical experience to operate and navigate the Graphic Master Computer (GMC) used in MOSCAD Network Fault Management (NFM) systems. This class will be provided using the customers installed system and fully functional Network Fault Management GMC computer(s). An operator manual is provided and will be supplied to each participant. Note: Course given as customer specific, will cover options pertinent to customer equipment. RReeccoommmmeennddeedd PPrreerreeqquuiissiitteess A basic understanding of Windows navigation. CCoouurrssee OObbjjeeccttiivveess Develop the knowledge and experience needed to operate and navigate the GMC used in MOSCAD Network Fault Management systems. Obtain the necessary skills to access and understand the information in order to diagnose system problems. MOSCAD Operator Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training Course Outlines 7-17 CCoouurrssee OOuuttlliinnee System Overview Introduction to the MOSCAD Network Fault Management System System Functionality Getting Started Starting the Graphic Master Computer application NFM Users and Groups Closing the GMC application Basic Navigation Features Single Server System Multiple Server System Custom Map Overview screen Home Button About Button General Indicators Top Level Displays Logon Window Zones Overview System Overview Custom Map System Overview Alarm Summary/History Windows Systems Communication Window About Window Individual Sites Site Overview Color Indicators MOSCAD Digital Inputs MOSCAD Digital Outputs Editing Digital Output Descriptions MOSCAD Analog Inputs Editing Analog Input Descriptions Device Displays (Customer Specific) Report Printer Operation (optional) Report Generator (Optional) Site Specific Reporting Equipment Specifying Alarm Status Reporting Displaying, Printing, and Exporting InTouch Logger Operation Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training Course Outlines 7-18 DDuurraattiioonn 4 Hours Delivery Method Online/Self-Paced TTaarrggeett AAuuddiieennccee System Technicians, System Managers CCoouurrssee SSyynnooppssiiss This workshop describes the functionality of – and the hardware and software associated with – using Mutual Aid in the ASTRO 25 Integrated Voice & Data (IV&D) System. PPrreerreeqquuiissiitteess - Completion of the following courses or equivalent experience: Bridging the Knowledge Gap for ASTRO 25 Systems ASTRO 25 Integrated Voice and Data System Networking - Completion of ASTRO 25 Integrated Voice and Data System Overview with a passing score on the post-test. CCoouurrssee OObbjjeeccttiivveess Describe the Mutual Aid feature. Describe the configurations available for mutual aid in an ASTRO 25 IV&D system. List and describe the components for use with Digital Mutual Aid and Analog Mutual Aid in the ASTRO 25 IV&D system. Configure Digital Mutual Aid and Analog Mutual Aid in the ASTRO 25 IV&D system. Maintain and troubleshoot Digital Mutual Aid and Analog Mutual Aid in the ASTRO 25 IV&D system. ASTRO 25 IV&D Digital Mutual Aid Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training Course Outlines 7-19 CCoouurrssee OOuuttlliinnee I. Mutual Aid Overview A. General definition B. Digital mutual aid C. Analog mutual aid II. Digital Mutual Aid A. Description B. Components C. Configuration D. Maintenance and Troubleshooting III. Analog Mutual Aid A. Description B. Components C. Configuration D. Maintenance and Troubleshooting Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training Course Outlines 7-20 DDuurraattiioonn 2-4 hours Delivery Method On-line, self paced Audience System Technicians, System Managers, Field Technicians Course Synopsis The ASTRO® 25 IV&D ISSI.1 Network Gateway Overview is a self study course intended to provide information related to the operation and functionality of, including the hardware and software associated with, the ISSI.1 Network Gateway. This course covers the ISSI.1 Network Gateway operation in detail, including tasks, operation, theory, and troubleshooting; while providing an overview of the installation and configuration of the ISSI Network Gateway components. Objectives: • Describe how the ISSI.1 Networking Gateway fits into the system • Describe how the ISSI.1 Network Gateway performs its interface functions • Describe how the ISSI.1 Network Gateway works in its various configurations Prerequisites ACS78200-E ASTRO® 25 IV&D System Overview Computer Requirements Windows IE 6.x or higher Adobe Flash Player 9.x or higher Adobe Acrobat Reader 8.x or higher Minimum Screen resolution Set 1024 x 768 Sound Card with speakers and headphones Course Outline ISSI.1 Gateway Description Theory of Operations ISSI.1 Network Gateway Installation ISSI.1 Network Gateway Operation Troubleshooting ASTRO® 25 IV&D ISSI.1 Network Gateway Overview Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training Course Outlines 7-21 DDuurraattiioonn:: 5 Days Delivery Method Instructor-led Course Overview This workshop describes planning, organizing, hardware, configuration, operations and troubleshooting of Secure Communications within the ASTRO 25 IV&D System. Audience System Technicians, System Administrators, Technical System Managers Course Objectives Plan, organize, and implement Secure Communications in an ASTRO 25 IV&D system Configure a Key Management Facility (KMF) system and related components Demonstrate centralized key management using Over-the-Air-Rekeying (OTAR) Perform System Administrator functions using the KMF server and KMF client Troubleshoot installation and configuration problems for the KMF server, KMF client, and KMF database Prerequisites Completion of the following courses or equivalent experience: Bridging the Knowledge Gap – Technicians (ACT100-E) Networking Essentials in Communication Equipment (NST762) or the 5-Day field version ASTRO 25 IV&D Secure Communications Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training Course Outlines 7-22 Course Outline I. System Overview A. Secure Communications Concepts B. Secure Equipment C. Secure Communications in a Trunking System D. Secure Communications in a Conventional System II. Planning and Organizing A. Communications Patterns B. Communications System Planning C. Fleetmapping Class Exercise III. Hardware A. KMF Hardware and Software B. Components for Trunked Systems C. Components for Conventional Systems IV. Configuration A. Configuring a Trunked System B. Configuring a Conventional System C. Configuring the Key Management Facility (KMF) D. Configuring the Radio E. Configuring the Key Variable Loader (KVL) V. Over The Air Rekeying (OTAR) A. Managing Currency B. OTAR Commands C. RNC OTAR VI. Administering and Monitoring A. Security Management B. Performance Tools for Key Management C. Performance Management for Trunked Systems D. Performance Management for Conventional Systems E. Administering the KMF Server VII. Fault Management and Troubleshooting A. Fault Management B. Detection, Diagnostics, and Monitoring Tools C. Troubleshooting the KMF Server D. Troubleshooting the KMF Client E. Troubleshooting the KMF Database F. Troubleshooting the KMF Subsystem G. Troubleshooting a Secure MCC 7500 Console and MCC 7500 AIS H. Troubleshooting Radio Unit Problems Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training Course Outlines 7-23 Duration 4-6 hours Delivery Method Online; Self-paced Course Overview The Wireless Network Solutions Overview course teaches basic concepts, skills, and terminology surrounding Motorola Point-to-Point products. The course focuses on radio frequency basics, PTP technology, differentiators, licensed band applications, and case studies. Audience Field Engineers Objectives Identify radio basics and zone characteristics Recognize the characteristics of signal path Describe adaptive modulation Identify Point-to-Point architectures Define ISM and U-NII bands Compare the use and application of various licensed bands for PTP products Prerequisites None Course Outline I. RF Basics A. Making the Link B. Clear Path C. System Gain D. Fade Margin E. Adaptive Modulation F. Duplexing Options Point-to-Point Overview WEE1604 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training Course Outlines 7-24 II. PTP Technology and Differentiators A. Network Types B. Key Network Challenges C. MIMO D. The IP Header III. Licensed Band Applications A. 4.9 GHz Connectivity for Public Safety B. Pairing with ASTRO networks C. PTP 49600 Value Proposition D. 6 GHz Underbuild E. Payload and Space Diversity IV. Case Studies A. Overwater Application B. Non-Line-of-Sight C. 6 GHz Underbuild Example D. Long Distance Application E. Security and Surveillance F. Rapid Deployment Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training Course Outlines 7-25 OPTIONAL DDuurraattiioonn 4 hours Operator, plus 4 hours Supervisor Delivery Method Instructor-led TTaarrggeett AAuuddiieennccee Dispatch Supervisors, System Administrators CCoouurrssee SSyynnooppssiiss This course provides participants with the knowledge and skills to manage and utilize the MCC 7500 console administrator functions. Through facilitation and hands-on activities, the participant learns how to customize the console screens. CCoouurrssee OObbjjeeccttiivveess Understand the menu items and tool bar icons Edit folders, multiselect/patch groups, auxiliary input output groups, windows and toolbars Add/delete folders RReeccoommmmeennddeedd PPrreerreeqquuiissiitteess None KKeeyy TTooppiiccss Introduction Configurations Folders and Resource Setup Customizing Folders Auto Starting the MCC 7500 Dispatch Console Editing Preferences Configuring the Toolbar Setting Up Aux IOs Resource Groups MCC7500 Supervisor Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Training Course Outlines 7-26 OPTIONAL DDuurraattiioonn 4 hours Delivery Method Instructor-led TTaarrggeett AAuuddiieennccee Dispatch Console Operators, Supervisors, System Administrators, and Support Personnel CCoouurrssee SSyynnooppssiiss This course provides participants with an introduction to the dispatch console, its basic operation and tailored job aids which will be available for assistance in operation. Through facilitation and hands-on activities, the user learns how to perform common tasks associated with the console operation. CCoouurrssee OObbjjeeccttiivveess Perform basic operational tasks of the dispatch console Utilize the provided job aids to perform specific tasks associated with the console Understand a high level view of the system configuration High-level overview of the customer system configuration General console operation Proper operating procedures for specific customer features RReeccoommmmeennddeedd PPrreerreeqquuiissiitteess None KKeeyy TTooppiiccss Overview Communicating with Radios Advanced Signaling Features Resource Groups Working with Configurations Working with Aux IOs Troubleshooting MCC7500 Operator Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Pricing 8-1 Section 8. Pricing 8.1 Project 25 P2 System with 7.13 Operating System 3 Site / 5 Channel 700MHz TDMA Radio System, 3 PTP microwave hops, 1 tower, 1 equipment building and 1 year 7 x 24 warranty per the enclosed System Description, Statement of Work and Warranty and Services Sections System Sale Price per Georgia State Contract $4,660,197 (Contract # 980-280008) System Sale Price less Large System Discount $4,301,362 ($358,835) for System purchase, as proposed Year End Purchase Incentive ($93,204) If Contract is executed on or before September 25, 2012 Total System Sale Price less Georgia State Contract $4,208,158 Discount, Large System Discount and Year End Incentive 8.2 Project 25 P2 Upgradeable System Connected to Cobb County - 7.9 Operating System 3 Sites / 5 Channels 700MHz, X2 TDMA Radio System, $3,364,510 4 PTP microwave hops, 1 tower, 1 equipment building and 1 year 7 x 24 warranty per the enclosed System Description, Statement of Work and Warranty and Services Sections 8.3 Radio Operator Console Options 11 Position MCC7500 Console System $823,355 Proposal does not include connectivity to the core site. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Pricing 8-2 8.4 ISSI.8000 Radio System Interoperability Option A. ISSI.1 Only Functionality - Manual Roaming $264,012* B. ISSI.8000 Functionality - Automatic Roaming $512,379* Notes: 1) The ISSI.8000 device requires a compatible device to be installed on the connecting system. 2) The “Automatic Roaming” feature can be added to the 8.4A version as a field upgrade. 3) ISSI.8000 functionality requires a software upgrade to all existing XTS and XTL subscribers. 4) Discounts are based on a system purchase, as proposed, and any variation of the totals can affect the overall system sale price. 8.5 Payment Schedule Except for a payment that is due on the Effective Date, Customer will make payments to Motorola within thirty (30) days after the date of each invoice. Customer will make payments when due in the form of a check, cashier’s check, or wire transfer drawn on a U.S. financial institution and in accordance with the following milestones. 1) 30% of Contract Value upon Contract Execution 2) 40% of Contract Value upon Shipment of Equipment 3) 25% of Contract Value upon Installation of Equipment 4) 5% of Contract Value upon System Acceptance Motorola reserves the right to make partial shipments of equipment and to request payment upon shipment of such equipment. In addition, Motorola reserves the right to invoice for installations or civil work completed on a site-by-site basis, when applicable. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Use or disclosure of this proposal is Project 25 Public Safety Radio System subject to the restrictions on the title page Pricing 8-3 8.6 Post-Warranty Maintenance Pricing Motorola has also included post-warranty pricing to assist you in maintaining your communications network after the first year warranty period. This full suite of services is designed to maintain and manage your system in order to provide optimal uptime and availability to all system users. These services are in addition to the base cost of the system and will be customized to meet your specific needs. 7.13 Operating System with Sandy Springs Master Site Post-Warranty Maintenance Service Price ($) P25 Infrastructure Maintenance Service: Network and Security Monitoring Security Update Service Dispatch Service Technical Support Premier OnSite Infrastructure Response Infrastructure Repair with Advanced Replacement Network Preventative Maintenance $174,000 Options Cobb County Connection – 7.9 Operating System $132,000 Sandy Springs 11 Consoles $26,000 ISSI Option $32,000 Total System Maintenance with Additions $232,000 Optional Software Upgrade Agreements After Acceptance 2014 2015 Software Upgrade Agreement II (SUAII) - Upgrade every 2 years $201,000 $202,200 The terms and conditions of Motorola’s Standard Commercial Warranty apply. Motorola.CSA 6-13-12 Motorola Contract No. 12-29109/JHJ 1 Communications System Agreement Motorola Solutions, Inc. (“Motorola”) and the City of Sandy Springs Police Department, GA (“Customer”) enter into this “Agreement,” pursuant to which Customer will purchase and Motorola will sell the System, as described below. Motorola and Customer may be referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.” For good and valuable consideration, the Parties agree as follows: Section 1 EXHIBITS The exhibits listed below are incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement. In interpreting this Agreement and resolving any ambiguities, the main body of this Agreement takes precedence over the exhibits and any inconsistency between Exhibits A through E will be resolved in their listed order. Exhibit A Motorola “Software License Agreement” Exhibit B “Payment Schedule” Exhibit C Motorola’s Proposal dated _______________ Exhibit D Service Statement(s) of Work and “Service Terms and Conditions” (if applicable) Exhibit E “System Acceptance Certificate” Section 2 DEFINITIONS Capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the following meanings: 2.1. “Acceptance Tests” means those tests described in the Acceptance Test Plan. 2.2. “Administrative User Credentials” means an account that has total access over the operating system, files, end user accounts and passwords at either the System level or box level. Customer’s personnel with access to the Administrative User Credentials may be referred to as the Administrative User. 2.3. “Beneficial Use” means when Customer first uses the System or a Subsystem for operational purposes (excluding training or testing). 2.4. “Confidential Information” means all information consistent with the fulfillment of this Agreement that is (i) disclosed under this Agreement in oral, written, graphic, machine recognizable, and/or sample form, being clearly designated, labeled or marked as confidential or its equivalent or (ii) obtained b y examination, testing or analysis of any hardware, software or any component part thereof provided by discloser to recipient. The nature and existence of this Agreement are considered Confidential Information. Confidential Information, that is disclosed orally must be identified as confidential at the time of disclosure and confirmed by the discloser by submitting a written document to the recipient within thirty (30) days after such disclosure. The written document must contain a summary of the Confide ntial Information disclosed with enough specificity for identification purpose and must be labeled or marked as confidential or its equivalent. 2.5. “Contract Price” means the price for the System, excluding applicable sales or similar taxes and freight charges. 2.6. “Effective Date” means that date upon which the last Party executes this Agreement. 2.7. “Equipment” means the equipment that Customer purchases from Motorola under this Agreement. Equipment that is part of the System is described in the Equipment List. 2.8. “Force Majeure” means an event, circumstance, or act of a third party that is beyond a Party’s reasonable control (e.g., an act of God, an act of the public enemy, an act of a government entity, strikes or other labor disturbances, hurricanes, earthquakes, fires, floods, epidemics, embargoes, war, and riots). Motorola.CSA 6-13-12 Motorola Contract No. 12-29109/JHJ 2 2.9. “Infringement Claim” means a third party claim alleging that the Equipment manufactured by Motorola or the Motorola Software directly infringes a United States patent or copyright. 2.10. “Motorola Software” means Software that Motorola or its affiliated company owns. 2.11. “Non-Motorola Software” means Software that another party owns. 2.12. “Open Source Software” (also called “freeware” or “shareware”) means software with either freely obtainable source code, license for modification, or permission for free distribution. 2.13. “Proprietary Rights” means the patents, patent applications, inventions, copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks, trade names, mask works, know-how, and other intellectual property rights in and to the Equipment and Software, including those created or produced by Motorola under this Agreement and any corrections, bug fixes, enhancements, updates or modifications to or derivative w orks from the Software whether made by Motorola or another party. 2.14. “Software” means the Motorola Software and Non-Motorola Software, in object code format that is furnished with the System or Equipment. 2.15. “Specifications” means the functionalit y and performance requirements that are described in Exhibit C. 2.16. “Subsystem” means a major part of the System that performs specific functions or operations. Subsystems are described in Exhibit C. 2.17. “System” means the Equipment, Software, and incidental hardware and materials that are combined together into an integrated system; the System is described in Exhibit C. 2.18. “System Acceptance” means the Acceptance Tests have been successfully completed. 2.19. “Warranty Period” means one (1) year from the date of System Acceptance or Beneficial Use, whichever occurs first. Section 3 SCOPE OF AGREEMENT AND TERM 3.1. SCOPE OF WORK. Motorola will provide, install and test the System, and perform its other contractual responsibilities, all in accordance with this Agreement. Customer will perform its contractual responsibilities in accordance with this Agreement. 3.2. CHANGE ORDERS. Either Party may request changes within the general scope of this Agreement. If a requested change causes an increase or decrease in the cost or time required to perform this Agreement, the Parties will agree to an equitable adjustment of the Contract Price, Performance Schedule, or both, and will reflect the adjustment in a change order. Neither Party is obligated to perform requested changes unless both Parties execute a written change order. 3.3. TERM. Unless terminated in accordance with other provisions of this Agreement or extended by mutual agreement of the Parties, the term of this Agreement begins on the Effective Date and continues until the date of Final Project Acceptance or expiration of the W arranty Period, whichever occurs last. 3.4. ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT OR SOFTWARE. For three (3) years after the Effective Date, Customer may order additional Equipment or Software if it is then available. Each order must refer to this Agreement and must specify the pricing and delivery terms. Notwithstanding any additional or contrary terms in the order, the applicable provisions of this Agreement (except for pricing, delivery, passage of title and risk of loss to Equipment, warranty commencement, and payment terms) will govern the purchase and sale of the additional Equipment or Software. Title and risk of loss to additional Equipment will pass at shipment, warranty will commence upon delivery, and payment is due within twenty (20 ) days after the invoice date. Motorola will send Customer an invoice as the additional Equipment is shipped or Motorola.CSA 6-13-12 Motorola Contract No. 12-29109/JHJ 3 Software is licensed. Alternatively, Customer may register with and place orders through Motorola Online (“MOL”), and this Agreement will be the “Underlying Agreement” for those MOL transactions rather than the MOL On-Line Terms and Conditions of Sale. MOL registration and other information may be found at http://www.motorola.com/businessandgovernment/ and the MOL telephone number is (800) 814-0601. 3.5. MAINTENANCE SERVICE. During the W arranty Period, in addition to warranty services, Motorola will provide maintenance services for the Equipment and support for the Motorola Software pursuant to the Statement of Work set forth in Exhibit D. Those services and support are included in the Contract Price. If Customer wishes to purchase additional m aintenance and support services for the Equipment during the W arranty Period, or any maintenance and support services for the Equipment either during the Warranty Period or after the W arranty Period, the description of and pricing for the services will be set forth in a separate document. If Customer wishes to purchase extended support for the Motorola Software after the W arranty Period, it may do so by ordering software subscription services. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, the terms and conditions applicable to those maintenance, support or software subscription services will be Motorola’s standard Service Terms and Conditions, together with the appropriate statements of work. 3.6. MOTOROLA SOFTWARE. Any Motorola Software, including subsequent releases, is licensed to Customer solely in accordance with the Software License Agreement. Customer hereby accepts and agrees to abide by all of the terms and restrictions of the Software License Agreement. 3.7. NON-MOTOROLA SOFTWARE. Any Non-Motorola Software is licensed to Customer in accordance with the standard license, terms, and restrictions of the copyright owner on the Effective Date unless the copyright owner has granted to Motorola the right to sublicense the Non-Motorola Software pursuant to the Software License Agreement, in which case it applies and the copyright owner will have all of Licensor’s rights and protections under the Software License Agreement. Motorola makes no representations or warranties of any kind regarding Non-Motorola Software. Non-Motorola Software may include Open Source Software. All Open Source Software is licensed to Customer in accordance with, and Customer agrees to abide by, the provisions of the standard license of the copyright owner and not the Software License Agreement. Upon request by Customer, Motorola will use commercially reasonable efforts to determine whether any Open Source Software will be provided under this Agreem ent; and if so, identify the Open Source Software and provide to Customer a copy of the applicable standard license (or specify where that license may be found); and provide to Customer a copy of the Open Source Software source code if it is publicly available without charge (although a distribution fee or a charge for related services may be applicable). 3.8. SUBSTITUTIONS. At no additional cost to Customer, Motorola may substitute any Equipment, Software, or services to be provided by Motorola, if the substitute meets or exceeds the Specifications and is of equivalent or better quality to the Customer. Any substitution will be reflected in a change order. 3.9. OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT OR SOFTWARE. This paragraph applies only if a “Priced Options” exhibit is shown in Section 1, or if the parties amend this Agreement to add a Priced Options exhibit. During the term of the option as stated in the Priced Options exhibit (or if no term is stated, then for one (1) year after the Effective Date), Customer has the right and option to purchase the equipment, software, and related services that are described in the Priced Options exhibit. Customer may exercise this option by giving written notice to Seller which must designate what equipment, software, and related services Customer is selecting (including quantities, if applicable). To the extent they apply, the terms and conditions of this Agreement will govern the transaction; however, the parties acknowledge that certain provisions must be agreed upon, and they agree to negotiate those in good faith promptly after Customer delivers the option exercise notice. Examples of provisions that may need to be negotiated are: specific lists of deliverables, statements of work, acceptance test plans, delivery and implementation schedules, payment terms, maintenance and support provisions, additions to or modifications of the Software License Agreement, hosting terms, and modifications to the acceptance and warranty provisions. Motorola.CSA 6-13-12 Motorola Contract No. 12-29109/JHJ 4 Section 4 PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE The Parties will perform their respective responsibilities in accordance with the Performance Schedule. By executing this Agreement, Customer authorizes Motorola to proceed with contract performance. Section 5 CONTRACT PRICE, PAYMENT AND INVOICING 5.1. CONTRACT PRICE. The Contract Price in U.S. dollars is $________________________. If applicable, a pricing summary is included with the Payment Schedule. Motorola has priced the services, Software, and Equipment as an integrated system. A reduction in Software or Equipment quantities, or services, may affect the overall Contract Price, including discounts if applicable. 5.2. INVOICING AND PAYMENT. Motorola will submit invoices to Customer according to the Payment Schedule. Except for a payment that is due on the Effective Date, Customer will make payments to Motorola within twenty (20) days after the date of each invoice. Customer will make payments when due in the form of a wire transfer, check, or cashier’s check from a U.S. financial institution. Overdue invoices will bear simple interest at the maximum allowable rate. For reference, the Federal Tax Identification Number for Motorola Solutions, Inc. is 36-1115800. 5.3. FREIGHT, TITLE, AND RISK OF LOSS. Motorola will pre-pay and add all freight charges to the invoices. Title to the Equipment will pass to Customer upon shipment. Title to Software will not pass to Customer at any time. Risk of loss will pass to Customer upon delivery of the Equipment to the Customer. Motorola will pack and ship all Equipment in accordance with good commercial practices. 5.4. INVOICING AND SHIPPING ADDRESSES. Invoices will be sent to the Customer at the following address:_____________________________________________________________________________ The address which is the ultimate destination where the Equipment will be delivered to Customer is: ____________________________________________________________________________________ The Equipment will be shipped to the Customer at the following address (insert if this informat ion is known):_____________________________________________________________________________ Customer may change this information by giving written notice to Motorola. Section 6 SITES AND SITE CONDITIONS 6.1. ACCESS TO SITES. In addition to its responsibilities described elsewhere in this Agreement, Customer will provide a designated project manager; all necessary construction and building permits, zoning variances, licenses, and any other approvals that are necessary to develop or use the sites and mounting locations; and access to the work sites or vehicles identified in Exhibit C as reasonably requested by Motorola so that it may perform its duties in accordance with the Performance Schedule and Statement of Work. If the Statement of Work so indicates, Motorola may assist Customer in the local building permit process. 6.2. SITE CONDITIONS. Customer will ensure that all work sites it provides will be safe, secure, and in compliance with all applicable industry and OSHA standards. To the extent applic able and unless the Statement of Work states to the contrary, Customer will ensure that these work sites have adequate: physical space; air conditioning and other environmental conditions; adequate and appropriate electrical power outlets, distribution, equipment and connections; and adequate telephone or other communication lines (including modem access and adequate interfacing networking capabilities), all for the installation, use and maintenance of the System . Before installing the Equipment or Software at a work site, Motorola may inspect the work site and advise Customer of any apparent deficiencies or non-conformities with the requirements of this Section. This Agreement is predicated upon normal soil condit ions as defined by the version of E.I.A. standard RS-222 in effect on the Effective Date. 6.3. SITE ISSUES. If a Party determines that the sites identified in Exhibit C are no longer available or desired, or if subsurface, structural, adverse environmental or latent conditions at any site differ from those indicated in Exhibit C, the Parties will promptly investigate the conditions and will select replacement sites or adjust the installation plans and specifications as necessary. If change in sites or Motorola.CSA 6-13-12 Motorola Contract No. 12-29109/JHJ 5 adjustment to the installation plans and specifications causes a change in the cost or time to perform, the Parties will equitably amend the Contract Price, Performance Schedule, or both, by a change order. Section 7 TRAINING Any training to be provided by Motorola to Customer will be described in the Statement of Work. Customer will notify Motorola immediately if a date change for a scheduled training program is required. If Motorola incurs additional costs because Customer reschedules a training program less than thirty (30) days before its scheduled start date, Motorola may recover these additional costs. Section 8 SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE 8.1. COMMENCEMENT OF ACCEPTANCE TESTING. Motorola will provide to Customer at least ten (10) days notice before the Acceptance Tests commence. System testing will occur only in accordance with the Acceptance Test Plan. 8.2. SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE. System Acceptance will occur upon successful completion of the Acceptance Tests. Upon System Acceptance, the Parties will memorialize this event by promptly executing a System Acceptance Certificate. If the Acceptance Test Plan includes separate tests for individual Subsystems or phases of the System, acceptance of the individual Subsystem or phase will occur upon the successful completion of the Acceptance Tests for the Subsystem or phase, and the Parties will promptly execute an acceptance certificate for the Subsystem or phase. If Customer believes the System has failed the completed Acceptance Tests, Customer will provide to Motorola a written notice that includes the specific details of the failure. If Customer does not provide to Motorola a failure notice within thirty (30) days after completion of the Acceptance Tests, System Acceptance will be deemed to have occurred as of the completion of the Acceptance Tests. Minor omissions or variances in the System that do not materially impair the operation of the System as a whole will not postpone System Acceptance or Subsystem acceptance, but will be corrected according to a mutually agreed schedule. 8.3. BENEFICIAL USE. Customer acknowledges that Motorola’s ability to perform its implementation and testing responsibilities may be impeded if Customer begins using the System before System Acceptance. Therefore, Customer will not commence Beneficial Use before System Acceptance without Motorola’s prior written authorization, which will not be unreasonably withheld. Motorola is not responsible for System performance deficiencies that occur during unauthorized Beneficial Use. Upon commencement of Beneficial Use, Customer assumes responsibility for the use and operation of the System. 8.4 FINAL PROJECT ACCEPTANCE. Final Project Acceptance will occur after System Acceptance when all deliverables and other work have been completed. When Final Project Acceptance occurs, the parties will promptly memorialize this final event by so indicating on the System Acceptanc e Certificate. Section 9 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 9.1. SYSTEM FUNCTIONALITY. Motorola represents that the System will perform in accordance with the Specifications in all material respects. Upon System Acceptance or Beneficial Use, whichever occurs first, this System functionality representation is fulfilled. Motorola is not responsible for System performance deficiencies that are caused by ancillary equipment not furnished by Motorola which is attached to or used in connection with the System or for reasons or parties beyond Motorola’s control, such as natural causes; the construction of a building that adversely affects the microwave path reliability or radio frequency (RF) coverage; the addition of frequencies at System sites that cause RF inte rference or intermodulation; or Customer changes to load usage or configuration outside the Specifications. 9.2. EQUIPMENT WARRANTY. During the Warranty Period, Motorola warrants that the Equipment under normal use and service will be free from material defects in materials and workmanship. If System Acceptance is delayed beyond six (6) months after shipment of the Equipment by events or causes within Customer’s control, this warranty expires eighteen (18) months after the shipment of the Equipment. Motorola.CSA 6-13-12 Motorola Contract No. 12-29109/JHJ 6 9.3. MOTOROLA SOFTWARE WARRANTY. Unless otherwise stated in the Software License Agreement, during the Warranty Period, Motorola warrants the Motorola Software in accordance with the terms of the Software License Agreement and the provisions of this Section 9 that are applicable to the Motorola Software. If System Acceptance is delayed beyond six (6) months after shipment of the Motorola Software by events or causes within Customer’s control, this warranty expires eighteen (18) months after the shipment of the Motorola Software. TO THE EXTENT, IF ANY, THAT THERE IS A SEPARATE LICENSE AGREEMENT PACKAGED WITH, OR PROVIDED ELECTRONICALLY WITH, A PARTICULAR PRODUCT THAT BECOMES EFFECTIVE ON AN ACT OF ACCEPTANCE BY THE END USER, THEN THAT AGREEMENT SUPERCEDES THIS SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT AS TO THE END USER OF EACH SUCH PRODUCT. 9.4. EXCLUSIONS TO EQUIPMENT AND MOTOROLA SOFTWARE WARRANTIES. These warranties do not apply to: (i) defects or damage resulting from : use of the Equipment or Motorola Software in other than its normal, customary, and authorized manner; accident, liquids, neglect, or acts of God; testing, maintenance, disassembly, repair, installation, altera tion, modification, or adjustment not provided or authorized in writing by Motorola; Customer’s failure to comply with all applicable industry and OSHA standards; (ii) breakage of or damage to antennas unless caused directly by defects in material or workmanship; (iii) Equipment that has had the serial number removed or made illegible; (iv) batteries (because they carry their own separate limited warranty) or consumables; (v) freight costs to ship Equipment to the repair depot; (vi) scratches or other cosmetic damage to Equipment surfaces that does not affect the operation of the Equipment; and (vii) normal or customary wear and tear. 9.5. WARRANTY CLAIMS. To assert a warranty claim, Customer must notify Motorola in writing of the claim before the expiration of the W arranty Period. Upon receipt of this notice, Motorola will investigate the warranty claim. If this investigation confirms a valid warranty claim, Motorola will (at its option and at no additional charge to Customer) repair the defective Equipment or Motorola Software, replace it with the same or equivalent product, or refund the price of the defective Equipment or Motorola Software. That action will be the full extent of Motorola’s liability for the warranty claim . If this investigation indicates the warranty claim is not valid, then Motorola may invoice Customer for responding to the claim on a time and materials basis using Motorola’s then current labor rates. Repaired or replaced product is warranted for the balance of the original applicable warranty period. All replaced products or parts will become the property of Motorola. 9.6. ORIGINAL END USER IS COVERED. These express limited warranties are extended by Motorola to the original user purchasing the System for commercial, industrial, or governmental use only, and are not assignable or transferable. 9.7. DISCLAIMER OF OTHER WARRANTIES. THESE WARRANTIES ARE THE COMPLETE WARRANTIES FOR THE EQUIPMENT AND MOTOROLA SOFTWARE PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND ARE GIVEN IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES. MOTOROLA DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Section 10 DELAYS 10.1. FORCE MAJEURE. Neither Party will be liable for its non-performance or delayed performance if caused by a Force Majeure. A Party that becomes aware of a Force Majeure that will significantly delay performance will notify the other Party promptly (but in no event later than fifteen days) after it discovers the Force Majeure. If a Force Majeure occurs, the Parties will execute a change order to extend the Performance Schedule for a time period that is reasonable under the circumstances. 10.2. PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE DELAYS CAUSED BY CUSTOMER. If Customer (including its other contractors) delays the Performance Schedule, it will make the promised payments according to the Payment Schedule as if no delay occurred; and the Parties will execute a change order to extend the Performance Schedule and, if requested, compensate Motorola for all reasonable charges incurred because of the delay. Delay charges may include costs incurred by Motorola or its subcontractors for additional freight, warehousing and handling of Equipment; extension of the warranties; travel; Motorola.CSA 6-13-12 Motorola Contract No. 12-29109/JHJ 7 suspending and re-mobilizing the work; additional engineering, project management, and standby time calculated at then current rates; and preparing and implementing an alternative implementation plan. Section 11 DISPUTES The Parties will use the following procedure to address any dispute arising under this Agreement (a “Dispute”). 11.1. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia. 11.2. NEGOTIATION. Either Party may initiate the Dispute resolution procedures by sending a notice of Dispute (“Notice of Dispute”). The Parties will attempt to resolve the Dispute promptly through good faith negotiations including 1) timely escalation of the Dispute to executives who have authority to settle the Dispute and who are at a higher level of management than the persons with direct responsibility for the matter and 2) direct communication between the executives. If the Dispute has not been resolved within ten (10) days from the Notice of Dispute, the Parties will proceed to mediation. 11.3 MEDIATION. The Parties will choose an independent mediator within thirty (30) days of a notice to mediate from either Party (“Notice of Mediation”). Neither Party may unreasonably withhold consent to the selection of a mediator. If the Parties are unable to agree upon a mediator, either Party may request that American Arbitration Association nominate a mediator. Each Party will bear its own costs of mediation, but the Parties will share the cost of the mediator equally. Each Party will participate in the mediation in good faith and will be represented at the mediation by a business executive with authority to settle the Dispute. 11.4. LITIGATION, VENUE and JURISDICTION. If a Dispute remains unresolved for sixty (60) days after receipt of the Notice of Mediation, either Party may then submit the Dispute to a court of competent jurisdiction in the state in which the System is installed. Each Party irrevocably agrees to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts in such state over any claim or matter arising under or in connection with this Agreement. 11.5. CONFIDENTIALITY. All communications pursuant to subsections 11.2 and 11.3 will be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations for purposes of applicable rules of evidence and any additional confidentiality protections provided by applicable law. The use of these Dispute resolution procedures will not be construed under the doctrines of laches, waiver or estoppel to affect adversely the rights of either Party. Section 12 DEFAULT AND TERMINATION 12.1 DEFAULT BY A PARTY. If either Party fails to perform a material obligation under this Agreement, the other Party may consider the non-performing Party to be in default (unless a Force Majeure causes the failure) and may assert a default claim by giving the non-performing Party a written and detailed notice of default. Except for a default by Customer for failing to pay any amount when due under this Agreement which must be cured immediately, the defaulting Party will have thirty (30) days after receipt of the notice of default to either cure the default or, if the default is not curable within thirty (30) days, provide a written cure plan. The defaulting Party will begin implementing the cure plan immediately after receipt of notice by the other Party that it approves the plan. If Customer is the defaulting Party, Motorola may stop work on the project until it approves the Customer’s cure plan. 12.2. FAILURE TO CURE. If a defaulting Party fails to cure the default as provided abov e in Section 12.1, unless otherwise agreed in writing, the non-defaulting Party may terminate any unfulfilled portion of this Agreement. In the event of termination for default, the defaulting Party will promptly return to the non- defaulting Party any of its Confidential Information. If Customer is the non-defaulting Party, terminates this Agreement as permitted by this Section, and completes the System through a third Party, Customer may as its exclusive remedy recover from Motorola reasonable costs incurred to complete the System to Motorola.CSA 6-13-12 Motorola Contract No. 12-29109/JHJ 8 a capability not exceeding that specified in this Agreement less the unpaid portion of the Contract Price. Customer will mitigate damages and provide Motorola with detailed invoices substantiating the charges. Section 13 INDEMNIFICATION 13.1. GENERAL INDEMNITY BY MOTOROLA. Motorola will indemnify and hold Customer harmless from any and all liability, expense, judgment, suit, cause of action, or demand for personal injury, death, or direct damage to tangible property which may accrue against Customer to the extent it is caused by the negligence of Motorola, its subcontractors, or their employees or agents, while performing their duties under this Agreement, if Customer gives Motorola prompt, written notice of any the claim or suit. Customer will cooperate with Motorola in its defense or settlement of the claim or suit. This section sets forth the full extent of Motorola’s general indemnification of Customer from liabilities that are in any way related to Motorola’s performance under this Agreement. 13.2. GENERAL INDEMNITY BY CUSTOMER. Customer will indemnify and hold Motorola harmless from any and all liability, expense, judgment, suit, cause of action, or demand for personal injury, death, or direct damage to tangible property which may accrue against Motorola to the extent it is caused by the negligence of Customer, its other contractors, or their employees or agents, while performing their duties under this Agreement, if Motorola gives Customer prompt, written notice of any the claim or suit. Motorola will cooperate with Customer in its defense or settlement of the claim or suit. This section sets forth the full extent of Customer’s general indemnification of Motorola from liabilities that are in any way related to Customer’s performance under this Agreement. 13.3. PATENT AND COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT. 13.3.1. Motorola will defend at its expense any suit brought against Customer to the extent it is based on a third-party claim alleging that the Equipment manufactured by Motorola or the Motorola Software (“Motorola Product”) directly infringes a United States patent or copyright (“Infringement Claim”). Motorola’s duties to defend and indemnify are conditioned upon: Customer promptly notifying Motorola in writing of the Infringement Claim; Motorola having sole control of the defense of the suit and all negotiations for its settlement or compromise; and Customer providing to Motorola cooperation and, if requested by Motorola, reasonable assistance in the defense of the Infringement Claim. In addition to Motorola’s obligation to defend, and subject to the same conditions, Motorola will pay all damages finally awarded against Customer by a court of competent jurisdiction for an Infringement Claim or agreed to, in writing, by Motorola in settlement of an Infringement Claim. 13.3.2. If an Infringement Claim occurs, or in Motorola's opinion is likely to occur, Motorola may at its option and expense: (a) procure for Customer the right to continue using the Motorola Product; (b) replace or modify the Motorola Product so that it becomes non-infringing while providing functionally equivalent performance; or (c) accept the return of the Motorola Product and grant Customer a credit for the Motorola Product, less a reasonable charge for depreciation. The depreciation amount will be calculated based upon generally accepted accounting standards. 13.3.3. Motorola will have no duty to defend or indemnify for any Infringement Claim that is based upon: (a) the combination of the Motorola Product with any software, apparatus or device not furnished by Motorola; (b) the use of ancillary equipment or software not furnished by Motorola and that is attached to or used in connection with the Motorola Product; (c) Motorola Product designed or manufactured in accordance with Customer’s designs, specifications, guidelines or instructions, if the alleged infringement would not have occurred without such designs, specifications, guidelines or instructions; (d) a modification of the Motorola Product by a party other than Motorola; (e) use of the Motorola Product in a manner for which the Motorola Product was not designed or that is inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement; or (f) the failure by Customer to install an enhancement release to the Motorola Software that is intended to correct the claimed infringement. In no event will Motorola’s liability resulting from its indemnity obligation to Customer extend in any way to royalties payable on a per use basis or the Customer’s revenues, or any royalty basis other than a reasonable royalty based upon revenue derived by Motorola from Customer from sales or license of the infringing Motorola Product. Motorola.CSA 6-13-12 Motorola Contract No. 12-29109/JHJ 9 13.3.4. This Section 13 provides Customer’s sole and exclusive remedies and Motorola’s entire liability in the event of an Infringement Claim. Customer has no right to recover and Motorola has no obligation to provide any other or further remedies, whether under another provision of this Agreement or any other legal theory or principle, in connection with an Infringement Claim. In addition, the rights and remedies provided in this Section 13 are subject to and limited by the restrictions set forth in Section 14. Section 14 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Except for personal injury or death, Motorola's total liability, whether for breach of contract, warranty, negligence, strict liability in tort, indemnification, or otherwise, will be limited to the direct damages recoverable under law, but not to exceed the price of the Equipment, Software, or services with respect to which losses or damages are claimed. ALTHOUGH THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSSES OR DAMAGES, THEY AGREE THAT MOTOROLA WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY COMMERCIAL LOSS; INCONVENIENCE; LOSS OF USE, TIME, DATA, GOOD WILL, REVENUES, PROFITS OR SAVINGS; OR OTHER SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO OR ARISING FROM THIS AGREEMENT, THE SALE OR USE OF THE EQUIPMENT OR SOFTWARE, OR THE PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES BY MOTOROLA PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT. This limitation of liability provision survives the expiration or termination of the Agreement and applies notwithstanding any contrary provision. No action for contract breach or otherwise relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement may be brought more than one (1) year after the accrual of the cause of action, except for money due upon an open account. Section 15 CONFIDENTIALITY AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS 15.1.1. Confidentiality Obligation. Each party is a disclosing party (“Discloser”) and a receiving party (“Recipient”) under this Agreement. During the term of this Agreement, for a period of three (3) years from the date of expiration or termination of this Agreement, and to the extent allowed by law, recipient will (i) not disclose Confidential Information to any third party; (ii) restrict disclosure of Confidential Information to only those employees (including, but not limited to, employees, officers, officials, agents, volunteers or consultants who must be directly involved with the Confidential Information for the purpose and who are bound by confidentiality terms substantially similar to those in this Agreement; (iii) not reverse engineer, de-compile or disassemble any Confidential Information; (iv) use the same degree of care as for its own information of like importance, but at least use reasonable care, in safeguarding against disclosure of Confidential Information; (v) promptly notify discloser up on discovery of any unauthorized use or disclosure of the Confidential Information and take reasonable steps to regain possession of the Confidential Information and prevent further unauthorized actions or other breach of this Agreement; and (vi) only use the Confidential Information as needed to fulfill this Agreement. 15.1.2. Required Disclosure. If a recipient is required to disclose Confidential Information pursuant to applicable law, statute, or regulation, or court order, the recipient will give to the discloser prompt written notice of the request and a reasonable opportunity to object to such disclosure and seek a protective order or appropriate remedy. If, in the absence of a protective order, the recipient determines, upon the advice of counsel, that it is required to disclose such information, it may disclose only Confidential Information specifically required and only to the extent required to do so. 15.1.3. Confidential Exceptions. Recipient is not obligated to maintain as confidential, Confidential Information that recipient can demonstrate by documentation (i) is now available or becomes available to the public without breach of this Agreement; (ii) is explicitly approved for release by written authorization of discloser; (iii) is lawfully obtained from a third party or parties without a duty of confidentiality; (iv) is known to the recipient prior to such disclosure; or (v) is independently developed by recipient without the use of any discloser’s Confidential Information or any breach of this Agreement. 15.1.4. Ownership and Retention. All Confidential Information remains the property of the discloser and will not be copied or reproduced without the express written permission of the discloser, except for copies that are absolutely necessary in order to fulfill this Agreement. Within ten (10) days of receipt of discloser’s written request, recipient will return all Confidential Information to discloser along with all copies and portions thereof, or certify in writing that all such Confidential Information has been destroyed. Motorola.CSA 6-13-12 Motorola Contract No. 12-29109/JHJ 10 However, recipient may retain one (1) archival copy of the Confidential Information that it may use only in case of a dispute concerning this Agreement. No license, express or implied, in the Confidential Information is granted other than to use the Confidential Information in the manner and to the extent authorized by this Agreement. The discloser warrants that it is authorized to disclose any Confidential Information it discloses pursuant to this Agreement. 15.2. PRESERVATION OF MOTOROLA’S PROPRIETARY RIGHTS. Motorola, the third party manufacturer of any Equipment, and the copyright owner of any Non -Motorola Software own and retain all of their respective Proprietary Rights in the Equipment and Software, and nothing in this Agreement is intended to restrict their Proprietary Rights. All intellectual property developed, originated, or prepared by Motorola in connection with providing to Customer the Equipment, Software, or related services remain vested exclusively in Motorola, and this Agreement does not grant to Customer any shared development rights of intellectual property. Except as explicitly provided in the Software License Agreement, Motorola does not grant to Customer, either directly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any right, title or interest in Motorola’s Proprietary Rights. Customer will not modify, disassemble, peel components, decompile, otherwise reverse engineer or attempt to reverse engineer, deriv e source code or create derivative works from, adapt, translate, merge with other software, reproduce, distribute, sublicense, sell or export the Software, or permit or encourage any third party to do so. The preceding sentence does not apply to Open Source Software which is governed by the standard license of the copyright owner. Section 16 GENERAL 16.1. TAXES. The Contract Price does not include any excise, sales, lease, use, property, or other taxes, assessments or duties, all of which will be paid by Customer except as exempt by law. If Motorola is required to pay any of these taxes, Motorola will send an invoice to Customer and Customer will pay to Motorola the amount of the taxes (including any interest and penalties) within twenty (20) days after the date of the invoice. Customer will be solely responsible for reporting the Equipment for personal property tax purposes, and Motorola will be solely responsible for reporting taxes on its income or net worth . 16.2. ASSIGNABILITY AND SUBCONTRACTING. Except as provided herein, neither Party may assign this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. Any attempted assignment, delegation , or transfer without the necessary consent will be void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Motorola may assign this Agreement to any of its affiliates or its right to receive payment without the prior consent of Customer. In addition, in the event Motorola separates one or more of its businesses (each a “Separated Business”), whether by way of a sale, establishment of a joint venture, spin-off or otherwise (each a “Separation Event”), Motorola may, without the prior written consent of the other Party and at no additional cost to Motorola, assign this Agreement such that it will continue to benefit the Separated Business and its affiliates (and Motorola and its affiliates, to the extent applicable) following the Separation Event. Motorola may subcontract any of the work, but subcontracting will not relieve Motorola of its duties under this Agreement. 16.3 WAIVER. Failure or delay by either Party to exercise a right or power under this Agreement will not be a waiver of the right or power. For a waiver of a right or power to be effective, it must be in a writing signed by the waiving Party. An effective waiver of a right or power will not be construed as either a future or continuing waiver of that same right or power, or the waiver of any other right or power. 16.4. SEVERABILITY. If a court of competent jurisdiction renders any part of this Agreement invalid or unenforceable, that part will be severed and the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect. 16.5. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS. Each Party will perform its duties under this Agreement as an independent contractor. The Parties and their personnel will not be considered to be employees or agents of the other Party. Nothing in this Agreement will be interpreted as granting either Party the right or authority to make commitments of any kind for the other. This Agreement will not constitute, create, or be interpreted as a joint venture, partnership or formal business organization of any kind. Motorola.CSA 6-13-12 Motorola Contract No. 12-29109/JHJ 11 16.6. HEADINGS AND SECTION REFERENCES. The section headings in this Agreement are inserted only for convenience and are not to be construed as part of this Agreement or as a limitation of the scope of the particular section to which the heading refers. This Agreement will be fairly interprete d in accordance with its terms and conditions and not for or against either Party. 16.7. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, including all Exhibits, constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties regarding the subject matter of the Agreement and supersedes all previous agreements, proposals, and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to this subject matter. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by authorized representatives of both Parties. The preprinted terms and conditions found on any Customer purchase order, acknowledgment or other form will not be considered an amendment or modification of this Agreement, even if a representative of each Party signs that document. 16.8. NOTICES. Notices required under this Agreement to be given by one Party to the other must be in writing and either personally delivered or sent to the address shown below by certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid (or by a recognized courier service, such as Fed eral Express, UPS, or DHL), or by facsimile with correct answerback received, and will be effective upon receipt: Motorola Solutions, Inc. Customer Attn: Judy Jean-Pierre, Law Dept. Attn: ______________________________ 1303 E. Algonquin Road, IL01, 8th Floor __________________________________ Schaumburg, IL 60196 __________________________________ fax: ______________________________ fax: _______________________________ 16.9. COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS. Each Party will comply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, regulations and rules concerning the performance of this Agreement or use of the System. Customer will obtain and comply with all Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) licenses and authorizations required for the installation, operation and use of the System before the scheduled installation of the Equipment. Although Motorola might assist Customer in the preparation of its FCC license applications, neither Motorola nor any of its employees is an agent or repr esentative of Customer in FCC or other matters. 16.10. AUTHORITY TO EXECUTE AGREEMENT. Each Party represents that it has obtained all necessary approvals, consents and authorizations to enter into this Agreement and to perform its duties under this Agreement; the person executing this Agreement on its behalf has the authority to do so; upon execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Parties, it is a valid and binding contract, enforceable in accordance with its terms; and the execution, delivery, a nd performance of this Agreement does not violate any bylaw, charter, regulation, law or any other governing authority of the Party. 16.11. ADMINISTRATOR LEVEL ACCOUNT ACCESS. Motorola will provide Customer with Administrative User Credentials. Customer agrees to only grant Administrative User Credentials to those personnel with the training or experience to correctly use the access. Customer is responsible for protecting Administrative User Credentials from disclosure and maintaining Credential validit y by, among other things, updating passwords when required. Customer may be asked to provide valid Administrative User Credentials when in contact with Motorola System support. Customer understands that changes made as the Administrative User can significantly impact the performance of the System. Customer agrees that it will be solely responsible for any negative impact on the System or its users by any such changes. System issues occurring as a result of changes made by an Administrative User may impa ct Motorola’s ability to perform its obligations under the Agreement or its Maintenance and Support Agreement. In such cases, a revision to the appropriate provisions of the Agreement, including the Statement of Work, may be necessary. To the extent Motor ola provides assistance to correct any issues caused by or arising out of the use of or failure to maintain Administrative User Credentials, Motorola will be entitled to bill Customer and Customer will pay Motorola on a time and materials basis for resolvi ng the issue. 16.12. SURVIVAL OF TERMS. The following provisions will survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason: Section 3.6 (Motorola Software); Section 3.7 (Non-Motorola Software); if any Motorola.CSA 6-13-12 Motorola Contract No. 12-29109/JHJ 12 payment obligations exist, Sections 5.1 and 5.2 (Contract Price and Invoicing and Payment); Subsection 9.7 (Disclaimer of Implied Warranties); Section 11 (Disputes); Section 14 (Limitation of Liability); and Section 15 (Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights); and all of the General provisions in Section 16. The Parties hereby enter into this Agreement as of the Effective Date. Motorola Solutions, Inc. Customer By: ______________________________ By: ______________________________ Name: ___________________________ Name: ____________________________ Title: ____________________________ Title: _____________________________ Date: ____________________________ Date: ____________________________ Motorola.CSA 6-13-12 Motorola Contract No. 12-29109/JHJ 13 Exhibit A SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT This Exhibit A Software License Agreement ("Agreement") is between Motorola Solutions, Inc., (“Motorola") and the City of Sandy Springs Police Department, GA (“Licensee”). For good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows: Section 1 DEFINITIONS 1.1 “Designated Products” means products provided by Motorola to Licensee with which or for which the Software and Documentation is licensed for use. 1.2 “Documentation” means product and software documentation that specifies technical and performance features and capabilities, and the user, operation and training manuals for the Software (including all physical or electronic media upon which such information is provided). 1.3 “Open Source Software” means software with either freely obtainable source code, li cense for modification, or permission for free distribution. 1.4 “Open Source Software License” means the terms or conditions under which the Open Source Software is licensed. 1.5 “Primary Agreement” means the agreement to which this exhibit is attached. 1.6 “Security Vulnerability” means a flaw or weakness in system security procedures, design, implementation, or internal controls that could be exercised (accidentally triggered or intentionally exploited) and result in a security breach such that data is compromised, manipulated or stolen or the system damaged. 1.7 “Software” (i) means proprietary software in object code format, and adaptations, translations, de - compilations, disassemblies, emulations, or derivative works of such software; (ii) means an y modifications, enhancements, new versions and new releases of the software provided by Motorola; and (iii) may contain one or more items of software owned by a third party supplier. The term "Software" does not include any third party software provided under separate license or third party software not licensable under the terms of this Agreement. Section 2 SCOPE Motorola and Licensee enter into this Agreement in connection with Motorola's delivery of certain proprietary Software or products containing embedded or pre-loaded proprietary Software, or both. This Agreement contains the terms and conditions of the license Motorola is providing to Licensee, and Licensee’s use of the Software and Documentation. Section 3 GRANT OF LICENSE 3.1. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the payment of applicable license fees, Motorola grants to Licensee a personal, limited, non-transferable (except as permitted in Section 7) and non- exclusive license under Motorola’s copyrights and Confidential Informat ion (as defined in the Primary Agreement) embodied in the Software to use the Software, in object code form, and the Documentation solely in connection with Licensee's use of the Designated Products. This Agreement does not grant any rights to source code. 3.2. If the Software licensed under this Agreement contains or is derived from Open Source Software, the terms and conditions governing the use of such Open Source Software are in the Open Source Software Licenses of the copyright owner and not this Agreement. If there is a conflict between the terms Motorola.CSA 6-13-12 Motorola Contract No. 12-29109/JHJ 14 and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of the Open Source Software Licenses governing Licensee’s use of the Open Source Software, the terms and conditions of the license grant of the applicable Open Source Software Licenses will take precedence over the license grants in this Agreement. If requested by Licensee, Motorola will use commercially reasonable efforts to: (i) determine whether any Open Source Software is provided under this Agreement; (ii) identify the Open Source Software and provide Licensee a copy of the applicable Open Source Software License (or specify where that license may be found); and, (iii) provide Licensee a copy of the Open Source Software source code, without charge, if it is publicly available (although distribution fees may be applicable). Section 4 LIMITATIONS ON USE 4.1. Licensee may use the Software only for Licensee's internal business purposes and only in accordance with the Documentation. Any other use of the Software is strictly prohibited. Without limiting the general nature of these restrictions, Licensee will not make the Software available for use by third parties on a "time sharing," "application service provider," or "service bureau" basis or for any other similar commercial rental or sharing arrangement. 4.2. Licensee will not, and will not allow or enable any third party to: (i) reverse engineer, disassemble, peel components, decompile, reprogram or otherwise reduce the Software or any portion to a human perceptible form or otherwise attempt to recreate the source code; (ii) modify, adapt, create derivative works of, or merge the Software; (iii) copy, reproduce, distribute, lend, or lease the Software or Documentation to any third party, grant any sublicense or other rights in the Software or Documentation to any third party, or take any action that would cause the Software or Documentation to be placed in the public domain; (iv) remove, or in any way alter or obscure, any copyright notice or other notice of Motorola's proprietary rights; (v) provide, copy, transmit, disclose, divulge or make the Software or Documentation available to, or permit the use of the Software by any third party or on any machine except as expressly authorized by this Agreement; or (vi) use, or permit the use of, the Software in a manner that would result in the production of a copy of the Software solely by activating a machine containing the Software. Licensee may make one copy of Software to be used solely for archival, back - up, or disaster recovery purposes; provided that Licensee may not operate that copy of the Software at the same time as the original Software is being operated. Licensee may make as many copies of the Documentation as it may reasonably require for the internal use of the Software. 4.3. Unless otherwise authorized by Motorola in writing, Licensee will not, and will not enable or allow any third party to: (i) install a licensed copy of the Software on more than one unit of a Designated Product; or (ii) copy onto or transfer Software installed in one unit of a Designated Product onto one other device. Licensee may temporarily transfer Software installed on a Designated Product to another device if the Designated Product is inoperable or malfunctioning, if Licensee provides written notice to Motorola of the temporary transfer and identifies the device on which the Software is transferred. Temporary transfer of the Software to another device must be discontinued when the original Designated Product is returned to operation and the Software must be removed from the other device. Licensee must provide prompt written notice to Motorola at the time temporary transfer is discontinued. 4.4. When using Motorola's Radio Service Software ("RSS"), Licensee must purchase a separate license for each location at which Licensee uses RSS. Licensee's use of RSS at a licensed loc ation does not entitle Licensee to use or access RSS remotely. Licensee may make one copy of RSS for each licensed location. Licensee shall provide Motorola with a list of all locations at which Licensee uses or intends to use RSS upon Motorola’s request. 4.5. Licensee will maintain, during the term of this Agreement and for a period of two years thereafter, accurate records relating to this license grant to verify compliance with this Agreement. Motorola or an independent third party (“Auditor”) may inspect Licensee’s premises, books and records, upon reasonable prior notice to Licensee, during Licensee’s normal business hours and subject to Licensee's facility and security regulations. Motorola is responsible for the payment of all expenses and costs of the Auditor. Any information obtained by Motorola and the Auditor will be kept in strict confidence by Motorola and the Auditor and used solely for the purpose of verifying Licensee's compliance with the terms of this Agreement. Motorola.CSA 6-13-12 Motorola Contract No. 12-29109/JHJ 15 Section 5 OWNERSHIP AND TITLE Motorola, its licensors, and its suppliers retain all of their proprietary rights in any form in and to the Software and Documentation, including, but not limited to, all rights in patents, patent applications, inventions, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, trade names, and other proprietary rights in or relating to the Software and Documentation (including any corrections, bug fixes, enhancements, updates, modifications, adaptations, translations, de-compilations, disassemblies, emulations to or derivative works from the Software or Documentation, whether made by Motorola or another party, or any improvements that result from Motorola’s processes or, provision of information services). No rights are granted to Licensee under this Agreement by implication, estoppel or otherwise, except for those rights which are expressly granted to Licensee in this Agreement. All intellectual property developed, originated, or prepared by Motorola in connection with providing the Software, Designated Products, Documentation or related services, remains vested exclusively in Motorola, and Licensee will not have any shared development or other intellectual property rights. Section 6 LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY 6.1. The commencement date and the term of the Software warranty will be a period of ninety (90) days from Motorola's shipment of the Software (the "Warranty Period"). If Licensee is not in breach of any of its obligations under this Agreement, Motorola warrants that the unmodified Software, when used properly and in accordance with the Documentation and this Agreement, will be free from a reproducible defect that eliminates the functionality or successful operation of a feature critical to the primary functionality or successful operation of the Software. Whether a defect occurs will be determined by Motorola solely with reference to the Documentation. Motorola does not warrant that Licensee’s use of the Software or the Designated Products will be uninterrupted, error-free, completely free of Security Vulnerabilities, or that the Software or the Designated Products will meet Licensee’s particular requirements. Motorola makes no representations or warranties with respect to any third party software included in the Software. 6.2 Motorola’s sole obligation to Licensee and Licensee’s exclusive remedy under this warranty is to use reasonable efforts to remedy any material Software defect covered by this warranty. These efforts will involve either replacing the media or attempting to correct significant, demonstrable program or documentation errors or Security Vulnerabilities. If Motorola cannot correct the defect within a reasonable time, then at Motorola’s option, Motorola will replace the defective Software with functionally-equivalent Software, license to Licensee substitute Software which will accomplish the same objective, or terminate the license and refund the Licensee’s paid license fee. 6.3. Warranty claims are described in the Primary Agreement. 6.4. The express warranties set forth in this Section 6 are in lieu of, and Motorola disclaims, any and all other warranties (express or implied, oral or written) with respect to the Software or Documentation, including, without limitation, any and all implied warranties of condition, title, non-infringement, merchantability, or fitness for a particular purpose or use by License e (whether or not Motorola knows, has reason to know, has been advised, or is otherwise aware of any such purpose or use), whether arising by law, by reason of custom or usage of trade, or by course of dealing. In addition, Motorola disclaims any warranty to any person other than Licensee with respect to the Software or Documentation. Section 7 TRANSFERS Licensee will not transfer the Software or Documentation to any third party without Motorola's prior written consent. Motorola’s consent may be withheld at its discretion and may be conditioned upon transferee paying all applicable license fees and agreeing to be bound by this Agreement. If the Designated Products are Motorola's radio products and Licensee transfers ownership of the Motorola radio produc ts to a third party, Licensee may assign its right to use the Software (other than RSS and Motorola's FLASHport® software) which is embedded in or furnished for use with the radio products and the related Documentation; provided that Licensee transfers all copies of the Software and Documentation to the Motorola.CSA 6-13-12 Motorola Contract No. 12-29109/JHJ 16 transferee, and Licensee and the transferee sign a transfer form to be provided by Motorola upon request, obligating the transferee to be bound by this Agreement. Section 8 TERM AND TERMINATION 8.1 Licensee’s right to use the Software and Documentation will begin when the Primary Agreement is signed by both parties and will continue for the life of the Designated Products with which or for which the Software and Documentation have been provided by Motorola, unless Licensee breaches this Agreement, in which case this Agreement and Licensee's right to use the Software and Documentation may be terminated immediately upon notice by Motorola. 8.2 Within thirty (30) days after termination of this Agreement, Licensee must certify in writing to Motorola that all copies of the Software have been removed or deleted from the Designated Products and that all copies of the Software and Documentation have been returned to Motorola or destroye d by Licensee and are no longer in use by Licensee. 8.3 Licensee acknowledges that Motorola made a considerable investment of resources in the development, marketing, and distribution of the Software and Documentation and that Licensee's breach of this Agreement will result in irreparable harm to Motorola for which monetary damages would be inadequate. If Licensee breaches this Agreement, Motorola may terminate this Agreement and be entitled to all available remedies at law or in equity (including immedia te injunctive relief and repossession of all non-embedded Software and associated Documentation unless Licensee is a Federal agency of the United States Government). Section 9 UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT LICENSING PROVISIONS This Section applies if Licensee is the United States Government or a United States Government agency. Licensee’s use, duplication or disclosure of the Software and Documentation under Motorola’s copyrights or trade secret rights is subject to the restrictions set forth in subparagraph s (c)(1) and (2) of the Commercial Computer Software-Restricted Rights clause at FAR 52.227-19 (JUNE 1987), if applicable, unless they are being provided to the Department of Defense. If the Software and Documentation are being provided to the Department of Defense, Licensee’s use, duplication, or disclosure of the Software and Documentation is subject to the restricted rights set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013 (OCT 1988), if applicable. The Software and Documentation may or may not include a Restricted Rights notice, or other notice referring to this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement will continue to apply, but only to the extent that they are consistent with the rights provided to the Licensee under the provisions of the FAR or DFARS mentioned above, as applicable to the particular procuring agency and procurement transaction. Section 10 CONFIDENTIALITY Licensee acknowledges that the Software and Documentation contain Motorola’s valuable proprietary and Confidential Information and are Motorola’s trade secrets, and that the provisions in the Primary Agreement concerning Confidential Information apply. Section 11 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY The Limitation of Liability provision is described in the Primary Agreement. Section 12 NOTICES Notices are described in the Primary Agreement. Motorola.CSA 6-13-12 Motorola Contract No. 12-29109/JHJ 17 Section 13 GENERAL 13.1. COPYRIGHT NOTICES. The existence of a copyright notice on the Software will not be construed as an admission or presumption of publication of the Software or public disclosure of any trade secrets associated with the Software. 13.2. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Licensee acknowledges that the Software is subject to the laws and regulations of the United States and Licensee will comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including export laws and regulations of the United States. Licensee will not, without the prior authorization of Motorola and the appropriate governmental authority of the United States, in any form export or re-export, sell or resell, ship or reship, or divert, through direct or indirect means, any item or technical data or direct or indirect products sold or otherwise furnished to any person within any territory for which the United States Government or any of its agencies at the time of the action, requires an export license or other governmental approval. Violation of this provision is a material breach of this Agreement. 13.3. ASSIGNMENTS AND SUBCONTRACTING. Motorola may assign its rights or subcontract its obligations under this Agreement, or encumber or sell its rights in any Software, without prior notice to or consent of Licensee. 13.4. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the United States to the extent that they apply and otherwise by the internal substantive laws of Georgia. The terms of the U.N. Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods do not apply. In the event that the Uniform Computer Information Transaction Act, any version of this Act, or a substantially similar law (collectively "UCITA") becomes applicable to a party's performance under this Agreement, UCITA does not govern any aspect of this Agreement or any license granted under this Agreement, or any of the parties' rights or obligations under this Agreement. The governing law will be that in effect prior to the applicability of UCITA. 13.5. THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement is entered into solely for the benefit of Motorola and Licensee. No third party has the right to make any claim or assert any right under this Agreement, and no third party is deemed a beneficiary of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any licensor or supplier of third party software included in the Software will be a direct and intended third party beneficiary of this Agreement. 13.6. SURVIVAL. Sections 4, 5, 6.3, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 13 survive the termination of this Agreement. 13.7. ORDER OF PRECEDENCE. In the event of inconsistencies between this Exhibit and the Primary Agreement, the parties agree that this Exhibit prevails, only with respect to the specific subject matter of this Exhibit, and not the Primary Agreement or any other exhibit as it applies to any other subject matter. 13.8 SECURITY. Motorola uses reasonable means in the design and writing of its own Software and the acquisition of third party Software to limit Security Vulnerabilities. While no software can be guaranteed to be free from Security Vulnerabilities, if a Security Vulnerability is discovered, Motorola will take the steps set forth in Section 6 of this Agreement. Motorola.CSA 6-13-12 Motorola Contract No. 12-29109/JHJ 18 Exhibit B Payment Schedule The Contract Price in U.S. dollars is ____________. Except for a payment that is due on the Effective Date, Customer will make payments to Motorola within thirty (30) days after the date of each invoice. Customer will make payments when due in the form of a check, cashier’s check, or wire transfer drawn on a U.S. financial institution and in accordance with the following milestones. 1) 30% of Contract Price upon Contract Execution 2) 40% of Contract Price upon Shipment of Equipment 3) 25% of Contract Price upon Installation of Equipment 4) 5% of Contract Price upon Final System Acceptance Motorola reserves the right to make partial shipments of equipment and to request payment upon shipment of such equipment. In addition, Motorola reserves the right to invoice for installations or civil work completed on a site-by-site basis, when applicable. Motorola.CSA 6-13-12 Motorola Contract No. 12-29109/JHJ 19 Exhibit C MOTOROLA PROPOSAL DOCUMENTS Motorola.CSA 6-13-12 Motorola Contract No. 12-29109/JHJ 20 Exhibit D Service Terms and Conditions Motorola Solutions, Inc. (“Motorola”) and the customer named in this Agreement (“Customer”) hereby agree as follows: Section 1 APPLICABILITY These Service Terms and Conditions apply to service contracts whereby Motorola will provide to Customer either (1) maintenance, support, or other services under a Motorola Service Agreement, or (2) installation services under a Motorola Installation Agreement. Section 2 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 2.1. “Agreement” means these Service Terms and Conditions; the cover page for the Service Agreement or the Installation Agreement, as applicable; and any other attachments, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. In interpreting this Agreement and resolving any ambiguities, these Service Terms and Conditions take precedence over any cover page, and the cover page takes precedence over any attachments, unless the cover page or attachment states otherwise. 2.2. “Equipment” means the equipment that is specified in the attachments or is subsequently added to this Agreement. 2.3. “Services” means those installation, maintenance, support, training, and other services described in this Agreement. Section 3 ACCEPTANCE Customer accepts these Service Terms and Conditions and agrees to pay the prices set forth in the Agreement. This Agreement becomes binding only when accepted in writing by Motorola. The term of this Agreement begins on the “Start Date” indicated in this Agreement. Section 4 SCOPE OF SERVICES 4.1. Motorola will provide the Services described in this Agreement or in a more detailed statement of work or other document attached to this Agreement. At Customer’s request, Motorola may also provide additional services at Motorola’s then-applicable rates for the services. 4.2. If Motorola is providing Services for Equipment, Motorola parts or parts of equal quality will be used; the Equipment will be serviced at levels set forth in the manufacturer’s product manuals; and routine service procedures that are prescribed by Motorola will be followed. 4.3. If Customer purchases from Motorola additional equipment that becomes part of the same system as the initial Equipment, the additional equipm ent may be added to this Agreement and will be billed at the applicable rates after the warranty for that additional equipment expires. 4.4. All Equipment must be in good working order on the Start Date or when additional equipment is added to the Agreement. Upon reasonable request by Motorola, Customer will provide a complete serial and model number list of the Equipment. Customer must promptly notify Motorola in writing when any Equipment is lost, damaged, stolen or taken out of service. Customer’s obligation to pay Service fees for this Equipment will terminate at the end of the month in which Motorola receives the written notice. 4.5. Customer must specifically identify any Equipment that is labeled intrinsically safe for use in hazardous environments. 4.6. If Equipment cannot, in Motorola’s reasonable opinion, be properly or economically serviced for any reason, Motorola may modify the scope of Services related to that Equipment; remove that Equipment from the Agreement; or increase the price to Service that Equipment. Motorola.CSA 6-13-12 Motorola Contract No. 12-29109/JHJ 21 4.7. Customer must promptly notify Motorola of any Equipment failure. Motorola will respond to Customer's notification in a manner consistent with the level of Service purchased as indicated in this Agreement. Section 5 EXCLUDED SERVICES 5.1. Service excludes the repair or replacement of Equipment that has become defective or damaged from use in other than the normal, customary, intended, and authorized manner; use not in compliance with applicable industry standards; excessive wear and tear; or accident, liquids, power surges, neglect, acts of God or other force majeure events. 5.2. Unless specifically included in this Agreement, Service excludes items that are consumed in the normal operation of the Equipment, such as batteries or magnetic tapes.; upgrading or reprogramming Equipment; accessories, belt clips, battery chargers, custom or special products, modified units, or software; and repair or maintenance of any transmission line, antenna, microwave equipment, tower or tower lighting, duplexer, combiner, or multicoupler. Motorola has no obligations for any transmission medium, such as telephone lines, computer networks, the internet or the worldwide web, or for Equipment malfunction caused by the transmission medium. Section 6 TIME AND PLACE OF SERVICE Service will be provided at the location specified in this Agreement. When Motorola performs service at Customer’s location, Customer will provide Motorola, at no charge, a non-hazardous work environment with adequate shelter, heat, light, and power and with full and free access to the Equipment. Waivers of liability from Motorola or its subcontractors will not be imposed as a site access requirement. Customer will provide all information pertaining to the hardware and software elements of any system with which the Equipment is interfacing so that Motorola may perform its Services. Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, the hours of Service will be 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., local time, excluding weekends and holidays. Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, the price for the Services exclude any charges or expenses associated with helicopter or other unusual access requirements; if these charges or expenses are reasonably incurred by Motorola in rendering the Services, Customer agrees to reimburse Motorola for those charges and expenses. Section 7 CUSTOMER CONTACT Customer will provide Motorola with designated points of contact (list of names and phone numbers) that will be available twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, and an escalation procedure to enable Customer’s personnel to maintain contact, as needed, with Motorola. Section 8 PAYMENT Unless alternative payment terms are stated in this Agreement, Motorola will invoice Customer in advance for each payment period. All other charges will be billed monthly, and Customer must pay each invoice in U.S. dollars within twenty (20) days of the invoice date. Customer will reimburse Motorola for all property taxes, sales and use taxes, excise taxes, and other taxes or assessments that are levied as a result of Services rendered under this Agreement (except income, profit, and franchise taxes of Mo torola) by any governmental entity. Section 9 WARRANTY Motorola warrants that its Services under this Agreement will be free of defects in materials and workmanship for a period of ninety (90) days from the date the performance of the Services are completed. In the event of a breach of this warranty, Customer’s sole remedy is to require Motorola to re - perform the non-conforming Service or to refund, on a pro-rata basis, the fees paid for the non- conforming Service. MOTOROLA DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Motorola.CSA 6-13-12 Motorola Contract No. 12-29109/JHJ 22 Section 10 DEFAULT/TERMINATION 10.1. If either party defaults in the performance of this Agreement, the other party will give to the non - performing party a written and detailed notice of the default. The non -performing party will have thirty (30) days thereafter to provide a written plan to cure the default that is acceptable to the other party and begin implementing the cure plan immediately after plan approval. If the non-performing party fails to provide or implement the cure plan, then the injured party, in addition to any other rights available to it under law, may immediately terminate this Agreement effective upon giving a written n otice of termination to the defaulting party. 10.2. Any termination of this Agreement will not relieve either party of obligations previously incurred pursuant to this Agreement, including payments which may be due and owing at the time of termination. All sums owed by Customer to Motorola will become due and payable immediately upon termination of this Agreement. Upon the effective date of termination, Motorola will have no further obligation to provide Services. Section 11 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Except for personal injury or death, Motorola's total liability, whether for breach of contract, warranty, negligence, strict liability in tort, or otherwise, will be limited to the direct damages recoverable under law, but not to exceed the price of twelve (1 2) months of Service provided under this Agreement. ALTHOUGH THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSSES OR DAMAGES, THEY AGREE THAT MOTOROLA WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY COMMERCIAL LOSS; INCONVENIENCE; LOSS OF USE, TIME, DATA, GOOD WILL, REVENUES, PROFITS OR SAVINGS; OR OTHER SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO OR ARISING FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES BY MOTOROLA PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT. No action for contract breach or otherwise relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement may be brought more than one (1) year after the accrual of the cause of action, except for money due upon an open account. This limitation of liability will survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement and applies notwithstanding any contrary provision. Section 12 EXCLUSIVE TERMS AND CONDITIONS 12.1. This Agreement supersedes all prior and concurrent agreements and understandings between the parties, whether written or oral, related t o the Services, and there are no agreements or representations concerning the subject matter of this Agreement except for those expressed herein. The Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written agreement signed by authorized representatives of both parties. 12.2. Customer agrees to reference this Agreement on any purchase order issued in furtherance of this Agreement, however, an omission of the reference to this Agreement will not affect its applicability. In no event will either party be bound by any terms contained in a Customer purchase order, acknowledgement, or other writings unless: the purchase order, acknowledgement, or other writing specifically refers to this Agreement; clearly indicate the intention of both parties to overrid e and modify this Agreement; and the purchase order, acknowledgement, or other writing is signed by authorized representatives of both parties. Section 13 PROPRIETARY INFORMATION; CONFIDENTIALITY; INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS 13.1. Any information or data in the form of specifications, drawings, reprints, technical information or otherwise furnished to Customer under this Agreement will remain Motorola’s property, will be deemed proprietary, will be kept confidential, and will be promptly returned at Motorola's request. Customer may not disclose, without Motorola's written permission or as required by law, any confidential information or data to any person, or use confidential information or data for any purpose other than performing its obligations under this Agreement. The obligations set forth in this Section survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. 13.2. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, no commercial or technical information disclosed in any manner or at any time by Customer to Motorola will be deemed secret or confidential. Motorola will have Motorola.CSA 6-13-12 Motorola Contract No. 12-29109/JHJ 23 no obligation to provide Customer with access to its confidential and proprietary information, including cost and pricing data. 13.3. This Agreement does not grant directly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any ownership right or license under any Motorola patent, copyright, trade secret, or other intellectual property, including any intellectual property created as a result of or related to the Equipment sold or Services performed under this Agreement. Section 14 FCC LICENSES AND OTHER AUTHORIZATIONS Customer is solely responsible for obtaining licenses or other authorizations required by the Federal Communications Commission or any other federal, state, or local government agency and for complying with all rules and regulations required by governmental agencies. Neither Motorola nor any of its employees is an agent or representative of Customer in any governmental matters. Section 15 COVENANT NOT TO EMPLOY During the term of this Agreement and continuing for a period of two (2) years thereafter, Customer will not hire, engage on contract, solicit the employment of, or recommend employment to any third party of any employee of Motorola or its subcontractors without the prior written authorization of Motorola. This provision applies only to those employees of Motorola or its subcontractors who are responsible for rendering services under this Agreement. If this provision is found to be overly broad under applicable law, it will be modified as necessary to conform to applicable law. Section 16 MATERIALS, TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT All tools, equipment, dies, gauges, models, drawings or other materials paid for or furnished by Motorola for the purpose of this Agreement will be and remain the sole property of Motorola. Customer will safeguard all such property while it is in Customer’s custody or control, be liable for any loss or damage to this property, and return it to Motorola upon request. This property will be held by Customer for Motorola’s use without charge and may be removed from Customer’s premises by Motorola at any time without restriction. Section 17 GENERAL TERMS 17.1. If any court renders any portion of this Agreement unenforceable, the remaining terms will continue in full force and effect. 17.2. This Agreement and the rights and duties of the parties will be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State in which the Services are performed. 17.3. Failure to exercise any right will not operate as a waiver of that right, power, or privilege. 17.4. Neither party is liable for delays or lack of performance resulting from any causes that are beyond that party’s reasonable control, such as strikes, material shortages, or acts of God. 17.5. Motorola may subcontract any of the work, but subcontracting will not relieve Motorola of its duties under this Agreement. 17.6. Except as provided herein, neither Party may assign this Agreement or any of its righ ts or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. Any attempted assignment, delegation, or transfer without the necessary consent will be void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Motorola may assign this Agreement to any of its affiliates or its right to receive payment without the prior consent of Customer. In addition, in the event Motorola separates one or more of its businesses (each a “Separated Business”), whether by way of a sale, establishment of a joint venture, spin-off or otherwise (each a “Separation Event”), Motorola may, without the prior written consent of the other Party and at no additional cost to Motorola, assign this Agreement such that it will continue to benefit the Separated Business and its affiliates (and Motorola and its affiliates, to the extent applicable) following the Separation Event. Motorola.CSA 6-13-12 Motorola Contract No. 12-29109/JHJ 24 17.7. THIS AGREEMENT WILL RENEW, FOR AN ADDITIONAL ONE (1) YEAR TERM, ON EVERY ANNIVERSARY OF THE START DATE UNLESS EITHER THE COVER PAGE SPECIFICALLY STATES A TERMINATION DATE OR ONE PARTY NOTIFIES THE OTHER IN WRITING OF ITS INTENTION TO DISCONTINUE THE AGREEMENT NOT LESS THAN THIRTY (30) DAYS OF THAT ANNIVERSARY DATE. At the anniversary date, Motorola may adjust the price of the Services to reflect its current rates. 17.8. If Motorola provides Services after the termination or expiration of this Agreement, the terms and conditions in effect at the time of the termination or expiration will apply to those Services an d Customer agrees to pay for those services on a time and materials basis at Motorola’s then effective hourly rates. Motorola.CSA 6-13-12 Motorola Contract No. 12-29109/JHJ 25 Exhibit E System Acceptance Certificate Customer Name: ______________________________________________________ Project Name: ________________________________________________________ This System Acceptance Certificate memorializes the occurrence of System Acceptance. Motorola and Customer acknowledge that: 1. The Acceptance Tests set forth in the Acceptance Test Plan have been successfully completed. 2. The System is accepted. Customer Representative: Motorola Representative: Signature: ____________________________ Signature: ____________________________ Print Name: ___________________________ Print Name: ___________________________ Title: ________________________________ Title: ________________________________ Date: ________________________________ Date: ________________________________ FINAL PROJECT ACCEPTANCE: Motorola has provided and Customer has received all deliverables, and Motorola has performed all other work required for Final Project Acceptance. Customer Representative: Motorola Representative: Signature: ____________________________ Signature: ____________________________ Print Name: ___________________________ Print Name: ___________________________ Title: ________________________________ Title: ________________________________ Date: ________________________________ Date: ________________________________ Designed to ensure optimal-quality audio, reliable communication and ease of use for dispatchers, the MCC 7500 IP Dispatch Console operator positions connect directly to the ASTRO 25 system for communication with both trunked and conventional radios, and for all other dispatch activity. Integration of the MCC 7500 positions with the ASTRO 25 system enables full participation in end-to-end voice encryption for secure communication, priority handling of emergency calls and agency partitioning. Each console is centrally configured and managed from the network manager, providing vital efficiency. EASY TO USE, FLEXIBLE, AND CUSTOMIZABLE USER INTERFACE Featuring the Elite Graphical User Interface (GUI), which has been refined and proven through years of use in mission critical dispatch operations, the MCC 7500 eases migration and minimizes user training requirements. The intuitive and familiar GUI is based on Microsoft Windows® and uses easily recognized icons and aliases. The flexible and customizable GUI provides multiple screen layouts (folders) to organize resources by agency, shift or any criteria that meets the needs of the console users. Trunked and conventional radio channels are customizable with various controls, such as patch status, frequency select, coded/clear select and individual volume control, based on user preferences. Per-channel controls can be fully or partially shown, or hidden to save space on the screen. Busy dispatchers can respond to a missed call by simply clicking on an entry in the Activity Log. The number of calls and call information displayed in the Activity Log is customizable to suit the needs of the user(s). The status of auxiliary inputs and outputs is conveniently interpreted from the GUI with the use of familiar graphical icons, such as a door shown open or closed. PRODUCT SPEC SHEET MCC 7500 IP DISPATCH CONSOLE ASTRO® 25 MCC 7500 IP DISPATCH CONSOLE CONSTANT COMMUNICATION WHEN IT MATTERS MOST KEY INTEROPERABILITY FEATURES Agency Partitioning Multiple agencies can share a system to gain interoperability and cost savings benefits, while still maintaining control of their own channels, encryption keys, console configuration and more. Priority for Emergencies Transmit Priority Levels provide an orderly and consistent method for ensuring higher priority transmissions are able to take over resources from lower priority transmissions. Optimized Patch Functionality MCC 7500 console users can patch communications between trunked and/or conventional radios that are normally unable to communicate with each other. Patched radio users see the ID or alias of the other patched radio(s), as opposed to that of the console. This minimizes confusion and the need for the dispatcher to intervene in the call. Patches are automatically re-established if interrupted so the MCC 7500 user can concentrate on continuing operations. Enhanced Secure Operation Encryption and decryption services within each dispatch operator position enable dispatchers to fully participate in secure communications while keeping the sensitive, vital information completely encrypted between the dispatcher and the radio users. Dispatchers can interface with agencies that have different encryption configurations without any manual intervention or delay. Up to 60 calls using up to six different algorithms and multiple secure keys can be supported simultaneously. To help reduce dispatcher stress and potential errors when managing encrypted audio situations, indicators and alerts are provided when the console mode does not match that of a received call, as well as when a patch or multi-select group is being set up between a mix of clear and secure channels. MCC 7500 DISPATCH SOLUTION COMPONENTS MCC 7500 Dispatch Console Operator Position MCC 7500 operator positions connect directly to the radio system’s IP transport network without gateways or interface boxes. Audio processing, encryption, and switching intelligence for dispatch is performed within each software-based operator position, without additional centralized electronics. Consoles function as integrated components of the total radio system, enabling full participation in system level features such as end-to-end encryption and agency partitioning. Operator position hardware consists of a monitor, personal computer, keyboard and mouse/trackball/ touchscreen, speakers, audio accessories and a Voice Processor Module (VPM). The VPM allows analog devices to be connected to the digital console. The low-profile VPM can be rack mounted, furniture mounted or placed on the desktop. The MCC 7500 console system does not require separate configuration or performance management equipment. The console system is configured and managed by the radio system’s configuration manager, fault manager and performance reporting applications to provide the customer with a single point for configuring and managing the entire radio system. Changes are automatically distributed throughout the system. This centralized approach saves valuable time and effort for system administrators and technicians. CONVENTIONAL GATEWAY The Conventional Channel Gateway (CCGW) enables both analog and digital channels to interface with MCC 7500 consoles with no need for a separate hardware network and channel banks. Both conventional and trunked calls are transported between the dispatch operator positions and the CCGWs on the same IP network. A CCGW provides four-wire analog ports for analog channels, V.24 ports for older ASTRO® 25 conventional channels and IP connectivity for current architecture ASTRO 25 conventional channels. Enhanced digital control of consolettes can be achieved by using a combination of analog and V.24 ports. Up to four consolettes, analog channels and older ASTRO 25 conventional channels can be connected to a CCGW, along with up to 10 IP-based ASTRO 25 conventional channels. In total, a CCGW can support up to 14 conventional channels. The four-wire analog ports support tone remote and ear and mouth (E&M) station control. The V.24 ports and IP connections support digital station control while a combination of analog and V.24 ports support enhanced digital control of consolettes. The CCGW also supports simple analog, MDC 1200 analog, digital-only and mixed-mode analog/digital channels. AUXILIARY INPUT/OUTPUT SERVER The auxiliary input/output server enables console operators to control and monitor external devices, such as doors and lights, from the console user interface. Since the MCC 7500 Dispatch Console does not rely on centralized electronics, contact closures and input buffers required to interface to these devices are housed in Remote Terminal Units (RTUs). These RTUs can be physically located close to where they are needed or at any console or radio frequency (RF) site. The dispatch consoles and RTUs communicate with each other across the radio system’s IP transport network. PRODUCT SPEC SHEET MCC 7500 IP DISPATCH CONSOLE SPECIFICATIONS System Compatibility ASTRO® 25 System and PremierOne™ CAD Application Vocoder Algorithms supported AMBE, IMBE, ACELP, G.728 Encryption Algorithms supported AES (256 bit), DES-OFB, DVI-XL, ADP (Advanced Digital Privacy), DES-XL, DVP-XL Monitor requirements With Mouse or Trackball 17” minimum, 20” recommended Touchscreen 20” minimum Voice Processor Module (VPM) connections Connector type Device RJ45 One desktop microphone, eight desktop speakers, one local logging recorder, one radio instant recall recorder, one external telephone set, one external paging encoder, one footswitch DB15 Two headset jacks connectors VPM mounting options EIA 19” rack mount, console furniture mount, Desktop – supports monitor up to 80 lbs VPM audio inputs and outputs 600 Ohm, balanced and transformer coupled (except for microphone which is 2000 Ohm, balanced, and does not use a transformer) Speaker Mounting Options Desktop, furniture mount, or wall mount (with bracket accessory) Dispatch Console Cable Lengths VPM to Speaker cable 10.1 feet (3.09 meters) standard VPM to Headset Jack cable 6 feet (1.8 meters) standard Headset Jack Extension cable 6 feet (1.8 meters) standard VPM to Microphone cable 10 feet (3.05 meters) standard VPM to Footswitch cable 10 feet (3.05 meters) standard Supported Console Site Fractional T1/E1, Single T1/E1, Multiple T1/E1s Link types Redundant and non-redundant versions IP site links MCC 7500 Dispatch Up to 60 simultaneous audio sessions per operator position Console Capacities Up to 60 simultaneous encryption/decryption sessions per secure capable operator position Up to 3 Multi-Select groups per operator position (with up to 20 members per Multi-Select group) Up to 16 Patch groups per operator position (with up to 20 members per Patch group) Up to 160 resources per operator position Conventional Channel Gateway Rack mountable, 1 rack unit high T1R1, T2R2, T4R4, T8R8, T12R12, T14R14 channels Simple analog, MDC 1200 analog, pure digital, mixed mode (analog/digital) channels, consolettes Each CCGW provides four RJ-45 connector ports for interfacing to analog conventional channels Each port contains the following inputs and outputs • 600 Ohm, balanced analog audio input - To accept radio audio from the channel. Can be configured to support AGC, DLM, or no input conditioning • 600 Ohm, balanced analog audio output - To send console transmit audio to the channel • Input buffer - To detect Carrier Operated Relay (COR) closure in the channel • 1 Amp, 24 VDC relay output - For relay keying of the channel Each CCGW provides four RJ-45 connector ports for interfacing to ASTRO 25 conventional channels • V.24 to station or comparator. No Digital Interface Unit (DIU) required. Enhanced digital control of a consolette is achieved by using one of the analog ports and one of the V.24 ports. Connect up to four conventional channels to each CCGW, including MDC 1200 analog, pure digital and/or mixed mode (analog/digital) channels. In addition, each CCGW also supports up to 10 IP-based ASTRO 25 conventional channels. PRODUCT SPEC SHEET MCC 7500 IP DISPATCH CONSOLE ARCHIVING INTERFACE SERVER (AIS) The AIS is a digital logging interface, comprised of a personal computer and a voice processor module (VPM). Each AIS works with an IP-based logging recorder. Audio and call control information is sent across the IP network between the AIS and recorder. Highly configurable, the MCC 7500 logging solution includes: • Recorded audio quality equivalent to audio heard at console position • Information associated with radio calls recorded in addition to the call audio. • Dispatcher- and radio-initiated events on radio channels (such as changing the frequency, sending an alarm) are recorded. • Recorder capacity based on the number of radio transmissions needed to record simultaneously, not on the number of channels it may record. • Agency partitioning, enhancing control over which resources are recorded by what agency or department. • Security and fault management centralized at the radio system’s network manager. SPECIFICATIONS Auxiliary Input/Output A simplified, user-friendly version of the MOSCAD SDM 3000 RTU is used to support most Aux I/O needs. Server Hardware The output relays are capable of switching 1A @ 24VDC or 1A @ 24VAC. Input buffers are capable of sensing a dry closure through 1000 feet or less (round trip) of 24 AWG wire. The RTU provides single pole Form A relay outputs. (Double pole, Form B or Form C relays must be implemented using external relays which are controlled by the RTU relays.) Auxiliary Input/Output Capacities Number of Output Relays Number of Input Buffers Single SDM 3000 RTU 16 48 Single SDM 3000 RTU 32 96 with 1 expansion chassis Single SDM 3000 RTU 48 144 with 2 expansion chassis Auxiliary Input/Output Mounting Each SDM 3000 RTU and each SDM 3000 RTU Expansion Chassis is rack mountable in a standard 19 inch rack and is one rack unit high. SIZE AND WEIGHT Device Height Width Depth Weight VPM 1.75 in 16.9 in 12.3 in 3.6 lbs 44.5 mm 430 mm 312 mm 1.6 kg Speaker 4.9 in 4 in Without bracket: 3.5 in 0.7 lbs 124 mm 102 mm 89 mm 0.3 kg With bracket: 5.8 in 146 mm Headset Jack 1.6 in 5 in 6 in 1.2 lbs 41 mm 127 mm 152 mm 0.5 kg Microphone Gooseneck at 90º: 4.5 in 4.8 in 6.6 in 2.4 lbs 114 mm 121 mm 168 mm 1.1 kg Gooseneck at 180º: 21.8 in 552 mm POWER AND CONSUMPTION THERMAL Device Power Input Thermal Output VPM 0.4 Amps at 120VAC 171 BTUs/hour 0.2 Amps at 240VAC Speaker Add 0.05 Amps per speaker Add 15 BTUs/hour per speaker to VPM power Input at 120VAC to VPM thermal output (0.025 Amps at 240VAC) Headset Jack & Microphone negligible negligible CERTIFICATIONS The various hardware elements of the Motorola MCC 7500 dispatch console product line are certified to meet the requirements for CSA and CE. Safety CSA 60950-1-03 EN60950-1 2001 EMC Emissions & Immunity FCC part 15 Class A ICES-003 EN55022 1998 + A1: 2001 + A2:2003 (CISPR-22 Class A) EN55024 + A1:2001 + A2:2003 EN61000-3-2 2000 EN61000-3-3 1995 + A1:2001 Energy Efficiency US HR6 & CEC Tier 2 (Energy Efficiency Level IV) (PVM power supply only) EUP Lot 7 Tier 1 (Energy Efficiency Level IV) PRODUCT SPEC SHEET MCC 7500 IP DISPATCH CONSOLE MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS and the Stylized M Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. © 2011 Motorola Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved. R3-13-2013A Motorola Solutions, Inc. 1301 E. Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, Illinois 60196 U.S.A. motorola.com/dispatch Motorola’s ASTRO® 25 networks are designed to meet the current and future requirements for Project 25 (P25) solutions. Our G-series portfolio of RF stations, receivers, site controllers and comparators is designed to maximize channel up-time, simplify system technology refresh, enable smaller, more efficient site design and minimize the cost of ownership. PRODUCT SPEC SHEET G-SeRieS SiTe equiPMenT FOR ASTRO 25 SySTeMS G-SERIES SITE EQUIPMENT FOR ASTRO 25 SYSTEMS FLEXIBLE DESIGN – SOFTWARE CONFIGURABLE Our G-series equipment is designed so that many upgrades, migrations, and conversions can be completed with only software installations, allowing new features to be quickly added to your existing system with a simple download. you can easily add P25 TDMA and Dynamic Channel Assignment; information Assurance, network Security and system release updates; plus migrations from conventional to trunking and from 12.5 kHz P25 FDMA to 6.25e kHz P25 TDMA. Designed to carry your needs into the future, the G-series hardware platform has built-in functionality and flexibility with an AC/DC - 48VDC power supply and two-branch receive diversity capacity, as well as a linear power amplifier for improved coverage in P25 FDMA Simulcast systems. GTR 8000 e xpandable Site Subsystem SIMULCAST Motorola is an industry leader in simulcast system solutions with more mission critical systems fully operational in the field than any other LMR systems provider. The G-series site equipment is designed with simulcast system design and functionality in mind. GTR 8000 Base Radios feature a linear modulation (LSM) that provides industry-leading P25 coverage in VHF, uHF, 700/800 MHz and 900 MHz. LSM enables simulcast systems to be deployed with greater site spacing without sacrificing coverage or capability, resulting in fewer sites to build and maintain. it also allows current systems to deploy iP-based simulcast without the need to add fill-in sites. SERv ICING MADE E ASY G-series site equipment has many features built in to support ease of service. Six basic modules create the entire G-series platform resulting in reduced spare parts inventory. Modules have front access to improve serviceability with hot-swap support to ensure channels are back on the air in minimum possible time. Standard Battery Revert and Charging capability is built into every G-series power supply. integrating these capability eliminates the need for a large uninterrupted power supply and saves valuable site space. A built-in GPS with frequency reference distribution is optionally available on the GTR 8000 expandable Site Subsystem, which can significantly reduce or eliminate site visits. Software upgrades are more stable and performed with less downtime in the GTR 8000 base radio. One version of software can run actively while another version is downloading. using a remote iP connection, the user can decide when to switch between the two versions of software allowing the system manager to prepare for software downloads. OPTIMIzED NETWORk SECURITY information Assurance capabilities are standard with G-series equipment and can be configured or disabled depending on your specific system maintenance and security requirements. G-series products provide the necessary boundary defense capabilities required in mission critical infrastructure today including local user accounts and password controls, user privilege model support (two levels), local and remote access services controls, secure shell services support, SnMPv3, central authentication, general operating system and network services hardening, and device test services controls. ASTRO 25 CONvENTIONAL ASTRO® 25 Conventional is a feature-rich conventional system solution on the common-hardware G-series platform. The GTR 8000 Base Radios, GPW 8000 Receivers, and GCM 8000 Comparators can be used together or separately to build everything from a small, single repeater site to a large, countywide or statewide receiver-voting or simulcast conventional system. The hardware will support iP-only circuit system design while connectivity with consoles can be either iP-based or 4-wire depending on migration plans and system specific operational requirements. GTR 8000 can be configured for either base station or standalone repeater operation. GPW 8000 Receivers and GCM 8000 Comparators improve the in-bound subscriber signal coverage and re-broadcast a quality improved composite signal respectively in simulcast or receiver voting systems. Sixteen configurable channel personalities enable the station to change channel bandwidth and frequency setting via iP or v.24 commands. General purpose i/O offers 12 logic inputs and 12 logic outputs that can be programmed via the user-friendly GTR 8000 Configuration Service Software (Windows® application) for a highly customized alarm reporting solution and station operation. ASTRO 25 Conventional can also be deployed as a system overlay with ASTRO 25 Trunking systems by adding a GTR 8000 Base Radio configured for conventional operation to an existing trunking GTR 8000 expandable Site Subsystem and sharing the common wide-area network connections as well as RF cavity combiners and receiver multicouplers. ASTRO 25 DATA ASTRO 25 trunked and conventional systems are available with integrated Voice & Data so users can leverage their investment in voice infrastructure for basic data needs. if higher data throughput is a requirement, Motorola offers HPD as an overlay on ASTRO 25 trunking systems to provide the same coverage footprint for both systems. PRODUCT SPEC SHEET G-SeRieS SiTe equiPMenT FOR ASTRO 25 SySTeMS SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS GTR 8000 Site Subsystem PAGE 2 PRODUCT SPEC SHEET G-SeRieS SiTe equiPMenT FOR ASTRO 25 SySTeMS ASTRO 25 TRUNk ING GTR 8000 Base Radios, GCP 8000 Site Controllers, and GCM 8000 Comparators are the building blocks of an ASTRO® 25 trunked system. Site repeater and simulcast system architectures in P25 FDMA and P25 TDMA offer the flexibility to deliver communications that fit user requirements. G-series equipment is capable of both Project 25 FDMA and Project 25 TDMA in ASTRO 25 trunking systems. Dynamic channel assignment offers seamless interoperability between P25 FDMA and P25 TDMA users, dynamically allocating a call based on available resources without any user intervention or awareness. The P25 TDMA trunking features are offered across the complete trunking portfolio to address the needs of users ranging from single site to statewide radio systems. ASTRO 25 trunking is a fully scalable solution from as small as a single trunked site to large statewide systems that include a mix of site repeater and simulcast operation as well as additional data and mutual aid overlays. G-series equipment configured for trunking supports both V.24 circuit-based architectures as well as state-of-the-art iP-based system designs. Motorola offers industry-leading channel resiliency in trunking systems with the GTR 8000 expandable Site Subsystem. The architecture ensures that no single point of failure can remove more than one channel from service at the RF sites. Plus, the sites are simultaneously simplified through the integration of base station frequency references, ethernet LAn switches and network gateways. We also offer a turn-key P25 trunking site with the ASTRO 25 express system, a GTR 8000 expandable Site Subsystem designed to operate as a single-site solution. Stations, site controllers, ethernet switches, RF combiners and multicouplers are all integrated into a single rack or cabinet. if more capacity is required, additional cabinets can be added to the site. ANALOG CONvENTIONAL The GTR 8000 and GPW 8000 products support analog conventional operation in 800 MHz, uHF 380-524 MHz and VHF 136-174 MHz. Analog standalone repeater, receiver voting and simulcast capabilities are available and include a 100 ppb/2 year internal frequency reference for optimal audio performance on 12.5 KHz analog channels. The G-series equipment provides full support for analog 4-wire circuit connectivity. Over an iP network, technicians can remotely adjust line level settings and tone remote operational modes. 16 configurable analog personalities enable the station to change channel bandwidth and frequency settings via TRC (tone remote control) or WildCard general purpose i/O. The general purpose i/O offers 12 logic inputs and 12 logic outputs, which can be programmed via the user friendly Configuration Service Software (Windows® application) for a highly customized alarm-reporting solution and station operation. GTR 8000 E XPANDABLE SITE SUBSYSTEM A space-efficient, single rack design, the GTR 8000 expandable Site Subsystem integrates up to six GTR 8000 Base Radios, redundant GCP 8000 Site Controllers or GPB 8000 Reference Distribution Modules, redundant ethernet LAn switches, redundant network gateways, transmit combiners, and receiver multicouplers. This enables a highly resilient architecture that provides industry-leading protection against single points of failure at the RF sites while providing a turn-key site solution that minimizes site cabling connections and installation effort. it supports ASTRO 25 simulcast and site repeater trunking operation, HPD, and P25 digital and analog conventional operation. When ordered as an ASTRO 25 express System, the GTR 8000 expandable Site Subsystem is the industry’s only turn-key, single-site Project 25 trunking solution. GTR 8000 BASE R ADIO Designed to support ASTRO 25 trunking simulcast, HPD, and P25 and analog conventional operation, GTR 8000 Base Radios offer additional design flexibility for infrastructure sites where equipment may have to be interchanged individually during a technology refresh or when used as a station replacement for quAnTAR™ or STR 3000 stations. G-SERIES SITE EQUIPMENT PRODUCTS PAGE 3 PRODUCT SPEC SHEET G-SeRieS SiTe equiPMenT FOR ASTRO 25 SySTeMS GPW 8000 RECEIvER in conventional voting or simulcast voting applications, the GPW 8000 Receiver increases in-bound signal coverage from subscribers. GTR 8000 SITE SUBSYSTEM This configuration supports HPD with the redundant site controllers and GTR 8000 Base Radio configured for data operation. The specially designed low-loss RF system ensures that HPD signal coverage equals the coverage available from the integrated voice and data solution allowing complete data coverage in an ASTRO® 25 system without the inconvenience of fill- in sites for coverage holes. GCP 8000 SITE CONTROLLER The GCP 8000 Site Controller is used at an ASTRO 25 trunking site to assign voice and data channels, manage and report alarms on site resources, provide ethernet switching capability, and provide a frequency reference to GTR 8000 Base Radios. The frequency reference is provided either via a GPS receiver or an ultra high stability oscillator. The nature of these frequency references eliminates or minimizes site visits for frequency tuning servicing. GCM 8000 COMPARATOR The GCM 8000 Comparator supports up to 15 trunking sub-sites and up to 64 conventional sites for simulcast or receiver voting. it performs frame- by-frame voting on multiple received signals and recombines the frames to produce a signal with the best possible audio quality. GPS launch-delay timing ensures seamless broadcast of the voted frames from multiple voice signals into one high-quality transmit signal. GPS launch-delay timing ensures seamless broadcast of data packets from multiple voice signals into one high-quality transmit signal. GENERAL PERFORMANCE HPD INTEGRATED vOICE & DATA 700/800 MHz 900 MHz 700/800 MHz UHF: 380-524 MHz vHF: 136-174 MHz number of Channels 1-5 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 Height with 7.5 ft Rack 90.4 in (230 cm)90.4 in (230 cm)90.4 in (230 cm)90.4 in (230 cm)90.4 in (230 cm) Footprint (W x D) with 7.5 ft Rack 20.5 x 23.5 in (52 x 60 cm)20.5 x 23.5 in (52 x 60 cm)20.5 x 23.5 in (52 x 60 cm)20.5 x 23.5 in (52 x 60 cm)20.5 x 23.5 in (52 x 60 cm) Weight (fully configured) with 7.5 ft Rack 520 lbs (235 kg)575 lbs (260 kg)520 lbs (235 kg)uHF 380-435 MHz: 475 lbs (215 kg) uHF 450-512 MHz: 565 lbs (260 kg) 475 lbs (215 kg) Temperature Range –22 to 140 °F (–30 to 60°C)–22 to 140 °F (–30 to 60°C)–22 to 140 °F (–30 to 60°C)–22 to 140 °F (–30 to 60°C)–22 to 140 °F (–30 to 60°C) Power Requirements AC: 90-264 VAC, 47-63 Hz DC: 43.2-60 VDC AC: 90-264 VAC, 47-63 Hz DC: 43.2-60 VDC AC: 90-264 VAC, 47-63 Hz DC: 43.2-60 VDC AC: 90-264 VAC, 47-63 Hz DC: 43.2-60 VDC AC: 90-264 VAC, 47-63 Hz DC: 43.2-60 VDC Power Consumption (fully configured) 2450 W C4FM: 3700 W LSM: 4100 W C4FM, FM: 3000 W LSM, H-DqPSK: 3400 W C4FM, FM: 3200 W LSM, H-DqPSK: 3500 W C4FM, FM: 3200 W LSM, H-DqPSK: 2700 W Antenna Connectors TX: 7/16 Female RX: n Female TX: 7/16 or n Female RX: n Female TX: 7/16 Female RX: n Female TX: 7/16 Female RX: n Female TX: n Female RX: BnC Female Channel Spacing 25 kHz 12.5 kHz 12.5/25 kHz 12.5/25 kHz 12.5/15/25/30 KHz Transmit Combiner Spacing 150 kHz 12.5 kHz (Hybrid) 150 kHz (Cavity) 150 kHz 150 kHz (450 - 512 MHz) n/A (380-450, 512-524 MHz) n/A Modulation TX: 64qAM, 16qAM, qPSK RX: 64qAM, 16qAM, qPSK TX: C4FM, LSM RX: C4FM TX: C4FM, LSM, H-DqPSK, FM RX: C4FM, H-CPM, FM TX: C4FM, LSM, H-DqPSK, FM RX: C4FM, H-CPM, FM TX: C4FM, LSM, H-DqPSK, FM RX: C4FM, H-CPM, FM Frequency Stability GPS synchronized Repeater Site: 100 ppb/2 yr Simulcast (Multisite): GPS synchronized Repeater Site: 100 ppb/2 yr Simulcast (Multisite): GPS synchronized Repeater Site: 100 ppb/2 yr Simulcast (Multisite): GPS synchronized Repeater Site: 100 ppb/2 yr Simulcast (Multisite): GPS synchronized GTR 8000 EXPANDABLE SITE SUBSYSTEM (SQM01SUM7054A) PAGE 4 PRODUCT SPEC SHEET G-SeRieS SiTe equiPMenT FOR ASTRO 25 SySTeMS TRANSMITTER (CABINET OUTPUT)* HPD INTEGRATED vOICE & DATA 700/800 MHz 900 MHz 700/800 MHz UHF: 380-524 MHz vHF: 136-174 MHz Frequency Range 762-776, 851-870 MHz 935-941 MHz 762-776, 851-870 MHz 380-435, 435-524 MHz 136-174 MHz Average Power output per channel 1-20 W 2-way Hybrid: 1-37 W 3-way Hybrid: 1-22 W 4-way Hybrid: 1-17 W 5-way Hybrid: 1-12 W 6-way Hybrid: 1-10 W 1-40 W C4FM, FM: 2-110 W (380-450, 512-524 MHz) LSM, H-DqPSK: 2-100 W (380-450, 512-524 MHz) C4FM, FM: 1-33 W (450-512 MHz) LSM, H-DqPSK: 1-30 W (450-512 MHz) C4FM, FM: 2-100 W LSM, H-DqPSK: 2-60 W Modulation Fidelity n/A 5%5%5%5% eVM 10%n/A n/A n/A n/A intermodulation Attenuation 80 dB 80 dB 80 dB 80 dB (450-512 MHz) 65 dB (380-450, 512-524 MHz) 55 dB Spurious and Harmonic emissions Attenuation 90 dB 90 dB 90 dB 90 dB 90 dB Analog FM Hum and noise 12.5 kHz 25 kHz n/A n/A n/A n/A 45 dB 50 dB 45 dB 50 dB 45 dB 50 dB Analog Audio Distortion n/A n/A Less than 2% at 1000 Hz Less than 2% (1% typical) at 1000 Hz Less than 2% (1% typical) at 1000 Hz emissions Designators 17K7D7D 8K70D1W, 8K10F1e 8K10F1D, 16K0F3e, 9K80D7W, 11K0F3e 8K70D1W, 8K10F1e, 8K70D7W, 8K10F7W, 8K10F1D, 16K0F3e, 9K80D7W, 11K0F3e 8K70D1W, 8K10F1e 8K10F7W, 8K10F1D, 8K70D7W, 16K0F3e, 9K80D7W, 11K0F3e 8K70D1W, 8K10F1e 8K10F7W, 8K10F1D, 8K70D7W, 16K0F3e, 9K80D7W, 11K0F3e RECEIvER (TOP OF CABINET) HPD INTEGRATED vOICE & DATA 700/800 MHz 900 MHz 700/800 MHz UHF: 380-524 MHz vHF: 136-174 MHz Frequency Range 792-825 MHz 896-902 MHz 792-825 MHz 380-435, 435-524 MHz 136-174 MHz Analog Sensitivity 12 dB SinAD n/A n/A 12.5 kHz: –123 dBm 25 kHz: -122 dBm 12.5 kHz: -117 dBm (380-450, 512-524 MHz) 12.5 kHz: –121.5 dBm (450-512 MHz) 25 kHz: -116 dBm (380-450, 512-524 MHz) 25 kHz: –120.5 dBm (450-512 MHz) 12.5/15 kHz: –118 dBm 25/30 kHz: -117 dBm Digital Sensitivity 1% Bit error Rate Static (BeR) 64 qAM 16 qAM qPSK –101 dBm –108 dBm –115 dBm n/A n/A n/A n/A n/A n/A n/A n/A n/A n/A n/A n/A Digital Sensitivity 5% Bit error Rate Static (BeR) C4FM H-CPM n/A n/A –123 dBm n/A –123 dBm –121 dBm –117 dBm (380-450, 512-524MHz) –121.5 dBm (450-512 MHz) –119.5 dBm (450-512 MHz) –118 dBm –116 dBm intermodulation Rejection 75 dB**80 dB 80 dB 80 dB 80 dB Digital Adjacent Channel Rejection 50 dB**60 dB 60 dB 60 dB 60 dB GTR 8000 E XPANDABLE SITE SUBSYSTEM (SQM01SUM7054A) CONTINUED * includes Transmitter RF Distribution System for 900 MHz, 700/800 MHz, and uHF 450-512 MHz. Does not include Transmitter RF Distribution System for VHF and uHF 380-450, 512-524 MHz. ** Reference signal is qPSK PAGE 5 PRODUCT SPEC SHEET G-SeRieS SiTe equiPMenT FOR ASTRO 25 SySTeMS RECEIvER (TOP OF CABINET) HPD INTEGRATED vOICE & DATA 700/800 MHz 900 MHz 700/800 MHz UHF: 380-524 MHz vHF: 136-174 MHz Analog Adjacent Channel Rejection (eiA603) Analog 12.5 kHz n/A n/A 75 dB 75 dB 75 dB Analog Adjacent Channel Rejection (TiA603D) Analog 12.5 kHz Analog 25 kHz n/A n/A n/A n/A 50 or 60dB (adjustable) 80 dB 50 or 60dB (adjustable) 80 dB 50 or 60dB (adjustable) 80 dB Spurious and image Response Rejection 90 dB**100 dB 100 dB 85 dB (380-435 MHz) 100 dB (450-512 MHz) 90 dB Analog Audio Response n/A n/A +1, -3 dB from 6 dB per octave de-emphasis; 300- 3000 Hz referenced to 1000 Hz at line output +1, -3 dB from 6 dB per octave de-emphasis; 300- 3000 Hz referenced to 1000 Hz at line output +1, -3 dB from 6 dB per octave de-emphasis; 300- 3000 Hz referenced to 1000 Hz at line output Analog Audio Distortion n/A n/A 3% or 5% (adjustable)3% or 5% (adjustable)3% or 5% (adjustable) Analog FM Hum and noise 12.5 kHz 25 kHz n/A n/A n/A n/A 45 dB 50 dB 45 dB 50 dB 45 dB 50 dB intermediate Frequency 1st: 73.35 MHz 2nd: 2.16 MHz 1st: 73.35 MHz 2nd: 2.16 MHz 1st: 73.35 MHz 2nd: 2.16 MHz 1st: 73.35 MHz 2nd: 2.16 MHz 1st: 44.85 MHz 2nd: 2.16 MHz TRANSMITTER RF DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 700/800 MHz Cavity 900 MHz Hybrid UHF: 450-512 MHz Cavity Frequency Range 762-776, 851-870 MHz 935-941 MHz 450-512 MHz insertion Loss (150 kHz spacing) 3.1 dB typ 2-way loss: 4.4 dB typ 3-way loss: 6.3 dB typ 4-way loss: 7.6 dB typ 5-way loss: 8.8 dB typ 6-way loss: 9.7 dB typ 4.5 dB typ Tx-Tx isolation (150 kHz spacing) 32 dB 20 dB 32 dB RECEIvER RF DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 700/800/900 MHz UHF: 450-512 MHz Frequency Range 792-825 MHz or 896-902 MHz 450-512 MHz Typical Limit Typical Limit noise Figure 3.8 dB 5 dB 4.6 dB 5.5 dB Gain 13 dB –16 to 24 dB adjustable 10 dB –16 to 24 dB adjustable 3rd Order Output intercept 21 dBm 19 dBm Amplifier intercept 35 dBm 40 dBm Preselector Bandwidth 792-825 MHz or 896-902 MHz 2 or 3.5 MHz RF input Connector Type n n RF Output Connector Type BnC BnC GTR 8000 E XPANDABLE SITE SUBSYSTEM (SQM01SUM7054A) CONTINUED * includes Transmitter RF Distribution System for 900 MHz, 700/800 MHz, and uHF 450-512 MHz. Does not include Transmitter RF Distribution System for VHF and uHF 380-450, 512-524 MHz. ** Reference signal is qPSK. PAGE 6 PRODUCT SPEC SHEET G-SeRieS SiTe equiPMenT FOR ASTRO 25 SySTeMS GENERAL PERFORMANCE HPD INTEGRATED vOICE & DATA Channel Capacity 5 Repeater Site: 28 Simulcast (Multicast): 30 Size (HxWxD)5.25 x 19 x 18 in (133 x 483 x 457 mm) 5.25 x 19 x 18 in (133 x 483 x 457 mm) Weight 40 lbs (18 kg)40 lbs (18 kg) Temperature Range –22 to 140 °F (–30 to 60°C)–22 to 140 °F (–30 to 60°C) Rack Option 19 in standard rack mountable 19 in standard rack mountable Frequency Stability GPS Synchronized Simulcast (Multisite): external ELECTRICAL Power Requirements AC: 90-264 VAC, 47-63 Hz DC: 43.2-60 VDC AC: 90-264 VAC, 47-63 Hz DC: 43.2-60 VDC Power Consumption AC: 160 W DC: 80 W AC: 130 W DC: 60 W GENERAL PERFORMANCE INTEGRATED vOICE & DATA Channel Capacity 1 or 2 Size (HxWxD)5.25 x 19 x 18 in (133 x 483 x 457 mm) Weight 40 lbs (18 kg) Temperature Range –22 to 140 °F (–30 to 60°C) Rack Option 19 in standard rack mountable Time Stability external Reference ELECTRICAL Power Requirements AC: 90-264 VAC 47-63Hz DC: 43.2-60 VDC Power Consumption AC: 1 module 130 W AC: 2 modules 160 W DC: 1 module 60 W DC: 2 modules 80 W GCP 8000 SITE CONTROLLER (T 7038A) GCM 8000 COMPARATOR (T 7321A) PAGE 7 PRODUCT SPEC SHEET G-SeRieS SiTe equiPMenT FOR ASTRO 25 SySTeMS GENERAL PERFORMANCE HPD INTEGRATED vOICE & DATA 700/800 MHz 700/800 MHz UHF: 380-524 MHz vHF: 136-174 MHz Size (HxWxD)5.25 x 19 x 18 in (133 x 483 x 457 mm)5.25 x 19 x 18 in (133 x 483 x 457 mm)5.25 x 19 x 18 in (133 x 483 x 457 mm)5.25 x 19 x 18 in (133 x 483 x 457 mm) Weight 46 lbs (21 kg)46 lbs (21 kg)46 lbs (21 kg)46 lbs (21 kg) Temperature Range –22 to 140 °F (–30 to 60°C)–22 to 140 °F (–30 to 60°C)–22 to 140 °F (–30 to 60°C)–22 to 140 °F (–30 to 60°C) Power Requirements AC: 90-264 VAC, 47-63 Hz DC: 43.2-60 VDC AC: 90-264 VAC, 47-63 Hz DC: 43.2-60 VDC AC: 90-264 VAC, 47-63 Hz DC: 43.2-60 VDC AC: 90-264 VAC, 47-63 Hz DC: 43.2-60 VDC Power Consumption 450 W C4FM, FM: 470W LSM, H-DqPSK: 530 W C4FM, FM: 500W LSM, H-DqPSK: 550 W C4FM, FM: 500W LSM, H-DqPSK: 410 W Antenna Connectors TX n female n female n female n female Antenna Connectors RX BnC female BnC female n female ** BnC female n female ** BnC female n female ** Channel Spacing 25 kHz 12.5/25 kHz 12.5/25 kHz 12.5/15/25/30 kHz Modulation TX: 64qAM, 16qAM, qPSK RX: 64qAM, 16qAM, qPSK TX: C4FM, LSM, H-DqPSK, FM RX: C4FM, H-CPM, FM TX: C4FM, LSM, H-DqPSK, FM RX: C4FM, H-CPM, FM TX: C4FM, LSM, H-DqPSK, FM RX: C4FM, H-CPM, FM Frequency Stability external Reference 100 ppb/2 yr or external Reference 100 ppb/2 yr or external Reference 100 ppb/2 yr or external Reference TRANSMITTER 700/800 MHz 700/800 MHz UHF: 380-435 MHz UHF: 435-524 MHz vHF: 136-174 MHz Frequency Range 762-776, 851-870 MHz 762-776, 851-870 MHz 380-435, 435-524 MHz 136-174 MHz Power Output 2-50 W 2-100 W C4FM, FM: 2-110 W H-DqPSK, LSM: 2-100 W C4FM, FM: 2-100 W H-DqPSK, LSM: 2-60 W electronic Bandwidth Full Bandwidth Full Bandwidth Full Bandwidth Full Bandwidth Modulation Fidelity n/A 5%5%5% eVM 10%n/A n/A n/A intermodulation Attenuation 80 dB 80 dB 65 dB 55 dB Spurious and Harmonic emissions Attenuation 90 dB 90 dB 90 dB 90 dB Analog FM Hum and noise 12.5 kHz 25 kHz n/A n/A 45 dB 50 dB 45 dB 50 dB 45 dB 50 dB Analog Audio Distortion n/A Less than 2% at 1000 Hz Less than 2% (1% typical) at 1000 Hz Less than 2% (1% typical) at 1000 Hz emissions Designators 17K7D7D 8K70D1W, 8K10F1e, 8K70D7W, 8K10F7W, 8K10F1D, 16K0F3e, 9K80D7W, 11K0F3e 8K70D1W, 8K10F1e 8K10F7W, 8K10F1D, 8K70D7W, 16K0F3e, 9K80D7W, 11K0F3e 8K70D1W, 8K10F1e 8K10F7W, 8K10F1D, 8K70D7W, 16K0F3e, 9K80D7W, 11K0F3e RECEIvER 700/800 MHz 700/800 MHz UHF: 380-435 MHz UHF: 435-524 MHz vHF: 136-174 MHz Frequency Range 792-825 MHz 792-825 MHz 380-435, 435-524 MHz 136-174 MHz Analog Sensitivity (12 dB SinAD) n/A 12.5 kHz: –118 dBm 25 kHz: -117 dBm 12.5 kHz: –118 dBm 25 kHz: -117 dBm 12.5 kHz: –119 dBm 25/30 kHz: -118 dBm Digital Sensitivity 1% Bit error Rate Static (BeR) 64 qAM 16 qAM qPSK –98 dBm –104 dBm –111 dBm n/A n/A n/A n/A n/A n/A n/A n/A n/A Digital Sensitivity 5% Bit error Rate Static (BeR) C4FM H-CPM n/A n/A –118 dBm –116 dBm –118 dBm –116 dBm –119 dBm –117 dBm GTR 8000 BASE R ADIO (T 7039A) * Reference signal is qPSK ** Optional Preselector PAGE 8 PRODUCT SPEC SHEET G-SeRieS SiTe equiPMenT FOR ASTRO 25 SySTeMS RECEIvER HPD INTEGRATED vOICE & DATA 700/800 MHz 700/800 MHz UHF: 380-435 MHz UHF: 435-524 MHz vHF: 136-174 MHz intermodulation Rejection 75 dB*85 dB 85 dB 85 dB Digital Adjacent Channel Rejection 50 dB*60 dB 60 dB 60 dB Analog Adjacent Channel Rejection (eiA603) Analog 12.5 kHz n/A 75 dB 75 dB 75 dB Analog Adjacent Channel Rejection (TiA603D) Analog 12.5 kHz Analog 25 kHz n/A n/A 50 or 60 dB (adjustable) 80 dB 50 or 60 dB (adjustable) 80 dB 50 or 60 dB (adjustable) 80 dB Spurious and image Response Rejection 85 dB*85 dB 100 dB** 85 dB 100 dB** 90 dB 95 dB** Analog Audio Response n/A +1, -3 dB from 6 dB per octave de- emphasis; 300-3000 Hz referenced to 1000 Hz at line output +1, -3 dB from 6 dB per octave de- emphasis; 300-3000 Hz referenced to 1000 Hz at line output +1, -3 dB from 6 dB per octave de- emphasis; 300-3000 Hz referenced to 1000 Hz at line output Analog Audio Distortion n/A 3% or 5% (adjustable)3% or 5% (adjustable)3% or 5% (adjustable) Analog FM Hum and noise 12.5 kHz 25 kHz n/A n/A 45 dB 50 dB 45 dB 50 dB 45 dB 50 dB intermediate Frequency 1st: 73.35 MHz 2nd: 2.16 MHz 1st: 73.35 MHz 2nd: 2.16 MHz 1st: 73.35 MHz 2nd: 2.16 MHz 1st: 44.85 MHz 2nd: 2.16 MHz GENERAL PERFORMANCE INTEGRATED vOICE & DATA - CONvENTIONAL 700/800 MHz UHF: 380-435 MHz UHF: 435-524 MHz vHF: 136-174 MHz Size (HxWxD)5.25 x 19 x 18 in (133 x 483 x 457 mm) 5.25 x 19 x 18 in (133 x 483 x 457 mm) 5.25 x 19 x 18 in (133 x 483 x 457 mm) Weight 36 lbs (16 kg)36 lbs (16 kg)36 lbs (16 kg) Temperature Range –22 to 140 °F (–30 to 60°C)–22 to 140 °F (–30 to 60°C)–22 to 140 °F (–30 to 60°C) Power Requirements AC DC 90-264 VAC, 47-63 Hz 43.2-60 VDC 90-264 VAC, 47-63 Hz 43.2-60 VDC 90-264 VAC, 47-63 Hz 43.2-60 VDC Power Consumption AC DC 85W 50W 85W 50W 85W 50W Antenna Connectors RX BnC female n female ** BnC female n female ** BnC female n female ** Channel Spacing 12.5/25 kHz 12.5/25 kHz 12.5/15/25/30 kHz Modulation C4FM, FM C4FM, FM C4FM, FM Frequency Stability Conventional: 100 ppb/2 yr Conventional: 100 ppb/2 yr Conventional: 100 ppb/2 yr GTR 8000 BASE RADIO (T 7039A) CONTINUED GPW 8000 RECEIvER (T 7540A) * Reference signal is qPSK ** Optional Preselector PAGE 9 PRODUCT SPEC SHEET G-SeRieS SiTe equiPMenT FOR ASTRO 25 SySTeMS RECEIvER INTEGRATED vOICE & DATA - CONvENTIONAL 700/800 MHz UHF: 380-435 MHz UHF: 435-524 MHz vHF: 136-174 MHz Frequency Range 792-825 MHz 380-435 MHz, 435-524 MHz 136-174 MHz Analog Sensitivity 12 dB SinAD 12.5 kHz: –118 dBm 25 kHz: -117 dBm 12.5 kHz: –118 dBm 25 kHz: -117 dBm 12.5/15 kHz: –119 dBm 25/30 kHz: -118 dBm Digital Sensitivity 5% Bit error Rate Static (BeR) C4FM H-CPM –118 dBm –116 dBm –118 dBm –116 dBm –119 dBm –117 dBm intermodulation Rejection 85 dB 85 dB 85 dB Digital Adjacent Channel Rejection 60 dB 60 dB 60 dB Analog Adjacent Channel Rejection (eiA603) Analog 12.5 kHz Analog 25 kHz 75 dB 75 dB 75 dB Analog Adjacent Channel Rejection (TiA603D) Analog 12.5 kHz Analog 25 kHz 50 or 60 dB (adjustable) 80 dB 50 or 60 dB (adjustable) 80 dB 50 or 60 dB (adjustable) 80 dB Spurious and image Response Rejection 85 dB 100 dB* 85 dB 100 dB* 90 dB 95 dB* Analog Audio Response +1, -3 dB from 6 dB per octave de- emphasis; 300-3000 Hz referenced to 1000 Hz at line output +1, -3 dB from 6 dB per octave de- emphasis; 300-3000 Hz referenced to 1000 Hz at line output +1, -3 dB from 6 dB per octave de- emphasis; 300-3000 Hz referenced to 1000 Hz at line output Analog Audio Distortion 3% or 5% (adjustable)3% or 5% (adjustable)3% or 5% (adjustable) Analog FM Hum and noise Analog 12.5 kHz Analog 25 kHz 45 dB 50 dB 45 dB 50 dB 45 dB 50 dB intermediate Frequency 1st: 73.35 MHz 2nd: 2.16 MHz 1st: 73.35 MHz 2nd: 2.16 MHz 1st: 44.85 MHz 2nd: 2.16 MHz GPW 8000 RECEIvER (T 7540A) CONTINUED * Optional Preselector. PAGE 10 PRODUCT SPEC SHEET G-SeRieS SiTe equiPMenT FOR ASTRO 25 SySTeMS GENERAL PERFORMANCE HPD 700/800 MHz number of Channels 1 Height 27 Ru, 50.4 in (128 cm) Footprint (W x D)20.9 x 25.4 in (53 x 64.5 cm) Weight 225 lbs (102 kg) Temperature Range –22 to 140 °F (–30 to 60°C) Power Requirements AC: 90-264 VAC, 47-63 Hz DC: 43.2-60 VDC Power Consumption (fully configured) AC: 675 W DC: 550 W Antenna Connectors TX n Female Antenna Connectors RX n Female Channel Spacing 25 kHz Modulation TX: 64qAM, 16qAM, qPSK RX: 64qAM, 16qAM, qPSK Frequency Stability GPS synchronized TRANSMITTER INCLUDING RFDS HPD 700/800 MHz Frequency Range 762-776, 851-870 MHz Average Power output per channel 1-27 W electronic Bandwidth 762-776, 851-870 MHz error Vector Magnitude 10% Spurious and Harmonic emissions Attenuation 90 dB emissions Designators 17K7D7D RECEIvER INCLUDING RFDS HPD 700/800 MHz Frequency Range 792-825 MHz Sensitivity 1% Bit error Rate Static (BeR) 64 qAM 16 qAM qPSK –101 dBm –108 dBm –115 dBm intermodulation Rejection 75 dB* Adjacent Channel Rejection 50 dB* Spurious and image Response Rejection 90 dB* intermediate Frequency 1st 2nd 73.35 MHz 2.16 MHz Preselector Bandwidth 792-825 MHz GTR 8000 SITE SUBSYSTEM (T 7133A) * Reference signal is qPSK. PAGE 11 PRODUCT SPEC SHEET G-SeRieS SiTe equiPMenT FOR ASTRO 25 SySTeMS FCC DESIGNATION Frequency Range Type Power Output Type Acceptance Number 136-174 MHz Transmitter 2-100 W ABZ89FC3790, ABZ89FC3799 136-174 MHz Receiver n/A ABZ89FR3791 406-435 MHz Transmitter 2-110 W ABZ89FC4821 406-435 MHz Receiver n/A ABZ89FR4822 435-512 MHz Transmitter 2-110 W ABZ89FC4819 435-512 MHz Receiver n/A ABZ89FR4820 764-776 MHz Transmitter 2-100 W 2-50 W (HPD) ABZ89FC5812 851-870 MHz Transmitter 2-100 W 2-50 W (HPD) ABZ89FC5810 792-825 MHz Receiver n/A ABZ89FR5811 935-941 MHz Transmitter 2-120 W ABZ89FC5823 896-902 MHz Receiver n/A ABZ89FR5824 FCC T YPE ACCEPTANCE MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLuTiOnS and the Stylized M Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license. Microsoft, Windows, Windows Me and Windows Vista are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the united States and other countries. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. © 2011 Motorola Solutions, inc. All rights reserved. R3-11-2034J Motorola Solutions, inc. 1301 e. Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, illinois 60196 u.S.A. motorola.com/ASTRO25 SPECIFICATION SHEET KVL 4000 Key Variable Loader Sleek, rugged, and lightweight Built to withstand everyday programming use in federal and public safety environments; meets or exceeds MIL-STD specs for sealing and drop. • IP54 sealing • 4 foot drop New form factor and user interface The KVL utilizes one of Motorola’s newest PDA’s, the MC55, which brings additional rugged functionality to encryption rekeying. • Large 3.5 inch color display with day/night modes and multi-level backlighting. • Touch screen interface makes navigating and accessing information fast and simple. Powered by Microsoft’s Windows® Mobile 6 operating system Manage your data and inventory with Microsoft’s Windows flexible operating platform. • Organize and manage keys and radios with Office and third party applications. • Remote desktop with ActiveSync helps manage and synchronize files and folders to and from the KVL. Automatic key generation • Automatic generation of random keys for any algorithm • Can auto-generate a single key or a bulk set of keys Highest level of security • FIPS 140-2 level 3 provides the highest level of security for your data • User timeout – Automatically logs out the user after a specified period of inactivity • User and Administrator Authentication allow users and administrators to perform and restrict firmware upgrades, changes and key management. Dead Battery Operation Ability to operate the KVL including key management and key downloading while charging. Key Management Facility (KMF) support With store and forward capability the encryption keys are downloaded from the KMF, stored in the KVL, and delivered to the end units. Compatibility* Backwards and forward compatible with existing KVL 3000/3000+ keyloaders and keyloading cables. Optional accessories 3600 mAH Li-Ion battery USB modem USB programming cable Standard features The KVL 4000 ships standard with the following: • MC55 PDA • Security adapter • Battery charger • 2400 mAH Li-Ion battery • User Manual The KVL 4000 is Motorola’s Next Generation Key Variable Loader (KVL) for secure enabled Motorola products. Equipped with the Motorola MC55 PDA, this new PDA style key loader is outfitted with state-of-the-art features and user interface for increased efficiency and programming flexibility. A large LCD color display paired with an easy to use alphanumeric keypad enables simple viewing and data entry. Designed to meet the requirements of two-way radio programmers, this powerful device offers the latest industry standard Microsoft Mobile 6 Operating System with Excel, Onenote, Powerpoint and Word. Built with legendary Motorola quality and security, this compact, rugged device is built to withstand everyday use in Federal and public safety environments. Only Motorola can provide its customers with the highest level of secure programming, FIPS 140-2 Level 3, ensuring your information is never compromised. Secure and rugged in a sleek design Motorola, Inc. 1301 E. Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, Illinois 60196 U.S.A. www.motorola.com/us/government +1 800 367 2346 MOTOROLA and the Stylized M Logo are registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. All other product or service names are the property of their registered owners. © Motorola, Inc. 2010 (1007) R3-17-2004 KVL 4000 Specifications Physical Characteristics Dimensions Length 216 mm Width 84 mm Depth 39 mm Weight KVL with rechargable 2400 mAH Lithium-Ion 473 g Battery/Charger 2400 mAH Lithium-Ion 100/240VAC 50/60 Hz Charger Up to 8 hours of continuous keyloading operation 3600 mAH Lithium-Ion 100/240VAC 50/60 Hz Charger Up to 10 hours of continuous keyloading operation User Interface Display 320 line, 240 character 3.5” QVGA resistive touch panel screen with LED backlight Keypad QWERTY Keyboard RS232/DB-9 Connector yes USB Type A Port yes MX-style keyload port yes Encryption Specifications Supported Systems 12 Kbps SECURENET 9.6 Kbps Secure ASTRO (VSELP Vocoder) 9.6 Kbps Secure ASTRO 25 (IMBE Vocoder) Supported Algorithms DES, DES-OFB, DES-XL DVI-XL DVP-XL AES ADP Standards FIPS 46-3 FIPS 81 FIPS 140-2 Levels 2 and 3 FIPS 197 Algorithm ASTRO 25 Advanced Securenet (ASN)KMF** DES-XL X X X DES-OFB X X X DVP-XL X X X DVI-XL X X X ADP (HW)X AES X X X Regulatory Compliance and Approvals Electromagnetic Compatibility FCC Part 15 Class A Emission EN55022 Class A Emission EN50392 RF Exposure Safety EN60950-1 UL/cUL 60950-1 Environmental Disposal RoHS Compliant Operating Temperature –10 to +50 degree C Storage Temperature –40 to +70 degree C Ingress Protection IEC IP54 ESD Protection ±15kV air; ±6kV contact Humidity 95% max, non-condensing *Only digital capable subscribers supported. Contact your local sales representative for a complete list of supported products. **KVL 4000 does not support KMC and CIU Specifications are subject to change without notice. All specifications shown are typical. When a disaster strikes or large events require complex coordination and interoperability among first responders, network operators require versatile and immediate interoperability solutions to enable them to respond to the sometimes highly unpredictable nature of emergency situations. This has created an immense and well-understood need for network interoperability and the creation of a system of systems interoperable network. Today’s ASTRO® 25 trunked systems use IP-based call processing and the Project 25 (P25) Common Air Interface, which allows P25 trunked systems to be connected using IP-based gateway technologies. The P25 Inter-RF Subsystem Interface (P25 ISSI) is one of the first end-to-end digital IP network interface standardized by TIA. Motorola has implemented this interface in a software application called the ISSI.1 Network Gateway (ISSI.1 NGW) Subsystem that enables P25 ISSI equipped trunked systems to implement end-to-end digital interconnectivity to meet interoperability needs. The ISSI.1 NGW supports basic call services including ISSI Group Call, ISSI Emergency Call and end-to-end P25 encryption. It is simply added to an ASTRO 25 trunked core, and does not require any software upgrades to the core, site equipment, consoles or radios. ISSI.1 Network Gateway SubSyStem eNable Project 25 ISSI wIrelINe INteroPerabIlIty Solution DAtA SHEEt ISSI.1 NETWORK GATEWAY SUBSYSTEM Solution DAtA SHEEt ISSI.1 NETWORK GATEWAY SUBSYSTEM ConnEC ting uSErS on Multipl E SyStEMS The ISSI.1 NGW subsystem enables connectivity between multiple systems. The P25 Radio users when in their home system operate on talkgroups that are found in their home system. When there is a need to interoperate across both systems, the P25 radios users operating on separate talkgroups, which are logically connected and “mapped” between the respective ISSI subsystems, create the operation of a single, logical Interoperability Talkgroup between the two systems. When a user in either system initiates a call all of the radio and console users affiliated to those iTGs in both systems hear the ISSI group call. The P 25 Common Air Interface allows P 25 radio users, using radios on the appropriate RF band, to roam between P 25 systems; in addition the P 25 standard provides an interface between two systems – ISSI. In a system that does not have an ISSI connection a user from one system can roam to another P25 system if they have been provisioned as a valid user on the roaming system. Communication with the home system is lost when the radio roams. When roaming between two systems that have a P25 ISSI connection, the radio user will use an interoperability talkgroup (iTG) set up to include users from System A and System B. In addition, one of the benefits of an ISSI link is that the consoles can maintain communications with the home radio users when they roam onto another system. ConSolE A ConSolE A ConSol E B ConSol E B tAlKgroup 150 (tg150) MAppED to SyStEM B rADioS tAlKgroup 150 (tg150) MAppED to SyStEM B rADioStAlKgroup 100 (tg100) MAppED to SyStEM A r ADioS tAlKgroup 100 (tg100) MAppED to SyStEM A rADioS SySt EM A SySt EM A SySt EM B SyS t EM B SyStEM ATalkgroup 100user ID 1 SyStEM ATalkgroup 100user ID 1 SyStEM BTalkgroup 150user ID 13 SyStEM BTalkgroup 150user ID 13 SyStEM BTalkgroup 150user ID 12 SyStEM ATalkgroup 100user ID 2 SyStEM ATalkgroup 100user ID 2 iSSiSuBSyStEM iSSiSuBSyStEM iSSiSuBSyStEM iSSiSuBSyStEM iSSi linK iSSi linK SyStEM BTalkgroup 150user ID 14 SyStEM BTalkgroup 150user ID 14 intEropErABility tAlKgroup (itg) iS CrEAtED By MApping tg100 AnD tg150 togEtHEr intEropEr ABility tA l Kgroup (itg) iS CrEAt ED By MApping tg100 AnD tg150 togE t HEr itg :int E rop 1 itg :int E rop 1 opEr AtionAl oVErViEW roAMing ACroSS nE t WorKS – MAnuA l intEr-SySt EM roAMing With ISSI connecting multiple systems together, when a radio user travels out of the range of System A and into the range of system B, the user if provisioned in system B can initiate a manual mode change if provisioned to affiliate into System Talkgroup while communicating to all users via the iTG Interop 1. The important enhancement for the user is that after he roams into System B, he will continue to communicate with the System A console operator as well as any users who are in iTG: Interop 1 in System A. roAMS to SyStEM B CoVErAgE Solution DAtA SHEEt ISSI.1 NETWORK GATEWAY SUBSYSTEM ConnEC ting SyS tEMS oVEr WiDE ArEA nEt WorKS The ISSI.1 subsystem includes the server, ISSI.1 NGW application, router, Ethernet switch and firewall. It uses an ISSI Link to connect to other ISSI subsystems over a Wide Area Network (WAN). The ISSI Link is an Ethernet link which requires a fixed IP address and up to 384 kbps of bandwidth. Public safety agencies who require interconnectivity can select from a variety of last mile and WAN solutions. M AnAging iSSi.1 nE t WorK gAtEWAy SuBSyS tEMS Although the ISSI.1 NGW is a “bolt on” device, a variety of existing ASTRO 25 tools can be used to monitor the ASTRO 25 system. For instance, ZoneWatch and the Affiliation Display can be used to monitor ISSI traffic. A separate ISSI.1 administration application provides additional management capabilities, such as allowing an operator to view fault status of the application, view status of the ISSI Link and configure the gateway. The configuration tool allows both import and export of detailed iTG information from an Excel .CSV file format. AS tro 25 SyStEM A AS tro 25 SyS tEM B iSSiSuBSyStEM iSSiSuBSyStEMiSSi linK WAn The ISSI.1 Network Gateway is an easy and cost effective way to connecting P 25 systems together for interoperability. connect disparate systems – enabling talkgroups from differing System IDs, WACN IDs, different P25 system vintages, RF bands, manufacturers and coverage areas to be connected. enable task force interoperability – connecting first and second level responders securely and digitally across multiple systems and vast coverage areas. Permit multiple P25 ISSI enabled systems to interconnect – systems from other P25 trunked manufacturers can be connected together in a regional network interoperability solution. Provide connected roaming without modifying subscribers – allowing wireline connectivity without requiring software upgrade to the subscriber devices to enable roaming. retain individual system and fleetmap – preserving the User Configuration Server databases on each system enables operational autonomy among the connected systems and fleetmaps. ‘bolt-on’ to existing aStro 25 systems – adding ISSI.1 NGWs quickly and cost effectively to an existing and deployed ASTRO 25 system without requiring the system to be upgraded to a new version and without upgrading subscriber or Control Channel (CCH) software. enable end-to-end encryption without transcoding – using network connectivity to deliver performance with lower delays, better audio quality and more robust call services than can be accomplished when analog or transcoding methods are used. iSSi.1 nEt WorK gAtEWAy ADVAntAgES Solution DAtA SHEEt ISSI.1 NETWORK GATEWAY SUBSYSTEM To learn more about Network Interoperability and the P25 ISSI, contact your Motorola representative or visit motorola.com/project25. Motorola Solutions, Inc. 1301 E. Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, Illinois 60196 U.S.A. motorolasolutions.com MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS and the Stylized M Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. © 2011 Motorola Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved. RO-26-1008B tECHniCAl SpECiFiCAtionS CAll SErViCES Support SupportED SpECiFiED in tiA-102.BACA ISSI Group Registration Yes Yes ISSI Group Tracking Yes Yes ISSI Group Call Yes Yes ISSI Emergency Group Call Yes Yes E2E Encrypted ISSI Group Call Yes Yes Manual Inter-System Roaming Yes No HArDWArE SpECiFiCAtionS Gateway Server Sun Netra T5220 Processor 4-Core 1.2 GHz UltraSPARC T2 Memory 32 GB Mass Storage 300GB, 10000 rpm SAS Disk Optical Drive 1 DVD-RW Networks & I/O Options 4 x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet, 2 PCI-X, 4 PCIe Power / Cooling 100-240 V AC or –40 to –75 V DC Physical Specifications 2 Rack Units Operating System / Software Solaris 10 Pre-installed SoFtWArE SpECiFiCAtionS ASTRO 25 Release Compatibility Release 7.5 or higher Maximum ISSI.1 NGW Applications 3 per Server Maximum Interoperability Talkgroup Mappings 60 per ISSI.1 Application Maximum Simultaneous Interop TG Calls 27 per ISSI.1 Application iSSi linK SpECiFiCAtionS Physical Ethernet RJ45 Recommended Maximum Jitter Delay 3 per Server Maximum Bandwidth Required Per GW App*60 per ISSI.1 Application Recommended Maximum End-to-End Delay 27 per ISSI.1 Application iSSi.1 ngW SuBSyStEM EQuipMEnt SuBCoMponEntS rEQuirED rEQuirEMEntS WitH 1 iSSi.1 ngW AppliCAtion rEQuirEMEntS WitH 2 iSSi.1 ngW AppliCAtion rEQuirEMEntS WitH 3 iSSi.1 ngW AppliCAtion Netra T5220 Server 1 1 1 ISSI.1 NGW Application 1 2 3 S2500 WAN Router 1 2 3 S2500 T1/E1Daughter Board**1 2 3 S2500 Ethernet Daughter Board**1 2 3 S2500 Encryption Module***1 2 3 2610-24 Ethernet Switch 1 1 1 SSG-140 Firewall 1 1 1 * Calculations for bandwidth identical to those for RF site links; 6 DS0 assumes 27 simultaneous calls ** Each S2500 WAN Router can be connected to the ASTRO 25 Zone Controller via a T1 or an Ethernet Site Link *** If Encrypted Site Links are chosen as an option, then one S2500 Encryption Module is required for each S2500 WAN Router Overview The MCC 7500 IP Logging Recorder and Archiving Interface Server provides a mission critical IP-based digital logging solution for ASTRO®25 trunking systems. The solution, a collaborative effort between Motorola and NICE®Systems Inc, was designed to work with the MCC 7500 Dispatch Console and is the only fully integrated and certified IP radio recording and replay solu- tion for Motorola’s ASTRO®25 network. The seamless integration with Motorola’s IP infra- structure coupled with the advanced solution application for scenario reconstruction and analy- sis, helps improve productivity and provides insight from citizen interactions for public safety agencies. Integrated Digital Recording Key to the value and strength of the Motorola MCC 7500 IP logging recorder solution is its integration and certification with the Motorola ASTRO® 25 network. The product resides on the radio system's IP network enabling the logging solution to provide more than just audio recording. Valuable data associated with each call including radio ID, Alias, and talk group is captured. In addition, tasks or events performed by the dispatcher such as emergency alarms, supergroup patches, changing tactical/normal selection on a talkgroup are presented as graphical icons in the Scenario Replay™ application. The MCC 7500 IP logging solution is fully digital. Audio is recorded in its native vocoded format and the recorder stores it in the same form in which it was passed through the radio system. This eliminates degradation, allowing for optimal audio quality. The addition of secure capability to the dispatch console and the archiving interface server pro- vides true end to end encryption, providing a high degree of security for public safety customers. Radio voice messages remain encrypted the entire time they are being transported between the dispatch console and the two-way radio. Integration with the ASTRO 25 system also enables agency partitioning. This partitioning allows control and access over what each agency (e.g. Police, Fire, Public Works) in a communica- tion system is able to playback. The MCC 7500 IP logging solution provides the flexibility of centralized and/or distributed logging of conventional and trunked radio audio, associated radio call information and certain radio system events. MCC 7500 IP Logging Recorder Specification Sheet DATA SHEET Type of radio calls recorded includes: • Announcement Group Calls • Site-wide Group Calls • Talk Group Calls • Analog and Digital Conventional Calls via Digital Conventional Channel Gateway • Emergency on Trunking/Digital Conventional Information collected with each recorded call includes: • Date and time stamp • Type of call with ID and Alias (if applicable) e.g. Talkgroup name • Unit ID of the device originating the call • Unit ID alias of the device originating the call • Site ID where the call originated • Zone ID where the call originated • Secure on non-secure call designation Dispatcher-initiated events recorded include: • Call Alert • Emergency Alarm • Emergency Acknowledge & Knockdown • Repeat Control • Resource Status • Talk Group Priority Status • Main/Alt Status • Frequency Control Replay Workstation – The replay workstation is comprised of a personal computer where the Scenario Relay software application resides. It is at the replay station where the recorded audio is devocoded, converted to analog, and sent to a speaker. Because the replay station supports all the vocoders used in the radio system and uses the same error mitigation techniques as the MCC 7500 dispatch console, the audio being played back has the same level of audio quality as at the MCC 7500 dispatch console. A call can be saved on a replay station either as a complete call (audio and any information associated with the call) or as a simple .wav file. A replay user account can be configured with access rights to the radio resources being recorded by the logging system which fur- ther enhances agency partitioning functionality. The MCC 7500 IP Logging Recorder solution consists of the following: Archiving Interface Server (AIS) – The AIS is the interface between the radio system and the log- ging recorder solution. This allows calls on the radio system to be recorded along with call related infor- mationon the logging recorder. The AIS monitors identified resources, passes call-control information to the logging recorder, and redirects audio for those monitored channels to the logging recorder. An AIS is required for each logging recorder used in a system. MCC 7500 IP Logging Recorder – The logging recorder server stores the captured audio and data received from the Archiving Interface Server (AIS). The system administrator specifies which talkgroups, conventional channels, etc. are recorded by the recording system. The AIS pas- ses call control information and vocoded audio packets associated with radio calls to the recorder system for storage and retrieval. In an IP environment, there are no longer dedi- cated analog outputs for each channel being recorded. Instead, the audio and call control infor- mation associated with a call is sent across the IP network to the recorder. To take maximum advantage of this architecture, the recorder is specified in terms of the number of simultaneous transmissions it can record instead of the number of channels it can record. The recorders have the same capacity as the Archiving Interface Server (AIS), and can handle up to 120 simultaneous calls. The simultaneous call capacity of a recorder includes all the trunked talkgroups and conven- tional channels being recorded. Recorded audio and data is written to a DATA 72 for archiving purposes. Scenario Relay™ Application – Audio and events which have been recorded by the logging recorder(s) are accessed on the replay workstation via the Scenario Replay application. A state-of-the-art multi- ple channel search and replay tool, Scenario Replay is used across the MCC 7500 IP Logging Recorder, NiceLog®, and NiceCall®Focus III platforms providing the ability to seamlessly retrieve audio and/or data from radio and telephony communications. Scenario Replay’s most powerful facility is its ability to recre- ate the communications around an incident, just as they happened. Presented in a graphical time view, the search results can be broken down by individual channels, talk groups, or unit ID’s. Filters are the key to this simple, yet powerful, call and data retrieval. Within each filter, multiple criteria including date and time ranges, single or multiple Radio ID’s or Alias’, single or multiple Talk Group ID’s or Alias’, or even Multi-group (Patch/Multiselect) can be selected to refine searches. The system then searches the calls on the logging recorder server retrieving the appro- priate call audio and data. Once retrieved, replay controls enable play, pause, stop, skip forwards or backwards, variation of replay speed, Automatic Gain Control, play markers to isolate a specific section, and a variety of other options can be used to analyze the calls and data. For a more detailed analysis or for evidential purposes, scenarios may be output to elec- tronic files as either .wav or complete scenarios. With its intuitive GUI, powerful filtering capabilities, and file output capabilities, users get the information they need for analysis, investigation, and evidence both quickly and easily. Scenario Replay Highlights: • Information is presented using pre-configured views ordered by Resource Alias,Individual Alias or Unit ID (Console or Radio). • Replay permissions are controlled by user accounts that limit the user to replaying calls on authorized resources. • System-wide view of all calls, either list or graphical view, with call transmission information, to provide maximum flexibility. • Multiple advanced search criteria using any data- base field and numerous logical operators to drastically reduce search times. Administrator Application – The logging recorders and replay workstations used in the logging sub-system are configured and managed by a common adminis- tration application called NICE Administrator. This application allows configuration of all system resources, Users, User replay security, Loggers and CLS databases and resides on the replay workstation. The system administrator can control the following: • Talk groups and conventional resources recorded • Secure and non-secure calls recorded • Prioritizing talkgroups and conventional resources used in determining which calls to shed when capacity limits are exceeded • Assigning access rights for replay station user accounts • Various operational characteristics of the recorders fact sheet MCC 7500 IP LOGGING RECORDER 1301 E. Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, Illinois 60196 800-367-2346 MOTOROLA and the Stylized M Logo are registered in the U.S. Patent & Trademark Office. All other product or service names are the property of their registered owners. © Motorola, Inc. 2009 R3-7-2003C specifications The MCC 7500 IP Logging Recorder utilizes an Intel® Xeon® Processor server with three logical drives in a RAID 5 array configuration providing up to 75,000 on-line channel hours, dual DAT 72 archive drives, a DAT 160 archive drive, hot plug redundant fan, redundant power supply, and Windows™ 2003 R2 Server. It is scalable to add capacity with the purchase of additional call licenses. Two HP StorageWorks 1U Rack-Mount kit housings are used to house the DAT archiving drives. Mcc 7500 IP Logging Recorders: TT1092 30 Simultaneous Call Audio and Event Archiving Recorder TT1094 120 Simultaneous Call Audio and Event Archiving Recorder TT04554 10 Simultaneous Call Capacity Increase (Up To 120 Simultaneous Call Max) Mcc 7500 IP Logging Recorder Resiliency features & Options Audio Archiving Devices: HP StorageWorks DAT 72 Tape Drive (x2) NiceCLS™ Backup Devices: HP StorageWorks DAT 160 Tape Drive MCC 7500 IP Logging Recorder Playback Workstations: DDN8463 Playback Workstation (no LCD) DDN8663 Playback Workstation w/17” LCD Display, Keyboard, and Mouse DDN9588 Vista Playback Workstation (no LCD) DDN9589 Vista Playback Workstation w/17” LCD Display, Keyboard, and Mouse Note: ASTRO 25 release 7.7 or later systems support only Vista replay station Vocoder algorithms supported Different vocoder formats are used; IMBE (4.8 kb/s) in ASTRO 25 systems 7 .5 or earlier and AMBE+2 in 7.6 and later, ACELP (5.1 kb/s) in Dimetra® systems and G728 (16 kb/s) for conventional calls. technical specifications* IP Recorder Replay Workstation hP DL360 G6 hP XW4600 Height 1.70” 17.7” Width 16.78” 6.7” Depth 27.25” 18.0” Weight (Typical Config) 32-39.5 lbs 33 lbs Rated Line Voltage 100 to 240 VAC 90 to 264 VAC Rated Input Current 4.5 Amps (@ 120 VAC) 100 to 240 VAC Rated Input Frequency 50 to 60 Hz 50 to 60 Hz BTU Rating 1773 BTU / hr (@120 VAC) 2,415.4 BTU/HR (Max) Steady State Power (Power Supply) 460 W (@ 100 VAC) 460 W (continuous) Auto-ranging Max Peak Power (Power Supply) 460 W (@ 100 VAC) 460 W (continuous) Auto-ranging Temperature Range (Operating) 50° to 95° F 40° to 95° F Relative Humidity (Operating) 5% to 95% 8% to 85% * Specifications are subject to change. Go to www.motorola.com/dispatch for the most up-to-date specifications. TM PTP 800 SPLIT-MOUNT SOLUTION LICENSED ETHERNET MICROWAVE FOR MULTI-SERVICE NETWORKS Cambium Point-to-Point (PTP) 800 Licensed Ethernet Microwave Solutions can efficiently and affordably transport the data, voice and video that your bandwidth- intensive applications require without having to contend with other communicators in your radio-frequency (RF) band. SPLIT-MOUNT ARCHITECTURE Within our PTP 800 family of products, we offer two architectures, a split-mount architecture and an all-indoor architecture. In this Specification Sheet, we detail the specifics of our Split-Mount systems. Information on our PTP 800i All-Indoor system is available at PTP 800. Our PTP 800 Split-Mount systems operate in the 6 to 38 GHz licensed bands, at up to 368 Mbps throughput1 (full duplex), and with user-configured channel bandwidths from 7 to 56 MHz. When deployed, the outdoor radio unit (ODU) and antenna are mounted on a tower or rooftop and connected via cable to the Compact Modem Unit (CMU) located inside your building or equipment housing unit. Within the split-mount platform, you can choose between our Standard ODU-A or our High Performance ODU-B. ODU-A is available in 6 to 38 GHz frequencies, while the High Performance ODU-B is available in the 11, 18 and 23 GHz bands. The ODU-B offers higher transmit power, lower power consumption, and lighter weight when compared with the ODU-A. In addition, our NTIA-compliant 7 and 8 GHz models support DoD and non-DoD applications within the U.S. Federal Government. COST-EFFICIENT SCALABILITY With upgradeable capacity from 10 Mbps to full capacity via software key, PTP 800 systems offer exceptional cost efficiency and scalability, allowing you to purchase only the capacity you need today and add capacity as your needs grow. Whether your organization is a carrier, service provider, utility company, municipality, public safety organization, government agency or corporate enterprise, PTP 800 radios will provide you with high-performance, ultra-reliable connectivity and backhaul. PTP 800 SPECIFICATION SHEET from Release 05-00 PAGE 2PTP 800 SPECIFICATION SHEET from Release 05-00 RADIO TECHNOLOGY ODU-A RF bands2 L6 GHz Band: 5.925 – 6.425 GHz U6 GHz Band: 6.425 – 7.100 GHz 7 GHz Band: 7.125 – 7.9 GHz 8 GHz Band: 7.725 – 8.5 GHz 11 GHz Band: 10.7 – 11.7 GHz 13 GHz Band: 12.75 – 13.25 GHz 15 GHz Band: 14.4 – 15.35 GHz 18 GHz Band: 17.7 – 19.7 GHz 23 GHz Band: 21.2 – 23.6 GHz 26 GHz Band: 24.25 – 26.5 GHz 28 GHz Band: 27.5 – 29.5 GHz 32 GHz Band: 31.8 – 33.4 GHz 38 GHz Band: 37.0 – 40.0 GHz ODU-B RF bands2 11 GHz Band: 10.7 – 11.7 GHz 18 GHz Band: 17.7 – 19.7 GHz 23 GHz Band: 21.2 – 23.6 GHz Channel size Configurable from 7 to 56 MHz Maximum Tx power3 30 dBm Best Rx sensitivity4 -90.9 dBm Modulation QPSK to 256 QAM Fixed mode or Adaptive Coding and Modulation (ACM) Error correction Low Density Parity Check (LDPC) code Duplex scheme FDD Security and encryption Proprietary air interface Optional FIPS-197 compliant 128/256-Bit AES Encryption Optional FIPS 140-25 Authenticated SNTP ETHERNET BRIDGING Protocol IEEE 802.3 802.1p/1Q (served by 8 queues) 802.1ad (Q-in-Q) Frame size Up to 9600 bytes User data throughput6 10 to 368 Mbps at the Ethernet (full duplex); use our Cambium PTP LINKPlanner to determine actual throughput for the deployment QoS 8 Queues by VLAN tag, Layer 3 DSCP and TC Latency To < 115 µs @ full capacity with 64 bytes User traffic interface 100 / 1000 Base T (RJ-45) – auto MDI/MDIX, 1000 Base SX and LX options MANAGEMENT & INSTALLATION Network management Inband and out-of-band Protocol SNMP v1, v2c, v3 EMS Web access via browser using HTTP or HTTPS/TLS7 Cambium Wireless Manager, release 3.0 or higher Your existing network management system Motorola ASTRO® Unified Event Manager (UEM) Remote authentication using RADIUS Out-of-band interface 10 / 100 Base T (RJ-45) Installation ODU – RSSI output assistance for link alignment Connection IF cable between outdoor unit (ODU) and compact modem unit (CMU); distance up to 1000 ft. (300 meters) using the LMR600 cable; 630 ft. (190 meters) is achievable with the CNT400 IF cable PAGE 3PTP 800 SPECIFICATION SHEET from Release 05-00 1 368 Mbps maximum throughput requires a 56 MHz channel and 256 QAM which may not be available in certain regions due to regulatory restrictions. 2 Regulatory conditions for RF bands may vary by geographic location and should be confirmed prior to system purchase. 3 Transmit power depends on frequency, modulation and regulations (ETSI/FCC). 4 Receive sensitivity depends on frequency, channel bandwidth and modulation (-90.9 dBm is based on an 11 GHz model with 7 MHz channel bandwidth and the QPSK mode). 5 FIPS 140-2 certification status may be confirmed at: http://csrc.nist.gov/groups/STM/cmvp/inprocess.html 6 User throughput depends on the configuration of channel bandwidth, modulation and capacity license key. Radios ship with factory-set 10 Mbps throughput capacity cap; additional capacity may be purchased at time of order or anytime after deployment. Full capacity is not available for all combinations of bands and regulations. 7 Web access via HTTPS/TLS is available on AES-enabled radios. PHYSICAL Physical configuration Split mount – Compact Modem Unit (CMU) and Outdoor Unit (ODU) Dimensions ODU: Diameter 10.5” (26.7 cm), Depth 3.5” (8.9 cm) CMU: Width 7.1” (18.0 cm), Height 1.4” (3.5 cm), Depth 8.7” (22.0 cm) Weight ODU-A: 10.1 lbs (4.6 kg) ODU-B: 8.6 lbs (3.9 kg CMU: 2.4 lbs (1.1 kg) Wind speed survival ODU: 150 mph (242 kph) Power source -48V DC (-40.5V DC to -60V DC) Power consumption ODU-A – 1+0 Configuration (per end) ODU-B – 1+0 Configuration (per end) 6 ~ 11 GHz: 71 Watts maximum 11 GHz: 58 Watts maximum 13 ~ 38 GHz: 62 Watts maximum 18, 23 GHz: 56 Watts maximum ODU-A – 1+1 Configuration ODU-B – 1+1 Configuration (2 ODUs + 2 CMUs per end) (2-ODUs + 2-CMUs per end) 6 ~ 11 GHz: 122 Watts maximum 11 GHz: 98 Watts maximum 13 ~ 38 GHz 114 Watts maximum 18, 23 GHz: 98 Watts maximum ENVIRONMENTAL & REGULATORY Operating temperature Outdoor Unit: -27° to +131° F (-33° to +55° C) – EN 300 019-1-4 Compact Modem Unit: -27° to +131° F (-33° to +55° C) – EN 300 019-1-3 Humidity Outdoor Unit: Up to 100% Compact Modem Unit: Up to 95%, non-condensing Safety UL 60950; IEC 60950; EN 60950; CSA 22.2 No. 60950 EMC USA: FCC Part 15, Class B Europe: EN 301 489-1 and EN 301 489-4 Radio standard ETSI Harmonized Standard EN 302 217-2-2 FCC Regulation Title 47, Part 101 Industry Canada Specification RSS-GEN and relevant SRSP Specifications PAGE 4PTP 800 SPECIFICATION SHEET from Release 05-00 Radio Configuration Frequency (GHz)L6 U6 7 8 11 13 15 18 23 26 28 32 38 Standard ETSI / FCC ETSI / FCC ETSI / NTIA ETSI / NTIA ETSI / FCC ETSI ETSI ETSI / FCC ETSI / FCC ETSI / FCC ETSI ETSI ETSI / FCC Frequency Range (GHz) 5.925 ~ 6.425 6.425 ~ 7.100 7.125 ~ 7.9 7.725 ~ 8.50 10.7 ~ 11.7 12.75 ~ 13.25 14.4 ~ 15.35 17.7 ~ 19.7 21.2 ~ 23.6 24.25 ~ 26.5 27.5 ~ 29.5 31.8 ~ 33.4 37.0 ~ 40.0 F C C T/R Spacing (MHz)252.04 160 170 300 360 490 500 1560 1200 800 700 Channel Bandwidth (MHz) 10 30 10 30 10 20 30 40 50 10 20 30 40 50 10 30 40 10 20 30 40 50 808 10 20 30 40 50 10 20 40 10 50 E T S I T/R Spacing (MHz) 252.04 340 154 161 168 196 245 119 126 208 266 311.32 490 530 266 420 490 728 315 322 644 1008 1010 1008 1232 1008 1008 812 1260 Channel Bandwidth (MHz) 29.65 7 14 30 40 60 7 14 28 7 14 28 29.65 40 7 14 28 7 14 28 56 7 13.75 27.5 55 7 14 28 56 7 14 28 56 7 14 28 56 7 14 28 56 7 14 28 56 RF Channel Selection Via Web GUI System Configuration 1 + 0, 1+1 HSB, 1+1 HSB/SD and 2+0 ATPC Range (dB) Transmit Power Control – Adaptive, lower power limit varies with RF band down to 1dBm minimum. User Ethernet Data Throughput – ODU-A and ODU-B Modulation Maximum Throughput – Mbps (1518 Bytes/Frame) Channel Bandwidth (MHz) 7 13.75 14 27.5 28/ 29.65 9 55 56/60/80 10 20 30 40 50 256 QAM-H N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 364.9 368.6 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 256 QAM-L N/A N/A N/A 166.9 170.4 343.6 347.2 N/A 113.6 177.4 236.7 301.6 128 QAM 34.4 69.8 71.0 148.0 151.1 300.4 303.5 50.9 102.2 155.1 206.9 258.6 64 QAM 30.0 60.7 61.8 122.7 125.3 252.6 255.2 42.8 84.9 130.4 / 135.510 181.9 217.4 32 QAM 24.6 49.9 50.7 99.1 101.2 200.7 202.8 33.7 67.8 103.6 150.7 178.6 16 QAM 20.0 40.6 41.3 73.3 74.8 150.9 152.4 29.1 58.5 77.9 103.9 150.5 8PSK 14.7 29.9 30.4 55.7 56.8 114.6 115.8 20.4 40.3 59.1 78.9 103.7 QPSK 10.1 20.0 20.3 37.0 37.8 76.3 77.1 13.8 28.5 39.4 52.6 65.7 Transmit Power – ODU-A Modulation Maximum Transmit Power – ETSI (dBm) Maximum Transmit Power – FCC (dBm) Frequency (GHz)Frequency (GHz) 6, 7, 8 11 13, 15 18 23, 26 28 32 38 L6 7, 8 11 18 23, 26 38 QPSK 30.0 28.0 26.0 25.5 25.0 25.0 23.0 23.0 22.0 22.0 19.0 23.0 23.0 20.0 8PSK N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 22.0 22.0 19.0 22.0 22.0 19.0 16 QAM 28.0 26.0 23.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 21.0 20.0 22.0 22.0 19.0 22.0 22.0 19.0 32 QAM 28.0 26.0 23.0 22.0 22.0 20.0 19.0 20.0 22.0 22.0 19.0 22.0 22.0 19.0 64 QAM 24.0 21.0 18.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 16.0 16.0 22.0 22.0 19.0 17.0 17.0 15.0 128 QAM 24.0 21.0 18.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 16.0 16.0 22.0 22.0 19.0 17.0 17.0 15.0 256 QAM 22.0 19.0 16.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 14.0 14.0 22.0 22.0 19.0 15.0 15.0 13.0 PTP 800 Family of Products PTP L6800 L6 GHz PTP U6800 U6 GHz PTP 07800 7 GHz PTP 08800 8 GHz PTP 11800 11 GHz PTP 13800 13 GHz PTP 15800 15 GHz PTP 18800 18 GHz PTP 23800 23 GHz PTP 26800 26 GHz PTP 28800 28 GHz PTP 32800 32 GHz PTP 38800 38 GHz 8 The 80 MHz channel width is available only on the 18 GHz ODU-B. 9 For Upper 6 GHz only, 30 MHz capacity is equal to 28 MHz capacity. 10 135.5 Mbps is available in Lower 6 GHz. PAGE 5PTP 800 SPECIFICATION SHEET from Release 05-00 Receive Sensitivity – ODU-A BER = 1e-6 Modulation Frequency (GHz) 6, 7, 8 11 13, 15 18 23, 26 28 32 38 Receive Sensitivity @ 56/60 MHz channel (dBm) 256 QAM-H -63.2 N/A -63.7 N/A -63.2 -62.7 -62.2 -61.2 256 QAM-L -65.1 N/A -65.6 N/A -65.1 -64.6 -64.1 -63.1 128 QAM -67.8 N/A -68.3 N/A -67.8 -67.3 -66.8 -65.8 64 QAM -70.8 N/A -71.3 N/A -70.8 -70.3 -69.8 -68.8 32 QAM A N/A A N/A A -72.9 -72.4 A 16 QAM A N/A -77.7 N/A -77.2 -76.7 -76.2 -75.2 8PSK A N/A A N/A A A A A QPSK A N/A -83.5 N/A -83.0 -82.5 -82.0 -81.0 Receive Sensitivity @ 55 MHz channel (dBm) 256 QAM-H N/A N/A N/A -63.8 N/A N/A N/A N/A 256 QAM-L N/A N/A N/A -65.7 N/A N/A N/A N/A 128 QAM N/A N/A N/A -68.4 N/A N/A N/A N/A 64 QAM N/A N/A N/A -71.4 N/A N/A N/A N/A 32 QAM N/A N/A N/A A N/A N/A N/A N/A 16 QAM N/A N/A N/A -77.8 N/A N/A N/A N/A 8PSK N/A N/A N/A A N/A N/A N/A N/A QPSK N/A N/A N/A -83.6 N/A N/A N/A N/A Receive Sensitivity @ 50 MHz channel (dBm) 256 QAM -65.3 N/A N/A -65.8 -65.3 N/A N/A -62.3 128 QAM -68.5 N/A N/A -69.0 -68.5 N/A N/A -65.5 64 QAM -71.5 N/A N/A -72.0 -71.5 N/A N/A -68.5 32 QAM -73.8 N/A N/A -74.3 -73.8 N/A N/A -70.8 16 QAM -75.8 N/A N/A -76.3 -75.8 N/A N/A -72.8 8PSK -79.1 N/A N/A -79.6 -79.1 N/A N/A -76.1 QPSK -83.7 N/A N/A -84.2 -83.7 N/A N/A -80.7 Receive Sensitivity @ 40 MHz channel (dBm) 256 QAM -66.8 -67.3 N/A -67.3 -66.8 N/A N/A N/A 128 QAM -69.5 -70.0 N/A -70.0 -69.5 N/A N/A N/A 64 QAM -71.9 -72.4 N/A -72.4 -71.9 N/A N/A N/A 32 QAM -74.0 -74.5 N/A -74.5 -74.0 N/A N/A N/A 16 QAM -78.9 -79.4 N/A -79.4 -78.9 N/A N/A N/A 8PSK -81.1 -81.6 N/A -81.6 -81.1 N/A N/A N/A QPSK -84.7 -85.2 N/A -85.2 -84.7 N/A N/A N/A Receive Sensitivity @ 30 MHz channel (dBm) 256 QAM -67.8 -68.5 N/A -68.5 -68.0 N/A N/A N/A 128 QAM -70.7 -71.2 N/A -71.2 -70.7 N/A N/A N/A 64 QAM -73.0 -74.2 N/A -74.2 -73.7 N/A N/A N/A 32 QAM -76.3 -76.8 N/A -76.8 -76.3 N/A N/A N/A 16 QAM -80.1 -80.6 N/A -80.6 -80.1 N/A N/A N/A 8PSK -82.3 -82.8 N/A -82.8 -82.3 N/A N/A N/A QPSK -85.9 -86.4 N/A -86.4 -85.9 N/A N/A N/A Receive Sensitivity @ 28/29.65 11 MHz channel (dBm) 256 QAM -68.2 N/A -68.7 N/A -68.2 -67.7 -67.2 -66.2 128 QAM -70.9 N/A -71.4 N/A -70.9 -70.4 -69.9 -68.9 64 QAM -73.9 N/A -74.4 N/A -73.9 -73.4 -72.9 -71.9 32 QAM -76.4 N/A -76.9 N/A -76.4 -75.9 -75.4 -74.4 16 QAM -80.3 N/A -80.8 N/A -80.3 -79.8 -79.3 -78.3 8PSK A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A QPSK -86.1 N/A -86.6 N/A -86.1 -85.6 -85.1 -84.1 11 For Upper 6 GHz only, 30 MHz capacity is equal to 28 MHz capacity. NOTE: “A” indicates frequencies that are supported only in the ACM mode. PAGE 6PTP 800 SPECIFICATION SHEET from Release 05-00 Receive Sensitivity – ODU-A (continued) BER = 1e-6 Modulation Frequency (GHz) 6, 7, 8 11 13, 15 18 23, 26 28 32 38 Receive Sensitivity @ 27.5 MHz channel (dBm) 256 QAM N/A N/A N/A -68.8 N/A N/A N/A N/A 128 QAM N/A N/A N/A -71.5 N/A N/A N/A N/A 64 QAM N/A N/A N/A -74.5 N/A N/A N/A N/A 32 QAM N/A N/A N/A -77.0 N/A N/A N/A N/A 16 QAM N/A N/A N/A -80.9 N/A N/A N/A N/A 8PSK N/A N/A N/A A N/A N/A N/A N/A QPSK N/A N/A N/A -86.7 N/A N/A N/A N/A Receive Sensitivity @ 20 MHz channel (dBm) 256 QAM -69.9 N/A N/A -70.4 -69.9 N/A N/A N/A 128 QAM -72.0 N/A N/A -72.5 -72.0 N/A N/A N/A 64 QAM -75.4 N/A N/A -75.9 -75.4 N/A N/A N/A 32 QAM -77.8 N/A N/A -78.3 -77.8 N/A N/A N/A 16 QAM -80.1 N/A N/A -80.6 -80.1 N/A N/A N/A 8PSK -83.1 N/A N/A -83.6 -83.1 N/A N/A N/A QPSK -87.1 N/A N/A -87.6 -87.1 N/A N/A N/A Receive Sensitivity @ 14 MHz channel (dBm) 128 QAM -73.5 N/A -74.0 N/A -73.5 -73.0 -72.5 -71.5 64 QAM -75.8 N/A -76.3 N/A -75.8 -75.3 -74.8 -73.8 32 QAM -77.8 N/A -78.3 N/A A -77.3 -76.8 A 16 QAM -80.7 N/A -81.2 N/A -80.7 -80.2 -79.7 -78.7 8PSK A A A N/A A A A A QPSK -87.4 N/A -87.9 N/A -87.4 -86.9 -86.4 -85.4 Receive Sensitivity @ 13.75 MHz channel (dBm) 128 QAM N/A N/A N/A -74.0 N/A N/A N/A N/A 64 QAM N/A N/A N/A -76.4 N/A N/A N/A N/A 32 QAM N/A N/A N/A -78.4 N/A N/A N/A N/A 16 QAM N/A N/A N/A -81.3 N/A N/A N/A N/A 8PSK N/A N/A N/A A N/A N/A N/A N/A QPSK N/A N/A N/A -88.0 N/A N/A N/A N/A Receive Sensitivity @ 10 MHz channel (dBm) 128 QAM -74.2 -74.6 N/A -74.6 -74.1 N/A N/A -71.2 64 QAM -77.4 -77.9 N/A -77.9 -77.4 N/A N/A -74.4 32 QAM -80.0 -79.9 N/A -79.8 -79.4 N/A N/A -77.0 16 QAM -82.5 -82.8 N/A -82.8 -82.3 N/A N/A -79.5 8PSK -85.1 -85.1 N/A -85.1 -84.6 N/A N/A -82.1 QPSK -90.0 -89.5 N/A -89.5 -89.0 N/A N/A -87.0 Receive Sensitivity @ 7 MHz channel (dBm) 128 QAM -76.5 N/A -77.0 -77.0 -76.5 -76.0 -75.5 -74.5 64 QAM -78.8 N/A -79.3 -79.3 -78.8 -78.3 -77.8 -76.8 32 QAM N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 16 QAM -83.7 N/A -84.2 -84.2 -83.7 -83.2 -82.7 -81.7 8PSK N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A QPSK -90.4 N/A -90.9 -90.9 -90.4 -89.9 -89.4 -88.4 PAGE 7PTP 800 SPECIFICATION SHEET from Release 05-00 Cambium Networks and the stylized circular logo are trademarks of Cambium Networks, Ltd. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. © Copyright 2012 Cambium Networks, Ltd. All rights reserved. PTP 800 05-00 SS 022012 www.cambiumnetworks.com TM Receive Sensitivity – ODU-B BER = 1e-6 Modulation Frequency (GHz) 11 18 23 Receive Sensitivity @ 80 MHz channel (dBm) 256 QAM-H N/A -63.7 N/A 256 QAM-L N/A -65.6 N/A 128 QAM N/A -68.3 N/A 64 QAM N/A -71.3 N/A 32 QAM N/A -74.1 N/A 16 QAM N/A -77.3 N/A 8PSK N/A -79.9 N/A QPSK N/A -83.5 N/A Receive Sensitivity @ 50 MHz channel (dBm) 256 QAM N/A -65.8 -65.3 128 QAM N/A -69.1 -68.6 64 QAM N/A -72.1 -71.6 32 QAM N/A -74.5 -74.0 16 QAM N/A -76.7 -76.2 8PSK N/A -79.9 -79.4 QPSK N/A -83.9 -83.4 Receive Sensitivity @ 40 MHz channel (dBm) 256 QAM -67.1 -67.1 -66.6 128 QAM -70.1 -70.1 -69.6 64 QAM -72.6 -72.6 -72.1 32 QAM -74.5 -74.5 -74.0 16 QAM -79.1 -79.1 -78.6 8PSK -81.4 -81.4 -80.9 QPSK -85.2 -85.2 -84.7 Receive Sensitivity @ 30 MHz channel (dBm) 256 QAM -68.2 -68.2 -67.7 128 QAM -71.4 -71.4 -70.9 64 QAM -73.6 -73.6 -73.1 32 QAM -77.2 -77.2 -76.7 16 QAM -80.3 -80.3 -79.8 8PSK -82.6 -82.6 -82.1 QPSK -86.3 -86.3 -85.8 Receive Sensitivity @ 20 MHz channel (dBm) 256 QAM N/A -70.2 -69.7 128 QAM N/A -72.7 -72.2 64 QAM N/A -75.9 -75.4 32 QAM N/A -78.4 -77.9 16 QAM N/A -80.6 -80.1 8PSK N/A -83.7 -83.2 QPSK N/A -88.0 -87.5 Receive Sensitivity @ 10 MHz channel (dBm) 128 QAM -74.7 -74.7 -74.2 64 QAM -77.9 -77.9 -77.4 32 QAM -80.5 -80.5 -80.0 16 QAM -83.0 -83.0 -82.5 8PSK -85.6 -85.6 -85.1 QPSK -90.5 -90.5 -90.0 Transmit Power – ODU-B Modulation Maximum Transmit Power – FCC (dBm) Frequency (GHz) 11 18 23 QPSK 20.0 24.0 23.0 8PSK 20.0 23.0 23.0 16 QAM 20.0 23.0 23.0 32 QAM 20.0 23.0 23.0 64 QAM 20.0 19.0 19.0 128 QAM 20.0 19.0 19.0 256 QAM 20.0 17.0 17.0 For more information, refer to the Cambium PTP 800 Series Brochure or visit cambiumnetworks.com. NOTE: While the information presented herein is, to the best of our knowledge, true and accurate, the information provided in this document is subject to change without notice. Communications System Agreement Motorola Solutions, Inc. ("Motorola") and the City of Sandy Springs Georgia ("Customer"), enter into this 'Agreement," for the acquisition of a Unified Radio System ("Unified System" or "System")) pursuant to which Customer will purchase and Motorola will sell the System, as described below. Motorola and the Customer acknowledge and agree that in entering into this Communications System Agreement ("Agreement") the Customer is facilitating acquisition of the System in accord with that certain Intergovernmental Agreement ("IGA") executed by and between the Customer and the Cities of Alpharetta, Johns Creek, Milton, and Roswell ("Additional Cities") wherein said IGA was executed for the purpose of developing and implementing the System. Motorola and Customer may be referred to individually as a "Party" and collectively as the "Parties." The Parties understand and acknowledge that the Additional Cities will each ratify the terms of this IGA, but that Sandy Springs shall remain the Customer hereunder. Sandy Springs hereby warrants and affirms that it has complied with all applicable procurement laws in selecting Motorola to provide the services hereunder, to specifically include compliance with its own purchasing policies. For good and valuable consideration, the Parties agree as follows: Section 1 EXHIBITS The exhibits listed below are incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement. In interpreting this Agreement and resolving any ambiguities, the main body of this Agreement takes precedence over the exhibits and any inconsistency between Exhibits A through E will be resolved in their listed order. Exhibit A Motorola "Software License Agreement" Exhibit B-1 "Payment Schedule" Exhibit 13-2 System Pricing Breakout dated December 20, 2012 Exhibit 13-3 North Fulton County Cities ASTRO 25 Phase II System Pricing for the Unified System Exhibit C Motorola's Proposal dated June 15, 2012, as amended Exhibit D Service Statement(s) of Work and "Service Terms and Conditions" (if applicable) Exhibit E Georgia Security and Immigration Compliance Act Affidavit and Agreement Exhibit F SAVE Affidavit Exhibit G Motorola Drug Free Workplace Policy Exhibit H "System Acceptance Certificate" Section 2 DEFINITIONS Capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the following meanings: 2.1. "Acceptance Tests" means those tests described in the Acceptance Test Plan 2.2. "Administrative User Credentials" means an account that has total access over the operating system, files, end user accounts and passwords at either the System level or box level. Customer's personnel with access to the Administrative User Credentials may be referred to as the Administrative User. 2.3. "Beneficial Use" means when Customer first uses the System or a Subsystem for operational purposes (excluding training or testing) and such System or Subsystem is fully functional. 2.4. "Confidential Information" means all information consistent with the fulfillment of this Agreement that is (i) disclosed under this Agreement in oral, written, graphic, machine recognizable, and/or sample Motorola.CSA 12-24-12(2) 1 Motorola Contract No. 11-29240/JHJ form, being clearly designated, labeled or marked as confidential or its equivalent or (ii) obtained by examination, testing or analysis of any hardware, software or any component part thereof provided by discloser to recipient. Confidential Information, that is disclosed orally must be identified as confidential at the time of disclosure and confirmed by the discloser by submitting a written document to the recipient within thirty (30) days after such disclosure. The written document must contain a summary of the Confidential Information disclosed with enough specificity for identification purpose and must be labeled or marked as confidential or its equivalent. 2.5. "Contract Price" means the price for the System, excluding applicable sales or similar taxes and freight charges. 2.6. "Effective Date" means that date upon which the last Party executes this Agreement. 2.7. "Equipment" means the equipment, incidental hardware and materials that Customer purchases from Motorola under this Agreement. Equipment that is part of the System is described in the Equipment List. 2.8. "Final Project Acceptance" occurs after System Acceptance when all deliverables and other work have been completed. 2.9. "Force Majeure" means an event, circumstance, or act of a third party that is beyond a Party's reasonable control (e.g., an act of God, an act of the public enemy, an act of a government entity, strikes or other labor disturbances, hurricanes, earthquakes, fires, floods, epidemics, embargoes, war, and riots). 2.10, "Infringement Claim" means a third party claim alleging that the Equipment manufactured by Motorola or the Motorola Software directly infringes a United States patent or copyright. 2.11. "Motorola Software" means Software that Motorola or its affiliated company owns. 2.12. "Non -Motorola Software" means Software that another party owns. 2.13. "Open Source Software" (also called "freeware" or "shareware") means software with either freely obtainable source code, license for modification, or permission for free distribution. 2.14. "Proprietary Rights" means the patents, patent applications, inventions, copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks, trade names, mask works, know-how, and other intellectual property rights in and to the Equipment and Software, including those created or produced by Motorola under this Agreement and any corrections, bug fixes, enhancements, updates or modifications to or derivative works from the Software whether made by Motorola or another party. 2.15. "Software" means the Motorola Software and Non -Motorola Software, in object code format that is furnished with the System or Equipment. 2.16. "Specifications" means the functionality and performance requirements that are described in Exhibit C. 2.17. "Subsystem" means a major part of the System that performs specific functions or operations. Subsystems are described in Exhibit C. Motorola.CSA 12-24-12(2) 2 Motorola Contract No. 11-29240/JHJ 2.18. "System" means the Equipment and Software that are combined together into an integrated system; the System is described in Exhibit C. 2.19. "System Acceptance" means the Acceptance Tests have been successfully completed, delivered per the terms of this Agreement. 2.20. "Warranty Period" means one (1) year from the date of System Acceptance or Beneficial Use, whichever occurs first. Section 3 SCOPE OF AGREEMENT AND TERM 3.1. SCOPE OF WORK. Motorola will provide, install and test the System, and perform its other contractual responsibilities, all in accordance with this Agreement. Customer will perform its contractual responsibilities in accordance with this Agreement. Motorola will furnish Customer with the most current, state-of-the-art Equipment and Software, not obsolete by improvements in technology, as of the date of delivery of same to Customer. Motorola will support the System and its components for at least ten (10) years from the date of System Acceptance and all available upgrades and improvements for the System for as long as the Customer purchases and maintains post warranty software support and hardware maintenance. Pricing of post warranty maintenance is set forth in Section 8.6, entitled Post -Warranty Maintenance Pricing, of Motorola's Proposal, Exhibit C. 3.2. CHANGE ORDERS. Either Party may request changes within the general scope of this Agreement. If a requested change causes an increase or decrease in the cost or time required to perform this Agreement, the Parties will agree to an equitable adjustment of the Contract Price, Performance Schedule, or both, and will reflect the adjustment in a change order. Neither Party is obligated to perform requested changes unless both Parties execute a written change order. 3.3. TERM. Unless terminated in accordance with other provisions of this Agreement or extended by mutual agreement of the Parties, the term of this Agreement begins on the Effective Date and continues until the date of Final Project Acceptance or expiration of the Warranty Period, whichever occurs last. The above notwithstanding, the Parties further agree that this Agreement, as required by O.C.G.A. § 36-60- 13, shall terminate absolutely and without further obligation on the part of the Customer on December 31 each calendar year of the Term, and further, that this Agreement shall automatically renew on January 1 of each subsequent calendar year absent the Customer's provision of written notice of non -renewal to Motorola at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the then current calendar year. 3.4. ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT OR SOFTWARE. For three (3) years after the Effective Date, Customer may order additional Equipment or Software if it is then available. Each order must refer to this Agreement and must specify the pricing and delivery terms. Notwithstanding any additional or contrary terms in the order, the applicable provisions of this Agreement (except for pricing, delivery, passage of title and risk of loss to Equipment, warranty commencement, and payment terms) will govern the purchase and sale of the additional Equipment or Software. Title and risk of loss to additional Equipment will pass at shipment, warranty will commence upon delivery, and payment is due within twenty (20) days after the invoice date. Motorola will send Customer an invoice as the additional Equipment is shipped or Software is licensed. Alternatively, Customer may register with and place orders through Motorola Online ("MOL"), and this Agreement will be the "Underlying Agreement" for those MOL transactions rather than the MOL On -Line Terms and Conditions of Sale. MOL registration and other information may be found at http://www.motorola.com/businessandgovernment/ and the MOL telephone number is (800) 814-0601. Motorola.CSA 12-24-12(2) 3 Motorola Contract No. 11-29240/JHJ 3.5. MAINTENANCE SERVICE. During the Warranty Period, in addition to warranty services, Motorola will provide maintenance services for the Equipment and support for the Motorola Software pursuant to the Statement of Work set forth in Exhibit D. Those services and support are included in the Contract Price. If Customer wishes to purchase additional maintenance and support services for the Equipment during the Warranty Period, or any maintenance and support services for the Equipment either during the Warranty Period or after the Warranty Period, the description of and pricing for the services will be set forth in a separate document. If Customer wishes to purchase extended support for the Motorola Software after the Warranty Period, it may do so by ordering software subscription services. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, the terms and conditions applicable to those maintenance, support or software subscription services will be Motorola's standard Service Terms and Conditions, together with the appropriate statements of work. 3.6. MOTOROLA SOFTWARE. Any Motorola Software, including subsequent releases, is licensed to Customer solely in accordance with the Software License Agreement. Customer hereby accepts and agrees to abide by all of the terms and restrictions of the Software License Agreement, 3.7. NON -MOTOROLA SOFTWARE. Any Non -Motorola Software is licensed to Customer in accordance with the standard license, terms, and restrictions of the copyright owner on the Effective Date unless the copyright owner has granted to Motorola the right to sublicense the Non -Motorola Software pursuant to the Software License Agreement, in which case it applies and the copyright owner will have all of Licensor's rights and protections under the Software License Agreement. Motorola makes no epresentations or warranties of any kind regarding Non -Motorola Software, subject to Section 9. Non - Motorola Software may include Open Source Software. All Open Source Software is licensed to Customer in accordance with, and Customer agrees to abide by, the provisions of the standard license of the copyright owner and not the Software License Agreement. Upon request by Customer, Motorola will use commercially reasonable efforts to determine whether any Open Source Software will be provided under this Agreement; and if so, identify the Open Source Software and provide to Customer a copy of the applicable standard license (or specify where that license may be found); and provide to Customer a copy of the Open Source Software source code if it is publicly available without charge (although a distribution fee or a charge for related services may be applicable). 3.8. SUBSTITUTIONS. At no additional cost to Customer, and subject to the prior consent of Customer, Motorola may substitute any Equipment, Software, or services to be provided by Motorola, if the substitute meets or exceeds the Specifications and is of equivalent or better quality to the Customer. Any substitution will be reflected in a change order. 3.9. OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT OR SOFTWARE. A "Priced Option" for the Unified System in Exhibit B-3 may be exercised by the Customer within sixty (60) days of contract execution. Customer may exercise this option by giving written notice to Seller which must designate what equipment, software, and related services Customer is selecting (including quantities, if applicable). To the extent they apply, the terms and conditions of this Agreement will govern the transaction; however, the parties acknowledge that certain provisions may be agreed upon, and they agree to negotiate those in good faith promptly after Customer delivers the option exercise notice. The Additional Cities shall execute the same Software License Agreement in Exhibit A Examples of provisions that may need to be negotiated are: specific lists of deliverables, statements of work, acceptance test plans, delivery and implementation schedules, payment terms, maintenance and support provisions, additions to or modifications of the Software License Agreement, hosting terms, and modifications to the acceptance and warranty provisions. 3.10. CUSTOMER'S PURCHASE OF EQUIPMENT AND SOFTWARE. The part ies understand and agree that Customer intends to utilize statewide contract entitled Georgia Technology Authority ("GTA") Motorola.CSA 12-24-12(2) 4 Motorola Contract No. 11-29240/JHJ Enterprise Agreement Number 980-280008 For Services, Equipment and/or Software for the purchase of the Equipment and Software, consistent with policies and procedures in place through the Georgia Department of Administrative Services ("DOAS31)1 Section 4 PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE The Parties will perform their respective responsibilities in accordance with the Performance Schedule. By executing this Agreement, Customer authorizes Motorola to proceed with contract performance. Section 5 CONTRACT PRICE, PAYMENT AND INVOICING 5.1. CONTRACT PRICE. The Contract Price in U.S. dollars is $4,907,747.00. If applicable, a pricing summary is included with the Payment Schedule. Motorola has priced the services, Software, and Equipment as an integrated system. A reduction in Software or Equipment quantities, or services, may affect the overall Contract Price, including discounts if applicable. 5.2. INVOICING AND PAYMENT. Motorola will submit invoices to Customer according to the Payment Schedule. Except for a payment that is due on the Effective Date, Customer will make payments to Motorola within thirty (30) days after the date of each invoice. Customer will make payments when due in the form of a wire transfer, check, or cashier 3s check from a U.S. financial institution. Overdue invoices will bear simple interest at the rate of five percent (5.0%) per annum. For reference, the Federal Tax Identification Number for Motorola Solutions, Inc. is 36-1115800. 5.3. FREIGHT, TITLE, AND RISK OF LOSS. Motorola will pre -pay and add all freight charges to the invoices. I itle to the Equipment will pass to Customer upon delivery. Title to Software will not pass to Customer at any time. Risk of loss will pass to Customer upon delivery of the Equipment to the Customer. Motorola will pack and ship all Equipment in accordance with good commercial practices. 5.4. INVOICING AND SHIPPING ADDRESSES. Invoices will be sent to the Customer at the following addI ess: City %J Sandy Springs, 7840 Roswell Road, Suite 5001 Sandy Springs, GA 30350, Attention: Karen Ellis, Finance Director . The address which is the ultimate destination where the Equipment will be delivered to Customer is: City of Sandy Springs, 7840 Roswell Road, Suite 500, Sandy Springs, GA 30350. Customer may change this information by giving written notice to Motorola. Section 6 SITES AND SITE CONDITIONS 6.1. ACCESS TO SITES. In addition to its responsibilities described elsewhere in this Agreement, Customer will provide a designated project manager; and obtain all necessary construction and building permits, zoning variances, licenses, and any other approvals that are necessary to develop or use the sites and mounting locations; and access to the work sites or vehicles identified in Exhibit C as reasonably requested by Motorola so that it may perform its duties in accordance with the Performance Schedule and Statement of Work. Motorola shall assist Customer in the local building permit process if requested by Customer. 6.2. SITE CONDITIONS. Customer will use its best efforts to ensure that all work sites it provides will be safe, secure, and in compliance with all applicable industry and OSHA standards. To the extent applicable and unless the Statement of Work states to the contrary, Customer will ensure that these work Motorola.CSA 12-24-12(2) 5 Motorola Contract No. 11-29240/JHJ sites have adequate: physical space; air conditioning and other environmental conditions as required by law; adequate and appropriate electrical power outlets, distribution, equipment and connections; and adequate telephone or other communication lines (including modem access and adequate interfacing networking capabilities), all for the installation, use and maintenance of the System. Before installing the Equipment or Software at a work site, Motorola may inspect the work site and advise Customer of any apparent deficiencies or non -conformities with the requirements of this Section. This Agreement is predicated upon normal soil conditions as defined by the version of E.I.A. standard RS -222 in effect on the Effective Date. 6.3. SITE ISSUES. If a Party determines that the sites identified in Exhibit C are no longer available or desired, or if subsurface, structural, adverse environmental or latent conditions at any site differ from those indicated in Exhibit C, the Parties will promptly investigate the conditions and will select replacement sites or adjust the installation plans and specifications as necessary. If change in sites or adjustment to the installation plans and specifications causes a change in the cost or time to perform, the Parties will equitably amend the Contract Price, Performance Schedule, or both, by a change order. Section 7 TRAINING Any training to be provided by Motorola to Customer will be described in the Statement of Work. Customer will notify Motorola immediately if a date change for a scheduled training program is required. If Motorola incurs additional costs because Customer reschedules a training program less than fifteen (15) days before its scheduled start date, Motorola may recover these additional costs. Section 8 SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE 8.1. COMMENCEMENT OF ACCEPTANCE TESTING. Motorola will provide to Customer at least ten (10) days notice before the Acceptance Tests commence. System testing will occur only in accordance with the Acceptance Test Plan, 8.2. SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE. System Acceptance will occur upon successful completion of the Acceptance Tests and the System is fully operational and is delivered and accepted by Customer. Upon System Acceptance, the Parties will memorialize this event by promptly executing a System Acceptance Certificate. If the Acceptance Test Plan includes separate tests for individual Subsystems or phases of the System, acceptance of the individual Subsystem or phase will occur upon the successful completion of the Acceptance Tests for the Subsystem or phase, and the Parties will promptly execute an acceptance certificate for the Subsystem or phase. If Customer believes the System has failed the completed Acceptance Tests, Customer will provide to Motorola a written notice that includes the specific details of the failure. If Customer does not provide to Motorola a failure notice within thirty (30) days after completion of the Acceptance Tests, System Acceptance will be deemed to have occurred as of the completion of the Acceptance Tests. Minor omissions or variances in the System that do not materially impair the operation of the System as a whole will not postpone System Acceptance or Subsystem acceptance provided the System is fully functional and meets the standards set forth in this Agreement, but will be corrected according to a mutually agreed schedule. 8.3. BENEFICIAL USE. Customer acknowledges that Motorola's ability to perform its implementation and testing responsibilities may be impeded if Customer begins using the System before System Acceptance. Therefore, Customer will not commence Beneficial Use before System Acceptance without Motorola's prior written authorization, which will not be unreasonably withheld. Motorola is not responsible for System performance deficiencies that occur during unauthorized Beneficial Use. Upon Motorola.CSA 12-24-12(2) 6 Motorola Contract No. 11-29240lJHJ commencement of Beneficial Use without prior written authorization, Customer assumes responsibility for the use and operation of the System. 8.4 FINAL PROJECT ACCEPTANCE. Final Project Acceptance will occur after System Acceptance when all deliverables and other work have been completed. When Final Project Acceptance occurs, the parties will promptly memorialize this final event by so indicating on the System Acceptance Certificate. Section 9 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 9.1. SYSTEM FUNCTIONALITY. During the Warranty Period and notwithstanding the exclusions listed in paragraph 9.4, Motorola represents and warrants that the System will perform in accordance with the Specifications. Motorola is not responsible for System performance deficiencies that are caused by ancillary equipment not furnished by Motorola which is attached to or used in connection with the System or for reasons or parties beyond Motorola's control, such as natural causes; the construction of a building that adversely affects the microwave path reliability or radio frequency (RF) coverage; the addition of frequencies at System sites that cause RF interference or intermodulation; or Customer changes to load usage or configuration outside the Specifications. 9.2. EQUIPMENT WARRANTY. During the Warranty Period, Motorola warrants that the Equipment under normal use and service will be free from material defects in materials and workmanship. For purposes of this Agreement, "material defects" means those defects which prevent normal operation or functioning of the System. If System Acceptance is delayed beyond six (6) months after final shipment of the Equipment by events or causes within Customer's control, this warranty expires eighteen (18) months after the shipment of the Equipment. 9.3. MOTOROLA SOFTWARE WARRANTY. Motorola represents that the Software provided under this Agreement is fully functional with the Equipment and System included in Exhibit A. Unless otherwise stated in the Software License Agreement, during the Warranty Period, Motorola warrants the Motorola Software in accordance with the terms of the Software License Agreement and the provisions of this Section 9 that are applicable to the Motorola Software. If System Acceptance is delayed beyond six (6) months after shipment of the Motorola Software by events or causes within Customer's control, this warranty expires eighteen (18) months after the shipment of the Motorola Software. TO THE EXTENT, IF ANY, THAT THERE IS A SEPARATE LICENSE AGREEMENT PACKAGED WITH, OR PROVIDED ELECTRONICALLY WITH, A PARTICULAR PRODUCT THAT BECOMES EFFECTIVE ON AN ACT OF ACCEPTANCE BY THE END USER, THEN THAT AGREEMENT SUPERCEDES THIS SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT AS TO THE END USER OF EACH SUCH PRODUCT. 9.4. EXCLUSIONS TO EQUIPMENT AND MOTOROLA SOFTWARE WARRANTIES. These warranties do not apply to: (i) defects or damage resulting from: use of the Equipment or Motorola Software in other than its normal, customary, and authorized manner; accident, liquids, neglect, or acts of God; testing, maintenance, disassembly, repair, installation, alteration, modification, or adjustment not provided or authorized in writing by Motorola; Customer's failure to comply with all applicable industry and OSHA standards; (ii) breakage of or damage to antennas unless caused directly by defects in material or workmanship; (iii) Equipment that has had the serial number removed or made illegible; (iv) batteries (because they carry their own separate limited warranty) or consumables; and (v) scratches or other cosmetic damage to Equipment surfaces that does not affect the operation of the Equipment; and (vii) normal or customary wear and tear. 9.5. WARRANTY CLAIMS. To assert a warranty claim, Customer must notify Motorola in writing of the claim no later than sixty (60) days after expiration of the Warranty Period, as long as the Customer Motorola.CSA 12-24-12(2) 7 Motorola Contract No. 11-29240/JHJ purchases and maintains one (1) year of software support and hardware maintenance. Upon receipt of this notice, Motorola will investigate the warranty claim. If this investigation confirms a valid warranty claim, Motorola will (with Customer approval, which approval may not be unreasonably withheld, and at no additional charge to Customer) repair the defective Equipment or Motorola Software, replace it with the same or equivalent product, or refund the price of the defective Equipment or Motorola Software. That action will be the full extent of Motorola's liability for the warranty claim. Repaired or replaced product is warranted for the balance of the original applicable warranty period. All replaced products or parts will become the property of Motorola. 9.6. ORIGINAL END USER IS COVERED. These express limited warranties are extended by Motorola to the original user purchasing the System for commercial, industrial, or governmental use only, and are not assignable or transferable except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. 9.7. DISCLAIMER OF OTHER WARRANTIES. THESE WARRANTIES ARE THE COMPLETE WARRANTIES FOR THE EQUIPMENT AND MOTOROLA SOFTWARE PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND ARE GIVEN IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, MOTOROLA DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, Section 10 DELAYS 10.1. FORCE MAJEURE. Neither Party will be liable for its non-performance or delayed performance if caused by a Force Majeure. A Party that becomes aware of a Force Majeure that will significantly delay performance will notify the other Party promptly (but in no event later than fifteen days) after it discovers the Force Majeure. If a Force Majeure occurs, the Parties will execute a change order to extend the Performance Schedule for a time period that is reasonable under the circumstances. 10.2. PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE DELAYS CAUSED BY CUSTOMER. If Customer (including its other contractors) delays the Performance Schedule subject to events of Force Majeure it will make the promised payments according to the Payment Schedule as if no delay occurred; and the Parties will execute a change order to extend the Performance Schedule and, if requested, compensate Motorola for A reasonable charges incurred because of the delay. Delay charges may include costs incurred by Motorola or its subcontractors for additional freight, warehousing and handling of Equipment; extension of the warranties; travel; suspending and re -mobilizing the work; additional engineering, project management, and standby time calculated at then current rates; and preparing and implementing an alternative implementation plan. Section 11 DISPUTES The Parties will use the following procedure to address any dispute arising under this Agreement (a "Dispute"). 11.1. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia. 11.2. NEGOTIATION, Either Party may initiate the Dispute resolution procedures by sending a notice of Dispute ("Notice of Dispute"). The Parties will attempt to resolve the Dispute promptly through good faith negotiations including 1) timely escalation of the Dispute to executives who have authority to settle the Dispute and who are at a higher level of management than the persons with direct responsibility for the matter and 2) direct communication between the executives. If the Dispute has not been resolved Motorola.CSA 12-24-12(2) 8 Motorola Contract No. 11-29240/JNJ within ten (10) days from the Notice of Dispute, the Parties will proceed to mediation. 11.3 MEDIATION. The Parties will choose Cl" independent mediator within thirty (30) days of a notice to mediate from either Party ("Notice of Mediation"). Neither Party may unreasonably withhold consent to the selection of a mediator. If the Parties are unable to agree upon a mediator, either Party may request that American Arbitration Association nominate a mediator. Each Party will bear its own costs of mediation, but the Parties will share the cost of the mediator equally. Each Party will participate in the mediation in good faith and will be represented at the mediation by a business executive with authority to settle the Dispute. 11.4. LITIGATION, VENUE and JURISDICTION. If a Dispute remains unresolved for sixty (60) days after receipt of the Notice of Mediation, either Party may then submit the Dispute to a court of competent jurisdiction in the state in which the System is installed. Each Party irrevocably agrees to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts in such state over any claim or matter arising under or in connection with this Agreement. 11.5. CONFIDENTIALITY. All communications pursuant to subsections 11.2 and 11.3 will be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations for purposes of applicable rules of evidence and any additional confidentiality protections provided by applicable law. The use of these Dispute resolution procedures will not be construed under the doctrines of laches, waiver or estoppel to affect adversely the rights of either Party. Section 12 DEFAULT AND TERMINATION 12.1 DEFAULT BY A PARTY. If either Party fails to perform a material obligation under this Agreement, the other Party may consider the non-performing Party to be in default (unless a Force Majeure causes the failure) and may assert a default claim by giving the non-performing Party a written and detailed notice of default. Except for a default by Customer for failing to pay any amount when due under this Agreement which must be cured within five (5) business days of notice of same, the defaulting Party will have thirty (30) days after receipt of the notice of default to either cure the default or, if the default is not curable within thirty (30) days, provide a written cure plan. The defaulting Party will begin implementing the cure plan immediately after receipt of notice by the other Party that it approves the plan. If Customer is the defaulting Party, Motorola may stop work on the project until it approves the Customer's cure plan, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld. 12.2. FAILURE TO CURE. If a defaulting Party fails to cure the default as provided above in Section 12.1, unless otherwise agreed in writing, the non -defaulting Party may terminate any unfulfilled portion of this Agreement. In the event of termination for default, the defaulting Party will promptly return to the non - defaulting Party any of its Confidential Information. If Customer is the non -defaulting Party, terminates this Agreement as permitted by this Section, and completes the System through a third Party, Customer may as its exclusive remedy recover from Motorola actual costs incurred to complete the System to a capability not exceeding that specified in this Agreement less the unpaid portion of the Contract Price. Customer will mitigate damages and provide Motorola with detailed invoices substantiating the charges. 12.3. TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE. Customer may terminate this Agreement for its convenience with thirty (30) days prior notice to Motorola. In the event of termination for convenience, Customer agrees to pay Motorola for the Contract Price of Equipment shipped and services rendered, per the Performance Schedule, up to the date of termination. Motorola.CSA 12-24-12(2) 9 Motorola Contract No. 11-29240/JHJ Section 13 INDEMNIFICATION 13.1. GENERAL INDEMNITY BY MOTOROLA. Motorola will indemnify and hold Customer harmless from any and all liability, expense, judgment, suit, cause of action, or demand for personal injury, death, or direct damage to tangible property which may accrue against Customer to the extent it is caused by Motorola, its subcontractors, or their employees or agents, while performing their duties under this Agreement, if Customer gives Motorola reasonable, written notice of any the claim or suit. Customer will cooperate with Motorola in its defense or settlement of the claim or suit. This section sets forth the full extent of Motorola's general indemnification of Customer from liabilities that are in any way related to Motorola's performance under this Agreement. 13.2. GENERAL INDEMNITY BY CUSTOMER. To the extent permitted by law, Customer will indemnify and hold Motorola harmless from any and all liability, expense, judgment, suit, cause of action, or demand for personal injury, death, or direct damage to tangible property which may accrue against Motorola to the extent it is caused by the negligence of Customer, its other contractors, or their employees or agents, while performing their duties under this Agreement, if Motorola gives Customer prompt, written notice of any the claim or suit. Motorola will cooperate with Customer in its defense or settlement of the claim or suit. This section sets forth the full extent of Customer's general indemnification of Motorola from liabilities that are in any way related to Customer's performance under this Agreement. 13.3. PATENT AND COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT. 13.3.1. Motorola will defend at its expense any suit brought against Customer to the extent it is based on a third -party claim alleging that the Equipment manufactured by Motorola or the Motorola Software ("Motorola Product") directly infringes a United States patent or copyright ("Infringement Claim"). Motorola's duties to defend and indemnify are conditioned upon: Customer giving Motorola reasonable notice in writing of the Infringement Claim; Motorola having sole control of the defense of the suit and all negotiations for its settlement or compromise; and Customer providing to Motorola cooperation and, if requested by Motorola, reasonable assistance in the defense of the Infringement Claim. In addition to Motorola's obligation to defend, and subject to the same conditions, Motorola will pay all damages finally awarded against Customer by a court of competent jurisdiction for an Infringement Claim or agreed to, in writing, by Motorola in settlement of an Infringement Claim. 13.3.2. If an Infringement Claim occurs, or in Motorola's opinion is likely to occur, Motorola may at its option and expense: (a) procure for Customer the right to continue using the Motorola Product; (b) replace or modify the Motorola Product so that it becomes non -infringing while providing functionally equivalent performance; or (c) accept the return of the Motorola Product and grant Customer a credit for the Motorola Product, less a reasonable charge for depreciation. The depreciation amount will be calculated based upon generally accepted accounting standards. 13.3.3. Motorola will have no duty to defend or indemnify for any Infringement Claim that is based upon: (a) the combination of the Motorola Product with any software, apparatus or device not furnished by Motorola; (b) the use of ancillary equipment or software not furnished by Motorola and that is attached to or used in connection with the Motorola Product; (c) Motorola Product designed or manufactured in accordance with Customer's designs, specifications, guidelines or instructions, if the alleged infringement would not have occurred without such designs, specifications, guidelines or instructions; (d) a modification of the Motorola Product by a party other than Motorola; (e) use of the Motorola Product in a manner for which the Motorola Product was not designed or that is inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement; or (f) the failure by Customer to install an enhancement release to the Motorola Software that is intended to correct the claimed infringement. In no event will Motorola's liability resulting from its Motorola.CSA 12-24-12(2) 10 Motorola Contract No. 11-29240/JHJ indemnity obligation to Customer extend in any way to royalties payable on a per use basis or the Customer's revenues, or any royalty basis other than a reasonable royalty based upon revenue derived by Motorola from Customer from sales or license of the infringing Motorola Product. Motorola will only be responsible for revenue derived by Motorola pursuant to this Agreement from sales or license of the infringing Motorola Product. 13.3.4. This Section 13 provides Customer's sole and exclusive remedies and Motorola's entire liability in the event of an Infringement Claim. Customer has no right to recover and Motorola has no obligation to provide any other or further remedies, whether under another provision of this Agreement or any other legal theory or principle, in connection with an Infringement Claim. In addition, the rights and remedies provided in this Section 13 are subject to and limited by the restrictions set forth in Section 14. Section 14 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Except for personal injury or death, Motorola's total liability, whether for breach of contract, warranty, negligence, strict liability in tort, indemnification, or otherwise, will be limited to the direct damages recoverable under law, but not to exceed the price of the System and services with respect to which losses or damages are claimed. ALTHOUGH THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSSES OR DAMAGES, THEY AGREE THAT MOTOROLA WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY COMMERCIAL LOSS; INCONVENIENCE; LOSS OF USE, TIME, DATA, GOOD WILL, REVENUES, PROFITS OR SAVINGS; OR OTHER SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO OR ARISING FROM THIS AGREEMENT, THE SALE OR USE OF THE EQUIPMENT OR SOFTWARE, OR THE PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES BY MOTOROLA PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT. This limitation of liability provision survives the expiration or termination of the Agreement and applies notwithstanding any contrary provision. Section 15 CONFIDENTIALITY AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS 15.1.1. Confidentiality Obligation. Each party is a disclosing party ("Discloser") and a receiving party ("Recipient") under this Agreement. During the term of this Agreement, for a period of three (3) years from the date of expiration or termination of this Agreement, and to the extent allowed by law, recipient will (i) not disclose Confidential Information to any third party; (ii) restrict disclosure of Confidential Information to only those employees (including, but not limited to, employees, officers, officials, agents, volunteers or consultants who must be directly involved with the Confidential Information for the purpose and who are bound by confidentiality terms substantially similar to those in this Agreement; (iii) not reverse engineer, de -compile or disassemble any Confidential Information; (iv) use the same degree of care as for its own information of like importance, but at least use reasonable care, in safeguarding against disclosure of Confidential Information; (v) promptly notify discloser upon discovery of any unauthorized use or disclosure of the Confidential Information and take reasonable steps to regain possession of the Confidential Information and prevent further unauthorized actions or other breach of this Agreement; and (vi) only use the Confidential Information as needed to fulfill this Agreement. 15.1.2. Required Disclosure. If a recipient is required to disclose Confidential Information pursuant to applicable law, statute, or regulation, or court order, the recipient will give to the discloser prompt written notice of the request and a reasonable opportunity to object to such disclosure and seek a protective order or appropriate remedy. If, in the absence of a protective order, the recipient determines, upon the advice of counsel, that it is required to disclose such information, it may disclose only Confidential Information specifically required and only to the extent required to do so. Motorola.CSA 12-24-12(2) 11 Motorola Contract No. 11-29240/JHJ 15.1.3. Confidential Exceptions. Recipient is not obligated to maintain as confidential, Confidential Information that recipient can demonstrate by documentation (i) is now available or becomes available to the public without breach of this Agreement; (ii) is explicitly approved for release by written authorization of discloser; (iii) is lawfully obtained from a third party or parties without a duty of confidentiality; (iv) is known to the recipient prior to such disclosure; (v) is independently developed by recipient without the use of any discloser's Confidential Information or any breach of this Agreement; or (vi) could not reasonably be deemed Confidential Information under O.C.G.A. 50-1&70, et. seq. 15.1.4. Ownership and Retention. All Confidential Information remains the property of the discloser and will not be copied or reproduced without the express written permission of the discloser, except for copies that are absolutely necessary in order to fulfill this Agreement. Within ten (10) days of receipt of discloser's written request, recipient will return all Confidential Information to discloser along with all copies and portions thereof, or certify in writing that all such Confidential Information has been destroyed. However, recipient may retain one (1) archival copy of the Confidential Information that it may use only in case of a dispute concerning this Agreement. No license, express or implied, in the Confidential Information is granted other than to use the Confidential Information in the manner and to the extent authorized by this Agreement. The discloser warrants that it is authorized to disclose any Confidential Information it discloses pursuant to this Agreement. 15.2. PRESERVATION OF MOTOROLA'S PROPRIETARY RIGHTS. Motorola, the third party manufacturer of any Equipment, and the copyright owner of any Non -Motorola Software own and retain all of their respective Proprietary Rights in the Equipment and Software, and nothing in this Agreement is intended to restrict their Proprietary Rights. All intellectual property developed, originated, or prepared by Motorola in connection with providing to Customer the Equipment, Software, or related services remain vested exclusively in Motorola, and this Agreement does not grant to Customer any shared development rights of intellectual property. Except as explicitly provided in the Software License Agreement, Motorola does not grant to Customer, either directly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any right, title or interest in Motorola's Proprietary Rights. Customer will not modify, disassemble, peel components, decompile, otherwise reverse engineer or attempt to reverse engineer, derive source code or create derivative works from, adapt, translate, merge with other software, reproduce, distribute, sublicense, sell or export the Software, or permit or encourage any third party to do so. The preceding sentence does not apply to Open Source Software which is governed by the standard license of the copyright owner. Section 16 GENERAL 16.1. TAXES. The Contract Price does not include any excise, sales, lease, use, property, or other taxes, assessments or duties, all of which will be paid by Customer except as exempt by law. If Motorola is required to pay any of these taxes, Motorola will send an invoice to Customer and Customer will pay to Motorola the amount of the taxes (including any interest and penalties) within twenty (20) days after the date of the invoice. Customer will be solely responsible for reporting the Equipment for personal property tax purposes, and Motorola will be solely responsible for reporting taxes on its income or net worth. 16.2. ASSIGNABILITY AND SUBCONTRACTING. Except as provided herein, neither Party may assign this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. Any attempted assignment, delegation, or transfer without the necessary consent will be void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Customer anticipates and Motorola agrees to the subsequent transfer and assignment of the System to a legislatively created Authority; however such an assignment shall not diminish the obligations of Customer under this Agreement. Motorola may assign this Agreement to any of its affiliates or its right to receive payment with the prior written consent of Customer. In addition, in the event Motorola separates one or more of its Motorola.CSA 12-24-12(2) 12 Motorola Contract No. 11-29240lJHJ businesses (each a "Separated Business"), whether by way of a sale, establishment of a joint venture, spin-off or otherwise (each a "Separation Event"), Motorola may, with the prior written consent of the other Party and at no additional cost to Motorola, assign this Agreement such that it will continue to benefit the Separated Business and its affiliates (and Motorola and its affiliates, to the extent applicable) following the Separation Event. Motorola may subcontract any of the work with the prior written consent of Customer, but subcontracting will not relieve Motorola of its duties under this Agreement. 16.3 WAIVER. Failure or delay by either Party to exercise a right or power under this Agreement will not be a waiver of the right or power. For a waiver of a right or power to be effective, it must be in a writing signed by the waiving Party. An effective waiver of a right or power will not be construed as either a future or continuing waiver of that same right or power, or the waiver of any other right or power. 16.4. SEVERABILITY. If a court of competent jurisdiction renders any part of this Agreement invalid or unenforceable, that part will be severed and the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect. 16.5. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS. Each Party will perform its duties under this Agreement as an independent contractor. The Parties and their personnel will not be considered to be employees or agents of the other Party. Nothing in this Agreement will be interpreted as granting either Party the right or authority to make commitments of any kind for the other. This Agreement will not constitute, create, or be interpreted as a joint venture, partnership or formal business organization of any kind. 16.6. HEADINGS AND SECTION REFERENCES. The section headings in this Agreement are inserted only for convenience and are not to be construed as part of this Agreement or as a limitation of the scope of the particular section to which the heading refers. This Agreement will be fairly interpreted in accordance with its terms and conditions and not for or against either Party. 16.7. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, including all Exhibits, constitutes the entire agreement oI the Parties regarding the subject matter of the Agreement and supersedes all previous agreements, proposals, and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to this subject matter. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by authorized representatives of both Parties. The preprinted terms and conditions found on any Customer purchase order, acknowledgment or other form will not be considered an amendment or modification of this Agreement, even if a representative of each Party signs that document. 16.8. NOTICES. Notices required under this Agreement to be given by one Party to the other must be in writing and either personally delivered or sent to the address shown below by certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid (or by a recognized courier service, such as Federal Express, UPS, or DHL), or by facsimile with correct answerback received, and will be effective upon receipt: Motorola Solutions, Inc. Attn: Judy Jean-Pierre, Law Dept. Customer 1303 E. Algonquin Road, IL01, 8'" Floor Schaumburg, IL 60196 fax: 847-576-0721 Motorola.CSA 12-24-12(2) Motorola Contract No. 11-29240lJHJ Attn: John McDonough, City Manager City of Sandy Springs, Georgia 7840 Roswell Road, Building 500 Sandy Springs, Georgia 30350 fax: 770-206-1420 With copy to Wendell K. Willard, City Attorney 7840 Roswell Road 13 Building 300, Suite 330 Sandy Springs, Georgia 30350 fax: 770481-7111 16.9. COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS. Each Party will comply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, regulations and rules concerning the performance of this Agreement or use of the System. Customer will use its best efforts to obtain and comply with all Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") licenses and authorizations required for the installation, operation and use of the System before the scheduled installation of the Equipment. Although Motorola might assist Customer in the preparation of its FCC license applications, neither Motorola nor any of its employees is an agent or representative of Customer in FCC or other matters. Motorola shall comply with the provisions of the Georgia Security and Immigration Act (see Exhibit E) and the terms of its Drug Free Workplace Policy (see Exhibit F), 16.10. AUTHORITY TO EXECUTE AGREEMENT. Each Party represents that it has obtained all necessary approvals, consents and authorizations to enter into this Agreement and to perform its duties under this Agreement; the person executing this Agreement on its behalf has the authority to do so; upon execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Parties, it is a valid and binding contract, enforceable in accordance with its terms; and the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement does not violate any bylaw, charter, regulation, law or any other governing authority of the Party. 16.11. ADMINISTRATOR LEVEL ACCOUNT ACCESS. Motorola will provide Customer with Administrative User Credentials. Customer agrees to only grant Administrative User Credentials to those personnel with the training or experience to correctly use the access. Customer is responsible for protecting Administrative User Credentials from disclosure and maintaining Credential validity by, among other things, updating passwords when required. Customer may be asked to provide valid Administrative User Credentials when in contact with Motorola System support. Customer understands that changes made as the Administrative User can significantly impact the performance of the System. Customer agrees that it will be solely responsible for any negative impact on the System or its users by any such changes. System issues occurring as a result of changes made by an Administrative User may impact Motorola's ability to perform its obligations under the Agreement or its Maintenance and Support Agreement. In such cases, a revision to the appropriate provisions of the Agreement, including the Statement of Work, may be necessary. To the extent Motorola provides assistance to correct any issues caused by or arising out of the use of or failure to maintain Administrative User Credentials, Motorola will be entitled to bill Customer and Customer will pay Motorola on a time and materials basis for resolving the issue. 16.12. SURVIVAL OF TERMS. The following provisions will survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason: Section 3.6 (Motorola Software); Section 3.7 (Non -Motorola Software); if any payment obligations exist, Sections 5.1 and 5.2 (Contract Price and Invoicing and Payment); Subsection 9.7 (Disclaimer of Implied Warranties); Section 11 (Disputes); Section 14 (Limitation of Liability); and Section 15 (Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights); and all of the General provisions in Section 16, 16.13, COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument. 16.14 SAVE Affidavit and Secure Verifiable Document. Pursuant to O.C.G.A. § 50-36-1, the Customer must obtain a SAVE Affidavit and a secure and verifiable document evidencing the legal status of each entity and/or individual with which the Customer provides a public benefit, to include a contract with the Customer. Motorola hereby verifies that it has, prior to executing this Agreement, executed a Motorola.CSA 12-24-12(2) 14 Motorola Contract No. 11-29240/JHJ SAVE Affidavit (to be sworn under oath under criminal penalty of false swearing pursuant to O.C.G.A. § 16-10-71), and submitted such affidavit to the Customer in person, electronically, or by mail. Further, Motorola verifies that it has, prior to executing this Agreement, submitted a secure and verifiable document, evidencing Motorola's legal status, to the Customer either in person or electronically (in compliance with the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act). Motorola verifies that it is in compliance with the Residency Status of an Applicant for Public Benefit, as required by the Georgia Security and Immigration Compliance Act (O.C.G.A. § 50-36-1). The Parties hereby enter into this Agreement as of the Effective Date. [SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGES] Motorola.CSA 12-24-12(2) 15 Motorola Contract No. 11-29240lJHJ MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC. By: _ Name Marshall Wright Title: MSSSI VP & Director, Sales Date: [SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE] Motorola.CSA 16 12-24-12(2) Motorola Contract No. 11-29240/JHJ CUSTOMER By: Name: John McDonough Title: City Manager, City of Sandy Springs, Georgia Date: Motorola.CSA 12-24-12(2) 17 Motorola Contract No. 11-29240/JHJ Exhibit A SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT This Exhibit A Software License Agreement i, Agreement") is between Motorola Solutions, Inc., ("Motorola") and the City of Sandy Springs, Georgia ("Customer"), as part of the necessary software to support a Unified Radio System pursuant to which Customer will purchase and Motorola will sell the System. Motorola and the Customer acknowledge and agree that in entering into this Software License Agreement ("Agreement") the Customer is facilitating acquisition of a Unified System in accord with that certain Intergovernmental Agreement ("IGA") executed by and between the Customer and the Cities of Alpharetta, Johns Creek, Milton, and Roswell ("Additional Cities") wherein said IGA was executed for the purpose of developing and implementing the System. For good and valuable consideration, the Parties agree as follows: Section 1 DEFINITIONS 1.1 "Designated Products" means products provided by Motorola to Licensee with which or for which the Software and Documentation is licensed for use. 1.2 "Documentation" means product and software documentation that specifies technical and performance features and capabilities, and the user, operation and training manuals for the Software (including all physical or electronic media upon which such information is provided). 1.3 "Open Source Software" means software with either freely obtainable source code, license for modification, or permission for free distribution. 1.4 "Open Source Software License" means the terms or conditions under which the Open Source Software is licensed. 1.5 "Primary Agreement" means the agreement to which this exhibit is attached. 1.6 "Security Vulnerability" means a flaw or weakness in system security procedures, design, implementationI or internal controls that could be exercised (accidentally triggered or intentionally exploited) and result in a security breach such that data is compromised, manipulated or stolen or the system damaged. 1.7 "Software" (i) means proprietary software in object code format, and adaptations, translations, de - compilations, disassembliesI emulations, or derivative works of such software; (ii) means any modifications, enhancements, new versions and new releases of the software provided by Motorola; and (iii) may contain one or more items of software owned by a third party supplier. The term "Software" does not include any third party software provided under separate license or third party software not licensable under the terms of this Agreement. Section 2 SCOPE Motorola and Licensee enter into this Agreement in connection with Motorola's delivery of certain proprietary Software or products containing embedded or pre -loaded proprietary Software, or both. This Agreement contains the terms and conditions of the license Motorola is providing to Licensee, and Licensee's use of the Software and Documentation. Motorola.CSA 12-24-12(2) 18 Motorola Contract No. 11-29240/JHJ Section 3 GRANT OF LICENSE 3.1. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the payment of applicable license fees, Motorola grants to Licensee a personal, limited, non -transferable (except as permitted in Section 7) and non- exclusive license under Motorola's copyrights and Confidential Information (as defined in the Primary Agreement) embodied in the Software to use the Software, in object code form, and the Documentation solely in connection with Licensee's use of the Designated Products, This Agreement does not grant any rights to source code. 3.2. If the Software licensed under this Agreement contains or is derived from Open Source Software, the terms and conditions governing the use of such Open Source Software are in the Open Source Software Licenses of the copyright owner and not this Agreement. If there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of the Open Source Software Licenses governing Licensee's use of the Open Source Software, the terms and conditions of the license grant of the applicable Open Source Software Licenses will take precedence over the license grants in this Agreement. If requested by Licensee, Motorola will use commercially reasonable efforts to: (i) determine whether any Open Source Software is provided under this Agreement; (ii) identify the Open Source Software and provide Licensee a copy of the applicable Open Source Software License (or specify where that license may be found); and, (iii) provide Licensee a copy of the Open Source Software source code, without charge, if it is publicly available (although distribution fees may be applicable). Section 4 LIMITATIONS ON USE 4.1. Licensee may use the Software only for Licensee's internal business purposes and only in accordance with the Documentation. Any other use of the Software is strictly prohibited. Without limiting the general nature of these restrictions, Licensee will not make the Software available for use by third parties on a "time sharing," "application service provider," or "service bureau" basis or for any other similar commercial rental or sharing arrangement. 4.2. Licensee will not, and will not allow or enable any third party to: (i) reverse engineer, disassembleI peel components, decompile, reprogram or otherwise reduce the Software or any portion to a human perceptible form or otherwise attempt to recreate the source code; (ii) modify, adapt, create derivative works of, or merge the Software; (iii) copy, reproduce, distribute, lend, or lease the Software or Documentation to any third party, grant any sublicense or other rights in the Software or Documentation to any third party, or take any action that would cause the Software or Documentation to be placed in the public domain; (iv) remove, or in any way alter or obscure, any copyright notice or other notice of Motorola's proprietary rights; (v) provide, copy, transmit, disclose, divulge or make the Software or Documentation available to, or permit the use of the Software by any third party or on any machine except as expressly authorized by this Agreement; or (vi) use, or permit the use of, the Software in a manner that would result in the production of a copy of the Software solely by activating a machine containing the Software. Licensee may make one copy of Software to be used solely for archival, back- up, or disaster recovery purposes; provided that Licensee may not operate that copy of the Software at the same time as the original Software is being operated. Licensee may make as many copies of the Documentation as it may reasonably require for the internal use of the Software. 4.3. Unless otherwise authorized by Motorola in writing, Licensee will not, and will not enable or allow any third party to: (i) install a licensed copy of the Software on more than one unit of a Designated Product; or (ii) copy onto or transfer Software installed in one unit of a Designated Product onto one other Motorola.CSA 12-24-12(2) 19 Motorola Contract No. 11-29240/JHJ device. Licensee may temporarily transfer Software installed on a Designated Product to another device if the Designated Product is inoperable or malfunctioning. Licensee shall provide reasonable written notice to Motorola of the temporary transfer and identify the device on which the Software is transferred. Temporary transfer of the Software to another device must be discontinued when the original Designated Product is returned to operation and the Software must be removed from the other device. Licensee shall provide reasonable written notice to Motorola at the time temporary transfer is discontinued. 4.4. When using Motorola's Radio Service Software ("RSS"), Licensee must purchase a separate license for each location at which Licensee uses RSS. Licensee's use of RSS at a licensed location does not entitle Licensee to use or access RSS remotely. Licensee may make one copy of RSS for each licensed location. Licensee shall provide Motorola with a list of all locations at which Licensee uses or intends to use RSS upon Motorola's request. This Agreement includes one (1) RSS license to Customer upon execution, and upon transitioning to the Unified System, if purchased, shall include one (1) RSS license to each member City of the Unified System, 4.5. Licensee will maintain, during the term of this Agreement and for a period of two (2) years thereafter, accurate records relating to this license grant to verify compliance with this Agreement. Motorola or an independent third party ("Auditor") may inspect Licensee's premises, books and records, upon reasonable prior notice to Licensee, during Licensee's normal business hours and subject to Licensee's facility and security regulations. Motorola is responsible for the payment of all expenses and costs of the Auditor. Any information obtained by Motorola and the Auditor will be kept in strict confidence by Motorola and the Auditor and used solely for the purpose of verifying Licensee's compliance with the terms of this Agreement. Section 5 OWNERSHIP AND TITLE Motorola, its licensors, and its suppliers retain all of their proprietary rights in any form in and to the Software and Documentation, including, but not limited to, all rights in patents, patent applications, inventions, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, trade names, and other proprietary rights in or relating to the Software and Documentation (including any corrections, bug fixes, enhancements, updates, modifications, adaptations, translations, de -compilations, disassemblies, emulations to or derivative works from the Software or Documentation, whether made by Motorola or another party, or any improvements that result from Motorola's processes or, provision of information services). No rights are granted to Licensee under this Agreement by implication, estoppel or otherwise, except for those rights which are expressly granted to Licensee in this Agreement. All intellectual property developed, originated, or prepared by Motorola in connection with providing the Software, Designated Products, Documentation or related services, remains vested exclusively in Motorola, and Licensee will not have any shared development or other intellectual property rights. Section 6 LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY 6.1. The commencement date and the term of the Software warranty will be a period of one (1) year from the date of System Acceptance or Beneficial Use, whichever occurs first (the "Warranty Period"). If Licensee is not in breach of any of its obligations under this Agreement, Motorola warrants that the unmodified Software, when used properly and in accordance with the Documentation and this Agreement, will be free from a reproducible defect that reduces or eliminates the functionality or successful operation of a feature critical to the primary functionality or successful operation of the Software. Whether a defect occurs will be determined by Motorola with reference to the Documentation. Motorola does not warrant that Licensee's use of the Software or the Designated Products will be uninterrupted, error -free, completely free of Security Vulnerabilities, or that the Software or the Motorola.CSA 12-24-12(2) 20 Motorola Contract No. 11-29240/JHJ Designated Products will meet Licensee's particular requirements. Motorola makes no representations or warranties with respect to any third party software included in the Software. 6.2 Motorola's sole obligation to Licensee and Licensee's exclusive remedy under this warranty is to use reasonable efforts to remedy any material Software defect covered by this warranty. These efforts will involve either replacing the media or attempting to correct significant, demonstrable program or documentation errors or Security Vulnerabilities. If Motorola cannot correct the defect within a reasonable time, then at Motorola's option, Motorola will replace the defective Software with functionally -equivalent Software, license to Licensee substitute Software which will accomplish the same objective, so long as it does not degrade or reduce the functional capabilities of the System, or terminate the license and refund the Licensee's paid license fee. 6.3. Warranty claims are described in the Primary Agreement. 6.4. The express warranties set forth in this Section 6 are in lieu of, and Motorola disclaims, any and all other warranties (express or implied, oral or written) with respect to the Software or Documentation, including, without limitation, any and all implied warranties of condition, title, non -infringement, merchantability, or fitness for a particular purpose or use by Licensee (whether or not Motorola knows, has reason to know, has been advised, or is otherwise aware of any such purpose or use), whether arising by law, by reason of custom or usage of trade, or by course of dealing. In addition, Motorola disclaims any warranty to any person other than Licensee with respect to the Software or Documentation. Section 7 TRANSFERS Licensee anticipates and Motorola agrees to the subsequent transfer and assignment of the System to a legislatively created Authority; however such an assignment shall not diminish the obligations of Customer under this Agreement. Transfer of Software may be conditioned upon transferee paying all applicable license fees and agreeing to be bound by this Agreement. If the Designated Products are Motorola's radio products and Licensee transfers ownership of the Motorola radio products to a third party, Licensee may assign its right to use the Software (other than RSS and Motorola's FLASHport® software) which is embedded in or furnished for use with the radio products and the related Documentation; provided that Licensee transfers all copies of the Software and Documentation to the transferee, and Licensee and the transferee sign a transfer form to be provided by Motorola upon request, obligating the transferee to be bound by this Agreement. 8.1 Licensee's right to use the Software and Documentation will begin when the Primary Agreement is signed by both parties and will continue for the life of the Designated Products with which or for which the Software and Documentation have been provided by Motorola, unless Licensee breaches this Agreement, in which case this Agreement and Licensee's right to use the Software and Documentation may be terminated immediately upon notice by Motorola. 8.2 Within thirty (30) days after termination of this Agreement, Licensee must certify in writing to Motorola that all copies of the Software have been removed or deleted from the Designated Products and that all copies of the Software and Documentation have been returned to Motorola or destroyed by Licensee and are no longer in use by Licensee. 8.3 Licensee acknowledges that Motorola made a considerable investment of resources in the development, marketing, and distribution of the Software and Documentation and that Licensee's breach Motorola.CSA 12-24-12(2) 21 Motorola Contract No. 11-29240/JHJ of this Agreement will result in irreparable harm to Motorola for which monetary damages would be inadequate. If Licensee breaches this Agreement, Motorola shall notify Licensee and Licensee shall have five (5) days after receipt of the notice to cure the breach. If Licensee fails to cure the breach within five (5) days, Motorola may terminate this Agreement and be entitled to all available remedies at law or in equity (including immediate injunctive relief and repossession of all non -embedded Software and associated Documentation unless Licensee is a Federal agency of the United States Government), Section 9 CONFIDENTIALITY Licensee acknowledges that the Software and Documentation contain Motorola's valuable proprietary and Confidential Information and are Motorola's trade secrets, and that the provisions in the Primary Agreement concerning Confidential Information apply, subject to the provisions of O.C.G.A. § 50-1&701 et seq.. Section 10 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY The Limitation of Liability provision is described in the Primary Agreement. Section 11 NOTICES Notices are described in the Primary Agreement. Section 12 GENERAL 13.1. COPYRIGHT NOTICES. The existence of a copyright notice on the Software will not be construed as an admission or presumption of publication of the Software or public disclosure of any trade secrets associated with the Software. 13.2. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Licensee acknowledges that the Software is subject to the laws aH d regulations of the United States and Licensee will comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including export laws and regulations of the United States. Licensee will not, without the prior authorization of Motorola and the appropriate governmental authority of the United States, in any form export or re-export, sell or resell, ship or reship, or divert, through direct or indirect means, any item or technical data or direct or indirect products sold or otherwise furnished to any person within any territory for which the United States Government or any of its agencies at the time of the action, requires an export license or other governmental approval. Violation of this provision is a material breach of this Agreement. 13.3. ASSIGNMENTS AND SUBCONTRACTING. Licensee may assign and transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement as provided in Section 7 of this Agreement. Motorola may assign its rights or subcontract its obligations under this Agreement, or encumber or sell its rights in any Software, with prior notice to or consent of Licensee. 13.4. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the United States to the extent that they apply and otherwise by the internal substantive laws of Georgia. The terms of the U.N. Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods do not apply. In the event that the Uniform Computer Information Transaction Act, any version of this Act, or a substantially similar law (collectively "UCITA") becomes applicable to a party's performance under this Agreement, UCITA does not govern any aspect of this Agreement or any license granted under this Agreement, or any of the parties' rights or obligations under this Agreement. The governing law will be that in effect prior to the applicability of UCITA. Motorola.CSA 12-24-12(2) 22 Motorola Contract No. 11-29240lJHJ 13.5. THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement is entered into solely for the benefit of Motorola and Licensee or assignee or transferee as authorized by this Agreement. No third party has the right to make any claim or assert any right under this Agreement, and no third party is deemed a beneficiary of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any licensor or supplier of third party software included in the Software will be a direct and intended third party beneficiary of this Agreement. 13.6. SURVIVAL. Sections 4, 5, 6.3, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 13 survive the termination of this Agreement. 13.7. ORDER OF PRECEDENCE. In the event of inconsistencies between this Exhibit and the Primary Agreement, the parties agree that this Exhibit prevails, only with respect to the specific subject matter of this Exhibit, and not the Primary Agreement or any other exhibit as it applies to any other subject matter. 13.8 SECURITY. Motorola uses reasonable means in the design and writing of its own Software and the acquisition of third party Software to limit Security Vulnerabilities. While no software can be guaranteed to be free from Security Vulnerabilities, if a Security Vulnerability is discovered, Motorola will take the steps set forth in Section 6 of this Agreement. Motorola.CSA 12-24-12(2) 23 Motorola Contract No. 11-29240/JHJ Exhibit B-1 Payment Schedule The Contract Price in U.S. dollars is 4 907 747. Except for a payment that is due on the Effective Date, Customer will make payments to Motorola within thirty (30) days after the date of each invoice. Customer will make payments when due in the form of a check, cashier's check, or wire transfer drawn on a U.S. financial institution and in accordance with the following milestones. 1) 15% of Contract Price upon CDR; 2) 30% of Contract Price upon Shipment of Equipment; 3) 30% of Contract Price upon Installation of Equipment; 4) 10% of Contract Price upon Conditional System Acceptance; and 5) 15% of Contract Price upon Final System Acceptance. Motorola reserves the right to make partial shipments of equipment and to request payment upon shipment of such equipment. In addition, Motorola reserves the right to invoice for installations or civil work completed on a site -by -site basis, when applicable. Motorola.CSA 12-24-12(2) 24 Motorola Contract No. 11-29240/JHJ N M o0 n t0 N U O) � � O O t0 n M d N n to n N N N n T o U N � � �li v � N N O O O O O O O O p n O O O O O O O O O O O O N W O O O O O O O O 00 O O >- O 1.6 l0 kr O O O O O O N O dto N n N0 O O O CD O O O Lr) OD N co N M Cf) N )O d m W 69 w (A V) U) 69� w (r) LO 60 (H LO Q W T A T Ce) M O O p In O 0 n n co 00 ,n ro O (D(O )l') N (O 00 n E NO O n n O _ _bq M M n O N 0 (OM)U J c (� u CN N m U LL � E u> — m co E m m n a o d N t0 00 h N N v N Rtf c`i N c 0 O M MOM 00 N �` O O c0 7 L O Oj (U . LL U u9 V3 cq to rn N Q a c 0 m C) (T U O � (O O) N _ M 00 O LO O MOMMPO V W E J r n V O o N Y V O r(O n O (O M O N O O) (O (O V (O (O >, M (O f� lid O LO LO (O M U) O MV -MM _ _ N m Vi (fl N- Vi (A C9 to N (1 MC C O � a V) C� U U O U U O U U U O 0- Q E LL1 U U U N N L C C C C O O O O O O �— o U U o U U o U U w U o U o U o IL (n Z Z Z L O U IL _O J Q � Z D LU E o = vU L « ` O J L)` U Lt - 0 WO c v w o p U o c Q o o `) a 2 U, a a a o a Q U) d N Z ~ N N m a m C m a O N E E d d d m N N N Cl* >. > N N N W V) V% r r N N d N N N N N tC wm m m m ME a a a a z W T r� yr roft L O 3 CD N L .� O L W O .� L N�a M all� CL O_ L v = m ma � Q im Lo 0 0 3 RCO � Z: C O •� •� L Lm E LmLL 03 O• 00 CO d• M I` d• 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N • 71; D 0 W 'vow, I O U • L F� N VM N � M o c 'W'^ V/ L ma 0 U Lo Y A d 0 LL O r � t' O •3LM ,O N U LM .� Y r E N O O O N C � LM CV � co N E _ = L• O 01 `= O O O L Ja 0 00 LM > U a = 0 �LM E E ... OLM W W C a a •0 o = 0 Oa LM N E O a� vEi O > 2Lei 3 c U ca � O O O O O 3 O 0 N N C N M L O O O i. :� 'N O L LM L4ma Q Q LM m 00 V V LL 0 DO N Q Q o D EXHIBIT E GEORGIA SECURITY AND IMMIGRATION COMPLIANCE ACT AFFIDAVIT By executing 00 civ I itthe undersigned veres its compliance with O.C.G.A. §13- 10-91, as amended, stating affirmatively that it is submitting a contract to SANDY SPRINGS, GA, a political subdivision of the State of Georgia, and it has registered with and is participating in a federal work authorization program* [any of the electronic verification of work authorization programs operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security or any equivalent federal work authorization program operated by the United States of Homeland Security to verify information of newly hired employees, pursuant to the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (IRCA), P.L. 99-603], in accordance with the applicability provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A. § 13-10-9 1, as amended]. Identification Number: 36076 Federal Work Authorization Enrollment Date: March 20, 2007 Responder's Name: MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC. BY: Authorized Officer or Agent Printed Name of Authorized Officer or Agent: Marshall Wright Title of Authorized Officer or Agent of Responder: MSSSI Vice President and Director of Sales. Address: 1700 Belle Meade Court Lawrenceville, GA 30043 SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN BEFORE ME ON THIS �`+-� THIS DAY OF , 2012 Notary Public My Commission Expires: � -i7 �`� EXHIBIT F SAVE Affidavit By executing this affidavit under oath on behalf of Motorola Solutions, Inc., and as an applicant for a public benefit, as referenced in O.C.G.A. § 50-364, from Sandy Springs, the undersigned applicant verifies one of the following with respect to my application for a public benefit: 1) X I am a United States citizen. 2) I am a legal permanent resident of the United States. 3) I am a qualified alien or non-immigrant under the Federal Immigration and Nationality Act with an alien number issued by the Department of Homeland Security or other federal immigration agency. My alien number issued by the Department of Homeland Security or other federal immigration agency is: The undersigned applicant also hereby verifies that he or she is 18 years of age or older and has provided at least one secure and verifiable document, as required by O.C.G.A. § 50-36-1(e)(1), with this affidavit. The secure and verifiable document provided with this affidavit can best be classified as: copy of United States of America Passport. In making the above representation under oath, I understand that any person who knowingly and willfully makes a false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or representation in an affidavit shall be guilty of a violation of O.C.G.A. § 1640-20, and face criminal penalties as allowed by such criminal statute. Executed in 1-�w�[��u� ,Georgia. Signature of A Marshall Wright Printed Name of Applicant MSSSI Vice President, Director of Sales SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN BEFORE ME ON THIS THE )DIDAY OF November, 2012 NOTARY PUBLIC 0o©oU"U"/1� My Commis;io,3xpires: `a �• Ml jz see � �l/ . .••�Nssioti �.,. 7, (seal) _: ?; o� 4 •. .� � s (JBL • : � �l ••: 1111! QMOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Drug -Free Workforce &Smoke -Free Workplace Statement of Policy Motorola Solutions policy explicitly prohibits the unlawful possession, use, purchase, sale, dispensation, distribution, transfer, or manufacture of drugs or other controlled substances, or the abuse of alcohol, while on Motorola Solutions premises or while conducting Motorola Solutions business off Motorola Solutions premises. Employees should report to work fit for duty and free of any adverse effects of illegal drugs or alcohol. In addition, employees may smoke in designated smoking areas only. Violations of this Policy may result in disciplinary action, up to and including termination of employment, and may have legal consequences. Scope All Motorola Solutions employees based at locations within the United States. Application Motorola Solutions complies with the Drug -Free Workplace Act, applicable regulations of government agencies (including regulations promulgated by the Department of Transportation), and other federal, state and local laws and regulations. All employees and applicants for employment are advised, in writing, of our Drug -Free Workforce and Smoke -Free Workplace Policy. Drug and/or alcohol testing is conducted in accordance with applicable law(s). Circumstances that Require Drug and/or Alcohol Testing 1. Pre -Employment Drug Testing. All applicants for employment must take and pass a drug test before they receive an unconditional offer of employment and/or begin working for Motorola Solutions. Applicants who refuse to cooperate in a drug test, or who do not pass a drug test, will be ineligible for hire and employment with Motorola Solutions at that time and cannot re -apply for a position with Motorola Solutions for a period of six months following the date of their drug test. 2. For -Cause Drug and Alcohol Testing, Motorola Solutions may require that an employee take a drug and/or alcohol test when Motorola Solutions has reasonable suspicion, based on specific observable facts or behaviors, that an employee may be under the influence of drugs or alcohol, or has been using drugs or alcohol while he/she is working, on Motorola Solutions premises, operating a Motorola Solutions vehicle, machinery, or equipment or present in any other location performing services for Motorola Solutions. The observer(s) will document the specific observed facts or behaviors that support the reasonable suspicion. Failure to cooperate or otherwise take a requested for -cause test will result in termination of employment. a. Post Accident Testing. Motorola Solutions may require an employee to take a drug and/or alcohol test when Motorola Solutions reasonably believes the employee may have contributed to or caused a work-related accident that results in serious bodily injury to a person and/or significant damage to Motorola Solutions property. The drug and/or alcohol test shall be administered as soon as practicable following the accident. 3. Customer -Mandated Drug and Alcohol Testing. Motorola Solutions may require an employee to take a drug and/or alcohol test when such a test is mandated by a Motorola Solutions customer as part of a contract. Failure to cooperate or otherwise take a customer -mandated test will result in the immediate removal of the employee from the customer project he/she is supporting and may result in further action being taken against the employee. 4. Random Drug Testing and Alcohol Testing. For employees in safety -sensitive positions, Motorola Solutions may randomly test for drugs and/or alcohol in accordance with procedures developed by Motorola Solutions for those specific categories of employees. Conseauences of Positive Drug and/or Alcohol Test Result or Other Violation of this Policy Except for Pre -Employment Drug Testing, the first time an employee does not pass a drug test and/or tests positive for alcohol, he/she will be referred to the Employee Assistance Program (EAP) and must comply with any conditions set by the EAP Consultant ("counseling program"). Failure to comply with any conditions set forth in the counseling program will result in termination of employment. As determined by the EAP Consultant and Motorola Solutions, an employee in a counseling program must pass a return -to -duty test for drugs or alcohol (or both) before returning to work. Additionally, an employee who successfully completes a counseling program must submit to follow-up testing for drugs or alcohol (or both) at times and frequencies determined by Motorola Solutions for a period of up to two (2) years following successful completion of the counseling program. An employee who does not pass a second requested drug and/or alcohol test, or does not pass a return -to -duty or any subsequent follow-up test, may be terminated. Discipline for actions of an employee while under the influence of drugs and/or alcohol, for possession, use, purchase, sale, dispensation, distribution, transfer or manufacture of drugs or other controlled substances, and/or for violations of smoking restrictions will behandled under Motorola Solutions's Progressive Discipline Policy, Testing Procedures Alcohol Collection and Testing Procedures Except where precluded by applicable law, Motorola Solutions will follow the procedures set forth below: 1. Employees subject to alcohol testing will be required to sign a written consent form in which they consent to and authorize testing. 2. Employees will be sent to a Motorola Solutions designated collection site where they will be required to verify their identity and cooperate in the site's normal specimen collection procedures. 3. The collection and testing will be conducted, in private, by a trained technician who will use approved testing devices and testing forms. Chain of custody procedures will be maintained from collection to the time specimen(s) may be discarded so as to ensure proper identification, labeling, record keeping, handling, and testing of specimen(s). 4. A screening test will be conducted first. If an employee's screen test result is less than .02, the employee will have passed the test. 5. If the employee's measured alcohol concentration is .02 or more, the employee will be required to take a confirmation test. The results of the confirmation test, not the screen test, are determinative. If the employee's confirmation test result is less than .04, the employee will have passed the test. If the employee's confirmation test results is .04 or more, the employee will have tested positive for alcohol. technician will notify Motorola Solutions of the employee's test result in a confidential manner. The Drug Collection and Testing Procedures Except where precluded by applicable law, Motorola Solutions will follow the procedures set forth below: 1. Applicants and employees subject to drug testing will be required to sign a written consent form in which they consent to and authorize testing. 2. Applicants and employees will be sent to a Motorola Solutions designated collection site where they will be required to verify their identity and otherwise cooperate in the site's normal specimen collection procedures. Applicants and employees will have the opportunity to disclose any over-the-counter or prescribed medications that they are using or have recently used, or any other information, medical or otherwise, that they think may be relevant to the testing. 3. Specimens will be collected, in private, by a trained collection site person who will use approved collection containers and custody and control forms. Chain of custody procedures will be maintained from collection to the time specimen(s) may be discarded so as to ensure proper identification, labeling, record keeping, handling, and testing of specimen(s). 4. Collected specimens will be tested by a certified laboratory. The laboratory will test specimens for marijuana, cocaine, opiates, amphetamines, and phencyclidine (PCP) (and such other controlled substances as may be dictated by the circumstances in accordance with the requirements of applicable law). The laboratory will first conduct a screen on the specimen. If the screen test is negative, the laboratory will report to Motorola Solutions that the applicant or employee has passed the drug test. If the screen test is positive, the laboratory will analyze the applicant's or employee's specimen using gas chromatography/mass spectrometry. The laboratory will send the test results to the MRO. 5, The MRO is responsible for ensuring the accuracy and integrity of the drug testing process. If an applicant or employee has a confirmed positive, adulterated, substituted, or invalid drug test result, the MRO will contact the applicant or employee by telephone via the information provided by the applicant or employee on the custody and control form. Applicants and employees must promptly cooperate with the MRO. 6. The MRO will advise Motorola Solutions if an applicant or employee has passed or failed the test, refused to cooperate, if a specimen is dilute, or if a test should be canceled. If the MRO determines that there is a legitimate medical explanation for a positive, adulterated, or substituted test result, the MRO will report a verified negative test result to Motorola Solutions. If the applicant or employee does not provide a legitimate medical explanation for a positive test result, the MRO will verify the test result as positive. If the applicant or employee does nol provide a legitimate medical explanation for an adulterated or substituted test result, the MRO will report to Motorola Solutions that the applicant or employee has refused to take a drug test. Invalid test results will be canceled and, depending on the circumstances, may subject an applicant or employee to additional testing. 7. Motorola Solutions will advise applicants and employees of their rights, if any, to have their same specimens retested or their split specimens tested by a certified laboratory. Appeal Procedures Employees or applicants may appeal a MRO verified positive, adulterated, or substituted test result by submitting a sealed, written appeal letter to the Motorola Solutions Drug and Alcohol Program Manager within ten (10) business days of notice of their results. This letter should explain the basis of the appeal and the material facts supporting the appeal. Upon receipt of the appeal letter by the Motorola Solutions Drug and Alcohol Program Manager, the appeal will be thoroughly investigated and considered. The employee/applicant will be notified of the final decision in writing within ten (10) business days of the Motorola Solutions Drug and Alcohol Program Manager's receipt of the appeal. Confidentiality of Records Records relating to drug and/or alcohol testing are maintained and protected in accordance with legal requirements and our standards for privacy and confidentiality of personal health information. Copies of all records relating to test results and other information relating to the testing process may be requested by the employee or applicant. Inspections Motorola Solutions reserves the right to inspect all part s and aspects of its premises for illegal drugs, alcohol, or other contraband. All employees and visitors may be asked to cooperate in inspections of their persons, work areas, and property (such as purses, lunch boxes, water coolers, thermos bottles, flasks, briefcases, desks, cabinets, or lockers) that may conceal illegal drugs, alcohol, or other contraband. Crimes Involving Drugs Employees who are convicted of, plead guilty to (including a plea of nolo contendere or no contest), or are sentenced for a crime involving illegal drugs must report the conviction, plea or sentence to their supervisors/managers and the Human Resources Depart ment within five (5) days after such conviction, plea, or sentence. If an employee who is convicted V guilty to, oris sentenced for a crime involving illegal drugs performs work directly relating to Motorola Solutions's contracts or grants with a state or the federal government, Motorola Solutions will report such conviction, plea, or sentence to the appropriate agency within ten (10) days after it receives notice. Motorola Solutions may take disciplinary and/or other appropriate action (e.g. referral to the Employee Assistance Program) when an employee engages in any conduct or is involved in any crime that harms Motorola Solutions' operations or reputation. Smoke -Free Workplace Employees may smoke in designated smoking areas only. Where required by local law or by the terms of a lease agreement, smoking will be prohibited inside Motorola Solutions facilities and within a certain distance of facility entrances (distances may vary in accordance with local requirements). "No smoking" signs will be clearly and conspicuously posted in areas where smoking is prohibited. For purposes of this policy, "smoking" includes electronic cigarettes or any other devices that look like and act as traditional/ordinary tobacco products. Cross Reference • Progressive Discipline • Open Door Process Definitions Drugs: Controlled substances that are not being used and possessed under the supervision of a licensed health care professional oras otherwise allowed by federal law. Motorola Solutions currently tests for the following drugs: Amphetamines (Dexedrine, Speed, Ice, Crack, Uppers), Cannabinoids (THC, Marijuana), Cocaine (Crack), Opiates (Heroin, Morphine, Codeine), and Phencyclidine (PCP, Angel Dust). Employee Assistance Program (EAP): A program to assist employees and their dependents with personal, family, financial, relationship, substance abuse, and other problems. Motorola Solutions EAP Consultants also provide consultation to managers on performance management and productivity concerns, as well as on business change impacting the workplace. Medical Review Officer (MRO): The trained, knowledgeable, independent physician(s) retained by or under contract to Motorola Solutions, The MRO reviews drug test results from the laboratory and evaluates any medical explanations for such results. Pass a Drug Test: Not to test positive for drugs or not to have an adulterated or substituted specimen Version Date: 02/01/2010 Original Effective Date: 01/01/2002 `This policy does not constitute an employment contractor implied promise of any kind. The terms of this policy maybe modified or eliminated by the Company at any time with or without notice. For more detailed information, see Notice to Employees Regarding Motorola Solutions' U.S. Human Resource Policies. Exhibit H System Acceptance Certificate Customer Name: Project Name: This System Acceptance Certificate memorializes the occurrence of System Acceptance. Motorola and Customer acknowledge that: 1. The Acceptance Tests set forth in the Acceptance Test Plan have been successfully completed. 2. The System is accepted. Customer Representative: Signature: _ Print Name: Title: Date: FINAL PROJECT ACCEPTANCE: Motorola Representative: Signature: _ Print Name: Title: Date: Motorola has provided and Customer has received all deliverables, and Motorola has performed all other work required for Final Project Acceptance. Customer Representative: Signature: _ Print Name: Title: Date: Motorola Representative: Signature: _ Print Name: Title: Date: Motorola.CSA 12-24-12(2) 25 Motorola Contract No. 11-29240/JHJ A1131103,71LAV By: Name:rJoh McDonough Title: City= City of Sandy Spring eorgia l Motorola.CSA 12-29-52 17 Motorola Contract No. 5 5-2924o/JHJ